Drive Technology \ Drive Automation \ System Integration \ Services *30590116_0323*

Catalog

AC Motors
DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

Edition 03/2023 30590116/EN

SEW-EURODRIVE—Driving the world
 Table of Contents

Table of Contents
1 Introduction............................................................................................................................... 7
1.1 What do we stand for? .................................................................................................... 7
1.2 Where can you find us? .................................................................................................. 7
1.3 What do we offer?........................................................................................................... 8
1.4 What are the goals we want to reach with you? ............................................................. 9
1.5 Why should you choose SEW-EURODRIVE? .............................................................. 10
1.6 Product names and trademarks.................................................................................... 12
1.7 Documentation.............................................................................................................. 12
1.8 Recycling, reprocessing, reuse..................................................................................... 12
1.9 Copyright notice ............................................................................................................ 12
1.10 Decimal separator in numerical values ......................................................................... 13

2 Product description................................................................................................................ 14
2.1 DRN../DR2.. AC Motors ................................................................................................ 14
2.2 Standards and regulations ............................................................................................ 17
2.3 Rated data according to IEC 60034.............................................................................. 19
2.4 Worldwide usability ....................................................................................................... 20
2.5 Global motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE........................................................................ 59
2.6 DR2L.. series asynchronous servomotors .................................................................... 61
2.7 Overview of materials used for the motors ................................................................... 64

3 Overview of types and type designation .............................................................................. 65

3.1 Type designation of AC motors..................................................................................... 65
3.2 Designs, options, and accessories ............................................................................... 66
3.3 Serial number................................................................................................................ 76
3.4 Type designation of the MOVILINK® DDI interface ...................................................... 77
3.5 Mounting position designation of motors ...................................................................... 78

4 Technical data of the motors................................................................................................. 81

4.1 Operating temperatures ................................................................................................ 81
4.2 Key to the data tables ................................................................................................... 81
4.3 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 82
4.4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 84
4.5 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 86
4.6 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 88
4.7 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 90
4.8 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 92
4.9 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 96
4.10 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1 ................................................. 98
4.11 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1........................................... 100
30590116/EN – 03/2023

4.12 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1........................................... 102
4.13 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1........................................... 105
4.14 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1........................................... 107
4.15 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S1 ............................................. 109
4.16 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1 ............................................. 111
4.17 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S1 ............................................. 113

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 3

 Table of Contents

4.18 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4/2‑pole, duty type S1 .......................................... 115
4.19 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8/2‑pole, duty type S1 .......................................... 116
4.20 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8/4‑pole, duty type S1 .......................................... 117
4.21 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S1 ............................................. 118
4.22 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1 ............................................. 119
4.23 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S1 ............................................. 121
4.24 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4/2‑pole, duty type S1 .......................................... 122
4.25 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8/2‑pole, duty type S1 .......................................... 123
4.26 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8/4‑pole, duty type S1 .......................................... 124
4.27 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/40 ........................................ 125
4.28 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40 ........................................ 126
4.29 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/40 ........................................ 128
4.30 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/40 ........................................ 129
4.31 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40 ........................................ 130
4.32 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/40 ........................................ 132
4.33 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/25 ........................................ 133
4.34 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25 ........................................ 134
4.35 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/25 ........................................ 136
4.36 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/25 ........................................ 137
4.37 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25 ........................................ 138
4.38 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/25 ........................................ 140
4.39 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/15 ........................................ 141
4.40 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15 ........................................ 142
4.41 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/15 ........................................ 144
4.42 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/15 ........................................ 145
4.43 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15 ........................................ 146
4.44 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/15 ........................................ 148
4.45 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 53 Hz, 4‑pole duty type S9 .............................................. 149
4.46 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2‑pole.......................................................................... 151
4.47 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4‑pole.......................................................................... 153
4.48 Key to the data tables of DR2L.. asynchronous servomotors..................................... 155
4.49 DR2L.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole .......................................................................... 156

5 Drive selection ...................................................................................................................... 158

5.1 Notes on electromagnetic compatibility – EMC .......................................................... 158
5.2 Drive selection – non-controlled motor ....................................................................... 160
5.3 Drive selection – controlled motor............................................................................... 162
5.4 Project planning of the drive – DR2L.. motors ............................................................ 192
5.5 Electrical properties .................................................................................................... 195
5.6 Tolerances according to IEC 60034-1 ........................................................................ 198
30590116/EN – 03/2023

5.7 Thermal classes according to IEC 60034-1 ................................................................ 200

5.8 Thermal monitoring ..................................................................................................... 205
5.9 Output designs............................................................................................................ 209
5.10 Input side shaft end..................................................................................................... 211
5.11 Bearings...................................................................................................................... 225
5.12 Maximum speeds........................................................................................................ 226
5.13 Ventilation ................................................................................................................... 227

4 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Table of Contents

5.14 Degrees of protection according to IEC 60034-5........................................................ 230

5.15 Vibration class and increased vibration stress............................................................ 232

6 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors ....................................................................... 234

6.1 Notes on the dimension sheets................................................................................... 234
6.2 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S............................................................................ 237
6.3 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with cage clamp terminal KCC, KC1................ 351
6.4 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with backstop RS ............................................. 354
6.5 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box ....................... 358
6.6 Dimension sheet for DRN.., DR2S.. with metal fan guard .......................................... 363
6.7 Dimension sheets of DRN.. with terminal box for MOVILINK® DDI ........................... 364
6.8 Dimension sheets for DRN.. with EI8. encoder........................................................... 367

7 Brake...................................................................................................................................... 369
7.1 BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE ........................................................................... 369
7.2 Technical details ......................................................................................................... 376
7.3 Options........................................................................................................................ 390
7.4 Selection and project planning.................................................................................... 400
7.5 Technical data............................................................................................................. 420

8 Encoders ............................................................................................................................... 448

8.1 General information .................................................................................................... 448
8.2 Type designation for encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE ........................................... 451
8.3 EI7., EI8. built-in encoder............................................................................................ 453
8.4 Add-on encoder .......................................................................................................... 460
8.5 Encoder mounting adapter.......................................................................................... 473
8.6 Safety encoders .......................................................................................................... 475
8.7 General information on drive selection ....................................................................... 482

9 AC motors with decentralized technology ......................................................................... 484

9.1 MOVIMOT® ................................................................................................................ 485
9.2 MOVI-SWITCH® ......................................................................................................... 538

10 Other options and design types.......................................................................................... 557

10.1 Output ......................................................................................................................... 557
10.2 Bearings...................................................................................................................... 568
10.3 Winding ....................................................................................................................... 571
10.4 Thermal motor monitoring........................................................................................... 573
10.5 Terminal box ............................................................................................................... 579
10.6 Plug connectors .......................................................................................................... 583
10.7 Cage clamp terminals ................................................................................................. 593
10.8 Ventilation ................................................................................................................... 597
10.9 Mechanical backstop .................................................................................................. 609
30590116/EN – 03/2023

10.10 Functional safety (FS)................................................................................................. 611

10.11 Surface and corrosion protection ................................................................................ 612

11 Prefabricated cables ............................................................................................................ 614

11.1 Preselection of cables................................................................................................. 614
11.2 Project planning .......................................................................................................... 615
11.3 Key.............................................................................................................................. 617

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 5

 Table of Contents

11.4 Encoder cables for DR.. motors.................................................................................. 618

11.5 Overview of add-on encoder cables for DRN..motors – MOVIDRIVE® B .................. 629
11.6 Overview of add-on encoder cables for DRN..motors – MOVIAXIS® ........................ 630
11.7 Overview of built-in encoder cables for asynchronous motors ................................... 631
11.8 Overview of extensions for add-on encoder cables for asynchronous motors ........... 632
11.9 Add-on encoder cable for MOVIDRIVE® B ................................................................ 633
11.10 Add-on encoder cables for MOVIAXIS® ..................................................................... 638
11.11 Add-on encoder cable for MOVITRAC® advanced .................................................... 641
11.12 Built-in encoder cables................................................................................................ 642
11.13 Extensions for add-on encoder cables........................................................................ 650
11.14 Cable specification of encoder cables ........................................................................ 654

12 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI .................................................................. 658

12.1 Product description ..................................................................................................... 658
12.2 Options and types with MOVILINK® DDI .................................................................... 661
12.3 Encoders with MOVILINK® DDI ................................................................................. 662
12.4 Brake controls with MOVILINK® DDI .......................................................................... 663
12.5 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI ............................................ 667

13 Address Directory ................................................................................................................ 696

Index ...................................................................................................................................... 717

30590116/EN – 03/2023

6 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Introduction
What do we stand for? 1
1 Introduction
1.1 What do we stand for?
For a reliable partnership!
Humanity and partnership, solutions and services, responsibility and quality, tradition
and innovation: SEW-EURODRIVE, the owner-managed family business, has stood
for all this and much more for more than 90 years.
As a market leader in drive and automation technology, we don't just power countless
applications in virtually every industry. With over 20000 employees, we are also play-
ing a key role in shaping the future of drive technology. For you. Ensuring you, your
systems and machines are always at the cutting edge. Not just now, but in the future
as well. We want you to succeed together with us.

1.2 Where can you find us?

We are always nearby!
Our 17 production plants and 88 Drive Technology Centers in 54 countries mean we
are at your service on every continent and in every corner of the world, always work-
ing with you as an equal partner and ensuring everything runs smoothly.
What makes us truly stand out from other manufacturers? With our broad customer
support and service network worldwide, you never have to wait long for spare parts,
repairs or professional advice.

54 17 88 > 20000 Global Countless

service industries
Countries Production Drive employees
plants Technology
Centers
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 7

 Introduction
1 What do we offer?

1.3 What do we offer?

State-of-the-art drive technology and automation solutions from a single
source!
Looking to modernize your processes or to construct a new system? We offer you one
of the most extensive ranges of drive technology products, solutions, and services on
the market. A single contact person for everything: that sounds good, doesn't it?

Decentralized
Industrial Inverter Servo
Gear units Gearmotors Motors drives/
gear units technology drives
mechatronics

Energy
Industrial Control Safety
Software transfer/ Services
communication technology technology
power supply

From the very outset, our customers have been able to rely on our high quality, com-
mitted advice and support and fast delivery times. We offer a portfolio of modular solu-
tions that are comprehensive and unique and meet every possible need.
• Perfect combination options and solutions for every application
• Energy efficiency up to IE5
• Quick and easy selection process and project planning
• Comprehensive portfolio – from drives and motors for continuous operation to
high-precision servo drives
• Special designs in stainless steel, with explosion protection, or for electrified
monorail systems
• Ideal solutions for every application
• Complete automation solutions for your machine or factory and many other areas
Independent of the project scope and the complexity of your requirements: We rise to
the challenge, working with you to develop the perfect solution for you – including an
all-round service package throughout your entire system life cycle on request.
Right now, predictive maintenance is one of the top service trends. Early diagnosis
and end-to-end condition monitoring have been an essential part of our offering for
many years. That's because one thing in particular matters to us – the satisfaction and
trust of our customers. From planning and the operation phase all the way to moderni-
zation. Where necessary, we also take care of drives from other manufacturers.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

8 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Introduction
What are the goals we want to reach with you? 1
1.4 What are the goals we want to reach with you?
We want to take you to the top!
Nothing excites us more than the future of production. We are already using Industry
4.0 principles to transform our manufacturing operations. As far as we are concerned,
Industry 4.0 ceased to be a distant vision long ago – it is already a successful reality
thanks to our smart factory. As a result, we have become one of the world's pioneers
in this field.
Yet we don't just focus on increasing our performance to ever greater levels. We also
pass on to you the expertise, experience and technical solutions we have gathered in
implementing Industry 4.0 in our production halls. Why not find out more?
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 9

 Introduction
1 Why should you choose SEW-EURODRIVE?

1.5 Why should you choose SEW-EURODRIVE?

Because these ten reasons speak for themselves:

1. You will be more flexible

However much the requirements for your processes and production systems in-
crease, we're there for you every step of the way. With rapid conversions, short
delivery times, enhanced capacity and faster format changeovers, we're at your
side – from evaluating your needs and implementing an appropriate solution all the
way to Life Cycle Services.

2. You will be more satisfied

Our name stands for the best quality. But we do not rest on our laurels. Quite the
contrary, in fact. To ensure we meet all standards – both ours and yours – we un-
dergo annual testing, including certification processes. That's because only one
thing matters to us – the satisfaction and trust of our customers.

3. You will know more

We're happy to share with you the industry and application expertise we have
gained over decades that extends far beyond drive technology areas. We work
with you to plan and put into practice your tailored solutions in a process where
you constantly evolve in tandem with us.

4. You will be more sustainable

We take responsibility for our employees, customers and business partners but
also the environment in which we live and work. As a family business, we think in
generations and always look beyond today and tomorrow. With us, you too can
drive the future.

5. You will be more successful

Like you, we cannot afford to stand still. We provide continuous training for our
employees and customers. We constantly expand our horizons and enhance our
products, solutions and services, and thus your processes. You can only continue
to be successful in the future with optimized workflows.

6. You will be more energy efficient

We go out of our way to find new approaches and make our drives more efficient
while always staying well ahead of international regulations. And, if you wish, we
work with you to plan your systems and machines so that you can make the best
possible use of energy recovery.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

7. You will be more innovative

What's the point of innovations if they remain out of your reach? We listen to you,
which makes us fully aware of your future challenges, and we respond accord-
ingly. With our approximately 800 researchers, we drive forward innovative tech-
nologies and help bring your processes up to date.

10 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Introduction
Why should you choose SEW-EURODRIVE? 1
8. You will save more money
With us, you can lower your overall operating costs. After all, it isn't just a matter of
procurement expenses. Your TCO is significantly determined by the subsequent u-
tilization and service life of your drive technology. We provide you with compre-
hensive advice on how to reduce your costs through sustainable operations.

9. You will be close to us

Wherever in the world your system is running, our comprehensive service network
and experts mean we're always ready to provide advice and practical assistance
when you need it. All-in-one, on-site service that knows no bounds and significant-
ly reduces or even eliminates downtimes.

10. You will be faster

Throughout the world, our service staff ensure spare parts get to you fast, and
faulty drives – including third-party products – are collected and repaired quickly.
Software tools make engineering and startup easier for you. Services covering
your entire system life cycle help make you faster and more efficient.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 11

 Introduction
1 Product names and trademarks

1.6 Product names and trademarks

All product names included in this documentation are trademarks or registered trade-
marks of the respective titleholders.

1.7 Documentation
1.7.1 Contents of this publication
This catalog provides a detailed description of the following product groups offered by
SEW‑EURODRIVE:
• AC motors of the DRN.. series
• AC motors of the DR2.. series

1.7.2 Additional documentation

The following documents are available from SEW‑EURODRIVE in addition to the
present catalog:
• DR..56 – 315 AC motors
• Gearmotors DRN.. and DR2S..
• Asynchronous servo gearmotors
• Synchronous servomotors
• Synchronous servo gearmotors
• Geared torque motors
• Explosion-protected drives
• Explosion-protected AC motors
• "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes" manual – DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN..
AC Motors – Standard Brake/Safety Brake"

1.8 Recycling, reprocessing, reuse

SEW‑EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG strives to use as few new natural resources as
possible in the production of its products. An important aspect of this is the circular
economy with the recycling of materials as well as the inspection and/or reprocessing
of returned components and their reuse in new products. SEW‑EURODRIVE GmbH &
Co KG only uses these processes if the resulting materials and components are of the
same quality as new parts.

1.9 Copyright notice

30590116/EN – 03/2023

© 2023 SEW‑EURODRIVE. All rights reserved. Copyright law prohibits the unautho-
rized reproduction, modification, distribution and use of this document – in whole or in
part.

12 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Introduction
Decimal separator in numerical values 1
1.10 Decimal separator in numerical values
In this document, a period is used to indicate the decimal separator.
Example: 30.5 kg
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 13

 Product description
2 DRN../DR2.. AC Motors

2 Product description

2.1 DRN../DR2.. AC Motors

Environmental protection and efficiently conserving valuable resources have gained
importance in recent years. For this reason, numerous industrial nations have passed
and will pass laws and regulations to stipulate binding minimum efficiency values. This
especially applies to products with a considerable share in total energy consumption.
The goal is to decrease the consumption of primary energy and simultaneously reduce
CO2 emissions.
The stricter legal requirements also affect AC asynchronous motors. We assume that
the use of motors in accordance with the limit values of the international efficiency
class IE3 will become mandatory in the largest target markets in the future.
There are no internationally consistent provisions for efficiency regulations with regard
to affected products or approved exceptions in single countries or regions.
The highly dynamic nature and the varying international regulations require documen-
tation that can be quickly updated. For this reason, SEW‑EURODRIVE provides the
latest information on "efficiency regulations" online via
"www.sew‑eurodrive.de/international-regulations" as well as via the Online Support
under "Engineering & selection – Energy efficiency tools".
A broad range of approvals and certifications enables you to use DRN../DR2.. motors
all over the world. In this context, the DRN../DR2.. global motors are particularly note-
worthy as they can be used in almost any country in the world in the same design due
to the wide voltage range and the numerous approvals. These characteristics reduce
the effort regarding material management and storage and in this way save you a lot
of money.
This catalog focuses on DRN../DR2.. stand-alone motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE. Of
course, you can also order all DRN../DR2.. motors as gearmotors from
SEW‑EURODRIVE. The gear unit can be connected directly to the motor or can be
connected using an adapter. You can find more information in the SEW‑EURODRIVE
gearmotor catalogs.
This catalog describes how the motor can be ideally adapted to your requirements by
choosing the required design or by enhancing it with various options.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

14 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
DRN../DR2.. AC Motors 2
2.1.1 Product characteristics
DRN../DR2.. motors are AC asynchronous motors with an aluminum squirrel cage.
They are designed for continuous duty (duty type S1). The single-speed DRN../DR2S..
motors are suitable for operation on the supply system as well as on the inverter (con-
verter capable).
The series includes IE1 and IE3 AC motors in 50, 60 and 50/60 Hz in duty types S1,
S3, and S9 that are available for the following power ratings, depending on the num-
ber of poles and size:

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 2 63MS – 80M 0.18 to 1.5 kW
4 56M – 225M 0.09 to 45 kW
6 63M – 80MK 0.09 to 0.75 kW
4/2 63M – 80M 0.15/0.2 – 0.55/0.88 kW
8/2 71M – 80M 0.44/0.2 – 0.22/0.9 kW
8/2 71M – 80MS 0.1/0.18 – 0.22/0.4 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW
DRN.. motors adhere to the limit values of energy efficiency class IE1 or NEMA Stan-
dard/Premium at 50 Hz and 60 Hz. The basic motor for determining the efficiency has
degree of protection IP44. With regard to the size/power assignment, the series is
based on IEC 60072 and/or EN 50347.

2.1.2 Brake
On request, SEW‑EURODRIVE motors can be supplied with an electromechanical
brake. It can be released mechanically if the design with manual brake release is se-
lected accordingly. Up to 4 different brake sizes per power rating can be selected
which allow the user a high degree of flexibility when choosing the right drive due to
the possible braking torque configurations. On request, BE.. brakes from
SEW‑EURODRIVE can be ordered in a functionally safe version in accordance with
ISO 13849.
For continuous monitoring of brake wear and brake function, SEW‑EURODRIVE of-
fers function and wear monitoring (/DUE option). It is a robust measuring system that
is completely integrated into the drive. Thanks to the evaluation electronics used, it
provides the user with real-time information about the condition of the brake.
For more information, refer to chapter "Brake" (→ 2 369).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 15

 Product description
2 DRN../DR2.. AC Motors

2.1.3 Encoder
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers compact mounting of incremental encoders and multi-turn
absolute encoders without coupling in conjunction with the motors.
Various electrical and mechanical interfaces are available. Up to 8 different encoder
mounting adapters are available for mounting customer-specific encoders. If space is
limited, built-in encoders /EI.. allow for implementing compact drive solutions. They
are entirely integrated into the motor and therefore do not add length to the motor.
Both add-on encoders and the EI.. built-in encoder can be ordered in a functionally
safe version in accordance with EN ISO 13849.
For further information, refer to chapter "Encoders" (→ 2 448).

2.1.4 Decentralized technology

AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE with a rated power of up to 4 kW can be delivered
with a MOVIMOT® MM..D inverter as an option. It is available in 2 variants: One vari-
ant is integrated into the terminal box and the other variant is mounted close to the
motor and then connected to the motor. MOVIMOT® comes with numerous options as
well as an extensive range of accessories. A functionally safe design for MOVIMOT®
(according to EN ISO 13849) is also available.
Alternatively, AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE in the power range between 0.09
and 3.0 kW can be delivered with the MOVI-SWITCH® motor starter with integrated
switching and protection functions. The motor starter can either be mounted directly
on the motor or close to the motor.
For further information, refer to chapter "AC motors with decentralized technolo-
gy" (→ 2 484)

2.1.5 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI

For information on digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI, refer to chapter "Dig-
ital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI" (→ 2 658).

30590116/EN – 03/2023

16 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Standards and regulations 2
2.2 Standards and regulations
SEW‑EURODRIVE's AC motors comply with the IEC 60034/EN 60034 international
series of product standards and also comply with other standards for special topics.
• IEC 60034-1, EN 60034-1
Rotating electrical machines, rating and performance
• IEC 60034-2-1, EN 60034-2-1
Rotating electrical machines, standard methods for determining losses and effi-
ciency from tests
• IEC 60034-5, EN 60034-5
Rotating electrical machines, degrees of protection provided by integral design of
rotating electrical machines (IP code)
• IEC 60034-7, EN 60034-7
Rotating electrical machines: Classification of types of construction, mounting ar-
rangements and terminal box position (IM code)
• IEC 60034-8, EN 60034-8
Rotating electrical machines: Terminal markings and direction of rotation
• IEC 60034-9, EN 60034-9
Rotating electrical machines, noise limits
• IEC 60034-11, EN 60034-11
Rotating electrical machines: Thermal protection
• IEC 60034-12, EN 60034-12
Rotating electrical machines: Starting performance of single-speed three-phase
cage induction motors
• IEC 60034-14, EN 60034-14
Rotating electrical machines, mechanical vibrations
• IEC 60034-18-41, EN 60034-18-41
Rotating electrical machines: Partial discharge free electrical insulation systems
(Type I) used in rotating electrical machines fed from voltage converters - Qualifi-
cation and quality control tests
• IEC 60034-30-1, EN 60034-30-1
Rotating electrical machines, efficiency classes of line operated AC motors (IE
code)
• IEC 60072
Dimensions and output series for rotating electrical machines
• EN 50347
General purpose three-phase induction motors having standard dimensions and
outputs
30590116/EN – 03/2023

In connection with terminal box:

• EN 62444:2013
Cable glands for electrical installations (IEC 62444:2010, modified)

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 17

 Product description
2 Standards and regulations

In connection with functional safety:

• EN ISO 13849-1
Safety of machines – Safety-related parts of control systems – Part 1: General
design principles
• EN ISO 12100
Safety of machines – Basic terminology, general design principles
• EN 61800-5-2
Electrical power drive systems with adjustable speed – Part 5.2: Safety require-
ments – Functional safety

For international use, further standards are considered as well:

• NEMA MG1
Motors and generators
• UL 1004-1
Standard for rotating electrical machines – general requirements
• CSA-C22.2 No. 100
Motors and generators
• ABNT NBR 17094-1
Rotating electrical machines - inductance motors

30590116/EN – 03/2023

18 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Rated data according to IEC 60034 2
2.3 Rated data according to IEC 60034
Important data of an AC asynchronous motor:
• Size
• Number of poles
• Rated power
• Cyclic duration factor
• Rated speed
• Rated current
• Nominal voltage
• Rated frequency
• Power factor cosφ
• Degree of protection
• Thermal class
• Efficiency, energy efficiency class
This data is found on the nameplate of the motor, see the figure below. In accordance
with IEC 60034-1, the nameplate data applies to a maximum ambient temperature of
40 °C and a maximum installation altitude of 1000 m above sea level.
Example of a nameplate with the specifications according to IEC and the additional
identification for EU-Europe:

76646 Bruchsal/Germany
DRN90L4/FF
01.8005477142.0001.22 Inverter duty VPWM 3 ~IEC60034
Hz 50 r/min 1461 V 230/400Δ/Y
kW 1.5 S1 A 5.9/3.4 IE3
Cos φ 0.74 η100% η75% η50% IP 54
Th.Kl. 130(B) 85.6% 86.1% 84.6%
Jahr 2023
FF FF 165 D200 WE 24X50
IM B3
kg 22.836 °C -20..40 188 684 3 Made in France

41097700747
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 19

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

2.4 Worldwide usability

The motors can be used in every country in the world.
Market access is contingent to approvals in many countries. Local laws, regulations
and other market-specific requirements must be adhered to. SEW‑EURODRIVE
provides the latest information on efficiency regulations online via
"https://www.sew‑eurodrive.de/international-regulations/" as well as via the Online
Support under "Engineering & selection – Energy efficiency tools" on the website
"www.sew‑eurodrive.com".
In many cases, an identification on the motor is required along with the certification.
This identification is documented with one or several logos on the nameplate or addi-
tional labels on the motor.

2.4.1 Approvals and certifications for asynchronous motors

The requirements on the condition of asynchronous motors are different all around the
world to guarantee safe and efficient operation. A distinction has to be made between
statutory provisions (e.g. efficiency regulations) and voluntary measures (e.g. specific
certifications for selected markets).

2.4.2 Approvals
Proof of compliance with normative and statutory requirements is required for evalu-
ation of the conformity. In many countries, adherence to statutory minimum efficiency
levels are mandatory.
In some regions, such as Europe, the conformity can be evaluated directly by the
manufacturer. He assesses the suitability of the product and confirms the compliance
with the specifications on his own responsibility. In some countries, this assessment
has to be performed by an accredited conformity assessment body. The manufacturer
has to request the approval from an independent third party.
Independent of the type of conformity assessment, SEW‑EURODRIVE fulfills the ap-
proval requirements for asynchronous motors worldwide.
In most cases, the product approval or conformity has to be indicated on the product
itself. The following chapters provide a selection of frequently used labels on the
nameplates.
There are three general requirements for motors:
• Electrical and mechanical safety is largely regulated by the IEC 60034 series of
standards.
• Efficiency, as defined in IEC 60034-30-1 and determined in IEC 60034-2-1.
• Explosion protection, the IEC 60079 series of standards applies.
The following table provides an overview of the most important additional national or
market requirements for motors. Explosion protection is not taken into account here.
For more information, refer to the "EDRN63 – EDRN315 ATEX and IECEx Explosion-
Protected AC Motors" catalog. Following the table, the respective requirements are
described in detail.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Country Law/standard/regula- Description Identification on the

tion nameplate
Australia/New Zealand GEMS 2019 Registration of the mo- No further information
tors/energy efficiency
regulation

20 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Country Law/standard/regula- Description Identification on the
tion nameplate
Brazil Regulation Nº 4508 Product certification and Advanced information on
factory certification the nameplate
Motor regulation Nº 1 Confirmation of efficiency ENCE energy-saving la-
ABNT 17094-1 bel
China CCC certification Small device specification CCC marking
GB14711/CNCA-
Product certification and
C04-01:2014
CCC factory certification
GB 18613-2020 / Energy efficiency regula- CEL efficiency label
CEL007-2021 tion
Product registration
Europe (EU) 2014/35/EU Low Voltage Directive CE marking
2009/125/EC & Ecodesign guideline/en-
ergy efficiency regulation
(EU) 1781/2019 &
(EU) 2021/341
2014/30/EU EMC Directive
Manufacturer's declara-
tions of conformity
Eurasian Economic Technical Regulation TR Low Voltage Directive EAC marking
Union Armenia, Belarus, CU 004/2011
Kazakhstan, Kyrgyz Re-
Technical Regulation TR Energy efficiency regula-
public, Russia
CU 048/2019 tion
Product certification and
factory certification
Great Britain Electrical Equipment Low Voltage Directive UKCA marking
(Safety) Regulations
2016
The Ecodesign for En- Ecodesign guideline/en-
ergy-Related Products ergy efficiency regulation
Regulations 2021 &
I.S. 2021 No. 745
Electromagnetic Com- EMC Directive
patibility Regulations
Manufacturer's declara-
2016
tions of conformity
India IS12615 Energy efficiency regula- BIS marking
tion and additional re-
quirements
Product certification and
30590116/EN – 03/2023

factory certification
Japan JIS 4034 Motor standard Additional information on
the nameplate
JIS 4034-30 Efficiency

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 21

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Country Law/standard/regula- Description Identification on the

tion nameplate
Canada CSA 22.2 Motor standard CSA mark
EER 2016 Energy efficiency regula- Additional information on
tion the nameplate
Product certification and
factory certification
Colombia RETIQ Efficiency Advanced information on
the nameplate
RETIE Electrical safety URE label for the rational
use of electrical energy
Product certification
Morocco N° 2573-14 (16.07.2015) Low Voltage Directive CMIM marking
N° 2574-14 (16.07.2015) EMC Directive
Manufacturer's declara-
tions of conformity
Mexico NOM-016-ENER-2016 Efficiency NOM mark
Product certification and Advanced information on
factory certification the nameplate
Saudi Arabia SASO-2893:2018 Efficiency No further information
Product certification
Switzerland EnEV 730.02 (2020) Energy efficiency regula- CE marking
tion
European directives
adopted
Singapore Singapore’s Energy Con- Energy efficiency regula- No further information
servation Act 2013 tion
Product registration
South Korea REELS 2017-61 Efficiency KEL efficiency label
Product certification and
factory certification
Turkey SGM:2021/16 Energy efficiency regula- CE marking
tion
European directives
adopted
Ukraine CMU No.62-2013 Machinery Directive UA.TR mark
CMU No 1067-2015 Low Voltage Directive
CMU No 1077-2015 EMC Directive
30590116/EN – 03/2023

CMU No 157-2019 Requirements for envir-

onmentally friendly
design of electric motors

22 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Country Law/standard/regula- Description Identification on the
tion nameplate
USA EISA 2007/2014 Energy efficiency regula- UR mark
tion
DOE 10 CFR Part 431 Additional information on
the nameplate
UL 1004-1 Proof of fire endurance
based on recognized
components
Product specification and
factory certification
NEMA MG1 Motor standard
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 23

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Subsidies
There are various subsidies available in the different markets to promote the use of
energy-efficient motors. For more information, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Europe, Switzerland, Turkey

General
By printing the CE marking on the nameplate, the manufacturer declares the conformi-
ty of the product with harmonized standards and applicable directives in the European
Union (EU). Although the countries Switzerland and Turkey are not members of the
EU, the EU specifications have been adopted for local laws. This means that the EU
regulations are also applicable in these countries.
The declaration of conformity can be obtained from the manufacturer. It does not have
to be included with the product upon delivery, i.e., when passing through customs.

Identification

Directives
• Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU
• EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
• RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
• Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC
• Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
Motors whose CE conformity was declared in accordance with the Low Voltage Direc-
tive do not have to be declared in accordance with the Machinery Directive as well.

Efficiency requirements

Directive 2009/125/EC
The Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC establishes a framework to set mandatory eco-
logical requirements for energy-using and energy-related products. It covers the fol-
lowing topics, among others:
• Regulation (EU) 2019/1781 and (EU) 2021/341 on AC asynchronous motors and
frequency inverters
• Fans/ventilators in Regulation (EC) No. 327/2011
• Water pumps in Regulation (EC) No. 547/2012
• Wet rotor circulation pumps in Regulation (EC) No. 641/2009
30590116/EN – 03/2023

24 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Regulation (EU) 2019/1718 and (EU) 2021/341
The directives ((EU) 2019/1781 and (EU) 2021/341) define the placing of motors on
the market within the European Community.
Motors with the following features are affected:
Induction motors without carbon brushes, commutators, slip rings or electrical rotor
connections that are designed for operation with a sinusoidal voltage with a frequency
of 50 Hz, 60 Hz, or 50/60 Hz and:
• 2, 4, 6, and 8-pole
• Power of 0.12 kW to 1000 kW
• Nominal voltage of more than 50 V and up to 1000 V
• Designed for continuous duty
• Line-capable motors

Valid from Efficiency Number of poles Power range

July 01, 2021 IE2 2, 4, 6, 8 0.12 – < 0.75 kW
IE3 2, 4, 6, 8 0.75 – 1000 kW
July 01, 2023 IE4 2, 4, 6 75 – 200 kW1).
1) Brakemotors and explosion-protected motors are excluded from the IE4 requirement

Exceptions
• Motors not on continuous duty
• Non-ventilated motors in accordance with IC Code 410 or TENV
• Motors, only for operation on frequency inverter
• Fully integrated motors
• Motors with integrated inverter
• Motors that are exclusively intended for operation under the following conditions:
– Where ambient temperatures exceed 60 °C
– Where ambient temperatures are less than -30 °C
– Installation altitude of more than 4000 m above sea level
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 25

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Motors for use in Europe, Switzerland, Turkey

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 4 56MR 0.09 kW
6 63MQ 0.09 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 – 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 – 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 – 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 – 11 kW

Switzerland
Switzerland adopts the energy-related Products Directive and its implementation regu-
lations in Energy Ordinance EnEV 730.02 (2020).
This means that the EU rules must be directly applied in Switzerland.

Turkey
Turkey has published the valid rule (SGM:2021/16) for motors.
This is when the energy-related products directive and its implementation regulation
((EU) 2019/1781 and 2021/341) were adopted.
This means that the EU rules must be directly applied in Turkey.

Australia, New Zealand

General
Australia and New Zealand have harmonized the most important IEC standards for
motors. This allows motors that meet the requirements of the IEC60034 series to be
delivered and operated.
The minimum efficiency (MEPS – Minimum Efficiency Performance Standard) stipu-
lated by law both in Australia and New Zealand took effect on April 1, 2006 in Australia
and on June 1, 2006 in New Zealand.
In Australia, the revised legislation of the "Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Stan-
dards Act 2012" (GEMS Act) applies. The requirements for motors are described in
the current "Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards (Three Phase Cage Induc-
tion Motors) Determination 2019".
In New Zealand, the "Energy Efficiency (Energy Using Products) Regulations 2002"
apply. The requirements for motors are described in the current Australian "Green-
house and Energy Minimum Standards (Three Phase Cage Induction Motors) Deter-
mination 2019".
Motors that are operated in Australia or New Zealand and are subject to the following
efficiency requirements must be registered.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

The DRN.. motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE meet the legal requirements and have
been registered by the authorization agency.
The overview of permitted motors can be found online by selecting
"SEW‑EURODRIVE" under the following link: "https://www.energyrating.gov.au/
products/electric-motors".

26 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Identification
There is no special identification obligation. The identification according to
IEC 60034‑1 applies.

Efficiency requirements
The requirements apply to 2-, 4-, 6- and 8-pole motors from 0.73 kW to 185 kW with a
nominal voltage of up to AC 1100 V. The requirements define the numerical values
and measuring methods of the efficiency.
The minimum efficiency corresponds to the values of IE2 (High Efficiency) from
IEC 60034‑30‑1. The Australian/New Zealand high efficiencies correspond to the IE3
(Premium Efficiency) values of the IEC standard.

Exceptions
The regulations exclude the following motors:
• Indivisible gearmotors. This means SPIROPLAN® W10/20/30 gearmotors (also
WA.., WF.., WAF..) with motors up to 1.5 kW in the DR2S.. design can be provided
in compliance with regulations.
• Motors with 2 or more fixed speeds: Pole-changing motors DRS.., DR2S.. are ex-
cluded.
• Motors in S2 short-time duty
• Motors only intended for operation on a frequency inverter:asynchronous servomo-
tors DRL..
• DRK.. single-phase motors with running capacitor

Information
In Australia and New Zealand, the IE2 motors are considered the standard design.
The advanced IE3 motors (premium efficiency) are "high-efficiency".
The voltage level 3 × 415 V, 50 Hz has already been adapted to 3 × 400 V, -6%/
+10%, 50 Hz throughout the most parts of these countries.
Motors with integrated MOVIMOT® frequency inverters are subject to the regulations
regarding efficiency

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 2 63MS – 71M 0.18 – 0.55 kW
4 56M – 71M 0.09 – 0.55 kW
6 63M – 80MK 0.09 – 0.55 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 – 7.5 kW
30590116/EN – 03/2023

4 63MS – 315H 0.12 – 225 kW

6 63M – 160M 0.09 – 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 – 11 kW

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 27

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Brazil

General
Market access in Brazil requires two primary features for use or export:
• Motors that meet the requirements of the Brazilian standard for rotating electrical
machines ABNT NBR 17091-1 are delivered and operated.
• The requirements for efficiency and the associated certification and labeling oblig-
ation with the ENCE label.
Motor certification is carried out by INMETRO. INMETRO (Instituto Nacional de Metro-
logia, Qualidade e Tecnologia) is the National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Tech-
nology of Brazil.
ENCE stands for the national energy conservation label (Etiqueta Nacional de Conser-
vação de Energia).

Directives/standards/laws
With the passing of Law no.10.295 in 2001, the Brazilian government established the
legal basis for Decree no. 4.508, no. 533 and no. 1.
Decree no. 4.508 requires the use of the ENCE label and describes the certification
process.
Decree no. 1 is an addendum to Decree no. 4.508 and stipulates that, as of July 1,
2019, only motors with energy efficiency class IR3 Premium may be produced in
Brazil or may be imported into Brazil.
The required efficiencies IR3 according to the Brazilian motor standard ABNT NBR
17094-1 largely correspond to the efficiencies according to IEC 60034-30 efficiency
class IE3.
Deviations from the efficiencies according to IEC 60034-30 are regulated by motor
standard ABNT NBR 17094-1 and motor regulation no. 1.

Identification
Brazil's motor standard ABNT NBR 17094-1 requires information on the nameplate in
addition to the information required by motor standard IEC 60034‑1:
• Starting current ratio Ia/In
• Bearing sizes on the A side and B side
• Directions of rotation upon delivery with backstop
• Wiring diagrams
The certification does not issue a certificate. This is only the permission to use the
ENCE label and to assign a registration number to each motor series.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

28 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
SEW‑EURODRIVE may place this information on a second motor nameplate.

13634615 DE
01.1808235648.0001.16 RENDIMENTO E FATOR DE POTÊNCIA
APROVADOS PELO INMETRO
6306-2Z-C3
6305-2Z-C3

3~ABNT-NBR17094-1 NBR - 17094-1

CAT N IA/IN 9.2 Registro INMETRO no: 005431/2015
Motor de indução gaiola IR3 PREMIUM
220 V 380 V

W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

36028816198740747

Efficiency requirements
Motors with the following features are affected:
• AC induction motor with squirrel-cage rotor
• 2, 4, 6, and 8-pole
• Power of 0.12 kW to 370 kW
• Voltages of up to 600 V
• Frequencies 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz
• Operating modes S1
• Energy efficiency class IR3

Exceptions
• Gearmotors indivisibly mounted directly on the motor without motor flange
• Only intended for operation on a frequency inverter (asynchronous servomotors).
• Motors with integrated MOVIMOT® frequency inverter
• Motors that are not designed for continuous duty
• Explosion-protected motors with equipment protection level Gb, Gc, Db and Dc
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 29

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Applicable motors
The following table shows the DRN.. motors certified by INMETRO (NBR 17094-1)
(IR3):

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 4 56M 0.09 kW
6 63M 0.09 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

India

General
In January 2017, the Gazette of India made the requirements on the efficiency and
quality of motors mandatory with regulation S.O. 178(E).
The requirements in terms of efficiency and starting behavior of asynchronous motors
with squirrel-cage rotors is described in IS12615:2018. IS12615 is based on IEC
60034-30-1:2014.
As of January 1, 2018, all motors to which the following conditions apply must meet
the requirements of at least energy efficiency class IE2.
The Indian standard IS12615 contains additional requirements regarding the motor.
The most important of these relate to starting torque, starting current, speed at 100%
load, current at 100% load, size-to-power relationship and greater permitted tolerance
in terms of current and frequency.

Identification
According to the specifications of the BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards), the motors
must be certified by a test laboratory approved by BIS. The manufacturing plants are
audited and certified by BIS.
The motors must bear the BIS certification logo, the IS standard and the registration
number of the manufacturing plant.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

30 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Efficiency requirements
Standard IS 12615:2018 relates to single-speed three-phase 50 Hz asynchronous mo-
tors with squirrel cage rotors with
• Nominal power from 0.12 kW to 1000 kW in size 56 and larger
• 2-, 4-, 6- and 8-pole
• Nominal voltage of 1000 V, with a nominal frequency of 50 Hz incl. 50/60 Hz
• Continuous duty with duty type S1, motors with duty type S2 and above (S3, S4,
etc.) need an equivalent S1 identification and are therefore also affected.
• Line operation and inverter operation
• Ambient temperature range of -20 °C to +60 °C (previously up to +40 °C)
• Installation altitude up to 4000 m (previously up to 1000 m)
• Motors with and without service factor (SEW motors with design specification for
India have no S.F.)
• Gearmotors or motors with deviating dimensions
• Efficiency classes IE2, IE3, and IE4
• The preferred type of cooling is self-cooled in accordance with IC411. Motors with
forced air cooling in accordance with IC416 are also affected. The IC511 and 611
types of cooling listed in the standard are not relevant to SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Exceptions
Motors with the following properties are not covered by IS12615 or are excluded and
therefore do not require identification.
• Motors with power ratings of less than 0.12 kW
• W10, 20 and 30 SPIROPLAN® gearmotors because there is no LIA flange here
• Non-ventilated motors (DAS.., DR.. /UL, DR../OL)
• Synchronous motors (CM.. MOVIGEAR®, DRC..)
• DRL.. motors because the identification does not include 50 Hz
• DRM.. motors because they are 12-pole
• DRK.. motors because they are single-phase
• Pole-changing motors
• Explosion-protected motors

Information
The Indian standard IS12615 requires an extended routine test for each motor and
only allows certified plants to mount motors.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 31

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 200 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 80M 0.09 to 11 kW
The following are not available:
• Motors with operating modes other than S1 as the identification must be equivalent
to S1, including efficiency and IE class
• Motors with forced cooling fan whereby the power rating of the forced cooling fan
motor is greater than or equal to 0.12 kW

Japan

General
The Top Runner program has been the approach to standards on energy efficiency in
Japan since 1998. Asynchronous motors were added to the Top Runner program on
April 1, 2015.
At this point, all motors meeting these conditions will have to operate at the efficiency
stated in the Top Runner program.

Identification
The information on the nameplate has been adjusted according to the Japanese regu-
lations.

3 Phase induction Motor

76646 Bruchsal/Germany 4 pole JIS C 4034
R47 DRN90L4/BE2
Hz 50 r/min 1465/55 V 200 Δ 01.41059783178.0001.20
kW 1.5 S1 A 7.2 P.F. 0.7 eff% 85.6 IE3 Inverter Duty VPWM
Hz 60 r/min 1759/66 V 200 Δ Th.Kl. 130(B)
kW 1.5 S1 A 6.6 P.F. 0.76 eff% 86.5 IE3 IP 54
Hz 50 r/min 1767/66 V 220 Δ
kW 1.5 S1 A 6.5 P.F. 0.7 eff% 86.5 IE3 Vbr 220 AC
i 26.7 Nm 260 IM M1 Nm 14
CLP 220 Miner.Öl/0.7 l BG 1.5
kg 39.513 188 795 5 DE Made in France

35800779531

Directives/standards/laws
Japan has harmonized international IEC 60034 to JIS C 4034. This allows motors that
meet the requirements of the IEC 60034 series to be delivered and operated.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

32 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Efficiency requirements
The required efficiencies under Japanese standard JIS C 4034‑30:2011 correspond to
the efficiencies under IEC 60034-30‑1: 2008 efficiency class IE3.
Motors with the following features are affected:
• 2-, 4- and 6-pole three-phase asynchronous motors from 0,75 kW to 375 kW
• Voltages below 1000 V
• Frequencies 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz
• S1 or S3 duty types above 80%

Exceptions
• Not affected are motors for use in potentially explosive areas as well as motors
only intended for operation on a frequency inverter (asynchronous servomotors).

Information
The design specification was extended for Japan to include Japanese energy effi-
ciency regulations and the local power grids. DRN.. motors with Japanese design spe-
cification are always motors with 3 voltages and 2 frequencies. The following combina-
tions are available:
• 200 V/50 Hz / 200 V/60 Hz / 220 V/60 Hz
• 400 V/50 Hz / 400 V/60 Hz / 440 V/60 Hz
The motors are always in a delta connection in the R13 wiring diagram. This also
makes star-delta starting possible.
The energy efficiency class corresponds to IE3, although Japanese regulations have
reduced the efficiency at 200 V/60 Hz and 400 V/60 Hz, so it is not directly compara-
ble to the international IE3 efficiency requirements. Nevertheless, Japan still uses IE3.
The nameplate has been modified to meet Japanese requirements.

Applicable motors
Motors with 3 voltages and 2 frequencies

Series Number of poles Size Power range

DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 280M 0.12 to 90 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
Motors with 50 or 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz

Series Number of poles Size Power range

DR2S.. 2 63MSR – 71MR 0.09 to 0.55 kW
4 56MR – 71M 0.09 to 0.55 kW
30590116/EN – 03/2023

6 63MQ – 80MK 0.09 to 0.55 kW

DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 200 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 33

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Canada

General
Market access in Canada requires two primary features for use or export. These are
listed under directives/standards/laws.

Identification

Other additional markings include:

• Permitted temperature range
• Design letter
If a drive is not affected by the efficiency requirement, only one CSA logo is required.
The logo shown here describes the CSA Energy Verified logo.

Directives/standards/laws
• CSA approval (CSA = Canadian Standard Association)
• EER 2016 (EER = Energy Efficiency Regulations)
Manufacturers of AC motors must obtain approval and certification from the CSA.
The designs of the motor series can be ordered certified with the CSA mark on the
nameplate.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

34 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Efficiency requirements
Energy Efficiency Regulations (EER)
The Canadian legal requirements (EER = Energy Efficiency Regulations) for minimum
efficiency from 1997 were modified and renewed in 2016. They were published in the
Canada Gazette in April 2016. As of June 2016, the minimum efficiency level for AC
motors was increased to premium level (IE3). This applies to the following motors:

Valid from Efficiency Number of poles Power range

June 01, 2016 NEMA Premium/ 2, 4 0.75 to 375 kW
IE3
1 – 500 hp
NEMA Premium/ 6 0.75 to 260 kW
IE3
1 – 350 hp
NEMA Premium/ 8 0.75 to 185 kW
IE3
1 – 250 hp
The motor can only pass through Canadian customs with the CSA or CSA Energy
Verified mark on the nameplate. The CSA or CSA Energy Verified certificate is not in-
cluded with the drive, since Canadian customs can view the certificate on the CSA
website by entering the registration number MC170602. The MC number can be found
on the nameplate next to the CSA mark. The overview of permitted motors can be
found online by selecting "SEW‑EURODRIVE" under the following link:
www.csagroup.org/services-industries/product-listing/

Exceptions
• Motors not on continuous duty
• Motors that are designed and marked for inverter operation (DRL..; DR2S.. in S9)
• Single-phase motors (DRK..)
• Motors operated at idle state (DRM..)

Information
CSA approval for motors is limited to a maximum ambient temperature of 40 °C. Use
above +40 °C is only possible with the configured output reduction. However, in these
instances the nameplate only shows the maximum temperature of 40 °C at full power.

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 2 63MS – 71M 0.18 – 0.55 kW/0.25 – 0.75 hp
4 56MR – 71M 0.09 – 0.55 kW/0.12 – 0.75 hp
6 63MQ – 80MK 0.09 – 0.55 kW/0.12 – 0.75 hp
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 – 7.5 kW/0.25 – 10 hp

4 63MS – 315H 0.12 – 225 kW/0.16 – 300 hp
6 63M – 160M 0.09 – 7.5 kW/0.12 – 10 hp
8 71MSR – 180L 0.09 – 11 kW/0.12 – 15 hp

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 35

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Colombia

General
Market access in Colombia requires two primary features for use or export:
• RETIE (Reglamento Técnico de Instalaciones Eléctricas) - technical regulation for
electrical installation.
• RETIQ (Reglamento Técnico de Etiquetado) - technical regulation for identifica-
tion.

Directives/standards/laws
The RETIE (technical regulation for electrical installations) has been in force since
2004. The current edition of 2013 was introduced by resolution No. 90708 and supple-
mented by resolution 90795.
Requirements on motors are described in section 20.21 and comply with the
IEC 60034-1.
The introduction of decision No. 41012 of 2015, RETIQ (technical regulation for mark-
ing) also comes into force, which also makes the labeling of motors and other devices
mandatory.
The requirements for the minimum efficiency class for motors have been tightened
regularly since 2016. The last tightening took place in August 2021.

Identification
The marking according to the RETIE and the additional URE (label for the rational use
of electrical energy / Etiqueta para el uso racional de energía eléctrica) apply.
According to RETIE, the wiring diagram of the motor is also mandatory; SEW-
EURODRIVE may place the wiring diagram on a 2nd nameplate on the motor.

41211451403

URE
30590116/EN – 03/2023

36 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Efficiency requirements
Motors with the following features are affected:
• AC motors
• 2, 4, 6, and 8-pole
• Voltages of up to 600 V
• Frequencies 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz
• Operating modes S1
• Power of 0.18 kW to 0.55 kW
– Energy efficiency class IE2
• Power ratings of 0.75 to 375 kW
– Energy efficiency class IE3

Exceptions
• Motors only intended for operation on a frequency inverter (asynchronous servo-
motors).
• Motors with integrated MOVIMOT® frequency inverter

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 4 56M – 63MS 0.09 to 0.12 kW
6 63M 0.09 to 0.12 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

Morocco

General
There are new technical regulations for electrical products in Morocco. The new re-
quirement is a safety regulation which applies as a result of Moroccan law no. 24.09
coming into force. It includes the Low Voltage Directive No. 2573-14 (Basse Ten-
sion) &the EMC Directive No. 2574-14 (Compatibilité Electromagnétique). The Moroc-
can directives are along the lines of the European Low Voltage (LVD) and Electromag-
netic Compatibility (EMC) directives.
The basis for Morocco's new economic orientation is the current economic plan "Mo-
rocco_2025", which is strongly focused by the Moroccan government. In addition, the
30590116/EN – 03/2023

introduction of the CMIM label and the legally required marking will further raise quality
and safety standards. The most stringent requirements of the European standards and
guidelines already existed for all previously imported CE-marked products. They did
not apply in full for unmarked products.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 37

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Identification

Directives/standards/laws
• Law no. 24.09 (art.7)
• Low Voltage Directive (Basse Tension N°2573-14)
• EMC Directive (Compatibilité Electromagnétique N°2574-14)

Efficiency requirements
No efficiency requirements are currently in force for Morocco.

Exceptions
• Explosion-protected motors

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 2 63MSR – 80M 0.18 to 1.5 kW
4 56MR – 225S 0.09 to 45 kW
6 63MQ – 80M 0.09 to 0.75 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

Mexico

General
For delivery to Mexico as well as for local provision, AC motors must meet the require-
ments of the Mexican standard NOM-016-ENER-2016 (energy efficiency for induction,
squirrel-cage, AC motors; limit values, test procedures and identification).

Directives/standards/laws
The Mexican government has issued the official Mexican standard NOM-016-
ENER-2016 to increase efficiency in the energy sector.
The motors must be tested. Successfully tested motors will receive a certificate and
30590116/EN – 03/2023

can be marked accordingly with NOM. The certificates are issued following annually
recurring type tests.

38 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Identification
The nameplate must be written completely in Spanish and, in addition to IEC-60034-1,
contain the following details:
• Designation of NOM-016-ENER-2016
• Designation of the degree of protection
– TCVE – Totalmente cerrado con ventilación exterior
Based on the English term TEFC – totally enclosed, fan-cooled
– TCVF – Totalmente cerrado con ventilación forzada
Based on the English term TEBC – totally enclosed, blower-cooled
• Official NOM logo

NOM-016-ENER-2016
76646 Bruchsal/Germany
DRN90L4/FF
01.41059783178.0001.20 para uso VFD VPWM 3~IEC60034

Hz 60 r/min 1767 V 266/460 Δ/Y

kW 1.5 S1 A 5.2/3.0 η 86.5 IE3
Servicio S1 P.F. 0.7 IP 54 TCVE
Aisl.Cl. 130(B)
FF FF165 D200 WE 24X50
IM B5 BG 1.5
kg 22.826 °C -20..40 2120 052 3 Ensamblado in Francia

35809685515

Efficiency requirements
Motors with the following features are affected:
• AC, asynchronous, induction motors with squirrel-cage rotor
• 2, 4, 6, and 8-pole
• Voltages of up to 600 V
• Frequencies 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz
• Continuous duty
• Power ratings of 0,746 to 373 kW
• Energy efficiency class IE3

Exceptions
• Motors only intended for operation on a frequency inverter (asynchronous servo-
motors).
• Motors with integrated MOVIMOT® frequency inverter
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 39

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Motors that can be used

Series Number of poles Size Power range

DR2S.. 2 63MS – 71M 0.18 to 0.55 kW
4 56M – 71M 0.09 to 0.55 kW
6 63M – 80MK 0.09 to 0.55 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, Armenia, Kyrgyzstan

General
The following must be observed to access the market in the Eurasian Economic
Union, the customs union between Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Armenia, and
Kyrgyzstan:
Motors marketed in countries of the Eurasian Economic Union after March 15, 2015
must bear the EAC mark (Eurasian Conformity), similar to the European CE mark.
With the EAC mark, manufacturers and suppliers confirm that a product has under-
gone a conformity process and meets the specified technical requirements. Conformi-
ty is issued by an authorized certifying body.
The requirements for the conformity evaluation procedure are set forth in the technical
regulations of the Customs Union (TR CU). These regulations refer to standards that
must be applied for a manufacturer to meet the requirements.
In 2019, the new Technical Regulation 048/2019, which stipulates a minimum effi-
ciency for motors, has been published.

Identification

30590116/EN – 03/2023

40 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Directives/standards/laws

Technical regulation (TR) Comparable with the Affected products from

of the Eurasian Customs European Directive SEW‑EURODRIVE
Union
Technical Regulation Cus- Low Voltage Directive Motors, gearmotors
toms Union TR CU 2014/35/EU
004/2011: Safety of low-
voltage equipment
Technical Regulation Cus- EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Motors, gearmotors, fre-
toms Union TR CU quency inverters
020/2011: Electromagnetic
compatibility of technical
equipment (EMC)
Technical Regulation on Requirements for environ- Motors, gearmotors
Energy Efficiency Require- mentally friendly design of
ments for Energy-Consum- electric motors, Directive
ing Devices – TR CU 2005/32/EC
048/2019

Efficiency requirements
Technical regulation 048/2019 "Technical Regulation on Energy Efficiency Require-
ments for Energy Consuming Devices" is expected to come into effect on September
01, 2025 at the current time.
Induction motors without carbon brushes, commutators, slip rings or electrical rotor
connections that are designed for operation with a sinusoidal voltage with a frequency
of 50 Hz or 50/60 Hz.
• 2, 4, 6, and 6-pole
• Power of 0.75 kW to 375 kW
• Nominal voltage of more than 50 V and up to 1000 V
• Designed for continuous duty

Expected as of Efficiency Number of poles Power range

September 01, IE2 2, 4, 6 0.75 to 375 kW
2025
September 01, IE2 2, 4, 6 0.75 – < 7.5 kW
2027
IE3 2, 4, 6 7.5 to 375 kW
September 01, IE3 2, 4, 6 0.75 to 375 kW
2029
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 41

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Exceptions
• Motors not on continuous duty
• Fully integrated motors
• IE2 line-operated motors with frequency inverter
• Motors that are exclusively intended for operation under the following conditions:
– Where ambient temperatures exceed 60 °C
– At ambient temperatures below -30 °C or 0 °C for water-cooled motors
– Installation altitude of more than 4000 m above sea level

Motors that can be used

Series Number of poles Size Power range

DR2S.. 2 63MSR – 132M 0.18 to 9.2 kW
4 56MR – 225S 0.09 to 45 kW
6 63MQ – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

Saudi Arabia

General
In Saudi Arabia, local regulations include requirements for efficiency requirements, im-
port regulations, and a low voltage directive.
The requirements for the motors are defined by the Saudi Standards, Metrology and
Quality Organization (SASO), the technical government authority in Saudi Arabia.
When importing to Saudi Arabia, observe the following aspects (among other as-
pects):
• Energy guidelines for motors, known as Energy Efficiency Registration/Label
(EER/EEL), which are described in standard SASO-2893:2018
• Low Voltage Directive GSO BD-142004-01

Identification
Attaching a logo or other marking according to SASO to the nameplate is not permit-
ted. The EER/EEL is only confirmed in the order documentation with the motor-speci-
fic SASO license no.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

42 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Efficiency requirements
Single-speed, three-phase 60 Hz asynchronous motors with the following characteris-
tics are affected by SASO-2893:2018 and therefore require EER/EEL:
• Nominal power of 0.75 kW to 375 kW
• Nominal voltage of 50 V to 1000 V,
• 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-pole
• Continuous duty with duty type S1 (>S3/75%)
• Ambient temperature of -20 °C to +60 °C
• Installation altitude of up to 4000 m,
• 50 Hz and/or 60 Hz
• Motors that are designed for operation on the inverter
Motors with integrated frequency inverters (compact drives) only come under this
standard if the motor can be tested separately from the inverter. For this reason,
motors starting at 0.75 kW with a MOVIMOT® included must comply with energy
efficiency class IE3.

Exceptions
• Motors that are fully integrated into a product (e.g. a pump, fan, or compressor)
and that cannot be tested independently of this product.
• Motors specially designed for operation in potentially explosive environments in
accordance with IEC 60079-0.
• Motors with cooling by relative motion according to IC 418 or TEAO (Totally En-
closed Air Over)

Unaffected products
The following products are not affected and are therefore deliverable without restric-
tions:
• All motors with nominal motor power of < 0.75 kW
• DRM../DR2M.. (motors with special motor characteristics)
• DRL../DR2L.. (not marked with 60 Hz and power)
• DRU..J/DRU..J/MM (since they are synchronous motors)
• DRC.., CM.., CMP.., CM3C, etc. (since they are synchronous motors)
• MOVIGEAR® (since synchronous motors)
• Pole-changing motors
• Motors with operating mode ≤ S3/75%
• EDRN.. explosion-protected motors

Low Voltage Directive

The Low Voltage Directive BD-142004-01, published by the GCC Standardization Or-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

ganization (GSO), currently only applies to motors/gearmotors beginning with customs

tariff number 85015xxxxxxx.
In most cases, compliance with the requirements of the directive can be confirmed by
a type test. Please contact us if necessary.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 43

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DRN.. 2 63MS – 100LM 0.18 – 3 kW
132S 5.5 kW
4 63MS – 250ME 0.12 – 55 kW
315ME 132 kW
6 63M – 71M 0.09 to 0.55 kW
132S
3 kw
If a motor is not listed, please contact us.
Non-ventilated motors cannot be delivered. These require EEL/EER, but have not
been registered:
• DRN.. /U or /OL as well as
• DAS..

Switzerland
Switzerland adopts the energy-related Products Directive and its implementation regu-
lations in Energy Ordinance EnEV 730.02 (2020). For motors, this is valid from
July 2021.
This means that the EU rules must be directly applied in Switzerland.

Singapore

General
As part of "Singapore's Energy Conservation Act 2013", the NEA – National Environ-
ment Agency of Singapore was introduce the minimum efficiency requirement for mo-
tors with effect from October 1, 2018. This was announced internationally in August
2017 in statement SGP38.
The DRN.. motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE meet the legal requirements and have
been registered by the authorization agency.
You can find an overview of the approved motors on the Internet by selecting the
product "3-Phase Induction Motor" and the company name "SEW-EURODRIVE":
https://e-services.nea.gov.sg/els/Pages/Search/PublicSearchProduct.aspx?
param=goods&type=p

Identification
There is no special identification obligation. The identification according to IEC 60034
applies.

Directives/standards/laws
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• Singapore's Energy Conservation Act 2013

44 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Efficiency requirements
This regulation affects single-speed, 3-phase 50 Hz and 50/60 Hz asynchronous mo-
tors with squirrel-cage rotor that are dimensioned for continuous duty.
• 2-, 4-, and 6-pole
• Power: 0.75 kW – 375 kW
• Maximum nominal voltage of 1000 V
• Operating modes: S1, S3 > 80%, S6 and S9, acc. to IEC 60034-1:2017
• Line-powered motors and line-powered motors with frequency inverter

Exceptions
• Motors dimensioned and specified for operation where they are fully immersed in
liquid;
• Motors that can only be operated in combination with an integrated drive unit:
– With common components (without joints such as screws)
– Where the motor is deactivated if separated from the drive unit (W10.., W20..,
and W30 gear units, gear unit housing with integrated motor A-side bearing)
• Specially dimensioned motors that are exclusively specified for the following oper-
ating conditions:
– Where ambient temperatures exceed 60 °C;
– Maximum ambient temperature above 400 °C;
– Where ambient temperatures are less than -30 °C or
– At cooling liquid temperatures of below 0 °C or above 32 °C at the time it enters
the product;
– In atmospheres that can become explosive due to local or operational condi-
tions (EX motors)
• Motors with an electromechanic brake unit that works on the motor shaft without
coupling (DR2S.. with brake)
• Pole-changing (DR2S..)
• Motors with high slip (often at or near 100%) that are mainly designed for generat-
ing torque (DRM..)
• Motors that are intended for export to another country

Information
Motor manufacturers must register themselves and their motors at NEA.
SEW-EURODRIVE has registered the necessary DRN.. motors in Singapore.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 45

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Motors that can be used

Series Number of poles Size Power range

DR2S.. 2 63MSR – 71MR 0.18 to 0.55 kW
4 56MR – 71M 0.09 to 0.55 kW
6 63MQ – 80MK 0.09 to 0.55 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 200 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

South Korea

General
South Korea has harmonized the most important IEC standards for motors. This al-
lows motors that meet the requirements of the IEC 60034 series to be delivered and
operated.
In South Korea, minimum efficiency requirements are laid down in article 15 of the
"Designation of machinery and materials subject to efficiency management" and arti-
cle 16 "Post management of machinery and materials subject to efficiency manage-
ment" of the "Rational Energy Utilization Act".
The affected products are described in the "Regulation on Energy Efficiency Labeling
and Standards" (REELS) of the Ministry of Economy "Ministry of Knowledge Econo-
my" (MKE).
Motors that fall under the efficiency regulation and are operated in South Korea must
be tested by Korean laboratories. After applying to the Korea Energy Management
Corporation (KEMCO), they will be registered on a freely accessible page.
The DRN.. motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE meet the legal requirements and have
been registered by the authorization agency.
The overview of permitted motors can be found online by selecting
"SEW‑EURODRIVE" under the following link: "http://www.kemco.or.kr".

Efficiency requirements
In South Korea, AC motors must meet the requirements under REELS (Regulation of
Energy Efficiency and Labeling Standard). These motors must adhere to energy effi-
ciency class IE3. Korea has harmonized IEC 60034‑30‑1 and IEC 60034‑2‑1.
Single-speed three-phase asynchronous motors are affected:
• Nominal voltage of up to 600 V
• 2- and 8-pole 0.75 kW to 200 kW
• 4- and 6-pole 0.75 kW to 375 kW
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• Ambient temperature up to 40 °C
• Line-powered motors and motors with frequency inverter

Exceptions
The regulations exclude the following motors:
• Motors with 2 or more fixed speeds: Pole-changing motors DRS.., DR2S.. are ex-
cluded.

46 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
• Directly mounted gearmotors with no coupling between motor and gearmotors.
This means SPIROPLAN® W10/20/30 gearmotors (also WA.., WF.., WAF..) with
motors from 0.75 kW to 1.5 kW in the DR2S.. design can be provided in compli-
ance with regulations.
• Motors in S2 short-time duty
• Motors only intended for operation on a frequency inverter (asynchronous servo-
motors DRL.., DR2L..)
• DRK.. single-phase motors with running capacitor
• Non-ventilated motors (TENV, TEAO)

Identification
The identification according to IEC 60034-1 and the additional Korea Energy Label
(KEL) apply.

This label contains the following information:

• The KC logo (Korean Certification)
• Type designation
• Number of poles
• Nominal power
• Efficiency
• Conversion into CO2 g/a
• Monetary equivalent in South Korean won
Motors that require KEL but are operated in or under "abnormal" conditions receive
the NON-KEL label. This is the case if one of the following conditions is met:
• Operation at ambient temperatures below -15 °C
• Operation at ambient temperature exceeding 50 °C
• Operation at installation altitudes above 1000 m
Example: A DRN90L4 motor with T = -20 °C to +40 °C requires and receives KEL cer-
tification. However, the same motor with a temperate range of T = -20 to +60 °C re-
ceives the NON-KEL label.

Information
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Motors with integrated MOVIMOT® frequency inverters are subject to the regulations
regarding efficiency
In South Korea, there are voltage grids with 380 V/60 Hz and 440 V/60 Hz.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 47

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 2 63MS – 71M 0.18 to 0.55 kW
4 56M – 71M 0.09 to 0.55 kW
6 63M – 80MK 0.09 to 0.55 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 80M 0.09 to 0.25 kW

Turkey
Turkey has published the valid rule (SGM:2021/16) for motors.
This is when the energy-related products directive and its implementation regulation
((EU) 2019/1781 and 2021/341) were adopted.
This means that the EU rules must be directly applied in Turkey.

Ukraine

General
Motors marketed in the Ukraine must bear the Ukrainian conformity logo, similar to the
European CE marking.
With the mark, manufacturers and suppliers confirm that a product has undergone a
conformity process and meets the specified technical requirements. Conformity is is-
sued by an authorized certifying body.
If necessary, the certificate can be requested from SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Identification

30590116/EN – 03/2023

48 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Directives/standards/laws
SEW‑EURODRIVE products such as motors, gearmotors, and electronics are subject
to the following Ukrainian technical regulations:

Ukrainian technical regu- Comparable with the Affected products from

lation (TR) European Directive SEW‑EURODRIVE
UA.TR Machines and Machinery Directive Motors, gearmotors, fre-
equipment Safety accord- 2006/42/EC quency inverters
ing to the Resolution of
CMU No. 62-2013
UA.TR Low voltage equip- Low Voltage Directive Motors, gearmotors
ment safety according to 2014/35/EU
the Resolution of
CMU No. 1067-2015
UA.TR Electromagnetic EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Motors, gearmotors, fre-
capability (EMC) according quency inverters
to the Resolution of
CMU No. 1077-2015
UA.TR Equipment and pro- ATEX Directive 2014/34/ All products for use in a po-
tective systems used in po- EU tentially explosive environ-
tentially explosive environ- ment
ment according to the Res-
olution of
CMU No. 1055-2016
UA.TR Ecodesign require- Requirements for environ- Motors, gearmotors
ments electric motors ac- mentally friendly design of
cording to the Resolution of electric motors, Directive
CMU No. 157-2019 2005/32/EC

Efficiency requirements
Motors with the following features are affected:
• Asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotor
• 2-, 4-, and 6-pole
• Power of 0.75 kW to 375 kW
• Voltages of up to 1000 V
• Frequencies 50 Hz and 50/60 Hz
• Continuous duty
• Energy efficiency class IE3

Exceptions
• Motors subject to severe environmental influences
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• Motors only intended for operation on a frequency inverter

• Brakemotors
• Integrated motors
• Explosion-protected motors
• IE2 line motors on the frequency inverter
• Motors that are not designed for continuous duty

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 49

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Motors that can be used

Series Number of poles Size Power range

DR2S.. 2 63MS – 71M 0.18 to 0.55 kW
4 56M – 71M 0.09 to 0.55 kW
6 63M – 80MK 0.09 to 0.55 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW

USA

General
Market access in the United States requires three primary features for use or export.
These are listed under directives/standards/laws.

Identification

Other additional markings include:

• Assembly plant code
• KVA letter
• Design letter
• Overload factor
• Type of ventilation
30590116/EN – 03/2023

50 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Directives/standards/laws
• UL (UR) certificate (UL = Underwriters Laboratories)
• EISA-2007 conformity + EISA 2014 (DOE amendment 10 CFR part 431) (EISA =
Energy Independent and Security Act)
• Code of Federal Regulations, title 10, chapter II, sub-chapter D, part 431 B motors
Registering AC motors with UL (Underwriters Laboratories) offers advantages for US
users due to lower fire insurance premiums.
The mark includes the registration number. UL approvals for SEW‑EURODRIVE can
be accessed under no. E189357. All DRN.. motors can be ordered with the appropri-
ate mark on the nameplate.
SEW‑EURODRIVE places the UL mark on these motors that are combined with
MOVIMOT®.

Efficiency requirements
EISA compliance
The US legal requirements for minimum efficiency from 1992 were modified and re-
newed in 2007 and 2014. In a decision of the American authorities on May 29, 2014
taking effect on June 1, 2016, the requirements specified for the Premium NEMA en-
ergy efficiency class in the United States were extended to cover a larger power range
and 8-pole motors, and numerous exceptions were eliminated. The requirements are
specified in the Code of Federal Regulations of the Department of Energy (DoE).
Upon registration with the Department of Energy (DoE), the motors are marked with
"ee" and the registration number, for SEW‑EURODRIVE: CC056A.

Valid from Efficiency Number of poles Power range

June 01, 2016 NEMA Premium 2, 4 0.75 – 373 kW/1 – 500 hp
NEMA Premium 6 0.75 – 261 kW/1 – 350 hp
NEMA Premium 8 0.75 – 186 kW/1 – 250 hp

Exceptions
• Motors not on continuous duty
• Motors that are designed and marked for inverter operation (DRL..; DR2S.. in S9)
• Single-phase motors (DRK..)
• Motors operated at idle state (DRM..)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 51

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DR2S.. 2 63MS – 71M 0.18 – 0.55 kW/0.25 – 0.75 hp
4 56M – 71M 0.09 – 0.55 kW/0.12 – 0.75 hp
6 63M – 80MK 0.09 – 0.55 kW0.12 – 0.75 hp
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 – 7.5 kW/0.25 – 10 hp
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 – 225 kW/0.16 – 300 hp
6 63M – 160M 0.09 – 7.5 kW/0.12 – 10 hp

Not for use in the USA

One special feature is the requirement for identifying non-usability for the US market.
Motors sold in the United States that cannot be used there because they do not com-
ply with EISA 2007 must be labeled accordingly. SEW‑EURODRIVE labels motors
with the "NOT FOR USE IN THE USA" label.

United Kingdom (UK)

General
By printing the UKCA marking on the nameplate, the manufacturer declares the con-
formity of the product with harmonized standards and applicable directives in Great
Britain (England, Scotland, Wales).
The Northern Ireland Protocol accords Northern Ireland special status with respect to
the Withdrawal Agreement between the European Union and the United Kingdom, and
products in and destined for Northern Ireland will continue to be sold with the CE
marking while the Protocol is in force.
For this reason, the guidelines from the United Kingdom apply only to Great Britain.
The declaration of conformity can be obtained from the manufacturer. It does not have
to be included with the product upon delivery, i.e., when passing through customs.

Identification

Regulations
• Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 2016
• The Ecodesign for Energy-Related Products Regulations 2021
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 2008

Motors whose UKCA conformity was declared in accordance with the Low Voltage Di-
rective do not have to be declared in accordance with the Machinery Directive as well.

52 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Efficiency requirements
UK Ecodesign Regulation (I.S. 2021 No. 745)
Motors with the following features are affected:
Induction motors without carbon brushes, commutators, slip rings or electrical rotor
connections that are designed for operation with a sinusoidal voltage with a frequency
of 50 Hz, 60 Hz, or 50/60 Hz.
• 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-pole
• Power of 0.12 kW to 1000 kW
• Nominal voltage of more than 50 V and up to 1000 V
• Designed for continuous duty
• Line-capable motors

Valid from Efficiency Number of poles Power range

July 01, 2021 IE2 2, 4, 6, 8 0.12 to 0.74 kW
IE3 2, 4, 6, 8 0.75 to 1000 kW
July 01, 2023 IE4 2, 4, 6 75 to 200 kW

Exceptions
• Motors not on continuous duty
• Non-ventilated motors in accordance with IC Code 410 or TENV
• Motors, only for operation on frequency inverter
• Fully integrated motors
• Motors with integrated inverter
• Motors that are exclusively intended for operation under the following conditions:
– Where ambient temperatures exceed 60 °C
– Where ambient temperatures are less than -30 °C
– Installation altitude of more than 4000 m above sea level

Motors that can be used

Series Number of poles Size Power range

DR2S.. 4 56MR 0.09 kW
6 63MQ 0.09 kW
DRN.. 2 63MS – 132S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 225 kW
6 63M – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MS – 180L 0.09 to 11 kW
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 53

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

People’s Republic of China

General
Market access in the People's Republic of China requires two primary features for use
or export:
• The rules of China Compulsory Certification (CCC) and
• The requirements for efficiency and the associated labeling obligation with the
China Energy Label (CEL).

Directives/standards/laws
China Compulsory Certification (CCC)
The CNCA Implementation Rule CNCA-C04-01:2014 regulates which electric motors
are subject to the CCC. The Implementation Rule also specifies which motor types are
explicitly excluded from the CCC obligation and which product tests must be per-
formed during certification.
The mandatory product tests are defined by the GB standards. The standards applica-
ble to the certification of motors are GB 12350 and GB 14711. SEW motors are certi-
fied according to GB 14711, which defines the safety standards for small and medium-
sized electrical devices.
GB stands for Gan Biao, a local standard.
CNCA-00C-008 "Self-declaration of the implementing rules for mandatory product cer-
tification" prescribes how the certification is performed.
Determining whether a motor requires CCC is based on the motor specification, in-
cluding voltage, operating mode, design, etc.
In addition to the product, the manufacturer's plant is also audited and certified.
This affects motors with the following power ratings:
• 2-pole ≤ 2.2 kW
• 4-pole ≤ 1.1 kW
• 6-pole ≤ 0.75 kW
• 8-pole ≤ 0.55 kW
If one of the rated power values in pole-changing motors exceeds the limit values
mentioned above, the entire motor is CCC-exempt. The motor only has to be labeled
once all power ratings fall within the limit values. If the following conditions are met,
the CCC logo must always be present on the motor if it is being imported into China:
• The motor has one of the above number of poles and the specified power ratings.
• The motor is a stand-alone motor or a gearmotor.
• The motor is not built into a machine or system.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

54 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Identification

SEW‑EURODRIVE has one plant in Europe and one in China that certifies and places
the CCC logo on the motor nameplate.
The motor can only pass through Chinese customs with the CCC logo on the name-
plate.
The nameplate shows the identification of a motor with CCC identification.

67506 Haguenau/France A136458

R27 DRN80MK4
01.8005477130.0001.22 Inverter duty VPWM 3~IEC60034
Hz 50 r/min 1435/55 V 220/380 Δ/Y
kW 7.5 S1 A 2.35/1.36 eff% 80,8 IE3
cosφ 0,79 IP 65
Th. Kl. 155(F)

三相异步电动机 法国制造

IM M1 SEW-USOCOME SAS 3~IEC60034-1 Zone A

kg 15.000 -20..40 °C 188 787 4 DE Made in France
41097761035

A copy of the CCC certificate is included by SEW‑EURODRIVE with the drive in order
to facilitate passage through Chinese customs. This is a voluntary service by
SEW‑EURODRIVE and is not required by law.

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DRN.. 2 63MS – 90L 0.18 to 2.2 kW
4 63MS – 90S 0.12 to 1.1 kW
6 63M – 90S 0.09 to 0.75 kW
8 71MS – 80M 0.09 – 0.25 kW

Efficiency requirements
Standard GB 18613- 2020 "Minimum Allowable Values of Energy Efficiency and Val-
ues of Efficiency Grades for Motors" defines the minimum efficiency, the minimum per-
mitted values of the efficiency and the test method for three-phase asynchronous mo-
tors, single-phase asynchronous motors and motors for air conditioning systems. The
standard is binding from June 1, 2021.
GB 18613-2020 supersedes the 2012 version and GB 25958-2010 "Limited Value and
Energy Efficiency Rating of Small Power Motors".
The implementation of the identification with the Chinese Energy Label (CEL) is regu-
lated in the "Implementation rules for the energy efficiency labeling of electric motors
CEL007-2021". CEL007-2021, which was only just published in May 2021, replaces
CEL007-2016.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

The validity of this implementation regulation describes only three-phase asynchro-

nous motors in the power range from 0.75 kW to 375 kW.
The standard GB 18613:2020 defines a technical status. Regulation CEL007-2021
specifies the identification obligation and is more strictly formulated than the standard
itself. However, in order to provide a standardized basis and platform, and to avoid dif-
ficulties with customs from the outset, SEW has decided to comply as far as possible
with the more comprehensive standard.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 55

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Scope of GB 18613-2020
The standard affects three-phase asynchronous motors, single-phase asynchronous
motors, and motors for air-conditioning systems. Three-phase asynchronous motors
are affected in the following cases:
• 50 Hz, three-phase AC voltage, nominal voltage up to 1000 V, nominal power from
0.12 kW to 1000 kW, single-speed 2-, 4-, 6- and 8-pole, fan-cooled
• Design N
• Continuous duty
• Standard motors and motors with explosion protection
A new factor is the validity for single-phase asynchronous motors with ≤ 690 V/50 Hz
AC voltage
• With starting capacitor (0.12 kW – 3.7 kW), with running capacitor (0.12 kW –
2.2 kW)
• with start-up and running capacitor (0.25 kW – 3.7 kW), and
• Motors with capacitor for fans in air conditioners (10 W – 1100 W) and brushless
DC motors for fans in air conditioners (10 W – 1100 W)
As from June 1, 2021, the affected motors must fulfill Level/Grade 3 (IE3).
The Chinese label with "Grade" is inverse to the internationally customary label in ac-
cordance with the IE class:

IEC GB 18613 – 2020 GB 18613 – 2012 GB 18613 – 2006

IE1 Not permitted Not permitted Grade 3
IE2 Not permitted Grade 3 Grade 2
IE3 Grade 3 Grade 2 Grade 1
IE4 Grade 2 Grade 1 –
1)
Grade 1
1) Not defined in accordance with IEC 60034‑30‑1. In GB 18613-2020, the losses in Grade 1 have been re-
duced by approx. 20% compared to Grade 2 (IE4).

Motors with IE1 or IE2 may now be brought into circulation only if they are not af-
fected.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

56 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Worldwide usability 2
Identification
The design and the contents of the CEL label were redefined in the implementation
regulation CEL 007-2021. By using the QR code, you can access an online website
with additional information about the respective motor.

6(:


&(/
'51('51

For logistical reasons, SEW‑EURODRIVE has added the following information to the
Grade label:
• Barcode
• Color ID field corresponding to the CEL color code
• Item number from SEW‑EURODRIVE
The motor can only pass through Chinese customs with the CEL label on the product.
The CEL certificate is not included with the drive, since Chinese customs can view the
certificate on the CQC website (Chinese approval authority) using the type and cata-
log designation or the QR code on the motor nameplate.
Since this database only contains Chinese characters, the link is not included here.
SEW‑EURODRIVE will give interested customers the link to the CQC database upon
request.
No specific identification is shown on the nameplate.

Exceptions
The following motors are exempt from the requirements or have reduced require-
ments:
• Pole-changing motors with 2 nominal speeds
• Fully integrated motors that cannot be tested separately, e.g. pumps, fans, com-
pressors and gearmotors: This means SPIROPLAN® W10/20/30 gearmotors (also
WA.., WF.., WAF..) with motors up to 1.5 kW in the DR2S.. design can be provided
in compliance with regulations.
• Motors not intended for continuous duty, e.g. DR2S.. motors in duty type S3 ≤ 75%
• Motors only intended for operation on a frequency inverter (asynchronous servo-
motors DRL.., DR2L..)
• Non-ventilated motors: Design /UL or /OL and DAS.. motors
• Motors with forced cooling fan
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Information
The People's Republic of China has a line voltage of 220/380 V/50 Hz.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 57

 Product description
2 Worldwide usability

Applicable motors

Series Number of Sizes Power range

poles
DRN.. 2 63MS – 123S 0.18 to 7.5 kW
4 63MS – 315H 0.12 to 200 kW
6 63MR – 160M 0.09 to 7.5 kW
8 71MR – 180L 0.09 – 11 kW

30590116/EN – 03/2023

58 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
Global motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE 2
2.5 Global motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE
A global motor has approvals and certifications for several markets and can be used
almost anywhere due to its wide voltage range. For this reason, global motors from
SEW‑EURODRIVE are the ideal solution for supplying as many countries as possible
with as little effort as possible.
The motor's part number in the system's parts list does not depend on the country of
use which means that only one design is required for the application. When configur-
ing the motor, make sure to observe the dependency of voltage and frequency for dif-
ferent speeds. The required approvals and certifications can be selected for the re-
quested target countries. SEW‑EURODRIVE is able to assemble global motors in
many countries which ensures short delivery times.
Depending on the required operating voltages, the voltage range according to the
table below can be covered with a motor:

Voltage range at 50 Hz Voltage range at 60 Hz

m 220 – 230 V 254 – 266 V
Design 1a
W 380 – 400 V 440 – 460 V
Design 1a m 220 – 240 V 254 – 277 V
for motors
W 380 – 415 V 440 – 480 V
≤ 0.55 kW
m 380 – 400 V 440 – 460 V
Design 1b
W 660 – 690 V –
m 190 – 200 V 220 – 230 V
Design 2 a
W 330 – 346 V 380 – 400 V
m 330 – 346 V 380 – 400 V
Variant 2b
W 575 – 600 V 660 – 690 V
Depending on the number of requested approvals and certificates, additional name-
plates or small parts for attaching a label to the motor can be added due to the amount
of required information.
The example shows global nameplates for a design that can be used in the following
markets. Labels that are required additionally are not shown.
• Europe, Switzerland, Turkey
• Australia, New Zealand
• Brazil
• Canada
• Eurasian Economic Union
• South Africa
• South Korea
• Ukraine
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• USA
• People's Republic of China

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 59

 Product description
2 Global motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE

2.5.1 Example of a nameplate for the global motor

The DRN.. motor nameplate serves as an example of the nameplate of an entire
global motor.

76646 Bruchsal/Germany
E189357
DRN100L4/FF
01.8008873002.0001.22 Inverter duty VPWM 3ph.IEC60034
50 Hz r/min 1456 V 220-230Δ/380-400Y IP 54 TEFC
kW 3 S1 A 11.5/6.6 F.P. 0.76 NomEff.% 87.8 IE3
kW 3 S1 A 10.1/5.8 F.P. 0.73 NomEff.% 89.5 IE3
60 Hz r/min 1763 V 254-266Δ /440-460Y K.V.A.-Code M
Th.Kl.130(B) S.F. 1.0 ML F1 Design NEMA A CT 300-1800 rpm
FI FF215 D250 WE 28X60
IM B35
kg 35.967 AMB °C -20..40 188 685 1 Made in France

41098349835

41213661707

41212489483

INFORMATION
The line voltages in Brazil and South Korea can be different for the same frequency
of 60 Hz. In addition to a nominal voltage of 3 × 220 V and 3 × 380 V, there are also
supply systems with a nominal voltage of 3 × 440 V.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

60 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
DR2L.. series asynchronous servomotors 2
2.6 DR2L.. series asynchronous servomotors
In addition to the LSPM motors (DR..J), asynchronous servomotors are another link
between the conventional AC asynchronous motors for supply system and inverter
operation, and the highly dynamic synchronous servomotors with permanent magnets.

2.6.1 Product description of DR2L.. motors

DR2L.. series asynchronous servomotors are a drive package made up from the many
options of the DR2.. modular motor system.
In its basic variant, the drive package always contains:
• An EI8R encoder with TTL interface and (1024 periods/revolution) for sizes 71 –
132S,
• An EK8S encoder with sin/cos interface (1024 periods/revolution) for sizes 132M –
225,
• Thermal motor protection in the form of a temperature sensor
• A dynamic package,
• A generous connection area and
• A winding optimized with respect to rotational speed.
Alternatives can be selected instead of the elements of the basic design, for example:
• Instead of the high-resolution built-in or add-on encoder: An absolute encoder or
only an encoder mounting adapter
• Instead of thermal motor protection in the form of a temperature sensor: Tempera-
ture sensor in the winding
• Of the terminal box: The connection via plug connectors and
• Instead of entering encoder data manually: Electronic nameplate in the encoder to
make startup easier
Depending on the application and the requirements of the application, you can select
this option
• Brake or backstop
• A forced cooling fan,
• A Temperature detection (PT1000)
• A canopy
• And many more, see chapter "Designs, options, and accessories" (→ 2 66).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 61

 Product description
2 DR2L.. series asynchronous servomotors

2.6.2 Characteristics of DR2L.. motors: Dynamics

AC motors in line operation usually have an overload capacity of 160% – 200% of the
nominal torque during startup of the motors.
If the motor is operated on an inverter of the same power, the inverter usually provides
150% current - and thus roughly 150% torque - for 60 seconds during startup. If a larg-
er inverter is selected, the inverter can deliver a higher current and, when used to-
gether with suitable motors, can also deliver greater torque. The mechanical current-
carrying capacity of the motor, which is defined by the dynamics package, must be
checked.
The mechanical design of the DR2L.. series asynchronous servomotors is of such a
high quality that dynamic overload values can be reached which exceed the conven-
tional values of an asynchronous motor operated on a supply system or inverter and
almost match the values of a synchronous servomotor.
The motors are available with two dynamics packages. The motors differ in terms of
the overload capacity of the nominal motor torque:

Package Overload capacity in relation to the nominal torque

Dynamics package 190 – 220%
1 (D1)
Dynamics package 300 – 350%
2 (D2)
The nameplate of the motor specifies the data of the selected dynamics package.

2.6.3 Characteristics of DR2L.. motors: Rotational speeds

In order to optimally adapt motor speed to the required control limits of the applica-
tions, SEW‑EURODRIVE offers the DR2L.. asynchronous servomotors with the follow-
ing four rated speeds:
• 1200 min-1
• 1700 min-1
• 2100 min-1
• 3000 min-1
In inverter operation, the rated speed indicates the beginning of field weakening of the
thermal characteristic curve.
The rotational speeds of the vertices of the maximum possible torques in the motor/in-
verter combination are lower than the rated speeds. The motor/inverter assignments
can be found in the documentation of the inverter.

2.6.4 Characteristics of DR2L.. motors: Inverter combinations

The motors are optimally adapted for operation on MOVIDRIVE® application inverters.
Usually, the selection tables offer several inverter sizes. The application data and proj-
ect planning result in the size of the inverter that fits perfectly.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

The selection diagrams can be accessed via the following link:

http://go.sew-eurodrive.com/os/motorcharacteristics

2.6.5 Characteristics of DR2L.. motors: Startup

Encoders with an electronic nameplate make starting up motors on SEW-
EURODRIVE inverters particularly convenient.

62 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Product description
DR2L.. series asynchronous servomotors 2
The nameplate of the following encoders contains all drive-related data that is up-
loaded from the encoder to the drive inverter at the beginning of startup:
• High-resolution built-in or add-on encoder
– Built-in encoder EI8. or cone shaft encoder EK. on motors DR2L71MS4 to
DR2L80M4
The high-resolution built-in or add-on encoders are part of the basic configuration
of DR2L.. motors.
• Absolute encoders
– AK.. on motors DR2L71MS4 to DR2L80M4
The absolute encoders can be used with DR2L.. motors instead of the high-resolu-
tion encoders.

2.6.6 Example nameplate

76646 Bruchsal/Germany
E189357
DR2L80M4/BE2HR/FF/TF/EI8R
01.8005477175.0001.22 3ph.IEC60034 Inverter duty VPWM
Motor Usys 400V Th.Kl. 155(F) IP 54 ML 03 TEFC
Nenn 3000 r/min 9.2 Nm 348 V Δ 104 Hz 6.81 A
Max 6000 r/min 30.0 Nm 500 V IM B5
FF FF 165 D200
WE 24X50
Bremse 230 AC Vbr Nm 14 BMK 1.5

kg 21.000 °C -20..40 188 696 7 DE Made in Germany

41098488715
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 63

 Product description
2 Overview of materials used for the motors

2.7 Overview of materials used for the motors

The following table shows an overview of the materials used.
As standard, the motors are painted with machine paint "blue/gray"/RAL 7031. Other
colors and special paint options are available on request.
Component Material Motor size
56 – 132S 132M – 180 200 – 225 250 – 315
Shaft Steel Plain steel, quenched and tempered steel
Storage Deep groove 60.., 62.. and 63.. series
ball bearing
Cylindrical roller – NU 3…
bearing
Laminated core Sheet metal Electrical steel
rotor/stator
Rotor cage Aluminum Aluminum die casting (EN-AC)
Gaskets Oil seals NBR
FKM
Drive-end end- Gray cast iron Gray cast iron (EN-GJL)
shield/flange Aluminum EN-AC alloy –
(gearmotor
sizes 63 – 90)
Stator housing Aluminum EN-AC –
Gray cast iron – EN-GJL
Bed plate Aluminum EN-AC –
Single feet Gray cast iron – EN-GJL
B-side end- Gray cast iron EN-AC/(sizes EN-GJL
shield 56 – 80)
EN-GJL
Terminal boxes Aluminum EN-AC –
Gray cast iron EN-GJL
Insulation Surfaces PET/PA/PET composite
Winding Copper + paint Cu-enameled wire
Terminal board Base Polyester resin
Terminal stud Nickel-plated steel/brass
Plug connector SEW- PA –
EURODRIVE
Harting PA –
Fan Plastic PA/PPE
Aluminum EN-AC
Gray cast iron EN-GJL (sizes 63 – 132L) –
Fan guard Steel Zinc-plated sheet steel/bondal sheet
Plastic Sizes 56 – 90: PC/PET –
Fan guard with Aluminum EN-AC (only with encoder) –
encoder mount
30590116/EN – 03/2023

64 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Type designation of AC motors 3
3 Overview of types and type designation

3.1 Type designation of AC motors

The following table shows an example structure of a type designation:

DRN71MSR8/BE03HR/FI/TF
DR Product family
N Labeling of the product line
71MS Size
CW Power label
8 Number of poles
/BE03 Brake
HR Manual brake release
/FI Output option
/TF Thermal motor protection

3.1.1 Designation of the motors

Designation
DR2S.. Standard motor (2nd generation)
Single-speed motors meet energy efficiency class IE1.
DRN.. Motors that adhere to energy efficiency class IE3
DR2L.. Asynchronous servomotor (2nd generation)
DR2M.. Torque motor (2nd Generation)
56 – 315 Nominal sizes:
56, 63, 71, 80, 90, 100, 112, 132, 160, 180, 200, 225, 250,
280, 315
S, MK, MS, M, ME, LS, Lengths
LM, L, H
R, Q Reduced power
P, I Increased power
B Non-standard power
2, 4, 6, 8, 4/2, 8/2, 8/4 Number of poles
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 65

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Designs, options, and accessories

3.2 Designs, options, and accessories

3.2.1 Motor design

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/FI IEC foot-mounted motor 63MS – 315
/F.A, /F.B Universal foot-mounted motor 71MS – 132S
/F.A, /F.B (/F.A = motor feet enclosed in delivery, /F.B = motor feet 225 – 315
mounted at the factory)
/FIA Motor feet included loose 225 – 315
/FIB Motor feet installed at the factory 225 – 315
/FF IEC flange-mounted motor with through bores 63 – 315
/FE IEC flange-mounted motor with through bores and IEC feet 63 – 315
/FT IEC flange-mounted motor with threads 63 – 100
/FY IEC flange-mounted motor with thread and IEC feet 63 – 100
/FC C-face flange-mounted motor, dimensions in inches 63 – 160
/FG Integral motor, as stand-alone motor 56 – 315
/FM Integral motor with IEC feet 63 – 315
/FL Flange‑mounted motor (deviating from IEC) 63 – 315
/FK Flange-mounted motor (deviating from IEC) with feet 63 – 280

3.2.2 Oil seals

Material

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Oil seal made of NBR 56 – 315
None FKM oil seal 56 – 315

Design

Code in the type Description Size

designation
Without Premium Sine Seal 63 – 280
Without Premium Sine Seal conductive 63 – 280
30590116/EN – 03/2023

3.2.3 Bearings

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/NIB Current-insulated rolling bearings (B-side, NDE) 200L – 315
/ERF Reinforced bearings (A-side, DE) with roller bearing 250 – 315
/NS Relubrication device 225 – 315

66 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Designs, options, and accessories 3
3.2.4 Winding

Thermal class

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Thermal class B 56 – 315
None Thermal class F 56 – 315
None Thermal class H 63 – 315

Insulation

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/RI Reinforced winding insulation 63 – 315
/RI2 Reinforced winding insulation with increased resistance 112 – 315
against partial discharge

3.2.5 Condition monitoring

Thermal monitoring

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/TF Temperature sensor (PTC thermistor or PTC resistor) 56 – 315
/TH Thermostat (bimetallic switch) 56 – 315
/PK Pt1000 sensor 63 – 315
/PT Pt100 sensor 63 – 315

Brake

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/DUE Diagnostic Unit Eddy Current = function/wear monitoring for 80 – 315
BE1 to BE122 brake

Vibration

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Preparation for accommodating SPM measuring nipples 112 – 315
30590116/EN – 03/2023

3.2.6 Terminal box

Material

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Aluminum terminal box 56 – 225

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 67

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Designs, options, and accessories

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Terminal box made of gray cast iron 71 – 315

Connection

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Gray cast iron terminal box with connection piece 132 – 315

3.2.7 Connection

Terminal board

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Terminal board – 6 terminals 63 – 315
None Terminal board – 12 terminals 71 – 280

Cage clamp terminals

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/KCC 6-pole terminal strip with cage clamp contacts 71 – 132S
/KC1 C1 profile-compliant connection of the electrified monorail sys- 71 – 132S
tem drive (according to VDI guideline 3643)
/KCW 6-pole series terminal 71 – 132S

Integrated plug connector

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/IS Integrated plug connector with terminal block in upper part of 63 – 132S
terminal box
/ISU Integrated plug connector without terminal block in upper part 63 – 132S
of terminal box
30590116/EN – 03/2023

68 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Designs, options, and accessories 3
Mounted plug connector

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/ASE. Mounted Han® 10ES plug connector on terminal box with 63 – 132M
single locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ASB. Mounted Han® 10ES plug connector on terminal box with 63 – 132M
double locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ACE. Mounted Han® 10E plug connector on terminal box with single 63 – 132S
locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ACB. Mounted Han® 10E plug connector on terminal box with double 63 – 132S
locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/AME. Mounted Han Modular® 10B plug connector on terminal box 63 – 132M
with single locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ABE. Mounted Han-Modular® 10B plug connector on terminal box 71 – 225
with single locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ADE. Mounted Han Modular® 10B plug connector on terminal box 71 – 225
with single locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/AKE. Mounted Han Modular® 10B plug connector on terminal box 132M – 225
with single locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/AMB. Mounted Han-Modular® 10B plug connector on terminal box 63 – 132M
with double locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ABB. Mounted Han-Modular® 10B plug connector on terminal box 71 – 225
with double locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/ADB. MountedHan-Modular® 10B plug connector on terminal box 71 – 225
with double locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/AKB. Mounted Han-Modular® 0B plug connector on terminal box 132M – 225
with double locking latch (crimp contacts on the motor side)
/AND. Harting Han® Q8/0, single locking latch 56 – 132M
/IV Other industrial plug connectors according to customer specifi- 56 – 225
cations

3.2.8 Ventilation

Fan guard design

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Noise-reducing fan guard made of plastic 56 – 90
None Steel fan guard 63 – 315
30590116/EN – 03/2023

/LN Noise-reducing fan guard 100L – 132S

Type of ventilation

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Fan-cooled 56 – 315

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 69

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Designs, options, and accessories

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/V Forced cooling fan 71 – 315
/U Non-ventilated (without fan) 56 – 315
/OL Non-ventilated (closed B-side) 63 – 280

Fan

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Fan made of plastic 56 – 315
/AL Aluminum fan 63 – 315
/Z Additional inertia mass (flywheel fan) 63 – 132

3.2.9 Brake and backstop

Brake

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/BE..1) Spring-loaded brake with specification of size 56 – 315
1) Optionally available as safety brake.

Brake options

Code in the type Description Size

designation
HR Manual brake release, re-engaging 56 – 280
HF Manual brake release, lockable 63 – 315

Backstop

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/RS Backstop 63 – 315
30590116/EN – 03/2023

70 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Designs, options, and accessories 3
3.2.10 Encoders

Built-in encoders

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/EI7C1) Built-in incremental encoder with HTL interface, 24 periods 63 – 132S
/EI76 Built-in incremental encoder with HTL interface and 6/2/1 71 – 132S
period(s)
/EI72 71 – 132S
/EI71 71 – 132S
/EI8R Built-in incremental encoder with TTL interface and 1024 peri- 71 – 132S
ods (4096 increments)
/EI8C Built-in incremental encoder with HTL interface and 1024 peri- 71 – 132S
ods (4096 increments)
/EI8Z Built-in incremental encoder with MOVILINK® DDI interface 71 – 132S
(12 bit incremental)
1) Optionally available as safety encoder for sizes 71MS – 132S.

Add-on encoders

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/EK8S1) Add-on encoder with sin/cos interface 71 – 315
/EV8S 71 – 280
/EK8R Add-on encoder with TTL (RS422) interface 71 – 315
/EV8R 71 – 280
/EK8C Add-on encoder with HTL interface 71 – 315
/EV8C 71 – 280
/EK8Z Add-on incremental and single-turn encoder with 71 – 180
MOVILINK® DDIinterface (18 bit incremental)
/AK8W1) Add-on absolute encoder with sin/cos and RS485 interface 71 – 315
/AV8W (multi-turn) 71 – 280
/AK8Y1) Add-on absolute encoder with sin/cos and SSI interface 71 – 315
/AV8Y (multi-turn) 71 – 280
/AK8H Add-on absolute encoder with sin/cos and RS485 interface 71 – 315
/AV8H and HIPERFACE® protocol 71 – 280
/AK8Z Add-on absolute encoder with MOVILINK® DDI interface 71 – 180
(18 bit incremental, 16 bit multi-turn)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

1) Optionally available as safety encoder.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 71

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Designs, options, and accessories

Encoder mounting adapters

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/EK8A Mounting adapter for encoders from the SEW‑EURODRIVE 71 – 315
portfolio
/XV8A 71 – 280M
/XV.A Mounting adapter for third-party encoders 80MS – 280M
/XH1. Mounted third-party encoders 80MS – 132S
/XV.. 80MS – 280M

3.2.11 Digital motor integration

Interfaces

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/DI MOVILINK® DDI 71 – 180

Mounted plug connectors

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/KD1 M23 hybrid plug connector (cable cross section 1.5 mm² – 71 – 160
4 mm²)
/KD Hybrid cable gland M25/M32 (cable cross section 1.5 mm² – 71 – 132S1)
10 mm²)
/KDB M40 hybrid plug connector (cable cross section 6 mm² – 90 – 180
10 mm²)
/KDD Power cable gland and M23 signal connector 71 – 132S1)
(MOVILINK® DDI)
1) 132M – 180 in preparation.

Built-in encoder

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/EI8Z Built-in incremental encoder with MOVILINK® DDI interface (12 71 – 132S
bit incremental)

Add-on encoders
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/EK8Z Add-on incremental and single-turn encoder with 71 – 180
MOVILINK® DDIinterface (18 bit incremental)
/AK8Z Add-on absolute encoder with MOVILINK® interface (18 bit in- 71 – 180
cremental, 16 bit multi-turn)

72 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Designs, options, and accessories 3
Brake rectifier

Code in the type Description Size

designation
BG1Z1) Integrated brake control with MOVILINK® DDI interface and 71 – 180
brake diagnostics as well as brake wear detection
1) Is coded using the DDI type code and is therefore not listed in the type designation of the motor.

3.2.12 Functional safety

Brake

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/BE.. Spring-loaded brake with specification of size 63 – 315

Brake options

Code in the type Description Size

designation
HR Manual brake release, with automatic re-engaging 63 – 280

Built-in encoders

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/EI7C Built-in incremental encoder with HTL interface, 24 periods 71 – 132S

Add-on encoders

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/AK8W Add-on absolute encoder with sin/cos and RS485 interface 71 – 315
(multi-turn)
/AK8Y Add-on absolute encoder with sin/cos and SSI interface (multi- 71 – 315
turn)
/EK8S Add-on encoder with sin/cos interface 71 – 315

3.2.13 Decentralized technology

Code in the type Description Size

designation
30590116/EN – 03/2023

/MM03 – MM40 MOVIMOT® 71 – 112

®
/MO MOVIMOT options 71 – 112
/MI Motor identification module for MOVIMOT® 63M – 112
®
/MSW MOVI-SWITCH 56 – 100
®
/D.. MOVIMOT advanced 71M – 132M

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 73

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Designs, options, and accessories

3.2.14 environmental influences

IP degree of protection

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None IP 54 56 – 315
None IP 55 56 – 315
None IP56 56 – 315
None IP65 56 – 315
None IP66 56 – 315

Winding protection

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Encapsulated stator winding 63 – 132S
None Moisture and acid protection 56 – 315
None Tropicalized 63 – 315

Surface protection

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Unpainted design 56 – 315
None Base coat OSG 56 – 315
None Surface protection OS1 to OS4 56 – 315

Corrosion protection

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None KS corrosion protection 56 – 315

Miscellaneous instructions

Code in the type Description Size

designation
None Anti-condensation heating 63 – 315
/DH Condensation drain hole 63 – 315
30590116/EN – 03/2023

/C Canopy for the fan guard 63 – 315

74 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Designs, options, and accessories 3
3.2.15 Other motor designs

Code in the type Description Size

designation
/2W Second shaft end at motor 63 – 315
None Motor design according to recommendation VE01 of the VIK 63 – 315
(Verband der Industriellen Energie- und Kraftwirtschaft e.V. –
Association of Energy and Power Generation Industry)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 75

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Serial number

3.3 Serial number

The following table shows the structure of a serial number:

Example: 01. 12212343 01. 0001. 21

01. Sales organization
12212343 Order number (8 digits)
01. Order item (2 digits)
0001 Running unit no./copy number (4 digits)
21 End digits of the year of manufacture (2 digits)

30590116/EN – 03/2023

76 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Type designation of the MOVILINK® DDI interface 3
Type
designation
of the
MOVILINK®
DDI
interface

3.4 Type designation of the MOVILINK® DDI interface

The type designation of the MOVILINK® DDI interface describes the characteristics of
the MOVILINK® DDI communication unit integrated in the motor. It does not describe
the equipment of the motor. This is defined by the motor type code.

DI0E00
DI DI = MOVILINK® DDI
0 0 = Motor-external brake control or MOVIMOT® flexible decentralized
inverter
1 = BS1Z integrated brake control via MOVILINK® DDI
2 = BG1Z integrated brake control via MOVILINK® DDI
E B = Temperature detection, no extended electronic nameplate, no en-
coder function
C = Extended electronic nameplate and temperature detection of the
motor, no encoder function
E = Extended electronic nameplate, temperature detection of the mo-
tor, and encoder function
F = Extended electronic nameplate and encoder function, no motor
temperature detection
00 Reserved
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 77

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Mounting position designation of motors

3.5 Mounting position designation of motors

3.5.1 Designs of AC motors according to IEC 60034-7

Motor design FI Motor design FE and FK

B3 B35
B7 B75
V6 V35

B6 V15 B65
V5

B8 B85
35758626315 35758619659

Motor design FF and FL Motor design FY

B5 B34

V3 V37

V1 V1 7

35758622987 35770527499

Motor design FT and FC

B14

V19
30590116/EN – 03/2023

V18
38681787403

78 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Overview of types and type designation
Mounting position designation of motors 3
3.5.2 Size/power assignment according to EN 50347/IEC60072-1
The new edition of IEC 60072-1:2022 edition 7 is based on EN 50347 and will replace
it as EN 60072-1 in the long term.
In countries that accept the requirements of the IEC, AC motors with squirrel-cage ro-
tor are usually classified according to the European standard EN 50347. This standard
defines a unique size assignment depending on shaft height between 63 mm and
315 mm for motors with the following data:
• Rated power between 0.09 kW and 132 kW
• Number of poles 2, 4, 6, 8
Furthermore, EN 50347 defines standard dimensions for feet, flanges and shaft ends
among others. The standard only applies to motors with a rated frequency of 50 Hz,
as it is a European standard. In case of motors with a rated frequency of 60 Hz, devi-
ations from the standard may occur in the size/power assignment.
DRN.. For 2- and 4-pole motors, the size/power assignment is always adhered to for 50 Hz
and 60 Hz motors. For 6-pole variants, this also applies to a power rating of 50 Hz. For
motors with 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz, the normatively prescribed dimensions are not ad-
hered to with all sizes.
DR2.. Motors with feet are designed with shaft heights that are identical to the sizes and not
in accordance with EN 50347. In the case of the flange-mounted design, the series is
based on IEC 60072‑1 and EN 50347.

INFORMATION
The standard EN 50347/IEC 60072‑1 does not contain specifications on the geomet-
rical length of a motor, which means that motors from different manufacturers but
with the same designated size can have varying lengths. For a definite statement on
the adherence of the normative specifications, the geometrical dimensions of foot or
flange must be compared to the relevant rated power.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 79

 Overview of types and type designation
3 Mounting position designation of motors

3.5.3 Position of motor terminal box and cable entry

The standard IEC 60034 specifies the following designations for the motor terminal
box positions:
• As viewed onto the output shaft = A-side.
• Designation as R (right), B (bottom), L (left) and T (top).
Deviating from this standard, in case of gearmotors the position of the motor terminal
box is specified with 0°, 90°, 180° or 270° as viewed onto the fan guard = B-side.
The following figure shows both designations. Where the mounting position of the mo-
tor changes, R, B, L and T are rotated accordingly.
The cable entry position is specified with x, 1, 2, 3.
270°
X
T
2 2

3 1 0° R L 180° 1 3

X X
180° (L) X B 0° (R)
X
90°
19411779083

INFORMATION
Without specific information regarding the terminal box, the design 0° with cable entry
"X" (designation "normal" in quotation and order confirmation) is delivered.
For motor sizes 56 and 63, the terminal box is encapsulated on the stator. The cable
entry is therefore fixed at position "X" and "2".

INFORMATION
The position of the terminal box is not given on the nameplate.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

80 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
Operating temperatures 4
4 Technical data of the motors

4.1 Operating temperatures

The motors are designed for use in a temperature range between -20 °C and +40 °C
in the standard version. According to IEC 60034‑1, the standard temperature range is
lower with -15 °C to +40 °C.
If the motors are operated outside of the standard temperature range, modifications
may be necessary. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE in such a case.

4.2 Key to the data tables

The following table lists the short symbols used in the "Technical data" tables.

PN Rated power
MN Rated torque
nN Rated speed
IN Rated current
cosφ Power factor
η50% Efficiency at 50% of the rated power
η75% Efficiency at 75% of the rated power
η100% Efficiency at 100% of the rated power
IA/IN Starting current ratio
MA/MN Starting torque ratio
MH/MN Ramp-up torque ratio
MK/MN Breakdown torque ratio
mMot Mass of the motor
JMot Mass moment of inertia of the motor
BE.. Brake used
Z0 BG Switching frequency for operation with BG brake controller
Z0 BGE Switching frequency for operation with BGE brake controller
MB Braking torque
mBMot Mass of the brakemotor
JBMot Mass moment of inertia of the brakemotor
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 81

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1

4.3 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1

4.3.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.6
DRN 63MS 2 0.18 0.63 2725 0.465 0.78 62.7 66.2 65.9 4.2 2.6
2.6
2.7
DRN 63M 2 0.25 0.87 2755 0.57 0.81 69.2 70.9 69.7 4.9 2.7
2.6
3.5
DRN 71MS 2 0.25 0.84 2834 0.59 0.77 66.1 69.2 69.7 5.7 3.5
3.0
3.1
DRN 71MS 2 0.37 1.26 2810 0.87 0.78 70.7 73.8 73.8 5.4 3.1
2.7
3.2
DRN 71M 2 0.55 1.86 2825 1.24 0.81 75.7 78.0 77.8 5.9 3.2
3.0
2.8
DRN 80MS 2 0.75 2.5 2855 1.58 0.84 80.2 82.0 81.4 5.9 2.9
2.5
3.0
DRN 80M 2 1.1 3.65 2860 2.2 0.85 83.1 84.0 83.0 6.6 2.9
2.5
2.7
DRN 90S 2 1.5 4.95 2908 3.1 0.83 83.7 85.0 84.2 7.1 2.9
2.0
2.5
DRN 90L 2 2.2 7.2 2905 4.3 0.85 86.1 86.7 85.9 7.4 3.0
2.1
3.3
DRN 100LM 2 3 9.9 2894 5.8 0.85 88.9 88.7 87.2 7.7 3.5
2.6
3.3
DRN 112M 2 4 13 2948 7.5 0.86 88.1 88.7 88.1 9.8 3.9
2.7
3.0
DRN 132S 2 5.5 17.9 2935 9.4 0.92 90.3 90.2 89.2 10.0 3.7
2.1
3.3
DRN 132S 2 7.5 24.5 2936 14.1 0.85 90.6 90.8 90.1 9.6 3.4
2.4

30590116/EN – 03/2023

82 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1 4
4.3.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot Jmot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
5000
DRN 63MS 2 0.18 0.63 2725 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.3 6.8 3.64
6000
4500
DRN 63M 2 0.25 0.87 2755 5.8 3.76 BE03 1.7 7.7 4.45
6000
3 600
DRN 71MS 2 0.25 0.84 2834 6.8 2.93 BE03 1.7 8.7 3.62
6000
3 600
DRN 71MS 2 0.37 1.26 2810 6.8 2.93 BE03 2.7 8.7 3.62
6000
2600
DRN 71M 2 0.55 1.86 2825 8 3.71 BE05 5 10 5.01
5500
1200
DRN 80MS 2 0.75 2.5 2855 11 18.5 BE05 5 15 20
3400
1000
DRN 80M 2 1.1 3.65 2860 14 24.1 BE1 7 18 25.6
2600
600
DRN 90S 2 1.5 4.95 2908 20 53.1 BE1 10 22 54.7
1300
-
DRN 90L 2 2.2 7.2 2905 23 66.3 BE2 14 27 71
1000
-
DRN 100LM 2 3 9.9 2894 33 89.7 BE2 20 37 94.4
750
-
DRN 112M 2 4 13 2948 45 178 BE5 28 52 183
400
-
DRN 132S 2 5.5 17.9 2935 56 241 BE5 40 64 246
300
-
DRN 132S 2 7.5 24.5 2936 56 241 BE5 55 64 246
300
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 83

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1

4.4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1

4.4.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.7
DRN 63MS 4 0.12 0.83 1380 0.405 0.64 58.3 63.9 64.8 3.6 2.7
2.6
2.6
DRN 63M 4 0.18 1.25 1375 0.57 0.65 65.1 69.4 69.9 3.7 2.6
2.6
3.6
DRN 71MS 4 0.18 1.19 1440 0.64 0.54 61.1 67.1 69.9 4.9 3.6
3.2
2.5
DRN 71MS 4 0.25 1.7 1405 0.72 0.66 70.1 73.5 73.5 4.3 2.5
2.3
2.8
DRN 71M 4 0.37 2.5 1415 1.02 0.66 74.3 77.3 77.3 4.8 2.8
2.4
2.7
DRN 80MK 4 0.55 3.65 1435 1.29 0.75 78.6 81.0 80.8 6.1 3.1
2.1
3.1
DRN 80M 4 0.75 4.95 1440 1.75 0.74 80.7 82.9 82.9 6.7 3.4
2.7
2.7
DRN 90S 4 1.1 7.2 1455 2.55 0.73 83.5 85.0 84.5 6.9 3.3
2.1
2.7
DRN 90L 4 1.5 9.8 1461 3.4 0.74 84.6 86.1 85.6 7.5 3.3
2.2
2.9
DRN 100LS 4 2.2 14.5 1450 4.75 0.76 86.4 87.5 86.9 7.1 3.3
2.2
3.4
DRN 100L 4 3 19.7 1456 6.4 0.76 87.3 88.3 87.8 8.2 3.7
2.3
2.6
DRN 112M 4 4 26 1464 7.9 0.81 88.6 89.4 88.7 8.2 3.4
2.3
2.8
DRN 132S 4 5.5 36 1461 10.5 0.84 90.6 90.6 89.6 8.3 3.5
2.2
3.1
DRN 132M 4 7.5 49 1468 15.2 0.78 90.8 91.1 90.4 7.8 3.3
2.4
3.7
DRN 132L 4 9.2 60 1470 18.7 0.77 90.8 91.6 91.0 8.4 3.5
2.4
2.6
DRN 160M 4 11 71 1473 21 0.81 91.1 91.7 91.4 7.3 3.0
2.2
3.0
DRN 160L 4 15 97 1474 29 0.80 91.9 92.5 92.1 8.0 3.4
2.0
3.6
DRN 180M 4 18.5 120 1478 33.5 0.85 92.8 93.1 92.6 9.5 3.6
2.9
3.5
DRN 180L 4 22 142 1477 38.5 0.87 93.4 93.6 93.0 9.6 3.4
2.1
2.9
DRN 200L 4 30 194 1480 56 0.82 93.3 93.9 93.6 8.2 3.3
2.5
3.0
DRN 225S 4 37 240 1482 64 0.88 94.3 94.4 93.9 8.4 2.7
2.3
3.0
DRN 225M 4 45 290 1482 81 0.85 94.1 94.5 94.2 8.8 2.7
2.2
4.0
DRN 250M 4 55 355 1482 104 0.80 94.4 94.8 94.6 8.2 2.9
2.5
3.7
DRN 280S 4 75 485 1482 143 0.79 94.9 95.3 95.0 7.6 2.9
2.6
30590116/EN – 03/2023

3.6
DRN 280M 4 90 580 1481 161 0.84 95.4 95.6 95.2 7.7 2.7
2.0
2.9
DRN 315S 4 110 710 1488 189 0.87 95.4 95.7 95.5 6.7 3.1
2.1
2.7
DRN 315M 4 132 850 1487 230 0.87 95.6 95.9 95.6 6.5 2.9
2.0
2.7
DRN 315L 4 160 1030 1486 275 0.87 95.9 96.1 95.9 6.5 2.8
2.0
3.7
DRN 315H 4 200 1280 1489 355 0.84 95.4 96.0 96.0 8.1 3.8
2.8

84 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1 4
4.4.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
10000
DRN 63MS 4 0.12 0.83 1380 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.7 6.8 3.64
10000
10000
DRN 63M 4 0.18 1.25 1375 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.7 7.7 4.45
10000
6200
DRN 71MS 4 0.18 1.19 1440 6.8 5.42 BE03 2.7 8.7 6.11
9700
6200
DRN 71MS 4 0.25 1.7 1405 6.8 5.42 BE03 3.4 8.7 6.11
9700
5000
DRN 71M 4 0.37 2.5 1415 8 7.14 BE05 5 10 8.44
9000
3500
DRN 80MK 4 0.55 3.65 1435 11 17.1 BE1 7 14 18.6
8500
3200
DRN 80M 4 0.75 4.95 1440 14 24.7 BE1 10 18 26.2
8200
2300
DRN 90S 4 1.1 7.2 1455 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
6000
2200
DRN 90L 4 1.5 9.8 1461 23 67.2 BE2 20 27 71.9
5800
-
DRN 100LS 4 2.2 14.5 1450 27 81.4 BE5 28 33 87.4
6100
-
DRN 100L 4 3 19.7 1456 34 112 BE5 40 40 118
3700
-
DRN 112M 4 4 26 1464 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
2900
-
DRN 132S 4 5.5 36 1461 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
2100
-
DRN 132M 4 7.5 49 1468 74 381 BE11 110 92 403
1100
-
DRN 132L 4 9.2 60 1470 82 439 BE20 150 110 490
980
-
DRN 160M 4 11 71 1473 115 817 BE20 150 150 877
900
-
DRN 160L 4 15 97 1474 130 1040 BE20 200 165 1100
800
-
DRN 180M 4 18.5 120 1478 155 1630 BE30 300 195 1770
510
-
DRN 180L 4 22 142 1477 170 1950 BE30 300 210 2090
470
-
DRN 200L 4 30 194 1480 285 2660 BE32 400 340 2890
500
-
DRN 225S 4 37 240 1482 315 4350 BE32 500 370 4580
230
-
DRN 225M 4 45 290 1482 315 4350 BE32 600 370 4580
200
-
DRN 250M 4 55 355 1482 470 7360 BE62 800 560 7960
180
-
DRN 280S 4 75 485 1482 530 8940 BE62 1000 620 9530
150
-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DRN 280M 4 90 580 1481 640 12000 BE62 1200 730 12600
79
-
DRN 315S 4 110 710 1488 880 23400 BE122 1600 1020 24400
53
-
DRN 315M 4 132 850 1487 900 24800 BE122 2000 1040 25800
46
-
DRN 315L 4 160 1030 1486 1030 28600 BE122 2000 1160 29600
34
-
DRN 315H 4 200 1280 1489 1150 35200 BE122 2000 1280 36200
23

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 85

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1

4.5 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1

4.5.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.7
DRN 63MR 6 0.09 0.93 920 0.36 0.58 44.3 51.6 55.0 2.9 2.8
2.6
1.9
DRN 63M 6 0.12 1.32 870 0.405 0.71 51.9 57.4 57.7 2.6 1.9
1.8
1.9
DRN 71MS 6 0.18 1.88 915 0.55 0.69 59.4 63.7 63.9 3.4 2.2
1.9
2.0
DRN 71M 6 0.25 2.6 915 0.76 0.68 63.5 68.2 68.6 3.4 2.3
1.9
2.1
DRN 80MK 6 0.37 3.8 935 1.05 0.68 70.8 73.8 73.5 4.1 2.4
2.1
2.3
DRN 90SR 6 0.55 5.4 966 1.52 0.65 73.5 76.7 77.2 5.2 2.8
2.2
2.0
DRN 90S 6 0.75 7.5 957 2 0.68 77.4 79.8 78.9 4.8 2.4
2.0
2.4
DRN 90L 6 1.1 11 957 2.95 0.67 78.8 81.2 81.0 5.0 2.8
2.3
2.2
DRN 100L 6 1.5 14.9 961 4.1 0.63 80.7 82.8 82.5 4.7 2.9
2.2
2.4
DRN 112M 6 2.2 21.5 973 5.5 0.66 83.6 85.0 84.3 6.5 3.2
1.9
2.6
DRN 132S 6 3 29.5 974 7.4 0.66 84.8 86.0 85.6 6.2 3.4
2.5
2.5
DRN 132S 6 4 39.5 968 9.7 0.68 86.4 87.5 86.8 5.5 3.2
2.5
2.7
DRN 132L 6 5.5 54 975 13.8 0.64 86.9 88.3 88.0 5.6 2.8
2.5
2.7
DRN 160M 6 7.5 73 979 15.8 0.74 88.4 89.4 89.1 8.2 4.0
1.6

30590116/EN – 03/2023

86 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1 4
4.5.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot Jmot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
12000
DRN 63MR 6 0.09 0.93 920 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.1 7.7 7.16
12000
12000
DRN 63M 6 0.12 1.32 870 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.7 7.7 7.16
12000
7000
DRN 71MS 6 0.18 1.88 915 6.8 8.29 BE05 5 9.2 9.59
12000
5200
DRN 71M 6 0.25 2.6 915 8 10.4 BE05 5 10 11.7
12000
3000
DRN 80MK 6 0.37 3.8 935 11 16.8 BE1 10 14 18.3
9000
2400
DRN 90SR 6 0.55 5.4 966 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
5000
2400
DRN 90S 6 0.75 7.5 957 20 54 BE2 20 24 58.7
5000
2200
DRN 90L 6 1.1 11 957 23 67.4 BE5 28 29 73.4
4400
-
DRN 100L 6 1.5 14.9 961 34 112 BE5 40 40 118
3400
-
DRN 112M 6 2.2 21.5 973 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
2500
-
DRN 132S 6 3 29.5 974 56 245 BE11 80 71 256
2300
-
DRN 132S 6 4 39.5 968 56 245 BE11 80 71 256
2100
-
DRN 132L 6 5.5 54 975 82 439 BE11 110 100 461
1700
-
DRN 160M 6 7.5 73 979 115 1290 BE20 150 150 1.350
1200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 87

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1

4.6 IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1

4.6.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.3
DRN 71MSR 8 0.09 1.24 695 0.435 0.53 39.0 46.7 50.7 2.4 2.6
2.3
1.6
DRN 71MS 8 0.12 1.72 665 0.47 0.64 46.2 52.4 53.5 2.3 1.8
1.6
1.8
DRN 80MK 8 0.18 2.45 705 0.76 0.54 49.4 56.1 58.7 3.0 2.4
1.8
2.0
DRN 80M 8 0.25 3.4 702 1.02 0.53 55.8 62.0 64.1 3.0 2.3
1.9
1.8
DRN 90S 8 0.37 4.95 716 1.38 0.55 61.9 67.5 69.3 3.6 2.4
1.7
1.8
DRN 90L 8 0.55 7.4 710 1.81 0.59 69.0 72.7 73.0 3.5 2.3
1.8
1.9
DRN 100LS 8 0.75 10.1 708 2.25 0.62 72.2 75.2 75.0 3.8 2.2
1.8
2.2
DRN 100L 8 1.1 14.8 710 3.45 0.59 73.5 77.2 77.7 4.1 2.7
2.1
1.9
DRN 112M 8 1.5 20 715 4.2 0.63 78.7 80.4 79.7 4.3 2.3
1.8
2.0
DRN 132S 8 2.2 29.5 715 6 0.64 81.6 82.9 81.9 4.5 2.4
1.8
2.2
DRN 132M 8 3 39.5 726 8.7 0.58 80.9 83.3 83.5 5.1 2.9
2.0
2.1
DRN 132L 8 4 53 722 11.1 0.61 83.6 85.1 84.8 4.7 2.6
1.9
2.1
DRN 160M 8 5.5 72 729 15 0.61 85.1 86.5 86.2 5.4 2.8
1.9
2.1
DRN 160L 8 7.5 98 729 19.6 0.63 86.8 87.7 87.3 5.8 2.9
1.9
2.6
DRN 180L 8 11 143 733 27.5 0.64 88.2 89.0 88.6 5.2 2.2
2.0

30590116/EN – 03/2023

88 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1 4
4.6.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot Jmot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
6000
DRN 71MSR 8 0.09 1.24 695 6.8 8.29 BE03 2.7 8.7 8.98
16000
6000
DRN 71MS 8 0.12 1.72 665 6.8 8.29 BE03 3.4 8.7 8.98
16000
5000
DRN 80MK 8 0.18 2.45 705 11 16.8 BE05 5 14 18.3
11500
3700
DRN 80M 8 0.25 3.4 702 14 24.5 BE1 7 18 26
10 500
2800
DRN 90S 8 0.37 4.95 716 20 54 BE1 10 23 55.6
6700
2300
DRN 90L 8 0.55 7.4 710 23 67.6 BE2 20 27 72.3
5700
2400
DRN 100LS 8 0.75 10.1 708 27 80.8 BE2 20 32 85.5
6400
1800
DRN 100L 8 1.1 14.8 710 34 111 BE5 40 40 117
5300
-
DRN 112M 8 1.5 20 715 45 182 BE5 55 52 187
3500
-
DRN 132S 8 2.2 29.5 715 56 245 BE11 80 71 255
2500
-
DRN 132M 8 3 39.5 726 74 564 BE11 80 92 586
2300
-
DRN 132L 8 4 53 722 82 678 BE11 110 100 700
2100
-
DRN 160M 8 5.5 72 729 115 1290 BE20 150 150 1.350
1300
-
DRN 160L 8 7.5 98 729 130 1640 BE20 200 165 1700
1100
-
DRN 180L 8 11 143 733 175 1960 BE30 300 215 2100
1000
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 89

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1

4.7 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1

4.7.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

3.3
DRN 63MS 2 0.18 0.51 3370 0.41 0.74 60.9 65.1 66.0 5.3 3.3
3.1
3.4
DRN 63M 2 0.25 0.7 3395 0.5 0.79 67.0 69.8 70.0 6.2 3.4
3.1
3.8
DRN 71MS 2 0.37 1.03 3440 0.76 0.76 69.4 73.1 74.0 6.8 3.8
3.2
3.9
DRN 71M 2 0.55 1.52 3455 1.07 0.78 73.3 76.4 77.0 7.4 3.9
3.5
3.2
DRN 80MS 2 0.75 2.05 3476 1.39 0.82 79.7 84.8 82.5 7.4 3.4
2.9
3.7
DRN 80M 2 1.1 3 3485 1.94 0.83 82.3 84.1 84.0 8.2 3.6
3.0
3.3
DRN 90S 2 1.5 4.1 3505 2.65 0.81 83.7 85.6 85.5 8.3 3.5
2.7
3.1
DRN 90L 2 2.2 6 3525 3.7 0.85 84.7 86.4 86.5 9.8 3.5
2.1
3.8
DRN 100LM 2 3 8.1 3517 5.1 0.83 88.0 89.1 88.5 10.2 4.2
2.8
4.2
DRN 100L 2 3.7 10.1 3508 5.8 0.88 88.6 89.1 88.5 11.0 4.1
3.4
3.6
DRN 112M 2 4 10.8 3552 6.5 0.86 87.4 88.6 88.5 11.4 4.6
2.8
3.3
DRN 132S 2 5.5 14.8 3544 8.2 0.92 89.0 89.7 89.5 11.0 4.2
2.1
3.6
DRN 132S 2 7.5 20 3545 12.2 0.85 89.6 90.4 90.2 10.8 4.1
2.6

30590116/EN – 03/2023

90 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1 4
4.7.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
4000
DRN 63MS 2 0.18 0.51 3370 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.3 6.8 3.64
4800
3600
DRN 63M 2 0.25 0.7 3395 5.8 3.76 BE03 1.7 7.7 4.45
4800
2900
DRN 71MS 2 0.37 1.03 3440 6.8 2.93 BE03 2.1 8.7 3.62
4800
2100
DRN 71M 2 0.55 1.52 3455 8 3.71 BE03 3.4 9.9 4.4
4400
960
DRN 80MS 2 0.75 2.05 3476 11 18.5 BE05 5 15 20
2720
800
DRN 80M 2 1.1 3 3485 14 24.1 BE1 7 18 25.6
2080
480
DRN 90S 2 1.5 4.1 3505 20 53.1 BE1 10 22 54.7
1040
-
DRN 90L 2 2.2 6 3525 23 66.3 BE2 14 27 71
800
-
DRN 100LM 2 3 8.1 3517 33 89.7 BE2 20 37 94.4
600
-
DRN 100L 2 3.7 10.1 3508 34 111 BE2 20 39 115
600
-
DRN 112M 2 4 10.8 3552 45 178 BE5 28 52 183
320
-
DRN 132S 2 5.5 14.8 3544 56 241 BE5 40 64 246
240
-
DRN 132S 2 7.5 20 3545 56 241 BE5 55 64 246
240
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 91

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1

4.8 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1

4.8.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

3.3
DRN 63MS 4 0.12 0.67 1700 0.37 0.58 57.7 63.7 66.0 4.3 3.4
3.2
3.3
DRN 63M 4 0.18 1.01 1695 0.52 0.59 63.5 68.5 70.0 4.5 3.3
3.2
3.0
DRN 71MS 4 0.25 1.39 1720 0.65 0.62 69.2 73.1 74.0 5.1 3.0
2.6
3.4
DRN 71M 4 0.37 2.05 1730 0.92 0.62 74.3 77.7 78.5 5.7 3.4
2.8
3.2
DRN 80MK 4 0.55 3 1745 1.16 0.71 78.1 81.0 81.5 7.4 3.6
2.5
3.7
DRN 80M 4 0.75 4.1 1751 1.56 0.70 82.0 84.9 85.5 8.1 4.2
3.0
3.3
DRN 90S 4 1.1 6 1762 2.3 0.69 83.5 86.1 86.5 8.2 4.0
2.3
3.3
DRN 90L 4 1.5 8.1 1767 3 0.70 83.8 86.1 86.5 9.1 4.0
2.2
3.4
DRN 100LM 4 2.2 11.9 1762 4.2 0.73 88.1 89.5 89.5 9.1 4.2
2.4
3.9
DRN 100L 4 3 16.2 1763 5.8 0.73 87.6 89.3 89.5 9.2 4.4
2.6
4.1
DRN 100L 4 3.7 20 1758 7.2 0.72 87.8 89.4 89.5 9.1 4.4
2.0
3.1
DRN 112M 4 4 21.5 1769 7.1 0.79 88.5 89.6 89.5 9.8 4.2
2.4
3.5
DRN 132S 4 5.5 29.5 1768 9.2 0.82 90.9 91.8 91.7 9.8 4.3
2.8
3.7
DRN 132M 4 7.5 40.5 1774 13.3 0.77 91.1 91.9 91.7 8.5 3.7
2.6
4.3
DRN 132L 4 9.2 49.5 1775 16.5 0.76 91.0 91.9 91.7 8.4 4.1
2.8
2.6
DRN 160M 4 11 59 1776 18.5 0.80 91.2 92.3 92.4 7.0 3.3
2.4
3.4
DRN 160L 4 15 81 1777 25 0.80 92.3 93.3 93.0 9.0 3.8
2.1
4.1
DRN 180M 4 18.5 99 1781 29.5 0.84 92.7 93.6 93.6 9.5 4.0
3.4
4.2
DRN 180L 4 22 118 1781 34 0.86 93.2 93.8 93.6 9.8 3.9
2.7
3.5
DRN 200L 4 30 161 1783 48.5 0.82 93.0 94.0 94.1 8.5 3.3
2.5
3.4
DRN 225S 4 37 198 1785 56 0.88 94.2 94.7 94.5 9.2 3.0
2.6
3.4
DRN 225M 4 45 240 1785 70 0.85 94.5 95.1 95.0 8.9 2.5
2.0
4.6
DRN 250ME 4 55 295 1785 88 0.82 94.3 95.2 95.4 8.6 2.7
2.4
4.8
DRN 280S 4 75 400 1785 125 0.79 94.6 95.3 95.4 9.1 3.1
2.7
30590116/EN – 03/2023

4.8
DRN 280M 4 90 480 1784 141 0.83 94.8 95.4 95.4 8.0 2.9
2.5
3.3
DRN 315S 4 110 590 1790 165 0.87 95.0 95.7 95.8 7.6 3.5
2.5
3.8
DRN 315ME 4 132 700 1791 200 0.86 95.4 96.0 96.2 8.3 4.3
3.1
3.4
DRN 315L 4 150 800 1788 225 0.87 95.5 96.1 96.2 7.8 3.8
2.7
3.2
DRN 315L 4 160 850 1788 235 0.88 95.6 96.2 96.2 7.4 3.6
2.6

92 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1 4
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

4.6
DRN 315H 4 185 990 1792 290 0.85 94.8 95.9 96.2 8.6 4.6
3.4
4.2
DRN 315H 4 200 1070 1791 310 0.85 95.0 96.0 96.2 8.1 4.3
3.1
3.7
DRN 315H 4 225 1200 1790 345 0.86 95.4 96.1 96.2 7.3 3.8
2.8
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 93

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1

4.8.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
8000
DRN 63MS 4 0.12 0.67 1700 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.3 6.8 3.64
8000
8000
DRN 63M 4 0.18 1.01 1695 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.1 7.7 4.45
8000
4950
DRN 71MS 4 0.25 1.39 1720 6.8 5.42 BE03 2.7 8.7 6.11
7800
4000
DRN 71M 4 0.37 2.05 1730 8 7.14 BE05 5 10 8.44
7200
2800
DRN 80MK 4 0.55 3 1745 11 17.1 BE1 7 14 18.6
6800
2600
DRN 80M 4 0.75 4.1 1751 14 24.7 BE1 10 18 26.2
6600
1800
DRN 90S 4 1.1 6 1762 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
4800
1800
DRN 90L 4 1.5 8.1 1767 23 67.2 BE2 20 27 71.9
4700
-
DRN 100LM 4 2.2 11.9 1762 33 90.7 BE5 28 38 96.7
3700
-
DRN 100L 4 3 16.2 1763 34 112 BE5 40 40 118
2900
-
DRN 100L 4 3.7 20 1758 34 112 BE5 40 40 118
2900
-
DRN 112M 4 4 21.5 1769 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
2300
-
DRN 132S 4 5.5 29.5 1768 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
1700
-
DRN 132M 4 7.5 40.5 1774 74 381 BE11 110 92 403
900
-
DRN 132L 4 9.2 49.5 1775 82 439 BE11 110 100 461
780
-
DRN 160M 4 11 59 1776 115 817 BE20 150 150 877
720
-
DRN 160L 4 15 81 1777 130 1040 BE20 200 165 1100
640
-
DRN 180M 4 18.5 99 1781 155 1630 BE20 200 190 1690
400
-
DRN 180L 4 22 118 1781 170 1950 BE30 300 210 2090
380
-
DRN 200L 4 30 161 1783 285 2660 BE32 400 340 2890
400
-
DRN 225S 4 37 198 1785 315 4350 BE32 400 370 4580
180
-
DRN 225M 4 45 240 1785 315 4350 BE32 500 370 4580
160
-
DRN 250ME 4 55 295 1785 510 8940 BE60 600 600 9280
120
-
DRN 280S 4 75 400 1785 530 8940 BE62 1000 620 9530
120
-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DRN 280M 4 90 480 1784 640 12000 BE62 1000 730 12600
63
-
DRN 315S 4 110 590 1790 880 23400 BE122 1200 1020 24400
42
-
DRN 315ME 4 132 700 1791 1010 28300 BE122 1600 1140 29400
33
-
DRN 315L 4 150 800 1788 1030 28600 BE122 2000 1160 29600
27
-
DRN 315L 4 160 850 1788 1030 28600 BE122 2000 1160 29600
27

94 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1 4
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
-
DRN 315H 4 185 990 1792 1150 35200 BE122 2000 1280 36200
18
-
DRN 315H 4 200 1070 1791 1150 35200 BE122 2000 1280 36200
18
-
DRN 315H 4 225 1200 1790 1150 35200 BE122 2000 1280 36200
18
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 95

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1

4.9 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1

4.9.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

3.4
DRN 63MR 6 0.09 0.76 1135 0.34 0.52 49.2 57.3 59.5 3.5 3.6
3.4
2.5
DRN 63M 6 0.12 1.04 1105 0.37 0.63 54.9 61.6 64.0 3.3 2.5
2.5
2.3
DRN 71MS 6 0.18 1.52 1130 0.5 0.63 61.7 66.6 68.0 3.9 2.6
2.1
2.5
DRN 71M 6 0.25 2.1 1135 0.69 0.62 64.8 70.3 72.0 4.2 2.8
2.3
2.5
DRN 80MK 6 0.37 3.05 1150 0.94 0.63 71.2 74.8 75.5 4.9 3.0
2.4
2.7
DRN 90SR 6 0.55 4.5 1172 1.38 0.60 76.6 80.5 81.5 6.0 3.4
2.4
2.4
DRN 90S 6 0.75 6.1 1165 1.8 0.63 79.1 82.6 82.5 5.6 3.0
2.3
2.3
DRN 112M 6 1.1 8.9 1183 2.55 0.61 84.6 86.9 87.5 7.0 3.5
1.8
2.3
DRN 112M 6 1.5 12.1 1181 3.35 0.63 86.1 88.2 88.5 7.1 3.5
1.9
2.7
DRN 132S 6 2.2 17.8 1179 4.9 0.63 87.2 89.2 89.5 6.7 3.9
2.4
2.7
DRN 132S 6 3 24.5 1178 6.7 0.63 87.6 89.4 89.5 6.9 3.7
2.5
3.4
DRN 132M 6 3.7 30 1182 8.8 0.59 86.8 89.0 89.5 6.7 3.3
2.8
3.2
DRN 132M 6 4 32.5 1181 9.2 0.61 87.4 89.2 89.5 6.4 3.1
2.6
2.9
DRN 160M 6 5.5 44.5 1185 10.4 0.72 88.4 90.4 91.0 8.6 4.4
1.3
2.9
DRN 160M 6 7.5 61 1182 14.2 0.73 89.2 90.8 91.0 8.0 4.2
1.3

30590116/EN – 03/2023

96 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1 4
4.9.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
9600
DRN 63MR 6 0.09 0.76 1135 5.8 6.47 BE03 1.7 7.7 7.16
9600
9600
DRN 63M 6 0.12 1.04 1105 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.1 7.7 7.16
9600
5600
DRN 71MS 6 0.18 1.52 1130 6.8 8.29 BE03 3.4 8.7 8.98
9600
4150
DRN 71M 6 0.25 2.1 1135 8 10.4 BE05 5 10 11.7
9600
2400
DRN 80MK 6 0.37 3.05 1150 11 17.1 BE1 7 14 18.6
7200
1920
DRN 90SR 6 0.55 4.5 1172 20 54 BE1 10 23 55.6
4000
1920
DRN 90S 6 0.75 6.1 1165 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
4000
-
DRN 112M 6 1.1 8.9 1183 45 178 BE5 20 52 183
2080
-
DRN 112M 6 1.5 12.1 1181 45 178 BE5 28 52 183
2080
-
DRN 132S 6 2.2 17.8 1179 56 245 BE5 40 64 250
1840
-
DRN 132S 6 3 24.5 1178 56 245 BE5 55 64 250
1840
-
DRN 132M 6 3.7 30 1182 74 381 BE11 80 92 403
1440
-
DRN 132M 6 4 32.5 1181 74 381 BE11 80 92 403
1440
-
DRN 160M 6 5.5 44.5 1185 115 1290 BE20 110 150 1350
960
-
DRN 160M 6 7.5 61 1182 115 1290 BE20 150 150 1350
960
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 97

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1

4.10 IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1

4.10.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.6
DRN 71MSR 8 0.09 1 856 0.41 0.46 43.9 52.6 57.5 2.7 3.1
2.6
1.9
DRN 71MS 8 0.12 1.37 835 0.435 0.56 49.3 56.5 59.5 2.7 2.3
1.9
2.2
DRN 80MK 8 0.18 1.99 863 0.7 0.48 53.3 60.5 64.0 3.5 2.9
2.2
2.3
DRN 80M 8 0.25 2.75 861 0.95 0.48 58.2 65.0 68.0 3.5 2.9
2.2
2.0
DRN 90S 8 0.37 4.05 870 1.27 0.50 63.7 69.6 72.0 4.0 2.7
1.8
1.9
DRN 90L 8 0.55 6.1 868 1.65 0.54 68.5 72.8 74.0 4.0 2.6
1.9
2.1
DRN 100LS 8 0.75 8.3 866 2 0.57 71.2 74.7 75.5 4.4 2.6
1.9
2.4
DRN 100L 8 1.1 12.1 868 3.1 0.55 73.3 77.3 78.5 4.6 3.1
2.2
2.1
DRN 112M 8 1.5 16.4 872 3.75 0.59 81.4 83.8 84.0 5.0 2.6
1.8
2.1
DRN 132S 8 2.2 24 871 5.3 0.60 83.7 85.6 85.5 5.2 2.7
1.8
2.4
DRN 132M 8 3 32.5 880 7.8 0.55 83.0 85.8 86.5 5.6 3.2
2.0
2.3
DRN 132L 8 4 43.5 877 9.8 0.58 84.3 86.3 86.5 5.3 2.9
2.0
2.1
DRN 160M 8 5.5 59 883 13.3 0.58 84.4 86.3 86.5 5.9 3.3
2.0
2.1
DRN 160L 8 7.5 81 882 17.3 0.61 87.9 89.4 89.5 6.4 3.5
1.9
2.9
DRN 180L 8 11 119 885 24.5 0.62 88.3 89.5 89.5 5.9 2.5
2.3

30590116/EN – 03/2023

98 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 DRN.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1 4
4.10.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
4800
DRN 71MSR 8 0.09 1 856 6.8 8.29 BE03 2.1 8.7 8.98
12800
4800
DRN 71MS 8 0.12 1.37 835 6.8 8.29 BE03 2.7 8.7 8.98
12800
4000
DRN 80MK 8 0.18 1.99 863 11 17.1 BE05 5 14 18.6
9200
2950
DRN 80M 8 0.25 2.75 861 14 24.7 BE1 7 18 26.2
8400
2200
DRN 90S 8 0.37 4.05 870 20 54 BE1 10 23 55.6
5300
1900
DRN 90L 8 0.55 6.1 868 23 67.6 BE2 14 27 72.3
4600
1900
DRN 100LS 8 0.75 8.3 866 27 80.8 BE2 20 32 85.5
5100
1500
DRN 100L 8 1.1 12.1 868 34 111 BE5 28 40 117
4200
-
DRN 112M 8 1.5 16.4 872 45 182 BE5 40 52 187
2800
-
DRN 132S 8 2.2 24 871 56 245 BE5 55 64 250
2000
-
DRN 132M 8 3 32.5 880 74 564 BE11 80 92 586
1800
-
DRN 132L 8 4 43.5 877 82 678 BE11 110 100 700
1700
-
DRN 160M 8 5.5 59 883 115 1290 BE20 150 150 1350
1000
-
DRN 160L 8 7.5 81 882 130 1640 BE20 200 165 1700
900
-
DRN 180L 8 11 119 885 175 1960 BE30 300 215 2100
800
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 99

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1

4.11 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1
50 Hz (voltage range 380 – 400 V), 60 Hz (voltage range 440 – 460 V)

4.11.1 Information on motors

Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
0.18 0.63 2725 0.475 0.78 62.7 66.2 65.9 4.2 2.6 2.6 2.6
DRN 63MS 2
0.18 0.51 3370 0.43 0.74 60.9 65.1 66.0 5.3 3.3 3.1 3.3
0.25 0.87 2755 0.58 0.81 69.2 70.9 69.7 4.9 2.7 2.6 2.7
DRN 63M 2
0.25 0.7 3395 0.52 0.79 67.0 69.8 70.0 6.2 3.4 3.1 3.4
0.25 0.84 2834 0.6 0.77 66.1 69.3 69.7 5.7 3.5 3.0 3.5
DRN 71MS 2
0.25 0.69 3460 0.54 0.74 64.4 68.5 70.0 6.7 5.1 3.5 4.2
0.37 1.26 2810 0.89 0.78 70.7 73.8 73.8 5.4 3.1 2.7 3.1
DRN 71MS 2
0.37 1.03 3440 0.79 0.76 69.4 73.1 74.0 6.8 3.8 3.2 3.8
0.55 1.86 2825 1.26 0.81 75.7 78.0 77.8 5.9 3.2 3.0 3.2
DRN 71M 2
0.55 1.52 3455 1.1 0.78 73.3 76.4 77.0 7.4 3.9 3.5 3.9
0.75 2.5 2855 1.58 0.84 80.2 82.0 81.4 5.9 2.8 2.5 2.9
DRN 80MS 2
0.75 2.05 3476 1.42 0.82 79.7 84.8 82.5 7.4 3.2 2.9 3.4
1.1 3.65 2860 2.25 0.85 83.1 84.1 83.0 6.6 3.0 2.5 2.9
DRN 80M 2
1.1 3 3485 1.94 0.83 82.3 84.1 84.0 8.2 3.7 3.0 3.6
1.5 4.95 2908 3.1 0.83 83.7 85.0 84.2 7.1 2.7 2.0 2.9
DRN 90S 2
1.5 4.05 3522 2.65 0.81 83.7 85.6 85.5 8.9 3.3 2.2 3.5
2.2 7.2 2905 4.35 0.85 86.1 86.7 85.9 7.4 2.5 2.1 3.0
DRN 90L 2
2.2 6 3525 3.75 0.85 84.7 86.4 86.5 9.8 3.1 2.1 3.5
3 9.9 2894 6.1 0.85 88.9 88.7 87.2 7.7 3.3 2.6 3.5
DRN 100LM 2
3 8.1 3517 5.2 0.83 88.0 89.1 88.5 10.2 3.8 2.8 4.2
4 13 2948 7.6 0.86 88.1 88.7 88.1 9.8 3.3 2.7 3.9
DRN 112M 2
4 10.8 3552 6.5 0.86 87.6 88.8 88.7 11.4 3.6 2.8 4.6
5.5 17.9 2935 9.9 0.92 90.3 90.2 89.2 10.0 3.0 2.1 3.7
DRN 132S 2
5.5 14.8 3544 8.5 0.92 89.0 89.7 89.5 11.0 3.3 2.1 4.2
7.5 24.5 2936 14.4 0.85 90.6 90.8 90.1 9.6 3.3 2.4 3.4
DRN 132S 2
7.5 20 3545 12.2 0.85 89.6 90.4 90.2 10.8 3.6 2.6 4.1

30590116/EN – 03/2023

100 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2-pole, duty type S1 4
4.11.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
0.18 0.63 2725 0.475 0.78 62.7 66.2 65.9 4.2 2.6 2.6 2.6
DRN 63MS 2
0.18 0.51 3370 0.43 0.74 60.9 65.1 66.0 5.3 3.3 3.1 3.3
0.25 0.87 2755 0.58 0.81 69.2 70.9 69.7 4.9 2.7 2.6 2.7
DRN 63M 2
0.25 0.7 3395 0.52 0.79 67.0 69.8 70.0 6.2 3.4 3.1 3.4
0.25 0.84 2834 0.6 0.77 66.1 69.3 69.7 5.7 3.5 3.0 3.5
DRN 71MS 2
0.25 0.69 3460 0.54 0.74 64.4 68.5 70.0 6.7 5.1 3.5 4.2
0.37 1.26 2810 0.89 0.78 70.7 73.8 73.8 5.4 3.1 2.7 3.1
DRN 71MS 2
0.37 1.03 3440 0.79 0.76 69.4 73.1 74.0 6.8 3.8 3.2 3.8
0.55 1.86 2825 1.26 0.81 75.7 78.0 77.8 5.9 3.2 3.0 3.2
DRN 71M 2
0.55 1.52 3455 1.1 0.78 73.3 76.4 77.0 7.4 3.9 3.5 3.9
0.75 2.5 2855 1.58 0.84 80.2 82.0 81.4 5.9 2.8 2.5 2.9
DRN 80MS 2
0.75 2.05 3476 1.42 0.82 79.7 84.8 82.5 7.4 3.2 2.9 3.4
1.1 3.65 2860 2.25 0.85 83.1 84.1 83.0 6.6 3.0 2.5 2.9
DRN 80M 2
1.1 3 3485 1.94 0.83 82.3 84.1 84.0 8.2 3.7 3.0 3.6
1.5 4.95 2908 3.1 0.83 83.7 85.0 84.2 7.1 2.7 2.0 2.9
DRN 90S 2
1.5 4.05 3522 2.65 0.81 83.7 85.6 85.5 8.9 3.3 2.2 3.5
2.2 7.2 2905 4.35 0.85 86.1 86.7 85.9 7.4 2.5 2.1 3.0
DRN 90L 2
2.2 6 3525 3.75 0.85 84.7 86.4 86.5 9.8 3.1 2.1 3.5
3 9.9 2894 6.1 0.85 88.9 88.7 87.2 7.7 3.3 2.6 3.5
DRN 100LM 2
3 8.1 3517 5.2 0.83 88.0 89.1 88.5 10.2 3.8 2.8 4.2
4 13 2948 7.6 0.86 88.1 88.7 88.1 9.8 3.3 2.7 3.9
DRN 112M 2
4 10.8 3552 6.5 0.86 87.6 88.8 88.7 11.4 3.6 2.8 4.6
5.5 17.9 2935 9.9 0.92 90.3 90.2 89.2 10.0 3.0 2.1 3.7
DRN 132S 2
5.5 14.8 3544 8.5 0.92 89.0 89.7 89.5 11.0 3.3 2.1 4.2
7.5 24.5 2936 14.4 0.85 90.6 90.8 90.1 9.6 3.3 2.0 3.4
DRN 132S 2
7.5 20 3545 12.2 0.85 89.6 90.4 90.2 10.8 3.6 2.4 4.6
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 101

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1

4.12 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1
50 Hz (voltage range 380 – 400 V), 60 Hz (voltage range 440 – 460 V)

4.12.1 Information on motors

Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
0.12 0.83 1380 0.41 0.64 58.3 63.9 64.8 3.6 2.7 2.6 2.7
DRN 63MS 4
0.12 0.67 1700 0.38 0.58 57.7 63.7 66.0 4.3 3.3 3.2 3.4
0.18 1.25 1375 0.58 0.65 65.1 69.4 69.9 3.7 2.6 2.6 2.6
DRN 63M 4
0.18 1.01 1695 0.54 0.59 63.5 68.5 70.0 4.5 3.3 3.2 3.3
0.18 1.19 1440 0.68 0.54 61.1 67.1 69.9 4.9 3.6 3.2 3.6
DRN 71MS 4
0.18 0.98 1750 0.59 0.52 61.6 67.4 70.0 5.8 4.2ó 3.7 4.3
0.25 1.7 1405 0.74 0.66 70.1 73.5 73.5 4.3 2.5 2.3 2.5
DRN 71MS 4
0.25 1.39 1720 0.67 0.62 69.2 73.1 74.0 5.1 3.0 2.6 3.0
0.37 2.5 1415 1.05 0.66 74.3 77.3 77.3 4.8 2.8 2.4 2.8
DRN 71M 4
0.37 2.05 1730 0.95 0.62 74.3 77.7 78.5 5.7 3.4 2.8 3.4
0.55 3.65 1435 1.32 0.75 78.6 81.0 80.8 6.1 2.7 2.1 3.1
DRN 80MK 4
0.55 3 1745 1.2 0.71 78.1 81.0 81.5 7.4 3.2 2.5 3.6
0.75 4.95 1440 1.75 0.74 80.7 82.9 82.9 6.7 3.1 2.7 3.4
DRN 80M 4
0.75 4.1 1751 1.56 0.70 82.0 84.9 85.5 8.1 3.7 3.0 4.2
1.1 7.2 1455 2.6 0.73 83.5 85.0 84.5 6.9 2.7 2.1 3.3
DRN 90S 4
1.1 6 1762 2.3 0.69 83.5 85.8 86.5 8.2 3.3 2.3 4.0
1.5 9.8 1461 3.45 0.74 84.6 86.1 85.6 7.5 2.7 2.2 3.3
DRN 90L 4
1.5 8.1 1767 3 0.70 83.5 85.9 86.5 9.1 3.3 2.2 4.0
2.2 14.4 1456 4.85 0.76 86.4 87.3 86.7 7.6 2.9 2.4 3.5
DRN 100LM 4
2.2 11.9 1762 4.3 0.73 88.1 89.5 89.5 9.1 3.4 2.4 4.2
3 19.7 1456 6.6 0.76 87.3 88.3 87.8 8.2 3.4 2.7 3.7
DRN 100L 4
3 16.2 1763 5.8 0.73 87.6 89.3 89.5 9.2 3.9 3.2 4.4
4 26 1464 8.1 0.81 88.6 89.4 88.7 8.2 2.6 2.3 3.4
DRN 112M 4
4 21.5 1769 7.2 0.79 88.5 89.6 89.5 9.8 3.1 2.4 4.2
5.5 36 1464 11 0.84 90.1 90.4 89.6 9.0 3.0 2.4 3.7
DRN 132S 4
5.5 29.5 1768 9.5 0.82 90.9 91.8 91.7 9.8 3.5 2.8 4.3
7.5 49 1468 15.5 0.78 90.8 91.1 90.4 7.8 3.1 2.4 3.3
DRN 132M 4
7.5 40.5 1774 13.6 0.77 91.1 91.9 91.7 8.5 3.7 2.6 3.7
9.2 60 1470 19.1 0.77 90.8 91.6 91.0 8.4 3.7 2.4 3.7
DRN 132L 4
9.2 49.5 1775 16.8 0.76 91.0 91.9 91.7 8.4 4.3 2.8 4.1
11 71 1473 22 0.81 91.1 91.7 91.4 7.3 2.6 2.2 3.0
DRN 160M 4
11 59 1776 19.1 0.80 91.2 92.3 92.4 7.0 2.6 2.4 3.3
15 97 1474 30 0.80 91.9 92.5 92.1 8.0 3.0 2.0 3.4
DRN 160L 4
15 81 1777 25.5 0.80 92.3 93.3 93.0 9.0 3.4 2.1 3.8
18.5 120 1478 34.5 0.85 92.8 93.1 92.6 9.5 3.6 2.9 3.6
DRN 180M 4
18.5 99 1781 30 0.84 92.7 93.6 93.6 9.5 4.1 3.4 4.0
22 142 1477 40 0.87 93.4 93.6 93.0 9.6 3.5 2.1 3.4
DRN 180L 4
22 118 1781 35.5 0.86 93.2 93.8 93.6 9.8 4.2 2.7 3.9
30 194 1480 57 0.82 93.3 93.9 93.6 8.2 2.9 2.5 3.3
DRN 200L 4
30 161 1783 50 0.82 93.0 94.0 94.1 8.5 3.5 2.5 3.3
37 240 1482 67 0.88 94.3 94.4 93.9 8.4 3.0 2.3 2.7
DRN 225S 4
37 198 1785 58 0.88 94.2 94.7 94.5 9.2 3.4 1.8 2.4
45 290 1482 83 0.85 94.1 94.5 94.2 8.8 3.0 2.2 2.7
DRN 225M 4
45 240 1785 72 0.85 94.5 95.1 95.0 8.9 3.4 2.0 2.5
55 355 1483 104 0.83 94.3 94.8 94.6 7.9 3.4 2.4 2.9
DRN 250ME 4
55 295 1785 91 0.82 94.3 95.2 95.4 8.6 4.6 2.4 2.7
30590116/EN – 03/2023

75 485 1482 145 0.79 94.9 95.3 95.0 7.6 3.7 2.6 2.9
DRN 280S 4
75 400 1785 126 0.79 94.6 95.3 95.4 9.1 4.8 2.7 3.1
90 580 1481 168 0.84 95.4 95.6 95.2 7.7 3.6 2.0 2.7
DRN 280M 4
90 480 1784 146 0.83 94.8 95.4 95.4 8.0 4.8 2.5 2.9
110 710 1488 198 0.87 95.4 95.7 95.5 6.7 2.9 2.1 3.1
DRN 315S 4
110 590 1790 165 0.87 95.0 95.0 95.8 7.6 3.3 2.5 3.5
132 850 1489 240 0.86 95.3 95.7 95.6 7.8 3.3 2.4 3.4
DRN 315ME 4
132 700 1791 205 0.86 95.4 95.4 96.2 8.3 3.8 3.1 4.3

102 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1 4
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
160 1030 1486 290 0.87 95.9 96.1 95.9 6.5 2.7 2.0 2.8
DRN 315L 4
160 850 1788 240 0.88 95.7 95.7 96.2 7.4 3.2 2.6 3.6
200 1280 1489 370 0.84 95.4 96.0 96.0 8.1 3.7 2.8 3.8
DRN 315H 4
200 1070 1791 310 0.85 95.1 95.1 96.2 8.1 4.2 3.1 4.3
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 103

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4-pole, duty type S1

4.12.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.12 0.83 1380 10000
DRN 63MS 4 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.7 6.8 3.64
0.12 0.67 1700 10000
0.18 1.25 1375 10000
DRN 63M 4 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.7 7.7 4.45
0.18 1.01 1695 10000
0.18 1.19 1440 6200
DRN 71MS 4 6.8 5.42 BE03 2.7 8.7 6.11
0.18 0.98 1750 9700
0.25 1.7 1405 6200
DRN 71MS 4 6.8 5.42 BE03 3.4 8.7 6.11
0.25 1.39 1720 9700
0.37 2.5 1415 5000
DRN 71M 4 8 7.14 BE05 5 10 8.44
0.37 2.05 1730 9000
0.55 3.65 1435 3500
DRN 80MK 4 11 17.1 BE1 7 14 18.6
0.55 3 1745 8500
0.75 4.95 1440 3200
DRN 80M 4 14 24.7 BE1 10 18 26.2
0.75 4.1 1751 8200
1.1 7.2 1455 2300
DRN 90S 4 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
1.1 6 1762 6000
1.5 9.8 1461 2200
DRN 90L 4 23 67.2 BE2 20 27 71.9
1.5 8.1 1767 5800
2.2 14.4 1456 -
DRN 100LM 4 33 90.7 BE5 28 38 96.7
2.2 11.9 1762 4700
3 19.7 1456 -
DRN 100L 4 34 112 BE5 40 40 118
3 16.2 1763 3700
4 26 1464 -
DRN 112M 4 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
4 21.5 1769 2900
5.5 36 1464 -
DRN 132S 4 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
5.5 29.5 1768 2100
7.5 49 1468 -
DRN 132M 4 74 381 BE11 110 92 403
7.5 40.5 1774 1100
9.2 60 1470 -
DRN 132L 4 82 439 BE20 150 110 490
9.2 49.5 1775 980
11 71 1473 -
DRN 160M 4 115 817 BE20 150 150 877
11 59 1776 900
15 97 1474 -
DRN 160L 4 130 1040 BE20 200 165 1100
15 81 1777 800
18.5 120 1478 -
DRN 180M 4 155 1630 BE30 300 195 1770
18.5 99 1781 510
22 142 1477 -
DRN 180L 4 170 1950 BE30 300 210 2090
22 118 1781 470
30 194 1480 -
DRN 200L 4 285 2660 BE32 400 340 2890
30 161 1783 500
37 240 1482 -
DRN 225S 4 315 4350 BE32 500 370 4580
37 198 1785 230
45 290 1482 -
DRN 225M 4 315 4350 BE32 600 370 4580
45 240 1785 200
55 355 1483 -
DRN 250ME 4 510 8940 BE62 800 600 9530
55 295 1785 150
75 485 1482 -
DRN 280S 4 530 8940 BE62 1000 620 9530
75 400 1785 150
90 580 1481 -
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DRN 280M 4 640 12000 BE62 1200 730 12600

90 480 1784 79
110 710 1488 -
DRN 315S 4 880 23400 BE122 1600 1020 24400
110 590 1790 53
132 850 1489 -
DRN 315ME 4 1010 28300 BE122 2000 1140 29400
132 700 1791 41
160 1030 1486 -
DRN 315L 4 1030 28600 BE122 2000 1160 29600
160 850 1788 34
200 1280 1489 -
DRN 315H 4 1150 35200 BE122 2000 1280 36200
200 1070 1791 23

104 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1 4
4.13 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1
50 Hz (voltage range 380 – 400 V), 60 Hz (voltage range 440 – 460 V)

4.13.1 Information on motors

Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
0.09 0.93 920 0.38 0.58 44.3 51.7 55.0 2.9 2.7 2.6 2.8
DRN 63MR 6
0.09 0.76 1135 0.355 0.52 49.2 57.3 61.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.6
0.12 1.32 870 0.405 0.71 51.9 57.5 57.7 2.6 1.9 1.8 1.9
DRN 63M 6
0.12 1.04 1105 0.38 0.63 54.9 61.6 64.0 3.3 2.4 2.5 2.5
0.18 1.88 915 0.55 0.69 59.4 63.7 63.9 3.4 1.9 1.9 2.2
DRN 71MS 6
0.18 1.52 1130 0.52 0.63 61.7 66.6 68.0 3.9 2.3 2.1 2.6
0.25 2.6 915 0.77 0.68 63.5 68.2 68.6 3.4 2.0 1.9 2.3
DRN 71M 6
0.25 2.1 1135 0.72 0.62 64.8 70.3 72.0 4.2 2.5 1.9 2.8
0.37 3.8 935 1.07 0.68 70.8 73.8 73.5 4.1 2.1 2.1 2.4
DRN 80MK 6
0.37 3.05 1150 0.97 0.63 71.2 74.8 75.5 4.9 2.5 2.4 3.0
0.55 5.4 966 1.54 0.65 73.5 76.7 77.2 5.2 2.3 2.2 2.8
DRN 90SR 6
0.55 4.5 1172 1.41 0.60 76.6 80.5 81.7 6.0 2.7 2.4 3.4
0.75 7.5 957 2.05 0.68 77.4 79.8 78.9 4.8 2.0 2.0 2.4
DRN 90S 6
0.75 6.1 1165 1.82 0.63 79.1 82.6 82.5 5.6 2.4 2.3 3.0
1.1 10.7 981 2.85 0.64 83.9 85.9 86.0 6.6 2.1 1.8 3.0
DRN 112M 6
1.1 8.9 1183 2.55 0.61 84.6 86.9 87.5 7.0 2.3 1.8 3.5
1.5 14.7 977 3.75 0.66 83.9 85.6 85.5 6.4 2.1 1.9 3.0
DRN 112M 6
1.5 12.1 1181 3.35 0.63 86.1 88.2 88.5 7.1 2.3 1.9 3.5
2.2 21.5 976 5.5 0.66 83.3 84.6 84.3 6.1 2.6 2.4 3.4
DRN 132S 6
2.2 17.8 1179 4.9 0.63 87.2 89.2 89.5 6.7 2.7 2.4 3.9
3 29.5 974 7.4 0.66 84.8 86.0 85.6 6.2 2.6 2.5 3.4
DRN 132S 6
3 24.5 1178 6.7 0.63 87.6 89.4 89.5 7.0 2.7 2.5 3.7
4 39 977 10.2 0.64 85.4 86.9 86.8 5.6 2.7 2.4 2.8
DRN 132M 6
4 32.5 1181 9.2 0.61 87.4 89.2 89.5 6.4 3.2 2.6 3.1
5.5 53 982 12.1 0.74 86.7 88.0 88.0 8.6 2.8 1.6 4.3
DRN 160M 6
5.5 44.5 1185 10.4 0.72 88.4 90.4 91.0 8.6 2.9 1.3 4.4
7.5 73 979 16.1 0.74 88.4 89.4 89.1 8.2 2.7 1.6 4.0
DRN 160M 6
7.5 61 1182 14.5 0.73 89.2 90.8 91.0 8.0 2.9 1.3 4.2
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 105

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 6-pole, duty type S1

4.13.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.09 0.93 920 12000
DRN 63MR 6 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.1 7.7 7.16
0.09 0.76 1135 12000
0.12 1.32 870 12000
DRN 63M 6 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.7 7.7 7.16
0.12 1.04 1105 12000
0.18 1.88 915 7000
DRN 71MS 6 6.8 8.29 BE05 5 9.2 9.59
0.18 1.52 1130 12000
0.25 2.6 915 5200
DRN 71M 6 8 10.4 BE05 5 10 11.7
0.25 2.1 1135 12000
0.37 3.8 935 3000
DRN 80MK 6 11 17.1 BE1 10 14 18.6
0.37 3.05 1150 9000
0.55 5.4 966 2400
DRN 90SR 6 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
0.55 4.5 1172 5000
0.75 7.5 957 2400
DRN 90S 6 20 54 BE2 20 24 58.7
0.75 6.1 1165 5000
1.1 10.7 981 -
DRN 112M 6 45 178 BE5 28 52 183
1.1 8.9 1183 2600
1.5 14.7 977 -
DRN 112M 6 45 178 BE5 40 52 183
1.5 12.1 1181 2600
2.2 21.5 976 -
DRN 132S 6 56 245 BE5 55 64 250
2.2 17.8 1179 2300
3 29.5 974 -
DRN 132S 6 56 245 BE11 80 71 256
3 24.5 1178 2300
4 39 977 -
DRN 132M 6 74 381 BE11 80 92 403
4 32.5 1181 1800
5.5 53 982 -
DRN 160M 6 115 1290 BE20 110 150 1350
5.5 44.5 1185 1200
7.5 73 979 -
DRN 160M 6 115 1290 BE20 150 150 1350
7.5 61 1182 1200

30590116/EN – 03/2023

106 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1 4
4.14 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1
50 Hz (voltage range 380 – 400 V), 60 Hz (voltage range 440 – 460 V)

4.14.1 Information on motors

Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
0.09 1.24 695 0.47 0.53 39.0 46.7 50.7 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.6
DRN 71MSR 8
0.09 1 856 0.445 0.46 43.9 52.6 57.5 2.7 2.6 2.6 3.1
0.12 1.72 665 0.485 0.64 46.2 52.4 53.5 2.3 1.6 1.6 1.8
DRN 71MS 8
0.12 1.37 835 0.455 0.56 49.3 56.5 59.5 2.7 1.9 1.9 2.3
0.18 2.45 705 0.78 0.54 49.4 56.1 58.7 3.0 1.8 1.8 2.4
DRN 80MK 8
0.18 1.99 863 0.74 0.48 53.3 60.5 64.0 3.5 2.2 2.2 2.9
0.25 3.4 702 1.04 0.53 55.8 62.0 64.1 3.1 2.0 1.9 2.3
DRN 80M 8
0.25 2.75 861 0.98 0.48 58.2 65.0 68.0 3.5 2.3 2.2 2.9
0.37 4.95 716 1.46 0.55 61.9 67.5 69.3 3.6 1.8 1.7 2.4
DRN 90S 8
0.37 4.05 870 1.37 0.50 63.7 69.6 72.0 4.0 2.0 1.8 2.7
0.55 7.4 710 1.87 0.59 69.0 72.7 73.0 3.5 1.8 1.8 2.3
DRN 90L 8
0.55 6.1 868 1.88 0.54 68.5 72.8 74.0 4.0 1.9 1.9 2.6
0.75 10.1 708 2.25 0.62 72.2 75.2 75.0 3.8 1.9 1.8 2.2
DRN 100LS 8
0.75 8.3 866 2.15 0.57 71.2 74.7 75.5 4.4 2.1 1.9 2.6
1.1 14.8 710 3.5 0.59 73.5 77.2 77.7 4.1 2.2 2.1 2.7
DRN 100L 8
1.1 12.1 868 3.2 0.55 73.3 77.3 78.5 4.6 2.4 2.2 3.1
1.5 20 715 4.2 0.63 78.7 80.4 79.7 4.3 1.9 1.8 2.3
DRN 112M 8
1.5 16.4 872 4 0.59 81.4 83.8 84.0 5.0 2.1 1.8 2.6
2.2 29.5 715 6.1 0.64 81.6 82.9 81.9 4.5 2.0 1.8 2.4
DRN 132S 8
2.2 24 871 5.4 0.60 83.7 85.6 85.5 5.2 2.1 1.8 2.7
3 39.5 726 8.9 0.58 80.9 83.3 83.5 5.1 2.2 2.0 2.9
DRN 132M 8
3 32.5 880 8 0.55 83.0 85.8 86.5 5.6 2.4 2.0 3.2
4 53 722 11.2 0.61 83.6 85.1 84.8 4.7 2.1 1.9 2.6
DRN 132L 8
4 43.5 877 10.1 0.58 84.3 86.3 86.5 5.3 2.3 2.0 2.9
5.5 72 729 15.2 0.61 85.1 86.5 86.2 5.4 2.1 1.9 2.8
DRN 160M 8
5.5 59 883 13.4 0.58 84.4 86.3 86.5 5.9 2.1 2.0 3.3
7.5 98 729 19.8 0.63 86.8 87.7 87.3 5.8 2.1 1.9 2.9
DRN 160L 8
7.5 81 882 17.3 0.61 87.9 89.4 89.5 6.4 2.1 1.9 3.5
11 143 733 28 0.64 88.2 89.0 88.6 5.2 2.6 2.0 2.2
DRN 180L 8
11 119 885 25 0.62 88.3 89.5 89.5 5.9 2.9 2.3 2.5
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 107

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE3 global DRN.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 8-pole, duty type S1

4.14.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.09 1.24 695 6000
DRN 71MSR 8 6.8 8.29 BE03 2.7 8.7 8.98
0.09 1 856 16000
0.12 1.72 665 6000
DRN 71MS 8 6.8 8.29 BE03 3.4 8.7 8.98
0.12 1.37 835 16000
0.18 2.45 705 5000
DRN 80MK 8 11 17.1 BE05 5 14 18.6
0.18 1.99 863 11500
0.25 3.4 702 3700
DRN 80M 8 14 24.7 BE1 7 18 26.2
0.25 2.75 861 10500
0.37 4.95 716 2800
DRN 90S 8 20 54 BE1 10 23 55.6
0.37 4.05 870 6700
0.55 7.4 710 2300
DRN 90L 8 23 67.6 BE2 20 27 72.3
0.55 6.1 868 5700
0.75 10.1 708 2400
DRN 100LS 8 27 80.8 BE2 20 32 85.5
0.75 8.3 866 6400
1.1 14.8 710 1800
DRN 100L 8 34 111 BE5 40 40 117
1.1 12.1 868 5300
1.5 20 715 -
DRN 112M 8 45 182 BE5 55 52 187
1.5 16.4 872 3500
2.2 29.5 715 -
DRN 132S 8 56 245 BE11 80 71 255
2.2 24 871 2500
3 39.5 726 -
DRN 132M 8 74 564 BE11 80 92 586
3 32.5 880 2300
4 53 722 -
DRN 132L 8 82 678 BE11 110 100 700
4 43.5 877 2100
5.5 72 729 -
DRN 160M 8 115 1290 BE20 150 150 1350
5.5 59 883 1300
7.5 98 729 -
DRN 160L 8 130 1640 BE20 200 165 1700
7.5 81 882 1100
11 143 733 -
DRN 180L 8 175 1960 BE30 300 215 2100
11 119 885 1000

30590116/EN – 03/2023

108 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.15 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S1
4.15.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.6
DR2S 63MSR 2 0.18 0.63 2725 0.465 0.78 57.8 61.0 60.7 4.2 2.6
2.6
2.1
DR2S 63MS 2 0.25 0.91 2610 0.67 0.80 62.1 64.7 62.3 3.3 2.1
2.1
2.4
DR2S 63M 2 0.37 1.33 2655 0.94 0.79 64.6 67.0 65.1 4.0 2.4
2.3
3.2
DR2S 71MR 2 0.55 1.86 2825 1.24 0.81 72.4 74.6 74.4 5.9 3.2
3.0
2.8
DR2S 71M 2 0.75 2.6 2760 1.78 0.80 71.3 73.7 72.9 4.6 2.8
2.7
2.3
DR2S 80MS 2 1.1 3.75 2800 2.45 0.84 74.2 76.4 75.0 4.6 2.4
2.0
2.6
DR2S 80M 2 1.5 5.1 2820 3.3 0.84 77.2 78.5 77.2 5.1 2.6
2.3
2.2
DR2S 90S 2 2.2 7.3 2875 4.75 0.82 79.3 80.9 79.7 5.4 2.4
1.7
2.2
DR2S 90L 2 3 10 2875 6.3 0.84 82.4 83.1 81.5 5.7 2.3
1.9
2.9
DR2S 100LM 2 4 13.4 2850 8.1 0.85 85.5 85.0 83.1 6.0 2.7
2.5
2.6
DR2S 112M 2 5.5 18 2921 10.5 0.86 85.1 85.5 84.7 7.3 3.2
2.2
3.0
DR2S 132SR 2 7.5 24.5 2902 13.2 0.92 88.4 87.6 86.0 8.1 2.9
2.6
3.1
DR2S 132S 2 9.2 30.5 2900 17.3 0.87 88.0 87.5 86.0 7.9 3.0
2.7
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 109

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S1

4.15.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
5000
DR2S 63MSR 2 0.18 0.63 2725 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.3 6.8 3.64
6000
5000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.25 0.91 2610 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.1 6.8 3.64
6000
4500
DR2S 63M 2 0.37 1.33 2655 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.7 7.7 4.45
6000
2600
DR2S 71MR 2 0.55 1.86 2825 8 3.71 BE05 5 10 5.01
5500
2600
DR2S 71M 2 0.75 2.6 2760 8 3.83 BE05 5 10 5.13
5500
1200
DR2S 80MS 2 1.1 3.75 2800 11 18.9 BE1 10 15 20.4
3400
1000
DR2S 80M 2 1.5 5.1 2820 14 24.5 BE1 10 18 26
2600
600
DR2S 90S 2 2.2 7.3 2875 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
1300
–
DR2S 90L 2 3 10 2875 23 67.2 BE2 20 27 71.9
1000
–
DR2S 100LM 2 4 13.4 2850 33 89.7 BE5 28 38 95.7
750
–
DR2S 112M 2 5.5 18 2921 45 178 BE5 40 52 183
400
–
DR2S 132SR 2 7.5 24.5 2902 56 241 BE5 55 64 246
300
–
DR2S 132S 2 9.2 30.5 2900 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
300

30590116/EN – 03/2023

110 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.16 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1
4.16.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.8
DR2S 56MR 4 0.09 0.62 1380 0.35 0.61 43.9 51.4 54.8 3.0 2.9
2.8
2.0
DR2S 56M 4 0.12 0.89 1290 0.39 0.74 48.8 53.8 53.3 2.7 2.0
2.0
2.7
DR2S 63MSR 4 0.12 0.83 1380 0.405 0.64 55.6 61.0 61.9 3.6 2.7
2.6
2.0
DR2S 63MS 4 0.18 1.29 1330 0.59 0.71 52.1 57.1 57.0 2.9 2.1
2.0
2.3
DR2S 63M 4 0.25 1.79 1330 0.78 0.70 59.0 62.5 61.5 3.4 2.3
2.3
2.0
DR2S 71MS 4 0.37 2.6 1350 1.05 0.73 66.0 68.0 66.0 3.6 2.0
1.8
2.4
DR2S 71M 4 0.55 3.85 1360 1.52 0.72 69.6 71.7 70.0 4.1 2.4
2.2
2.4
DR2S 80MK 4 0.75 5.1 1410 1.81 0.76 73.6 75.9 75.3 5.2 2.6
2.0
2.5
DR2S 80M 4 1.1 7.4 1415 2.45 0.80 79.5 80.3 78.9 5.5 2.7
2.1
2.3
DR2S 90S 4 1.5 9.9 1453 3.55 0.73 78.4 80.6 80.4 6.2 2.8
1.8
2.3
DR2S 90L 4 2.2 14.6 1440 5.1 0.76 80.3 81.9 81.1 5.9 2.6
1.8
2.6
DR2S 100LS 4 3 20 1435 6.7 0.76 82.2 83.0 81.8 6.4 3.1
2.2
3.1
DR2S 100L 4 4 26.5 1445 8.9 0.75 84.4 85.1 84.2 7.4 3.7
2.2
2.4
DR2S 112M 4 5.5 36 1453 11.4 0.79 86.6 86.8 85.7 7.4 3.3
2.0
2.8
DR2S 132S 4 7.5 49.5 1453 15.8 0.77 87.8 88.0 87.0 7.1 3.5
2.7
3.3
DR2S 132M 4 9.2 60 1466 19.8 0.74 87.8 88.4 87.9 7.5 3.5
2.5
3.4
DR2S 132L 4 11 72 1466 23 0.78 88.5 89.2 88.7 7.7 3.4
2.3
2.6
DR2S 160M 4 15 98 1466 30 0.80 89.4 89.8 89.2 6.9 3.0
2.1
2.9
DR2S 160L 4 18.5 120 1470 37.5 0.78 89.6 90.2 89.8 7.5 3.3
2.4
3.4
DR2S 180M 4 22 142 1477 40.5 0.85 89.9 90.3 89.9 9.1 3.3
2.5
3.4
DR2S 180L 4 30 194 1473 55 0.86 91.4 91.4 90.7 8.7 3.2
2.3
2.8
DR2S 200L 4 37 240 1478 72 0.79 90.8 91.4 91.2 7.4 3.1
2.4
3.0
DR2S 225S 4 45 290 1482 81 0.85 91.6 92.0 91.7 9.1 2.7
2.2
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 111

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1

4.16.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
10000
DR2S 56MR 4 0.09 0.62 1380 3.1 1.31 BE02 1.2 3.9 1.41
10000
10000
DR2S 56M 4 0.12 0.89 1290 3.1 1.31 BE02 1.2 3.9 1.41
10000
10000
DR2S 63MSR 4 0.12 0.83 1380 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.7 6.8 3.64
10000
10000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.18 1.29 1330 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.7 6.8 3.64
10000
10000
DR2S 63M 4 0.25 1.79 1330 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
10000
6200
DR2S 71MS 4 0.37 2.6 1350 6.8 5.42 BE05 5 9.2 6.72
9700
5000
DR2S 71M 4 0.55 3.85 1360 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
9000
3500
DR2S 80MK 4 0.75 5.1 1410 11 17.1 BE1 10 14 18.6
8500
3200
DR2S 80M 4 1.1 7.4 1415 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8200
2300
DR2S 90S 4 1.5 9.9 1453 20 54 BE2 20 24 58.7
6000
2200
DR2S 90L 4 2.2 14.6 1440 23 67.2 BE5 28 29 73.2
5800
-
DR2S 100LS 4 3 20 1435 27 81.5 BE5 40 33 87.5
6100
-
DR2S 100L 4 4 26.5 1445 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
3700
-
DR2S 112M 4 5.5 36 1453 45 182 BE11 80 59 193
2900
-
DR2S 132S 4 7.5 49.5 1453 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
2100
-
DR2S 132M 4 9.2 60 1466 74 385 BE20 150 100 436
1100
-
DR2S 132L 4 11 72 1466 82 443 BE20 150 110 494
980
-
DR2S 160M 4 15 98 1466 115 829 BE20 200 150 889
900
-
DR2S 160L 4 18.5 120 1470 135 1050 BE30 300 175 1190
800
-
DR2S 180M 4 22 142 1477 155 1650 BE30 300 195 1780
510
-
DR2S 180L 4 30 194 1473 175 1960 BE32 400 220 2190
470
-
DR2S 200L 4 37 240 1478 285 2670 BE32 500 340 2900
500
-
DR2S 225S 4 45 290 1482 315 4350 BE32 600 370 4580
200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

112 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.17 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S1
4.17.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

2.7
DR2S 63MQ 6 0.09 0.93 920 0.36 0.58 37.5 43.7 46.5 2.9 2.8
2.6
1.9
DR2S 63MR 6 0.12 1.32 870 0.405 0.71 48.7 53.9 54.1 2.6 1.9
1.8
1.9
DR2S 63M 6 0.18 2 855 0.66 0.71 41.5 48.0 49.1 2.5 1.9
1.9
1.7
DR2S 71MS 6 0.25 2.65 895 0.78 0.71 60.2 65.1 64.9 3.0 2.0
1.7
1.9
DR2S 71M 6 0.37 4 885 1.18 0.69 55.1 60.1 60.0 2.9 2.0
1.9
1.8
DR2S 80MK 6 0.55 5.8 910 1.58 0.72 64.5 67.2 65.9 3.5 2.1
1.8
1.9
DR2S 80M 6 0.75 7.8 915 2.15 0.72 68.4 71.4 70.1 3.5 2.1
1.9
2.1
DR2S 90S 6 1.1 11 955 3.1 0.67 69.3 72.7 72.9 4.5 2.6
2.0
2.4
DR2S 90L 6 1.5 15 955 4.2 0.67 71.9 75.1 75.2 5.0 2.7
2.2
2.5
DR2S 100L 6 2.2 22 955 6.1 0.64 78.0 79.8 79.3 4.9 2.9
2.3
2.2
DR2S 112M 6 3 30 960 7.5 0.68 82.2 83.1 82.1 5.5 2.8
2.0
2.4
DR2S 132S 6 4 40 960 10.1 0.67 81.7 82.3 81.4 5.4 2.6
2.3
2.2
DR2S 132M 6 5.5 54 965 13.5 0.68 85.7 86.0 84.8 4.6 2.1
1.8
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 113

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S1

4.17.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
12000
DR2S 63MQ 6 0.09 0.93 920 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.1 7.7 7.16
12000
12000
DR2S 63MR 6 0.12 1.32 870 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.7 7.7 7.16
12000
12000
DR2S 63M 6 0.18 2 855 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
12000
7000
DR2S 71MS 6 0.25 2.65 895 6.8 8.29 BE1 7 9.4 9.59
12000
5200
DR2S 71M 6 0.37 4 885 8 10.4 BE1 10 11 11.7
12000
3000
DR2S 80MK 6 0.55 5.8 910 11 16.8 BE2 14 15 21.3
9000
2700
DR2S 80M 6 0.75 7.8 915 14 24.5 BE2 20 18 29
8000
2400
DR2S 90S 6 1.1 11 955 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
5000
2200
DR2S 90L 6 1.5 15 955 23 67.4 BE5 40 29 73.4
4400
-
DR2S 100L 6 2.2 22 955 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
3400
-
DR2S 112M 6 3 30 960 45 178 BE11 80 59 188
2500
-
DR2S 132S 6 4 40 960 56 245 BE11 80 71 256
2100
-
DR2S 132M 6 5.5 54 965 74 381 BE11 110 92 403
1800

30590116/EN – 03/2023

114 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4/2‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.18 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4/2‑pole, duty type S1
4.18.1 Information on motors
DR2S.. motor type PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A
0.15 1.02 1400 0.56 0.64 3.0 1.9 1.8 2.3
DR2S 63MR 4/2
0.2 0.69 2785 0.475 0.81 4.5 2.1 2.0 2.4
0.2 1.39 1375 0.74 0.67 2.8 1.6 1.5 2.1
DR2S 63M 4/2
0.28 0.98 2715 0.69 0.83 3.7 1.8 1.7 2.0
0.25 1.71 1400 0.82 0.66 3.6 1.8 1.7 2.2
DR2S 71MS 4/2
0.37 1.32 2680 0.93 0.83 3.7 1.7 1.6 2.0
0.4 2.7 1405 1.28 0.67 3.7 1.7 1.6 2.1
DR2S 71M 4/2
0.63 2.2 2705 1.54 0.84 3.6 1.6 1.2 1.8
0.55 3.6 1452 1.39 0.72 6.3 2.8 2.4 3.5
DR2S 80M 4/2
0.88 2.9 2880 1.81 0.86 6.6 2.3 2.1 2.8

4.18.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor type PN MN nN m JMot BE.. Z0 MB mB JMot_BE
DR2 BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 1/h Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.15 1.02 1400 8300
DR2S 63MR 4/2 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.1 7.7 4.45
0.2 0.69 2785 8300
0.2 1.39 1375 9300
DR2S 63M 4/2 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.7 7.7 4.45
0.28 0.98 2715 9300
0.25 1.71 1400 4900
DR2S 71MS 4/2 6.8 5.42 BE03 3.4 8.7 6.11
0.37 1.32 2680 7600
0.4 2.7 1405 2900
DR2S 71M 4/2 8 7.14 BE1 7 11 8.44
0.63 2.2 2705 5300
0.55 3.6 1452 1000
DR2S 80M 4/2 14 24.7 BE1 7 18 26.2
0.88 2.9 2880 2000
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 115

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8/2‑pole, duty type S1

4.19 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8/2‑pole, duty type S1

4.19.1 Information on motors
DR2S.. motor type PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A
0.044 0.59 710 0.415 0.53 1.8 1.7 1.8 2.5
DR2S 71MS 8/2
0.2 0.66 2880 0.71 0.66 3.7 2.2 2.0 2.7
0.08 1.1 695 0.61 0.56 1.9 1.7 1.7 2.2
DR2S 71M 8/2
0.37 1.23 2870 1.06 0.71 4.4 2.0 1.4 2.4
0.15 2.1 675 0.9 0.61 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.8
DR2S 80MS 8/2
0.6 2.1 2720 1.39 0.86 4.0 2.0 1.8 1.9
0.22 3.15 665 1.16 0.61 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.8
DR2S 80M 8/2
0.9 3.15 2745 2.2 0.84 4.0 2.3 2.1 2.2

4.19.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor type PN MN nN m JMot BE.. Z0 MB mB JMot_BE
DR2S BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 1/h Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.044 0.59 710 15000
DR2S 71MS 8/2 6.8 5.42 BE03 1.3 8.7 6.11
0.2 0.66 2880 20000
0.08 1.1 695 14000
DR2S 71M 8/2 8 7.14 BE03 2.7 9.9 7.83
0.37 1.23 2870 18000
0.15 2.1 675 6900
DR2S 80MS 8/2 11 19.1 BE05 5 15 20.6
0.6 2.1 2720 12000
0.22 3.15 665 7300
DR2S 80M 8/2 14 24.7 BE1 7 18 26.2
0.9 3.15 2745 12000

30590116/EN – 03/2023

116 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8/4‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.20 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8/4‑pole, duty type S1
4.20.1 Information on motors
DR2S.. motor type PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A
0.1 1.39 685 0.47 0.63 2.3 1.5 1.6 2.0
DR2S 71MS 8/4
0.18 1.22 1405 0.51 0.79 3.3 1.4 1.4 1.9
0.16 2.2 690 0.8 0.60 2.2 1.8 1.8 2.2
DR2S 71M 8/4
0.3 2.05 1405 0.9 0.76 3.2 1.4 1.4 1.9
0.22 2.95 710 1.18 0.52 2.6 1.9 1.9 2.5
DR2S 80MS 8/4
0.4 2.65 1450 1.03 0.74 5.1 1.9 1.6 2.4

4.20.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor type PN MN nN m JMot BE.. Z0 MB mB JMot_BE
DR2S BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 1/h Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.1 1.39 685 7200
DR2S 71MS 8/4 6.8 8.29 BE03 2.7 8.7 8.98
0.18 1.22 1405 12000
0.16 2.2 690 7500
DR2S 71M 8/4 8 10.4 BE05 5 10 11.7
0.3 2.05 1405 10000
0.22 2.95 710 5800
DR2S 80MS 8/4 11 19.1 BE1 7 15 20.6
0.4 2.65 1450 7600
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 117

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S1

4.21 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S1

4.21.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

3.3
DR2S 63MSR 2 0.18 0.51 3370 0.41 0.74 59.0 63.1 64.0 5.3 3.3
3.1
2.7
DR2S 63MS 2 0.25 0.72 3310 0.57 0.74 64.5 68.1 68.0 4.3 2.7
2.6
3.0
DR2S 63M 2 0.37 1.06 3340 0.82 0.74 68.2 71.9 72.0 5.2 3.0
2.8
3.9
DR2S 71MR 2 0.55 1.52 3455 1.07 0.78 68.5 71.4 72.0 7.4 3.9
3.5
3.4
DR2S 71M 2 0.75 2.1 3410 1.53 0.77 70.4 73.6 74.0 6.0 3.4
3.1
2.9
DR2S 80MS 2 1.1 3.05 3445 2.15 0.81 75.5 78.5 78.5 6.0 2.9
2.4
3.3
DR2S 80M 2 1.5 4.15 3460 2.8 0.81 79.4 81.6 81.5 6.8 3.3
2.7

4.21.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
4000
DR2S 63MSR 2 0.18 0.51 3370 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.3 6.8 3.64
4800
4000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.25 0.72 3310 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.7 6.8 3.64
4800
3600
DR2S 63M 2 0.37 1.06 3340 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.1 7.7 4.45
4800
2100
DR2S 71MR 2 0.55 1.52 3455 8 3.71 BE03 3.4 9.9 4.4
4400
2100
DR2S 71M 2 0.75 2.1 3410 8 3.83 BE05 5 10 5.13
4400
960
DR2S 80MS 2 1.1 3.05 3445 11 19.1 BE1 7 15 20.6
2720
800
DR2S 80M 2 1.5 4.15 3460 14 24.7 BE1 10 18 26.2
2080

30590116/EN – 03/2023

118 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.22 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1
4.22.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

3.6
DR2S 56MR 4 0.09 0.51 1700 0.33 0.55 45.4 53.3 57.5 3.6 3.6
3.5
2.6
DR2S 56M 4 0.12 0.69 1650 0.35 0.66 53.3 59.9 62.0 3.4 2.7
2.6
3.3
DR2S 63MSR 4 0.12 0.67 1700 0.37 0.58 56.0 61.8 64.0 4.3 3.4
3.2
2.6
DR2S 63MS 4 0.18 1.03 1675 0.54 0.62 58.3 64.2 66.0 3.7 2.8
2.6
3.0
DR2S 63M 4 0.25 1.43 1675 0.7 0.62 62.8 67.2 68.0 4.2 3.0
2.9
2.4
DR2S 71MS 4 0.37 2.1 1685 0.92 0.67 67.5 70.2 70.0 4.4 2.5
2.2
2.8
DR2S 71M 4 0.55 3.1 1695 1.33 0.66 71.5 74.2 74.0 5.0 2.8
2.5
2.9
DR2S 80MK 4 0.75 4.15 1730 1.6 0.72 75.7 78.3 78.5 6.5 3.3
2.3
3.1
DR2S 80M 4 1.1 6.1 1730 2.15 0.76 80.3 81.9 81.5 6.9 3.4
2.6
4.1
DR2S 180M 4 22 118 1780 35.5 0.84 90.4 91.1 91.0 11.0 3.4
1.9
4.0
DR2S 180L 4 30 161 1776 48 0.85 91.6 92.0 91.7 9.7 3.5
2.4
3.2
DR2S 200L 4 37 198 1781 62 0.79 91.5 92.4 92.4 8.2 3.0
2.0
3.6
DR2S 225S 4 45 240 1785 70 0.85 92.5 93.1 93.0 10.4 2.7
2.2
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 119

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S1

4.22.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
8000
DR2S 56MR 4 0.09 0.51 1700 3.1 1.31 BE02 1.2 3.9 1.41
8000
8000
DR2S 56M 4 0.12 0.69 1650 3.1 1.31 BE02 1.2 3.9 1.41
8000
8000
DR2S 63MSR 4 0.12 0.67 1700 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.3 6.8 3.64
8000
8000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.18 1.03 1675 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.1 6.8 3.64
8000
8000
DR2S 63M 4 0.25 1.43 1675 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
8000
4950
DR2S 71MS 4 0.37 2.1 1685 6.8 5.42 BE05 5 9.2 6.72
7800
4000
DR2S 71M 4 0.55 3.1 1695 8 7.14 BE1 7 11 8.44
7200
2800
DR2S 80MK 4 0.75 4.15 1730 11 17.1 BE1 10 14 18.6
6800
2600
DR2S 80M 4 1.1 6.1 1730 14 24.7 BE2 14 18 29.2
6600
-
DR2S 180M 4 22 118 1780 155 1650 BE30 300 195 1780
400
-
DR2S 180L 4 30 161 1776 175 1960 BE32 400 220 2190
380
-
DR2S 200L 4 37 198 1781 285 2670 BE32 400 340 2900
400
-
DR2S 225S 4 45 240 1785 315 4350 BE32 500 370 4580
160

30590116/EN – 03/2023

120 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.23 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S1
4.23.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % % MH/MN

3.4
DR2S 63MQ 6 0.09 0.76 1135 0.34 0.52 46.0 53.6 57.5 3.5 3.6
3.4
2.4
DR2S 63MR 6 0.12 1.04 1105 0.37 0.63 51.1 57.3 59.5 3.3 2.5
2.5
2.5
DR2S 63M 6 0.18 1.57 1095 0.62 0.60 44.4 51.9 55.0 3.1 2.6
2.4
2.1
DR2S 71MS 6 0.25 2.15 1120 0.7 0.63 61.2 66.6 68.0 3.6 2.5
2.0
2.4
DR2S 71M 6 0.37 3.15 1115 1.06 0.62 58.9 64.5 66.0 3.6 2.5
2.3
2.2
DR2S 80MK 6 0.55 4.65 1135 1.37 0.65 68.2 71.7 72.0 4.3 2.6
2.2
2.1
DR2S 80M 6 0.75 6.3 1130 1.78 0.69 73.6 76.2 75.5 4.3 2.3
1.9

4.23.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
9600
DR2S 63MQ 6 0.09 0.76 1135 5.8 6.47 BE03 1.7 7.7 7.16
9600
9600
DR2S 63MR 6 0.12 1.04 1105 5.8 6.47 BE03 2.1 7.7 7.16
9600
9600
DR2S 63M 6 0.18 1.57 1095 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
9600
5600
DR2S 71MS 6 0.25 2.15 1120 6.8 8.29 BE05 5 9.2 9.59
9600
4150
DR2S 71M 6 0.37 3.15 1115 8 10.4 BE1 7 11 11.7
9600
2400
DR2S 80MK 6 0.55 4.65 1135 11 17.1 BE1 10 14 18.6
7200
2150
DR2S 80M 6 0.75 6.3 1130 14 24.7 BE2 14 18 29.2
6400
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 121

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4/2‑pole, duty type S1

4.24 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4/2‑pole, duty type S1

4.24.1 Information on motors
DR2S.. motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
type kW Nm 1/min A
0.15 0.84 1710 0.485 0.60 3.6 2.2 1.9 2.6
DR2S 63MR 4/2
0.2 0.56 3405 0.4 0.81 5.5 2.4 2.2 2.7
0.2 1.12 1700 0.64 0.62 3.4 2.0 1.7 2.5
DR2S 63M 4/2
0.28 0.8 3355 0.57 0.82 4.7 2.1 2.0 2.3
0.25 1.39 1715 0.72 0.62 4.2 2.1 1.7 2.6
DR2S 71MS 4/2
0.37 1.05 3350 0.77 0.81 4.6 2.1 1.7 2.2
0.4 2.2 1720 1.12 0.62 4.2 2.1 1.7 2.5
DR2S 71M 4/2
0.63 1.79 3370 1.27 0.82 4.6 1.9 1.1 1.9
0.55 3 1749 1.16 0.73 6.6 2.8 2.4 3.6
DR2S 80M 4/2
0.88 2.4 3470 1.53 0.89 6.8 2.4 2.0 2.7

4.24.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

DR2S.. motor PN MN nN m JMot BE.. Z0 MB mB JMot_BE
type BG
BGE
kW Nm 1/min kg 10-4 kgm2 1/h Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
DR2S 63MR 0.15 0.84 1710 6600
5.8 3.76 BE03 1.7 7.7 4.45
4/2 0.2 0.56 3405 6600
0.2 1.12 1700 7400
DR2S 63M 4/2 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.7 7.7 4.45
0.28 0.8 3355 7400
DR2S 71MS 0.25 1.39 1715 3900
6.8 5.42 BE03 2.7 8.7 6.11
4/2 0.37 1.05 3350 6100
0.4 2.2 1720 2300
DR2S 71M 4/2 8 7.14 BE05 5 10 8.44
0.63 1.79 3370 4200
0.55 3 1749 800
DR2S 80M 4/2 14 24.7 BE1 7 18 26.2
0.88 2.4 3470 1600

30590116/EN – 03/2023

122 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8/2‑pole, duty type S1 4
4.25 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8/2‑pole, duty type S1
4.25.1 Information on motors
DR2S.. motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
type kW Nm 1/min A
0.044 0.485 865 0.375 0.45 2.0 1.9 1.9 2.6
DR2S 71MS 8/2
0.2 0.55 3495 0.59 0.65 4.5 2.6 2.1 3.2
0.08 0.89 855 0.55 0.48 2.2 2.0 1.9 2.4
DR2S 71M 8/2
0.37 1.01 3486 0.86 0.73 5.3 2.2 1.3 2.6
0.15 1.71 840 0.81 0.52 2.1 2.1 1.9 2.2
DR2S 80MS 8/2
0.6 1.72 3340 1.14 0.87 4.8 2.5 2.0 2.2
0.22 2.6 815 0.95 0.57 2.2 1.9 1.8 1.9
DR2S 80M 8/2
0.9 2.6 3325 1.75 0.87 4.7 2.5 2.0 2.2

4.25.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

DR2S.. motor PN MN nN m JMot BE.. Z0 MB mB JMot_BE
type BG
BGE
kW Nm 1/min kg 10-4 kgm2 1/h Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
DR2S 71MS 0.044 0.485 865 12000
6.8 5.42 BE03 1.3 8.7 6.11
8/2 0.2 0.55 3495 16000
0.08 0.89 855 11200
DR2S 71M 8/2 8 7.14 BE03 2.1 9.9 7.83
0.37 1.01 3486 14400
DR2S 80MS 0.15 1.71 840 5500
11 19.1 BE05 3.5 15 20.6
8/2 0.6 1.72 3340 9600
0.22 2.6 815 5800
DR2S 80M 8/2 14 24.7 BE05 5 18 26.2
0.9 2.6 3325 9600
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 123

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8/4‑pole, duty type S1

4.26 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 8/4‑pole, duty type S1

4.26.1 Information on motors
DR2S.. motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
type kW Nm 1/min A
0.1 1.12 850 0.45 0.54 2.5 1.9 1.9 2.5
DR2S 71MS 8/4
0.18 1 1725 0.46 0.71 4.1 1.7 1.7 2.3
0.16 1.82 840 0.63 0.57 2.6 1.8 1.8 2.2
DR2S 71M 8/4
0.3 1.68 1705 0.69 0.78 3.9 1.5 1.5 2.0
0.22 2.45 865 1.06 0.47 3.0 2.2 1.9 2.9
DR2S 80MS 8/4
0.4 2.2 1756 0.91 0.71 6.1 2.2 1.7 2.8

4.26.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

DR2S.. motor PN MN nN m JMot BE.. Z0 MB mB JMot_BE
type BG
BGE
kW Nm 1/min kg 10-4 kgm2 1/h Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
DR2S 71MS 0.1 1.12 850 5800
6.8 8.29 BE03 2.7 8.7 8.98
8/4 0.18 1 1725 9600
0.16 1.82 840 6000
DR2S 71M 8/4 8 10.4 BE05 3.5 10 11.7
0.3 1.68 1705 8000
DR2S 80MS 0.22 2.45 865 4600
11 19.1 BE05 5 15 20.6
8/4 0.4 2.2 1756 6100

30590116/EN – 03/2023

124 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/40 4
4.27 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/40
4.27.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

2.2
DR2S 63MS 2 0.3 1.11 2580 0.9 0.74 3.0 2.2
2.1
2.4
DR2S 63M 2 0.46 1.68 2615 1.27 0.78 3.5 2.3
2.2
2.7
DR2S 71M 2 0.95 3.3 2730 2.55 0.74 4.0 2.7
2.6
2.2
DR2S 80MS 2 1.4 4.8 2785 3.5 0.78 4.1 2.3
2.0
2.7
DR2S 80M 2 1.8 6.1 2825 4.35 0.76 4.7 2.7
2.4

4.27.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
5000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.3 1.11 2580 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.7 6.8 3.64
6000
4500
DR2S 63M 2 0.46 1.68 2615 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
6000
2600
DR2S 71M 2 0.95 3.3 2730 8 3.83 BE1 7 11 5.13
5500
1200
DR2S 80MS 2 1.4 4.8 2785 11 19.1 BE1 10 15 20.6
3400
1000
DR2S 80M 2 1.8 6.1 2825 14 24.7 BE2 14 18 29.2
2600
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 125

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40

4.28 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40
4.28.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.9
DR2S 63MS 4 0.22 1.59 1325 0.73 0.70 2.8 2.1
2.0
2.2
DR2S 63M 4 0.32 2.3 1315 1.01 0.69 3.1 2.2
2.2
1.9
DR2S 71MS 4 0.48 3.45 1335 1.44 0.71 3.3 1.9
1.7
2.3
DR2S 71M 4 0.7 4.95 1345 2.1 0.69 3.7 2.3
2.1
2.0
DR2S 80MK 4 0.94 6.5 1385 2.2 0.82 4.7 2.2
1.7
2.2
DR2S 80M 4 1.4 9.6 1395 3.1 0.83 4.9 2.3
1.8
2.2
DR2S 90S 4 1.9 12.6 1440 5.1 0.68 5.4 2.7
1.7
1.8
DR2S 90L 4 2.6 17.3 1435 5.9 0.78 5.4 2.5
1.7
2.4
DR2S 100LS 4 3.7 25 1425 8.3 0.77 6.1 2.9
2.1
2.9
DR2S 100L 4 4.8 32 1435 10.1 0.80 7.2 3.4
2.1
2.2
DR2S 112M 4 6.6 43.5 1445 14.7 0.76 6.4 3.0
1.9
2.6
DR2S 132S 4 9.2 61 1445 18.4 0.82 7.9 3.4
1.8
3.2
DR2S 132M 4 11.2 73 1461 26.5 0.69 6.6 3.3
2.4
3.2
DR2S 132L 4 14 92 1459 31.5 0.72 6.6 3.2
2.2
2.3
DR2S 160M 4 19 125 1457 38.5 0.78 5.9 2.6
1.9
2.7
DR2S 160L 4 23 150 1465 49.5 0.74 6.6 3.0
2.3
3.2
DR2S 180M 4 27 175 1472 52 0.80 8.0 3.1
2.3
3.3
DR2S 180L 4 37 240 1469 71 0.82 8.0 3.0
2.2
2.3
DR2S 200L 4 45 295 1469 85 0.83 6.3 2.6
1.9
2.7
DR2S 225S 4 55 355 1479 98 0.86 7.4 2.8
2.4
30590116/EN – 03/2023

126 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40 4
4.28.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
10000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.22 1.59 1325 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
10000
10000
DR2S 63M 4 0.32 2.3 1315 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
10000
6200
DR2S 71MS 4 0.48 3.45 1335 6.8 5.42 BE1 7 9.4 6.72
9700
5000
DR2S 71M 4 0.7 4.95 1345 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
9000
3500
DR2S 80MK 4 0.94 6.5 1385 11 17.1 BE2 14 15 21.6
8500
3200
DR2S 80M 4 1.4 9.6 1395 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8200
2300
DR2S 90S 4 1.9 12.6 1440 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
6000
2200
DR2S 90L 4 2.6 17.3 1435 23 67.2 BE5 40 29 73.2
5800
-
DR2S 100LS 4 3.7 25 1425 27 81.5 BE5 55 33 87.5
6100
-
DR2S 100L 4 4.8 32 1435 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
3700
-
DR2S 112M 4 6.6 43.5 1445 45 182 BE11 110 59 193
2900
-
DR2S 132S 4 9.2 61 1445 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
2100
-
DR2S 132M 4 11.2 73 1461 74 385 BE20 150 100 436
1100
-
DR2S 132L 4 14 92 1459 82 443 BE20 200 110 494
980
-
DR2S 160M 4 19 125 1457 115 829 BE30 300 155 964
900
-
DR2S 160L 4 23 150 1465 135 1050 BE30 300 175 1190
800
-
DR2S 180M 4 27 175 1472 155 1650 BE32 400 200 1880
510
-
DR2S 180L 4 37 240 1469 175 1960 BE32 500 220 2190
470
-
DR2S 200L 4 45 295 1469 285 2670 BE32 600 340 2900
500
-
DR2S 225S 4 55 355 1479 315 4350 BE62 800 395 4940
200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 127

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/40

4.29 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/40
4.29.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.7
DR2S 63M 6 0.22 2.5 840 0.73 0.76 2.5 1.7
1.6
1.6
DR2S 71MS 6 0.33 3.6 880 1.02 0.73 3.0 1.9
1.6
1.9
DR2S 71M 6 0.44 4.7 890 1.47 0.67 2.8 2.0
1.9
1.8
DR2S 80MK 6 0.66 7 905 1.93 0.71 3.4 2.1
1.8
1.8
DR2S 80M 6 0.95 10.1 900 2.7 0.73 3.2 2.0
1.7

4.29.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
12000
DR2S 63M 6 0.22 2.5 840 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
12000
7000
DR2S 71MS 6 0.33 3.6 880 6.8 8.29 BE1 7 9.4 9.59
12000
5200
DR2S 71M 6 0.44 4.7 890 8 10.4 BE1 10 11 11.7
12000
3000
DR2S 80MK 6 0.66 7 905 11 17.1 BE2 14 15 21.6
9000
2700
DR2S 80M 6 0.95 10.1 900 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8000

30590116/EN – 03/2023

128 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/40 4
4.30 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/40
4.30.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

2.2
DR2S 63MS 2 0.37 1.11 3190 0.87 0.77 3.5 2.2
2.1
2.4
DR2S 63M 2 0.55 1.63 3230 1.18 0.80 4.4 2.4
2.3
2.9
DR2S 71M 2 1.1 3.15 3345 2.35 0.76 5.0 2.9
2.7
2.7
DR2S 80MS 2 1.6 4.5 3380 3.05 0.83 5.7 2.7
2.2
2.8
DR2S 80M 2 2.1 5.8 3430 3.95 0.81 5.9 2.8
2.3
2.7
DR2S 90S 2 2.9 7.9 3487 5.9 0.76 6.6 2.9
2.0
2.2
DR2S 90L 2 4 11 3475 7.3 0.83 6.3 2.3
1.9
2.8
DR2S 100LM 2 5.2 14.4 3450 8.8 0.86 6.6 2.7
2.5
2.2
DR2S 112M 2 7.8 21.5 3501 12.8 0.88 7.5 3.0
1.8
3.1
DR2S 132S 2 12.2 33.5 3500 19.5 0.88 8.3 3.1
2.6

4.30.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
4000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.37 1.11 3190 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.7 6.8 3.64
4800
3600
DR2S 63M 2 0.55 1.63 3230 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
4800
2100
DR2S 71M 2 1.1 3.15 3345 8 3.83 BE1 7 11 5.13
4400
960
DR2S 80MS 2 1.6 4.5 3380 11 18.9 BE1 10 15 20.4
2720
800
DR2S 80M 2 2.1 5.8 3430 14 24.5 BE2 14 18 29
2080
480
DR2S 90S 2 2.9 7.9 3487 20 54 BE2 20 24 58.7
1040
-
DR2S 90L 2 4 11 3475 23 67.2 BE5 28 29 73.2
800
-
DR2S 100LM 2 5.2 14.4 3450 33 89.7 BE5 28 38 95.7
600
-
DR2S 112M 2 7.8 21.5 3501 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
320
-
DR2S 132S 2 12.2 33.5 3500 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
240
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 129

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40

4.31 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40
4.31.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

2.1
DR2S 63MS 4 0.27 1.6 1615 0.74 0.69 3.3 2.2
2.1
2.4
DR2S 63M 4 0.37 2.2 1615 0.95 0.71 3.8 2.4
2.3
2.0
DR2S 71MS 4 0.56 3.25 1635 1.35 0.73 3.8 2.1
1.9
2.4
DR2S 71M 4 0.83 4.8 1650 1.95 0.71 4.2 2.4
2.1
2.2
DR2S 80MK 4 1.1 6.2 1685 2.15 0.82 5.4 2.5
1.7
2.4
DR2S 80M 4 1.7 9.6 1685 3.15 0.84 5.7 2.6
2.0
2.1
DR2S 90S 4 2.3 12.6 1740 4.85 0.72 6.0 2.7
1.6
2.2
DR2S 90L 4 3 16.5 1740 5.6 0.79 6.4 2.6
1.8
2.6
DR2S 100LS 4 4 22 1735 7.5 0.78 7.0 3.2
2.2
3.1
DR2S 100L 4 5.3 29 1741 9.4 0.80 8.1 3.6
2.1
2.4
DR2S 112M 4 7.3 40 1750 13.3 0.79 7.4 3.1
1.8
2.7
DR2S 132S 4 10 55 1749 16.8 0.84 8.5 4.5
1.8
3.5
DR2S 132M 4 12.2 66 1764 24 0.72 7.8 3.3
2.3
3.3
DR2S 132L 4 15.2 82 1763 28 0.75 7.1 3.3
2.3
2.4
DR2S 160M 4 21 114 1760 35.5 0.81 6.4 2.8
1.9
2.6
DR2S 160L 4 26 141 1766 45.5 0.78 7.3 2.9
1.9
3.5
DR2S 180M 4 30 162 1773 48.5 0.83 9.1 2.9
1.7
3.7
DR2S 180L 4 39 210 1773 63 0.83 8.8 3.2
2.2
2.5
DR2S 200L 4 48 260 1772 77 0.84 6.7 2.3
1.7
2.9
DR2S 225S 4 60 320 1781 92 0.87 8.1 2.8
2.3
30590116/EN – 03/2023

130 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/40 4
4.31.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
8000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.27 1.6 1615 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
8000
8000
DR2S 63M 4 0.37 2.2 1615 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
8000
4950
DR2S 71MS 4 0.56 3.25 1635 6.8 5.42 BE1 7 9.4 6.72
7800
4000
DR2S 71M 4 0.83 4.8 1650 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
7200
2800
DR2S 80MK 4 1.1 6.2 1685 11 17.1 BE2 14 15 21.6
6800
2600
DR2S 80M 4 1.7 9.6 1685 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
6600
1800
DR2S 90S 4 2.3 12.6 1740 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
4800
1800
DR2S 90L 4 3 16.5 1740 23 67.2 BE5 40 29 73.2
4700
-
DR2S 100LS 4 4 22 1735 27 81.5 BE5 55 33 87.5
4000
-
DR2S 100L 4 5.3 29 1741 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
2900
-
DR2S 112M 4 7.3 40 1750 45 182 BE11 80 59 193
2300
-
DR2S 132S 4 10 55 1749 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
1700
-
DR2S 132M 4 12.2 66 1764 74 385 BE20 150 100 436
900
-
DR2S 132L 4 15.2 82 1763 82 443 BE20 200 110 494
780
-
DR2S 160M 4 21 114 1760 115 829 BE30 300 155 964
720
-
DR2S 160L 4 26 141 1766 135 1050 BE30 300 175 1190
640
-
DR2S 180M 4 30 162 1773 155 1650 BE32 400 200 1880
400
-
DR2S 180L 4 39 210 1773 175 1960 BE32 500 220 2190
380
-
DR2S 200L 4 48 260 1772 285 2670 BE32 600 340 2900
400
-
DR2S 225S 4 60 320 1781 315 4350 BE62 800 395 4940
160
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 131

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/40

4.32 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/40
4.32.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.7
DR2S 63M 6 0.26 2.4 1045 0.72 0.73 2.8 1.7
1.6
1.5
DR2S 71MS 6 0.41 3.65 1070 1.02 0.74 3.3 1.7
1.5
1.8
DR2S 71M 6 0.53 4.65 1090 1.45 0.67 3.2 2.0
1.8
1.9
DR2S 80MK 6 0.77 6.6 1115 1.9 0.68 4.0 2.2
1.9
1.8
DR2S 80M 6 1.1 9.5 1110 2.6 0.71 3.9 2.0
1.7
2.4
DR2S 90S 6 1.5 12.4 1155 3.6 0.67 5.3 2.8
2.0
2.3
DR2S 90L 6 2 16.6 1150 4.55 0.68 5.6 2.6
2.1
2.4
DR2S 100L 6 3.2 27 1135 6.9 0.70 4.4 2.9
2.3
1.9
DR2S 112M 6 4.2 34.5 1160 8.4 0.73 5.3 2.8
1.7
2.0
DR2S 132S 6 6 50 1150 11.8 0.74 5.2 2.3
1.8
2.5
DR2S 132M 6 7.5 62 1164 15.5 0.69 5.3 2.2
1.9

4.32.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
9600
DR2S 63M 6 0.26 2.4 1045 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
9600
5600
DR2S 71MS 6 0.41 3.65 1070 6.8 8.29 BE1 7 9.4 9.59
9600
4150
DR2S 71M 6 0.53 4.65 1090 8 10.4 BE1 10 11 11.7
9600
2400
DR2S 80MK 6 0.77 6.6 1115 11 16.8 BE2 14 15 21.3
7200
2150
DR2S 80M 6 1.1 9.5 1110 14 24.5 BE2 20 18 29
6400
1920
DR2S 90S 6 1.5 12.4 1155 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
4000
1760
DR2S 90L 6 2 16.6 1150 23 67.4 BE5 40 29 73.4
3520
-
DR2S 100L 6 3.2 27 1135 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
2700
-
DR2S 112M 6 4.2 34.5 1160 45 178 BE11 80 59 188
2080
-
DR2S 132S 6 6 50 1150 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
30590116/EN – 03/2023

1840
-
DR2S 132M 6 7.5 62 1164 74 381 BE20 150 100 432
1440

132 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/25 4
4.33 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/25
4.33.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.8
DR2S 63MS 2 0.35 1.37 2435 1.02 0.80 2.6 1.8
1.7
2.1
DR2S 63M 2 0.52 1.97 2520 1.41 0.82 3.2 2.0
1.9
2.6
DR2S 71M 2 1 3.5 2710 2.6 0.76 3.9 2.6
2.5
2.1
DR2S 80MS 2 1.5 5.2 2760 3.7 0.80 3.9 2.2
1.8
2.4
DR2S 80M 2 2 6.8 2795 4.65 0.80 4.4 2.4
2.1

4.33.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
5000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.35 1.37 2435 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.7 6.8 3.64
6000
4500
DR2S 63M 2 0.52 1.97 2520 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
6000
2600
DR2S 71M 2 1 3.5 2710 8 3.83 BE1 7 11 5.13
5500
1200
DR2S 80MS 2 1.5 5.2 2760 11 19.1 BE1 10 15 20.6
3400
1000
DR2S 80M 2 2 6.8 2795 14 24.7 BE2 14 18 29.2
2600
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 133

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25

4.34 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25
4.34.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.6
DR2S 63MS 4 0.25 1.87 1275 0.81 0.75 2.6 1.7
1.7
2.0
DR2S 63M 4 0.35 2.6 1285 1.07 0.73 2.9 2.0
1.9
1.6
DR2S 71MS 4 0.55 4.1 1285 1.58 0.76 3.0 1.6
1.5
1.9
DR2S 71M 4 0.8 5.9 1305 2.25 0.75 3.4 2.0
1.8
1.9
DR2S 80MK 4 1.1 7.6 1380 2.7 0.79 4.3 2.1
1.6
2.3
DR2S 80M 4 1.5 10.2 1400 3.4 0.81 5.1 2.4
1.9
1.9
DR2S 90S 4 2.2 14.6 1435 5.1 0.77 5.4 2.3
1.5
2.0
DR2S 90L 4 3 20 1430 6.9 0.77 5.2 2.3
1.6
2.4
DR2S 100LS 4 4 26.5 1430 9.2 0.76 5.9 2.9
2.1
2.5
DR2S 100L 4 5.5 37 1425 11.2 0.83 6.5 3.0
1.8
1.9
DR2S 112M 4 7.5 50 1435 15.8 0.81 5.9 2.7
1.7
2.3
DR2S 132S 4 10.5 70 1435 20.5 0.86 7.1 3.0
1.6
2.8
DR2S 132M 4 12.5 82 1458 27.5 0.75 6.4 3.0
2.2
3.0
DR2S 132L 4 16 105 1456 35 0.75 6.5 3.1
2.1
2.2
DR2S 160M 4 22 144 1456 45.5 0.78 5.6 2.6
1.8
2.4
DR2S 160L 4 26 170 1461 52 0.80 6.3 2.7
2.0
2.8
DR2S 180M 4 31 200 1467 59 0.83 7.2 2.7
2.0
2.8
DR2S 180L 4 43 280 1463 81 0.84 7.0 2.6
1.9
2.5
DR2S 200L 4 51 330 1471 98 0.81 6.8 2.8
2.1
2.4
DR2S 225S 4 63 410 1476 113 0.86 6.4 2.4
2.1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

134 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25 4
4.34.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
10000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.25 1.87 1275 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
10000
10000
DR2S 63M 4 0.35 2.6 1285 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
10000
6200
DR2S 71MS 4 0.55 4.1 1285 6.8 5.42 BE1 10 9.4 6.72
9700
5000
DR2S 71M 4 0.8 5.9 1305 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
9000
3500
DR2S 80MK 4 1.1 7.6 1380 11 17.1 BE2 20 15 21.6
8500
3200
DR2S 80M 4 1.5 10.2 1400 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8200
2300
DR2S 90S 4 2.2 14.6 1435 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
6000
2200
DR2S 90L 4 3 20 1430 23 67.2 BE5 40 29 73.2
5800
-
DR2S 100LS 4 4 26.5 1430 27 81.5 BE5 55 33 87.5
6100
-
DR2S 100L 4 5.5 37 1425 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
3700
-
DR2S 112M 4 7.5 50 1435 45 182 BE11 110 59 193
2900
-
DR2S 132S 4 10.5 70 1435 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
2100
-
DR2S 132M 4 12.5 82 1458 74 385 BE20 200 100 436
1100
-
DR2S 132L 4 16 105 1456 82 443 BE20 200 110 494
980
-
DR2S 160M 4 22 144 1456 115 829 BE30 300 155 964
900
-
DR2S 160L 4 26 170 1461 135 1050 BE32 400 180 1280
800
-
DR2S 180M 4 31 200 1467 155 1650 BE32 500 200 1880
510
-
DR2S 180L 4 43 280 1463 175 1960 BE32 600 220 2190
470
-
DR2S 200L 4 51 330 1471 285 2670 BE62 800 365 3260
500
-
DR2S 225S 4 63 410 1476 315 4350 BE62 1000 395 4940
200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 135

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/25

4.35 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/25
4.35.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.6
DR2S 63M 6 0.25 2.85 835 0.82 0.76 2.4 1.6
1.6
1.5
DR2S 71MS 6 0.37 4.05 875 1.21 0.71 2.6 1.8
1.5
1.8
DR2S 71M 6 0.52 5.7 875 1.75 0.69 2.6 1.9
1.8
1.6
DR2S 80MK 6 0.75 8.1 885 2.15 0.75 3.1 1.8
1.6
1.6
DR2S 80M 6 1.1 11.7 895 3.15 0.74 3.0 1.9
1.6

4.35.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
12000
DR2S 63M 6 0.25 2.85 835 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
12000
7000
DR2S 71MS 6 0.37 4.05 875 6.8 8.29 BE1 10 9.4 9.59
12000
5200
DR2S 71M 6 0.52 5.7 875 8 10.4 BE1 10 11 11.7
12000
3000
DR2S 80MK 6 0.75 8.1 885 11 17.1 BE2 20 15 21.6
9000
2700
DR2S 80M 6 1.1 11.7 895 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8000

30590116/EN – 03/2023

136 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/25 4
4.36 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/25
4.36.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

2.1
DR2S 63MS 2 0.39 1.18 3165 0.9 0.79 3.4 2.1
2.0
2.2
DR2S 63M 2 0.59 1.76 3200 1.25 0.82 4.2 2.2
2.1
2.6
DR2S 71M 2 1.2 3.45 3320 2.5 0.79 4.7 2.6
2.4
2.5
DR2S 80MS 2 1.7 4.85 3355 3.25 0.84 5.4 2.5
2.1
2.7
DR2S 80M 2 2.2 6.1 3420 4.05 0.83 5.7 2.7
2.2
2.5
DR2S 90S 2 3.1 8.5 3481 6.2 0.78 6.2 2.8
1.9
2.1
DR2S 90L 2 4.2 11.6 3465 7.7 0.84 6.0 2.2
1.8
2.9
DR2S 100LM 2 5.5 15.2 3460 9.6 0.84 6.7 2.8
2.6
2.4
DR2S 112M 2 8.4 23 3506 14 0.86 7.6 3.2
1.9
2.9
DR2S 132S 2 13 35.5 3495 20.5 0.89 7.8 2.9
2.4

4.36.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
4000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.39 1.18 3165 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.7 6.8 3.64
4800
3600
DR2S 63M 2 0.59 1.76 3200 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
4800
2100
DR2S 71M 2 1.2 3.45 3320 8 3.83 BE1 7 11 5.13
4400
960
DR2S 80MS 2 1.7 4.85 3355 11 18.9 BE1 10 15 20.4
2720
800
DR2S 80M 2 2.2 6.1 3420 14 24.5 BE2 14 18 29
2080
480
DR2S 90S 2 3.1 8.5 3481 20 54 BE2 20 24 58.7
1040
-
DR2S 90L 2 4.2 11.6 3465 23 67.2 BE5 28 29 73.2
800
-
DR2S 100LM 2 5.5 15.2 3460 33 89.7 BE5 40 38 95.7
600
-
DR2S 112M 2 8.4 23 3506 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
320
-
DR2S 132S 2 13 35.5 3495 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
240
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 137

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25

4.37 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25
4.37.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.9
DR2S 63MS 4 0.29 1.74 1595 0.77 0.72 3.1 2.0
1.9
2.3
DR2S 63M 4 0.39 2.3 1605 0.98 0.72 3.6 2.3
2.2
1.9
DR2S 71MS 4 0.59 3.45 1625 1.4 0.74 3.6 2.0
1.8
2.2
DR2S 71M 4 0.88 5.1 1635 2.05 0.73 4.1 2.2
2.0
2.2
DR2S 80MK 4 1.2 6.8 1690 2.45 0.79 5.4 2.5
1.8
2.6
DR2S 80M 4 1.8 10.1 1695 3.35 0.82 6.1 2.8
2.1
2.1
DR2S 90S 4 2.4 13.2 1742 4.7 0.76 6.2 2.6
1.6
2.4
DR2S 90L 4 3.2 17.6 1741 6.2 0.77 6.7 2.8
1.9
2.7
DR2S 100LS 4 4.2 23 1735 8.3 0.74 6.8 3.3
2.2
2.8
DR2S 100L 4 5.8 32 1735 10 0.82 7.5 3.3
1.9
2.2
DR2S 112M 4 7.9 43 1746 14 0.82 7.0 2.8
1.6
2.5
DR2S 132S 4 11 60 1745 18 0.86 7.9 4.1
1.6
3.2
DR2S 132M 4 13 70 1763 24.5 0.73 7.5 3.1
2.2
3.4
DR2S 132L 4 16.7 91 1762 31.5 0.74 7.0 3.3
2.3
2.4
DR2S 160M 4 23 125 1763 38.5 0.81 6.7 2.9
2.0
2.4
DR2S 160L 4 28 152 1760 47.5 0.80 7.0 2.7
1.8
3.1
DR2S 180M 4 33 178 1771 53 0.84 8.4 2.6
1.5
3.3
DR2S 180L 4 44 240 1769 70 0.85 7.9 2.9
1.9
2.7
DR2S 200L 4 53 285 1775 88 0.80 7.0 2.5
1.8
2.6
DR2S 225S 4 66 355 1778 100 0.87 7.3 2.5
2.1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

138 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/25 4
4.37.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
8000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.29 1.74 1595 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
8000
8000
DR2S 63M 4 0.39 2.3 1605 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
8000
4950
DR2S 71MS 4 0.59 3.45 1625 6.8 5.42 BE1 7 9.4 6.72
7800
4000
DR2S 71M 4 0.88 5.1 1635 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
7200
2800
DR2S 80MK 4 1.2 6.8 1690 11 17.1 BE2 14 15 21.6
6800
2600
DR2S 80M 4 1.8 10.1 1695 14 24.1 BE2 20 18 28.6
6600
1800
DR2S 90S 4 2.4 13.2 1742 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
4800
1800
DR2S 90L 4 3.2 17.6 1741 23 67.2 BE5 40 29 73.2
4700
-
DR2S 100LS 4 4.2 23 1735 27 81.5 BE5 55 33 87.5
4000
-
DR2S 100L 4 5.8 32 1735 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
2900
-
DR2S 112M 4 7.9 43 1746 45 182 BE11 110 59 193
2300
-
DR2S 132S 4 11 60 1745 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
1700
-
DR2S 132M 4 13 70 1763 74 385 BE20 150 100 436
900
-
DR2S 132L 4 16.7 91 1762 82 443 BE20 200 110 494
780
-
DR2S 160M 4 23 125 1763 115 829 BE30 300 155 964
720
-
DR2S 160L 4 28 152 1760 135 1050 BE32 400 180 1280
640
-
DR2S 180M 4 33 178 1771 155 1650 BE32 400 200 1880
400
-
DR2S 180L 4 44 240 1769 175 1960 BE32 500 220 2190
380
-
DR2S 200L 4 53 285 1775 285 2670 BE32 600 340 2900
400
-
DR2S 225S 4 66 355 1778 315 4350 BE62 800 395 4940
160
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 139

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/25

4.38 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/25
4.38.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.7
DR2S 63M 6 0.29 2.65 1045 0.79 0.73 2.8 1.7
1.6
1.6
DR2S 71MS 6 0.44 3.9 1075 1.18 0.71 3.2 1.8
1.6
1.7
DR2S 71M 6 0.56 4.95 1085 1.48 0.70 3.2 1.9
1.7
1.8
DR2S 80MK 6 0.82 7.1 1110 1.98 0.71 3.9 2.0
1.8
1.9
DR2S 80M 6 1.2 10.3 1110 2.95 0.70 3.8 2.0
1.8
2.1
DR2S 90S 6 1.7 14.1 1150 3.85 0.70 4.9 2.4
1.8
2.2
DR2S 90L 6 2.3 19.1 1150 5.3 0.68 5.4 2.5
2.0
2.4
DR2S 100L 6 3.5 29.5 1135 7.6 0.71 4.2 2.8
2.3
1.8
DR2S 112M 6 4.5 37 1160 8.8 0.74 5.1 2.6
1.6
2.4
DR2S 132S 6 6.3 52 1160 12.8 0.71 5.7 2.8
2.2
2.3
DR2S 132M 6 8 66 1162 16.3 0.70 5.0 2.1
1.8

4.38.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
9600
DR2S 63M 6 0.29 2.65 1045 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
9600
5600
DR2S 71MS 6 0.44 3.9 1075 6.8 8.29 BE1 10 9.4 9.59
9600
-
DR2S 71M 6 0.56 4.95 1085 8 10.4 BE1 10 11 11.7
-
2400
DR2S 80MK 6 0.82 7.1 1110 11 16.8 BE2 14 15 21.3
7200
2150
DR2S 80M 6 1.2 10.3 1110 14 24.5 BE2 20 18 29
6400
1920
DR2S 90S 6 1.7 14.1 1150 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
4000
1760
DR2S 90L 6 2.3 19.1 1150 23 67.4 BE5 40 29 73.4
3520
-
DR2S 100L 6 3.5 29.5 1135 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
2700
-
DR2S 112M 6 4.5 37 1160 45 178 BE11 80 59 188
2500
-
DR2S 132S 6 6.3 52 1160 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
30590116/EN – 03/2023

1840
-
DR2S 132M 6 8 66 1162 74 381 BE20 150 100 432
1440

140 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/15 4
4.39 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/15
4.39.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.6
DR2S 63MS 2 0.4 1.65 2315 1.24 0.81 2.3 1.6
1.5
1.8
DR2S 63M 2 0.63 2.55 2365 1.84 0.86 2.7 1.7
1.6
2.0
DR2S 71M 2 1.3 4.8 2580 3.45 0.80 3.2 2.0
1.9
1.8
DR2S 80MS 2 1.7 6 2700 4.1 0.84 3.5 1.9
1.6
2.4
DR2S 80M 2 2.2 7.5 2800 5.2 0.79 4.4 2.4
2.1

4.39.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
5000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.4 1.65 2315 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
6000
4500
DR2S 63M 2 0.63 2.55 2365 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
6000
2600
DR2S 71M 2 1.3 4.8 2580 8 3.83 BE1 10 11 5.13
5500
1200
DR2S 80MS 2 1.7 6 2700 11 19.1 BE2 14 16 23.6
3400
1000
DR2S 80M 2 2.2 7.5 2800 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
2600
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 141

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15

4.40 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15
4.40.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.5
DR2S 63MS 4 0.3 2.35 1220 0.98 0.78 2.3 1.6
1.5
1.8
DR2S 63M 4 0.4 3.05 1255 1.21 0.75 2.7 1.8
1.8
1.7
DR2S 71MS 4 0.63 4.7 1285 1.96 0.73 2.9 1.7
1.6
1.7
DR2S 71M 4 0.95 7.3 1240 2.9 0.76 2.9 1.7
1.5
1.8
DR2S 80MK 4 1.3 9.1 1365 3.2 0.80 3.9 2.0
1.5
1.9
DR2S 80M 4 1.8 12.4 1390 3.9 0.83 4.4 2.0
1.6
1.8
DR2S 90S 4 2.5 16.6 1435 6 0.75 5.0 2.3
1.4
1.9
DR2S 90L 4 3.5 23.5 1425 8.2 0.78 4.7 2.1
1.5
2.2
DR2S 100LS 4 4.8 32.5 1415 11.2 0.76 5.2 2.6
1.9
2.6
DR2S 100L 4 6.6 44 1430 15 0.76 6.1 3.1
1.9
2.1
DR2S 112M 4 8.7 58 1440 19.6 0.76 5.9 2.9
1.8
2.3
DR2S 132S 4 12 80 1440 24.5 0.81 6.8 3.0
1.6
2.6
DR2S 132M 4 15 99 1451 33 0.75 5.7 2.7
2.0
2.9
DR2S 132L 4 18.5 122 1450 41 0.77 6.2 3.0
2.0
2.2
DR2S 160M 4 25 164 1454 53 0.75 5.4 2.5
1.8
2.2
DR2S 160L 4 33 215 1455 68 0.78 5.6 2.4
1.8
2.7
DR2S 180M 4 37 240 1465 75 0.78 6.5 2.6
2.0
2.9
DR2S 180L 4 50 325 1463 103 0.77 6.6 2.7
2.0
2.1
DR2S 200L 4 60 390 1466 113 0.83 5.8 2.3
1.8
2.4
DR2S 225S 4 75 485 1476 141 0.82 6.2 2.5
2.2
30590116/EN – 03/2023

142 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15 4
4.40.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
10000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.3 2.35 1220 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
10000
10000
DR2S 63M 4 0.4 3.05 1255 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
10000
6200
DR2S 71MS 4 0.63 4.7 1285 6.8 5.42 BE1 10 9.4 6.72
9700
5000
DR2S 71M 4 0.95 7.3 1240 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
9000
3500
DR2S 80MK 4 1.3 9.1 1365 11 17.1 BE2 20 15 21.6
8500
3200
DR2S 80M 4 1.8 12.4 1390 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8200
2300
DR2S 90S 4 2.5 16.6 1435 20 54 BE5 40 26 60
6000
2200
DR2S 90L 4 3.5 23.5 1425 23 67.2 BE5 55 29 73.2
5800
-
DR2S 100LS 4 4.8 32.5 1415 27 81.5 BE5 55 33 87.5
6100
-
DR2S 100L 4 6.6 44 1430 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
3700
-
DR2S 112M 4 8.7 58 1440 45 182 BE11 110 59 193
2900
-
DR2S 132S 4 12 80 1440 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
2100
-
DR2S 132M 4 15 99 1451 74 385 BE20 200 100 436
1100
-
DR2S 132L 4 18.5 122 1450 82 443 BE20 200 110 494
980
-
DR2S 160M 4 25 164 1454 115 829 BE32 400 160 1060
900
-
DR2S 160L 4 33 215 1455 135 1050 BE32 500 180 1280
800
-
DR2S 180M 4 37 240 1465 155 1650 BE32 500 200 1880
510
-
DR2S 180L 4 50 325 1463 175 1960 BE32 600 220 2190
470
-
DR2S 200L 4 60 390 1466 285 2670 BE62 800 365 3260
500
-
DR2S 225S 4 75 485 1476 315 4350 BE62 1000 395 4940
200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 143

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/15

4.41 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/15
4.41.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.6
DR2S 63M 6 0.28 3.25 820 0.97 0.78 2.4 1.6
1.5
1.4
DR2S 71MS 6 0.42 4.65 860 1.44 0.71 2.4 1.7
1.5
1.5
DR2S 71M 6 0.6 6.8 840 1.9 0.76 2.4 1.6
1.5
1.5
DR2S 80MK 6 0.88 9.7 870 2.5 0.77 2.9 1.7
1.5
1.5
DR2S 80M 6 1.3 14 885 4.05 0.73 2.7 1.8
1.5

4.41.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
12000
DR2S 63M 6 0.28 3.25 820 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
12000
7000
DR2S 71MS 6 0.42 4.65 860 6.8 8.29 BE1 10 9.4 9.59
12000
5200
DR2S 71M 6 0.6 6.8 840 8 10.4 BE1 10 11 11.7
12000
3000
DR2S 80MK 6 0.88 9.7 870 11 17.1 BE2 20 15 21.6
9000
2700
DR2S 80M 6 1.3 14 885 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8000

30590116/EN – 03/2023

144 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/15 4
4.42 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 2‑pole, duty type S3/15
4.42.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

2.2
DR2S 63MS 2 0.4 1.19 3205 0.91 0.74 3.4 2.2
2.1
2.5
DR2S 63M 2 0.63 1.88 3200 1.45 0.78 3.8 2.3
2.1
2.6
DR2S 71M 2 1.3 3.75 3310 2.8 0.76 4.3 2.6
2.3
2.6
DR2S 80MS 2 1.9 5.4 3370 3.9 0.78 5.4 2.6
2.2
2.8
DR2S 80M 2 2.4 6.7 3425 4.65 0.79 5.6 2.8
2.3
2.7
DR2S 90S 2 3.3 9 3488 7.6 0.69 5.8 3.0
2.0
2.3
DR2S 90L 2 4.5 12.3 3484 9.1 0.76 5.9 2.4
2.0
2.6
DR2S 100LM 2 6.2 17.2 3440 10.8 0.86 6.0 2.4
2.3
2.5
DR2S 112M 2 9.2 25 3511 16 0.82 7.6 3.3
2.0
3.0
DR2S 132S 2 15 41 3498 25.5 0.84 7.5 3.0
2.5

4.42.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
4000
DR2S 63MS 2 0.4 1.19 3205 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.7 6.8 3.64
4800
3600
DR2S 63M 2 0.63 1.88 3200 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
4800
2100
DR2S 71M 2 1.3 3.75 3310 8 3.83 BE1 10 11 5.13
4400
960
DR2S 80MS 2 1.9 5.4 3370 11 18.9 BE2 14 15 23.4
2720
800
DR2S 80M 2 2.4 6.7 3425 14 24.5 BE2 14 18 29
2080
480
DR2S 90S 2 3.3 9 3488 20 54 BE2 20 24 58.7
1040
-
DR2S 90L 2 4.5 12.3 3484 23 67.2 BE5 28 29 73.2
800
-
DR2S 100LM 2 6.2 17.2 3440 33 89.7 BE5 40 38 95.7
600
-
DR2S 112M 2 9.2 25 3511 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
320
-
DR2S 132S 2 15 41 3498 56 241 BE11 110 71 251
240
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 145

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15

4.43 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15
4.43.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

2.1
DR2S 63MS 4 0.3 1.76 1625 0.84 0.68 3.1 2.2
2.1
2.4
DR2S 63M 4 0.4 2.35 1630 1.05 0.67 3.6 2.4
2.3
1.9
DR2S 71MS 4 0.63 3.7 1625 1.55 0.71 3.5 2.0
1.7
2.1
DR2S 71M 4 0.95 5.6 1620 2.35 0.71 3.9 2.1
1.9
2.2
DR2S 80MK 4 1.3 7.3 1695 2.75 0.75 5.0 2.5
1.7
2.4
DR2S 80M 4 1.8 10.1 1705 3.45 0.79 5.5 2.5
2.0
2.2
DR2S 90S 4 2.5 13.7 1748 5.3 0.71 6.1 2.8
1.7
2.3
DR2S 90L 4 3.5 19.2 1741 7 0.74 6.3 2.7
1.9
2.6
DR2S 100LS 4 4.8 26.5 1730 9.5 0.74 6.4 3.2
2.1
3.1
DR2S 100L 4 6.6 36 1744 12.8 0.74 7.3 3.6
2.1
2.5
DR2S 112M 4 8.7 47.5 1747 17 0.73 7.1 3.2
1.9
2.7
DR2S 132S 4 12 65 1750 21.5 0.79 7.7 4.4
1.8
3.1
DR2S 132M 4 15 81 1759 29 0.73 6.9 2.9
2.0
3.4
DR2S 132L 4 18.5 100 1761 36.5 0.71 6.7 3.3
2.3
2.5
DR2S 160M 4 25 135 1765 44 0.78 6.6 3.0
2.0
2.4
DR2S 160L 4 33 179 1759 60 0.75 6.5 2.6
1.7
3.3
DR2S 180M 4 37 200 1771 64 0.79 8.1 2.7
1.6
3.5
DR2S 180L 4 50 270 1771 87 0.78 7.6 3.1
2.0
2.4
DR2S 200L 4 60 325 1772 99 0.81 6.3 2.2
1.6
2.8
DR2S 225S 4 75 400 1780 120 0.83 7.5 2.7
2.2
30590116/EN – 03/2023

146 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 4‑pole, duty type S3/15 4
4.43.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
8000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.3 1.76 1625 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
8000
-
DR2S 63M 4 0.4 2.35 1630 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
-
4950
DR2S 71MS 4 0.63 3.7 1625 6.8 5.42 BE1 10 9.4 6.72
7800
4000
DR2S 71M 4 0.95 5.6 1620 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
7200
2800
DR2S 80MK 4 1.3 7.3 1695 11 17.1 BE2 14 15 21.6
6800
2600
DR2S 80M 4 1.8 10.1 1705 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
6600
1800
DR2S 90S 4 2.5 13.7 1748 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
4800
1800
DR2S 90L 4 3.5 19.2 1741 23 67.2 BE5 40 29 73.2
4700
-
DR2S 100LS 4 4.8 26.5 1730 27 81.5 BE5 55 33 87.5
4000
-
DR2S 100L 4 6.6 36 1744 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
2900
-
DR2S 112M 4 8.7 47.5 1747 45 182 BE11 110 59 193
2300
-
DR2S 132S 4 12 65 1750 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
1700
-
DR2S 132M 4 15 81 1759 74 385 BE20 200 100 436
900
-
DR2S 132L 4 18.5 100 1761 82 443 BE20 200 110 494
780
-
DR2S 160M 4 25 135 1765 115 829 BE30 300 155 964
720
-
DR2S 160L 4 33 179 1759 135 1050 BE32 400 180 1280
640
-
DR2S 180M 4 37 200 1771 155 1650 BE32 400 200 1880
400
-
DR2S 180L 4 50 270 1771 175 1960 BE32 600 220 2190
380
-
DR2S 200L 4 60 325 1772 285 2670 BE62 800 365 3260
400
-
DR2S 225S 4 75 400 1780 315 4350 BE62 1000 395 4940
160
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 147

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/15

4.44 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 460 V, 60 Hz, 6‑pole, duty type S3/15
4.44.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A MH/MN

1.7
DR2S 63M 6 0.31 2.8 1050 0.91 0.72 2.8 1.7
1.6
1.4
DR2S 71MS 6 0.47 4.25 1060 1.23 0.74 3.1 1.7
1.4
1.9
DR2S 71M 6 0.6 5.3 1080 1.68 0.67 3.0 2.0
1.8
1.8
DR2S 80MK 6 0.88 7.6 1110 2.15 0.69 3.8 2.2
1.8
2.0
DR2S 80M 6 1.3 11.1 1115 3.7 0.63 3.4 2.2
1.8
2.2
DR2S 90S 6 1.8 14.9 1150 4.35 0.67 4.9 2.6
1.9
2.2
DR2S 90L 6 2.5 21 1150 6.1 0.65 5.2 2.5
2.1
2.7
DR2S 100L 6 3.7 31 1145 8.3 0.67 4.2 3.2
2.6
1.8
DR2S 112M 6 4.8 39.5 1160 9.7 0.72 5.0 2.7
1.6
2.7
DR2S 132M 6 8.8 72 1168 18.3 0.68 5.6 2.4
2.1

4.44.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
12000
DR2S 63M 6 0.31 2.8 1050 5.8 6.57 BE03 3.4 7.7 7.26
12000
5600
DR2S 71MS 6 0.47 4.25 1060 6.8 8.29 BE1 10 9.4 9.59
9600
4150
DR2S 71M 6 0.6 5.3 1080 8 10.4 BE1 10 11 11.7
9600
2400
DR2S 80MK 6 0.88 7.6 1110 11 16.8 BE2 20 15 21.3
7200
2150
DR2S 80M 6 1.3 11.1 1115 14 24.5 BE2 20 18 29
6400
1920
DR2S 90S 6 1.8 14.9 1150 20 54 BE5 40 26 60
4000
1760
DR2S 90L 6 2.5 21 1150 23 67.4 BE5 40 29 73.4
3520
-
DR2S 100L 6 3.7 31 1145 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
2700
-
DR2S 112M 6 4.8 39.5 1160 45 178 BE11 80 59 188
2500
-
DR2S 132M 6 8.8 72 1168 74 381 BE20 150 100 432
1440
30590116/EN – 03/2023

148 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 53 Hz, 4‑pole duty type S9 4
4.45 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 53 Hz, 4‑pole duty type S9
4.45.1 Information on motors
motor PN MN nN IN cosφ MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A
DR2S 56M 4 0.13 0.95 1305 0.405 0.80 1.7
DR2S 63MS 4 0.2 1.45 1320 0.63 0.78 1.7
DR2S 63M 4 0.28 2.05 1320 0.85 0.78 1.8
DR2S 71MS 4 0.4 2.8 1355 1.13 0.79 1.7
DR2S 71M 4 0.6 4.1 1395 1.61 0.77 2.0
DR2S 80MK 4 0.8 5.2 1475 1.81 0.82 2.3
DR2S 80M 4 1.2 7.8 1475 2.6 0.84 2.3
DR2S 90S 4 1.7 10.5 1542 4.15 0.71 2.9
DR2S 90L 4 2.3 14.4 1530 5 0.79 2.5
DR2S 100LS 4 3.2 20 1525 6.8 0.79 3.1
DR2S 100L 4 4.4 27.5 1530 8.9 0.81 3.5
DR2S 112M 4 6 37 1540 12.1 0.82 3.2
DR2S 132S 4 8 49.5 1544 15.5 0.85 3.7
DR2S 132M 4 10 61 1555 21.5 0.74 3.5
DR2S 132L 4 12 74 1555 25.5 0.75 3.5
DR2S 160M 4 17 105 1552 33 0.82 2.8
DR2S 160L 4 21 129 1558 41.5 0.79 3.1
DR2S 180M 4 24 147 1564 44.5 0.84 3.3
DR2S 180L 4 33 200 1560 60 0.85 3.2
DR2S 200L 4 38 230 1563 70 0.84 2.9
DR2S 225S 4 53 325 1565 93 0.87 2.7
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 149

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 400 V, 53 Hz, 4‑pole duty type S9

4.45.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
10000
DR2S 56M 4 0.13 0.95 1305 3.1 1.31 BE02 1.2 3.9 1.41
10000
10000
DR2S 63MS 4 0.2 1.45 1320 4.9 2.95 BE03 3.4 6.8 3.64
10000
10000
DR2S 63M 4 0.28 2.05 1320 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
10000
6200
DR2S 71MS 4 0.4 2.8 1355 6.8 5.42 BE1 7 9.4 6.72
9700
5000
DR2S 71M 4 0.6 4.1 1395 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
9000
3500
DR2S 80MK 4 0.8 5.2 1475 11 17.1 BE1 10 14 18.6
8500
3200
DR2S 80M 4 1.2 7.8 1475 14 24.7 BE2 20 18 29.2
8200
2300
DR2S 90S 4 1.7 10.5 1542 20 54 BE5 28 26 60
6000
2200
DR2S 90L 4 2.3 14.4 1530 23 67.2 BE5 28 29 73.2
5800
-
DR2S 100LS 4 3.2 20 1525 27 81.5 BE5 40 33 87.5
6000
-
DR2S 100L 4 4.4 27.5 1530 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
3700
-
DR2S 112M 4 6 37 1540 45 182 BE11 80 59 193
2900
-
DR2S 132S 4 8 49.5 1544 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
2100
-
DR2S 132M 4 10 61 1555 74 385 BE20 150 100 436
1100
-
DR2S 132L 4 12 74 1555 82 443 BE20 150 110 494
980
-
DR2S 160M 4 17 105 1552 115 829 BE30 300 155 964
900
-
DR2S 160L 4 21 129 1558 135 1050 BE30 300 175 1190
800
-
DR2S 180M 4 24 147 1564 155 1650 BE30 300 195 1780
510
-
DR2S 180L 4 33 200 1560 175 1960 BE32 500 220 2190
470
-
DR2S 200L 4 38 230 1563 285 2670 BE32 500 340 2900
500
-
DR2S 225S 4 53 325 1565 315 4390 BE62 800 395 4980
200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

150 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2‑pole 4
4.46 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2‑pole
4.46.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
0.18 0.63 2725 0.485 0.78 57.8 61.0 60.7 4.2 2.6 2.6 2.6
DR2S 63MSR 2
0.18 0.51 3370 0.43 0.74 64.6 69.0 70.0 5.3 3.3 3.1 3.3
0.25 0.91 2610 0.68 0.80 62.1 64.7 62.3 3.3 2.1 2.1 2.1
DR2S 63MS 2
0.25 0.72 3310 0.61 0.74 64.5 68.1 68.0 4.3 2.7 2.6 2.7
0.37 1.33 2655 0.98 0.79 64.6 67.0 65.1 4.0 2.4 2.3 2.4
DR2S 63M 2
0.37 1.06 3340 0.87 0.74 68.2 71.9 72.0 5.2 3.0 2.8 3.0
0.55 1.86 2825 1.26 0.81 72.4 74.6 74.4 5.9 3.2 3.0 3.2
DR2S 71MR 2
0.55 1.52 3455 1.1 0.78 68.5 71.4 72.0 7.4 3.9 3.5 3.9
0.75 2.6 2760 1.84 0.80 71.3 73.7 72.9 4.6 2.8 2.7 2.8
DR2S 71M 2
0.75 2.1 3410 1.62 0.77 70.4 73.6 74.0 6.0 3.4 3.1 3.4
1.1 3.75 2800 2.55 0.84 74.2 76.4 75.0 4.6 2.3 2.0 2.4
DR2S 80MS 2
1.1 3.05 3445 2.25 0.81 75.5 78.5 78.5 6.0 2.9 2.4 2.9
1.5 5.1 2820 3.35 0.84 77.2 78.5 77.2 5.1 2.6 2.3 2.6
DR2S 80M 2
1.5 4.15 3460 2.95 0.81 79.4 81.6 81.5 6.8 3.3 2.7 3.3
2.2 7.3 2875 5 0.82 79.3 80.9 79.7 5.4 2.2 1.7 2.4
DR2S 90S 2
2.2 6 3502 4.35 0.80 79.3 81.5 81.5 6.7 2.6 1.9 2.8
3 10 2875 6.4 0.84 82.5 83.1 81.5 5.7 2.2 1.9 2.3
DR2S 90L 2
3 8.2 3500 5.6 0.80 82.1 83.5 83.0 7.4 2.7 2.3 2.9
4 13.4 2850 8.3 0.85 85.5 85.0 83.1 6.0 2.9 2.5 2.7
DR2S 100LM 2
4 11 3475 7 0.84 86.5 86.8 85.6 7.9 3.5 2.7 3.4
5.5 18 2921 10.6 0.86 86.5 86.9 86.1 7.3 2.6 2.2 3.2
DR2S 112M 2
5.5 14.9 3518 9.2 0.86 87.0 88.0 87.7 9.7 2.9 2.3 3.9
7.5 24.5 2902 13.6 0.92 89.3 88.5 86.9 8.1 3.0 2.6 2.9
DR2S 132SR 2
7.5 20.5 3523 11.8 0.91 89.8 90.0 89.2 9.8 3.4 2.9 3.5
9.2 30.5 2900 17.4 0.87 89.0 88.5 87.0 7.9 3.1 2.7 3.0
DR2S 132S 2
9.2 25 3516 14.3 0.87 89.3 89.4 88.5 9.4 3.5 2.9 3.5

4.46.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.18 0.63 2725 5000
DR2S 63MSR 2 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.3 6.8 3.64
0.18 0.51 3370 6000
0.25 0.91 2610 5000
DR2S 63MS 2 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.1 6.8 3.64
0.25 0.72 3310 6000
0.37 1.33 2655 4500
DR2S 63M 2 5.8 3.76 BE03 2.7 7.7 4.45
0.37 1.06 3340 6000
0.55 1.86 2825 2600
DR2S 71MR 2 8 3.71 BE05 5 10 5.01
0.55 1.52 3455 5500
0.75 2.6 2760 2600
DR2S 71M 2 8 3.83 BE05 5 10 5.13
0.75 2.1 3410 5500
1.1 3.75 2800 1200
DR2S 80MS 2 11 18.9 BE1 10 15 20.4
1.1 3.05 3445 3400
1.5 5.1 2820 1000
DR2S 80M 2 14 24.5 BE1 10 18 26
1.5 4.15 3460 2600
2.2 7.3 2875 600
DR2S 90S 2 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
30590116/EN – 03/2023

2.2 6 3502 1300

3 10 2875 -
DR2S 90L 2 23 67.2 BE2 20 27 71.9
3 8.2 3500 1000
4 13.4 2850 -
DR2S 100LM 2 33 89.7 BE5 28 38 95.7
4 11 3475 750
5.5 18 2921 -
DR2S 112M 2 45 178 BE5 40 52 183
5.5 14.9 3518 400
7.5 24.5 2902 -
DR2S 132SR 2 56 241 BE5 55 64 246
7.5 20.5 3523 300

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 151

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 2‑pole

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot

BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
9.2 30.5 2900 -
DR2S 132S 2 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
9.2 25 3516 300

30590116/EN – 03/2023

152 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4‑pole 4
4.47 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4‑pole
4.47.1 Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MH/MN MK/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
0.09 0.62 1380 0.38 0.61 43.9 51.4 54.8 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.9
DR2S 56MR 4
0.09 0.51 1700 0.36 0.55 45.4 53.3 57.5 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.6
0.12 0.83 1380 0.41 0.64 55.6 61.0 61.9 3.6 2.7 2.6 2.7
DR2S 63MSR 4
0.12 0.67 1700 0.38 0.58 56.0 61.8 64.0 4.3 3.3 3.2 3.4
0.18 1.29 1330 0.61 0.71 52.1 57.1 57.0 2.9 2.0 2.0 2.1
DR2S 63MS 4
0.18 1.03 1675 0.56 0.62 58.3 64.2 66.0 3.7 2.6 2.6 2.8
0.25 1.79 1330 0.79 0.70 59.0 62.5 61.5 3.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
DR2S 63M 4
0.25 1.43 1675 0.72 0.62 62.8 67.2 68.0 4.2 3.0 2.9 3.0
0.37 2.6 1350 1.06 0.73 66.0 68.0 66.0 3.6 2.0 1.8 2.0
DR2S 71MS 4
0.37 2.1 1685 0.97 0.67 67.5 70.2 70.0 4.4 2.4 2.2 2.5
0.55 3.85 1360 1.58 0.72 69.6 71.7 70.0 4.1 2.4 2.2 2.4
DR2S 71M 4
0.55 3.1 1695 1.39 0.66 71.5 74.2 74.0 5.0 2.8 2.5 2.8
0.75 5.1 1410 1.88 0.76 73.6 75.9 75.3 5.2 2.4 2.0 2.6
DR2S 80MK 4
0.75 4.15 1730 1.67 0.72 75.7 78.3 78.5 6.1 2.9 2.3 3.3
1.1 7.4 1415 2.5 0.80 79.5 80.3 78.9 5.5 2.5 2.1 2.7
DR2S 80M 4
1.1 6.1 1730 2.2 0.76 80.3 81.9 81.5 6.9 3.1 2.6 3.4
1.5 9.9 1453 3.65 0.73 78.4 80.6 80.4 6.2 2.3 1.8 2.8
DR2S 90S 4
1.5 8.1 1761 3.25 0.70 79.6 82.1 82.5 7.6 2.7 2.1 3.4
2.2 14.6 1440 5.2 0.76 80.3 81.9 81.1 5.9 2.3 1.8 2.6
DR2S 90L 4
2.2 12 1755 4.6 0.72 82.3 84.0 84.0 7.5 2.8 2.2 3.3
3 20 1435 6.9 0.76 82.2 83.0 81.8 6.4 2.6 2.2 3.1
DR2S 100LS 4
3 16.4 1746 6 0.73 84.7 85.9 85.5 7.5 3.0 2.5 3.7
4 26.5 1445 9.1 0.75 84.4 85.1 84.2 7.4 3.1 2.2 3.7
DR2S 100L 4
4 22 1754 8 0.73 86.5 87.7 87.5 8.7 3.6 2.5 4.3
5.5 36 1453 11.8 0.79 86.6 86.8 85.7 7.4 2.4 2.0 3.3
DR2S 112M 4
5.5 30 1760 10.1 0.78 88.3 89.0 88.5 8.9 2.8 2.1 3.6
7.5 49.5 1453 16 0.77 87.8 88.0 87.0 7.1 2.8 2.7 3.5
DR2S 132S 4
7.5 40.5 1763 14.4 0.74 88.1 88.9 88.5 8.8 3.2 2.8 3.9
9.2 60 1466 20.5 0.74 87.8 88.4 87.9 7.5 3.3 2.5 3.5
DR2S 132M 4
9.2 49.5 1772 17.5 0.74 88.8 89.7 89.5 9.0 3.8 2.5 3.6
11 72 1466 23.5 0.78 88.5 89.2 88.7 7.7 3.4 2.3 3.4
DR2S 132L 4
11 59 1770 20 0.77 89.2 90.3 90.2 8.7 3.8 2.7 3.8
15 98 1466 30 0.80 89.4 89.8 89.2 6.9 2.6 2.1 3.0
DR2S 160M 4
15 81 1771 26 0.79 89.4 90.3 90.2 7.8 2.9 2.4 3.5
18.5 120 1470 39 0.78 89.6 90.2 89.8 7.5 2.9 2.4 3.3
DR2S 160L 4
18.5 100 1774 33 0.78 89.9 90.9 91.0 8.7 3.1 2.3 3.5
22 142 1477 42 0.85 89.9 90.3 89.9 9.0 3.4 2.5 3.3
DR2S 180M 4
22 118 1780 36 0.84 90.4 91.1 91.0 11.0 4.1 1.9 3.4
30 194 1473 56 0.86 91.4 91.4 90.7 8.7 3.4 2.3 3.2
DR2S 180L 4
30 161 1776 49.5 0.85 91.6 92.0 91.7 9.7 4.0 2.4 3.5
37 240 1478 73 0.79 90.8 91.4 91.2 7.4 2.8 2.4 3.1
DR2S 200L 4
37 198 1781 63 0.79 91.5 92.4 92.4 8.2 3.2 2.0 3.0
45 290 1482 83 0.85 91.6 92.0 91.7 9.1 3.0 2.2 2.7
DR2S 225S 4
45 240 1785 72 0.85 92.5 93.1 93.0 8.9 4.0 2.2 2.7

4.47.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
30590116/EN – 03/2023

BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.09 0.62 1380 10000
DR2S 56MR 4 3.1 1.31 BE02 1.2 3.9 1.41
0.09 0.51 1700 10000
0.12 0.83 1380 10000
DR2S 63MSR4 4.9 2.95 BE03 1.7 6.8 3.64
0.12 0.67 1700 10000
0.18 1.29 1330 10000
DR2S 63MS 4 4.9 2.95 BE03 2.7 6.8 3.64
0.18 1.03 1675 10000

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 153

 Technical data of the motors
4 IE1 DR2S.. motors, 50/60 Hz, 4‑pole

Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot

BG
BGE
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
0.25 1.79 1330 10000
DR2S 63M 4 5.8 3.76 BE03 3.4 7.7 4.45
0.25 1.43 1675 10000
0.37 2.6 1350 6200
DR2S 71MS 4 6.8 5.42 BE05 5 9.2 6.72
0.37 2.1 1685 9700
0.55 3.85 1360 5000
DR2S 71M 4 8 7.14 BE1 10 11 8.44
0.55 3.1 1695 9000
0.75 5.1 1410 3500
DR2S 80MK 4 11 16.8 BE1 10 14 18.3
0.75 4.15 1730 8500
1.1 7.4 1415 3200
DR2S 80M 4 14 24.5 BE2 20 18 29
1.1 6.1 1730 8200
1.5 9.9 1453 2300
DR2S 90S 4 20 54 BE2 20 24 58.7
1.5 8.1 1761 6000
2.2 14.6 1440 2200
DR2S 90L 4 23 67.2 BE5 28 29 73.2
2.2 12 1755 5800
3 20 1435 -
DR2S 100LS 4 27 81.5 BE5 40 33 87.5
3 16.4 1746 6100
4 26.5 1445 -
DR2S 100L 4 34 112 BE5 55 40 118
4 22 1754 3700
5.5 36 1453 -
DR2S 112M 4 45 182 BE11 80 59 193
5.5 30 1760 2900
7.5 49.5 1453 -
DR2S 132S 4 56 245 BE11 110 71 256
7.5 40.5 1763 2100
9.2 60 1466 -
DR2S 132M 4 74 385 BE20 150 100 436
9.2 49.5 1772 1100
11 72 1466 -
DR2S 132L 4 82 443 BE20 150 110 494
11 59 1770 980
15 98 1466 -
DR2S 160M 4 115 829 BE20 200 150 889
15 81 1771 900
18.5 120 1470 -
DR2S 160L 4 135 1050 BE30 300 175 1190
18.5 100 1774 800
22 142 1477 -
DR2S 180M 4 155 1650 BE30 300 195 1780
22 118 1780 510
30 194 1473 -
DR2S 180L 4 175 1960 BE32 400 220 2190
30 161 1776 470
37 240 1478 -
DR2S 200L 4 285 2670 BE32 500 340 2900
37 198 1781 500
45 290 1482 -
DR2S 225S 4 315 4350 BE32 600 370 4580
45 240 1785 200

30590116/EN – 03/2023

154 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
Key to the data tables of DR2L.. asynchronous servomotors 4
4.48 Key to the data tables of DR2L.. asynchronous servomotors
The following table lists the short symbols used in the "Technical data" tables.

nN Rated speed
MN Rated torque
IN Rated current
JMot Mass moment of inertia of the motor
Mpk D1 Maximum limit torque (dynamics package 1)
Mpk D2 Maximum limit torque (dynamics package 2)
m Mass of the motor
BE.. Brake used
mB Mass of the brake motor
JMOT_BE Mass moment of inertia of the brakemotor
MB D1 Braking torque (dynamics package 1)
MB D2 Braking torque (dynamics package 2)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 155

 Technical data of the motors
4 DR2L.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole

4.49 DR2L.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole

4.49.1 Information on motors

nN Motor type MN IN Mpk Mpk m JMot
D1 D2
Nm A Nm Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
DR2L71MS4 2.5 1.12 5 8.5 6.8 5.42
DR2L71M4 3.8 1.71 7 14 8 7.14
DR280MK4 6 2.3 14 25 10.7 17.1
DR2L80M4 8 3.15 14 30 14.1 24.7
1200
DR2L180M4 165 45.6 350 520 157 1650
DR2L180L4 185 50.6 420 600 172 1960
DR2L200L4 225 64.8 600 800 285 2660
DR2L225S4 300 87,8 700 1100 315 4390
DR2L71MS4 2.7 1.64 5 8.5 6.8 5.42
DR2L71M4 4.2 2.32 7 14 8 7.14
DR280MK4 6.2 3.14 14 25 10.7 17.1
DR2L80M4 9.6 4.32 14 30 14.1 24.7
1700
DR2L180M4 165 63.2 350 520 157 1650
DR2L180L4 180 67.5 420 600 172 1960
DR2L200L4 220 93 600 800 285 2660
DR2L225S4 290 113.6 700 1100 315 4390
DR2L71MS4 2.7 1.9 5 8.5 6.8 5.42
DR2L71M4 4 2.66 7 14 8 7.14
DR280MK4 6.5 3.77 14 25 10.7 17.1
DR2L80M4 9.6 5.25 14 30 14.1 24.7
2100
DR2L180M4 160 77.5 350 520 157 1650
DR2L180L4 175 84.1 420 600 172 1960
DR2L200L4 210 107.3 600 800 285 2660
DR2L225S4 265 137.9 700 1100 315 4390
DR2L71MS4 2.6 2.46 5 8.5 6.8 5.42
DR2L71M4 3.8 3.49 7 14 8 7.14
DR2L80MK4 6.3 4.89 14 25 10.7 17.1
DR2L80M4 9.2 6.81 14 30 14.1 24.7
3000
DR2L180M4 130 90.5 350 520 157 1650
DR2L180L4 145 98.2 420 600 172 1960
DR2L200L4 165 130,8 600 800 285 2660
DR2L225S4 220 156.8 700 1100 315 4390 30590116/EN – 03/2023

156 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Technical data of the motors
DR2L.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole 4
4.49.2 Further information on motors and brakemotors
nN Motor type MN IN BE.. MB MB mB JMot_BE
D1 D2
Nm A Nm Nm kg1) 10-4 kgm2
DR2L71MS4 2.5 1.12 BE05 5 5 9.2 6.72
DR2L71M4 3.8 1.71 BE1 7 10 10.6 8.44
DR2L80MK4 6 2.3 BE2 14 20 14.9 21.6
DR2L80M4 8 3.15 BE2 14 20 18.3 29.2
1200
DR2L180M4 165 45.6 BE32 330 500 200 1880
DR2L180L4 185 50.6 BE32 400 600 215 2190
DR2L200L4 225 64.8 BE32 600 600 340 2890
DR2L225S4 300 87.8 BE32 600 600 370 4620
DR2L71MS4 2.7 1.64 BE05 5 5 9.2 6.72
DR2L71M4 4.2 2.32 BE1 7 10 10.6 8.44
DR2L80MK4 6.2 3.14 BE2 14 20 14.9 21.6
DR2L80M4 9.6 4.32 BE2 14 20 18.3 29.2
1700
DR2L180M4 165 63.2 BE32 330 500 200 1880
DR2L180L4 180 67.5 BE32 400 600 215 2190
DR2L200L4 220 93 BE32 600 600 340 2890
DR2L225S4 290 113.6 BE32 600 600 370 4620
DR2L71MS4 2.7 1.9 BE05 5 5 9.2 6.72
DR2L71M4 4 2.66 BE1 7 10 10.6 8.44
DR2L80MK4 6.5 3.77 BE2 14 20 14.9 21.6
DR2L80M4 9.6 5.25 BE2 14 20 18.3 29.2
2100
DR2L180M4 160 77.5 BE32 330 500 200 1880
DR2L180L4 175 84.1 BE32 400 600 215 2190
DR2L200L4 210 107.3 BE32 600 600 340 2890
DR2L225S4 265 137.9 BE32 600 600 370 4620
DR2L71MS4 2.6 2.46 BE05 5 5 9.2 6.72
DR2L71M4 3.8 3.49 BE1 7 10 10.6 8.44
DR2L80MK4 6.3 4.89 BE2 14 20 14.9 21.6
DR2L80M4 9.2 6.81 BE2 14 20 18.3 29.2
3000
DR2L180M4 130 90,5 BE32 330 500 200 1880
DR2L180L4 145 98.2 BE32 400 600 215 2190
DR2L200L4 165 130.8 BE32 600 600 340 2890
DR2L225S4 220 156.8 BE32 600 600 370 4620
1) Applies to foot-mounted motors with brake (DR2L...BE../FI..)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 157

 Drive selection
5 Notes on electromagnetic compatibility – EMC

5 Drive selection
Observe the explanations and notes in this chapter when selecting the drive.

5.1 Notes on electromagnetic compatibility – EMC

5.1.1 EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
AC motors are designed for use as components for installation in machinery and sys-
tems. The manufacturer of the machine or system is responsible for complying with
the EMC Directive 2014/30/EU.

5.1.2 EMC measures

The motor can be equipped with grounding terminals, depending on size and design.
• External grounding terminals LF (low frequency grounding)
• External grounding terminals HF (high frequency grounding)
Metallic cable glands and shielded cables increase the electromagnetic compatibility.

5.1.3 Line operation

AC (brake) motors by SEW‑EURODRIVE adhere to the EMC requirements of
IEC 60034‑1 when used in accordance with their designated use in continuous duty.
Interference suppression measures are not required.

5.1.4 Switching operation

Switching operation of the motor requires suitable measures for interference suppres-
sion from the switching device.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

158 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Notes on electromagnetic compatibility – EMC 5
5.1.5 Safe switching of motor and brakes
Note the information in the following sections for switching of inductances.

Switching of motor windings

Switching of motor windings can create voltage peaks. Voltage peaks can damage
windings and contacts. To avoid this, install the incoming cables with varistors.

Switching of brake coils

Varistors must be used in order to avoid harmful overvoltages caused by switching op-
erations in the DC circuit of disk brakes.
All brake control systems from SEW‑EURODRIVE are equipped with varistors as
standard.
Observe the dimensioning specifications for switch contacts, voltage supply cables,
and fusing in chapter "Dimensioning the periphery" (→ 2 410).

Suppressor circuit on the switching devices

According to standard IEC 60204 (Electrical Equipment of Machines), motor windings
must be equipped with interference suppression to protect the numerical or program-
mable logic controllers. Because problems are primarily caused by line switching oper-
ations, we recommend installing suppressor circuits on the switching devices.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 159

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – non-controlled motor

5.2 Drive selection – non-controlled motor

5.2.1 Flow diagram
The following flow diagram shows the project planning procedure for a non-controlled
motor without gear unit that is operated on the grid.
For the flow diagram for configuring gearmotors, refer to the gearmotor catalogs.

Required information about the machine to be driven

• Technical data
• Required duty type
• Travel cycle and switching frequency
• Other specifications (such as minimum or maximum acceleration, run-up time,
etc.)
• Ambient conditions
• Country of use, voltage and frequency
• Required approvals and certifications
• Installation situation, available space
↓
Calculate the relevant application data
• Travel diagram (acceleration, maximum speed, deceleration, pauses)
• Motor speeds on 50 Hz or 60 Hz supply system
• Static and dynamic torques
• Static and dynamic overhung loads
• Static and dynamic power requirements
↓
Motor selection
• Specify motor voltage and motor frequency
• Identify the efficiency class demanded in the country of use, and required ap-
provals and certifications
• Static and maximum torque
• Consider derating due to installation altitude or ambient temperature
• Permitted overhung load
• Permitted switching frequency
• Maximum speed
• Minimum speed
• Number of poles
• Operating mode
• Select the mounting position
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• Motor options (brake, ventilation, plug connectors, degree of protection, painting,

etc.)
↓

160 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – non-controlled motor 5
Optional: Brake selection
• Determine brake size and braking torque
• Brake control
• Braking work
• Number of braking operations per hour
• Braking distance
• Braking time
↓
Ensure that all requirements have been met.
Also refer to chapter "Nominal data of a 50 Hz motor when operated on a 60 Hz sup-
ply system" (→ 2 197).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 161

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

5.3 Drive selection – controlled motor

5.3.1 Inverter operation

Suitability for inverter operation

AC motors by SEW‑EURODRIVE can be operated with inverters.
If the motors are operated at the frequency inverter at more than 1800 min-1,
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends using shaft seals made of FKM (fluorocarbon rub-
ber) on the A and B sides of the motor.

Installation note
For operating AC motors with an inverter, refer to the installation and EMC instructions
provided by the inverter manufacturer.

Brakemotor operation with inverter

Install the brake cables of brakemotors separately from the other power cables, main-
taining a distance of at least 200 mm. Joint installation is only permitted if either the
brake cable or the power cable is shielded.

Connecting an encoder to the inverter

Observe the following instructions when connecting an encoder:
• Only use a shielded cable with twisted pair conductors.
• Connect the shield to the PE potential on both ends over a large surface area.
• Route signal cables separately from power cables or brake cables (minimum dis-
tance 200 mm).

Connection of a PTC thermistor /TF to the inverter

Install the connecting lead of the positive temperature coefficient (PTC) thermistor /TF
separately from power cables, maintaining a distance of at least 200 mm between the
lines. Laying together is only permitted if either the cable of the PTC thermistor /TF or
the power cable is shielded.

INFORMATION
Motor protection device at ambient temperatures < 0 °C
If motors are used in the CFC and VFC control mode at ambient temperatures
< 0 °C, a Pt1000 temperature sensor must be used in order to achieve the optimum
torque of the motor.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

162 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
5.3.2 Flow diagram
The following flow diagram shows how to determine a controlled drive. The drive con-
sists of a motor that is powered by an inverter.
For the flow diagram on project planning for a gearmotor, refer to the gearmotor cata-
logs.

Required information about the machine to be driven

• Technical data
• Travel cycle
• Speed setting range
• Positioning accuracy
• Ambient conditions
• Country of use, voltage and frequency
• Required approvals and certifications
• Installation situation
↓
Calculate the relevant application data
• Travel diagram (acceleration, maximum speed, deceleration, pauses)
• Motor speeds
• Static and dynamic torques
• Static and dynamic overhung loads
• Static and dynamic power requirements
• Regenerative power and cyclic duration factor
• Thermal rms torque
• Thermal rms power
↓
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 163

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

Motor selection
• Specify motor voltage and motor frequency
• Identify the efficiency class required in the country of use, required approvals and
certifications
• Static and maximum torque
• Consider derating due to installation altitude or ambient temperature
• Observe the thermal torque curves taking into account the mean speed and the
effective torque
• Observe the dynamic torque curves taking into account the dynamic torques
• Permitted overhung load
• Maximum speed
• Minimum speed
• Number of poles
• Operating mode
• Select the mounting position
• Select encoder based on requirements
• Motor options (brake, ventilation, plug connectors, thermal motor protection, de-
gree of protection, painting, oil seal, etc.)
↓
Optional: Brake selection
• Determine brake size and braking torque
• Brake control
• Braking work
• Number of braking operations per hour
• Braking distance
• Braking time
↓
Inverter selection
• Motor/inverter assignment
• Continuous current and peak current
• Selection of additional inverter options according to functional requirements
↓
Select the braking resistor
• Based on the calculated regenerative power
• Based on the cyclic duration factor and peak braking power
↓
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Inverter options
• EMC measures
• Operation/communication
• Additional functions
• Functional safety technology, if required
↓

164 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
Ensure that all requirements have been met.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 165

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

5.3.3 Product range of inverters by SEW‑EURODRIVE

The extensive product range of SEW‑EURODRIVE inverters is available for designing
electronically controlled drives.
A distinction is made for inverters between decentralized installation (mounting close
to the motor with a high degree of protection) and installation in the control cabinet.
The inverters of the MOVI-C® modular automation system are ideal.
The benefits for you: MOVI-C® is the complete, modular automation system from
SEW‑EURODRIVE. This end-to-end solution from a single manufacturer covers all
your needs – planning, commissioning, operation and diagnostics software, electronic
control and monitoring devices, mechanical drives and gearmotors.
You receive all the necessary automation components from a single source. And of
course all components can be fully integrated into all automation concepts, fieldbus to-
pologies and network standards. This means you have complete freedom when it
comes to the communication topology.
MOVI-C® offers you all the advantages in communication:
PROFINET/PROFIsafe, EtherNet/IPTM/CIP SafetyTM, Modbus TCP, EtherCAT®/Safety
over EtherCAT®, POWERLINK, PROFIBUS®, OPC UA, and more.

MOVI-C® decentralized installation

MOVIMOT® flexible
MOVIMOT® flexible enables the decentralized inverter to be installed close to the mo-
tor in your system. With MOVIMOT® flexible, it's up to you whether you opt for a syn-
chronous or asynchronous motor. MOVIMOT® flexible is available in two versions. Un-
like the MMF1., the MMF3. version can be fitted with additional options. These options
include a load disconnector (with or without integrated line protection), an M12 engi-
neering interface or with and preparation for mounting an operator panel. A key switch
with feedback contact can also be integrated. The current configuration level of the de-
centralized inverter is intended for motors in the range 2 – 5.5 A / 0.55 – 3 kW. Addi-
tional performance classes are in the pipeline.

MOVI-C® control cabinet installation

MOVITRAC® advanced
The MOVITRAC® advanced standard inverter with IP20 degree of protection for mo-
tors in the range 2 – 588 A / 0.55 – 315 kW is intended for torque control, speed con-
trol and position control of asynchronous motors and synchronous motors.
MOVITRAC® advanced is flexible thanks to its integrated communication interface for
connection to all standard control systems. You can also configure functional safety
with MOVITRAC® advanced – from the integrated STO safety function to higher-qual-
ity safety functions and safe communication. MOVITRAC® advanced is ideal for con-
veying and motion applications, such as conveyor belts, hoists, and palletizers, mak-
ing it a truly compact all-rounder.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

166 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
MOVIDRIVE® technology
The application inverter MOVIDRIVE® system with IP20 degree of protection for mo-
tors in the range 2 – 588 A / 0.55 – 315 kW is intended for torque control, speed con-
trol and position control of asynchronous motors and synchronous motors.
MOVIDRIVE® system is connected to the higher-level PLC via pluggable communica-
tion interfaces. The ready-to-use software modules MOVIKIT® Drive allow for quick
and easy application startup. MOVIDRIVE® system is the optimal inverter when the fo-
cus lies on high functionality, flexible communications links, large power ranges, long
motor cables, and high availability.

MOVIDRIVE® system
The application inverter MOVIDRIVE® system with IP20 degree of protection for mo-
tors in the range 2 – 588 A / 0.55 – 315 kW is intended for torque control, speed con-
trol and position control of asynchronous motors and synchronous motors. In combi-
nation with MOVI-C® CONTROLLER, MOVIDRIVE® system performs tasks with high
demands on dynamics, functional safety, and kinematics. MOVIDRIVE® system is the
optimal inverter when the focus lies on high functionality, large power ranges, long
motor cables, and high availability.

MOVIDRIVE® modular
The application inverter MOVIDRIVE® modular with degree of protection IP20 consists
of a 10 – 110 kW power supply module and 2 – 180 A / 0.55 – 90 kW axis modules in
series. In this modular design, the focus lies on compact units and energy exchange
between the drives via the DC link connection. MOVIDRIVE® modular meets the most
demanding requirements on dynamics, energy management, functional safety, and
kinematics. In combination with the MOVI-C® CONTROLLER, all applications ranging
from materials handling technology to machine automation with predefined, paramet-
erizable function units, to free programming in IEC 61131, can be implemented quickly
and flexibly in a cost-efficient manner.

Other devices

MOVI4R-U®
The decentralized inverter MOVI4R-U® in degree of protection IP54 and a power
range of 0.25 to 4.0 kW is designed for open-loop speed control of asynchronous mo-
tors without encoder. Installation and startup procedure are optimized for simple appli-
cations.

MOVIFIT® compact
The decentralized inverter MOVIFIT® compact in degree of protection IP55 and power
range 0.37 – 1.5 kW is designed for open-loop speed control of asynchronous motors
without encoder. The inverter does not require space in the central control cabinet as
it is installed close to the motor. Installation and startup procedure are optimized for
simple intralogistics applications.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 167

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

MOVIFIT® FC
The decentralized inverter MOVIFIT®-FC in degree of protection IP65 and a power
range of 0.25 – 4 kW is designed for speed control of asynchronous motors without
encoder. The inverter does not require space in the central control cabinet as it is in-
stalled close to the motor. The robust housing technology of MOVIFIT® is available in
various hygienic surface designs that reliably protect the inverter, even in demanding
environments such as in the beverage industry where the devices are subject to hu-
midity and cleaning agents.

MOVIPRO®
The decentralized application controller MOVIPRO® with an IP54 degree of protection
and a power range of 2.2 – 15 kW is designed for torque control, speed control and
positioning control of asynchronous motors and synchronous motors. MOVIPRO® is
not only an inverter but also includes the following functions: Controller, inverter, en-
ergy management, brake management, communication, functional safety, and con-
nection technology. With these functions, MOVIPRO® combines all functions of decen-
tralized system installations without control cabinet, and thus ensures that systems are
flexible, modular, and standardized.

MOVITRAC® LTE-B
The simple inverter MOVITRAC® LTE-B in degree of protection IP20 and a power
range of 0.37 – 11 kW, and in degree of protection IP66 and a power range of 0.37 –
7.5 kW is designed for open-loop speed control of asynchronous motors without en-
coder. The inverter is defined by a compact design and especially easy handling in
conveyor systems, pumps, and fans. The design variant with a high degree of protec-
tion can be mounted outside of the control cabinet and includes the required equip-
ment such as EMC measures.

MOVITRAC® LTP-B
The MOVITRAC® LTP‑B standard inverter with IP20 degree of protection for 0.37 –
11 kW, IP66 for 0.37 – 7.5 kW and IP55 for 11 – 160 kW is intended for encoderless
speed control of asynchronous motors and synchronous motors. The design variants
with a high degree of protection can be mounted outside of the control cabinet and in-
cludes the required equipment such as EMC measures or the safety function STO.
MOVITRAC® LTP-B is characterized by convenient startup in conveyor systems,
hoists, pumps and fans.

MOVITRAC® B
The standard inverter MOVITRAC® B in degree of protection IP10/IP20 and a power
range of 0.25 – 75 kW is designed for speed control of asynchronous motors without
encoder. The universal inverter is suitable for versatile applications in conveying and
materials handling technology as it combines the vector control mode VFC, the inte-
grated safety function STO, extensive accessories and a modular structure.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

MOVIDRIVE® B
The application inverter MOVIDRIVE® B in degree of protection IP10/IP20 and a
power range of 0.55 – 315 kW is designed for torque control, speed control, and posi-
tioning control of asynchronous motors and synchronous motors. The high basic func-
tionality, the wide range of options and the comprehensive range of accessories make

168 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
MOVIDRIVE® B a universal application inverter for all applications. In combination with
control technology of SEW‑EURODRIVE, it is the ideal device, both technically and
economically, for demanding tasks in conveying, handling technology, processing
technology, and kinematics applications.

MOVIAXIS®
The MOVIAXIS® multi-axis servo inverter stands for motion control at the highest level.
An axis system with MOVIAXIS® always consists of a power supply module and a vari-
able number of axis modules. These also include optional modules such as master
module, motion control or 24 V switched-mode power supply, which integrate perfectly
within the servo solution both mechanically and electronically. And MOVIAXIS® of
course supports all common encoder systems on the motor and the track. MOVIAXIS®
multi-axis servo inverter – solutions for the future: Highest control quality with compact
design in the power range of 10 kW nominal supply and up to 187 kW peak power.

Product characteristics of inverters

The most important product features for the various inverter series are listed below.
You can choose the inverter series matching your application based on these product
characteristics.

Decentralized installation

MOVI4R-U®, MOVIFIT® compact, MOVIFIT® FC, MOVIPRO®,

Product characteristics MOVI4R-U® MOVIFIT® compact MOVIFIT® FC MOVIPRO®
Voltage range 1 × AC 200 – 240 V 3 × AC 380 – 500 V 3 × AC 380 to 500 V 3 × AC 380 to 500 V
(0.25 – 0.55 kW)
3 × AC 200 – 240 V – – –
(0.25 – 0.55 kW)
3 × AC 380 – 480 V – – –
(0.25 – 4 kW)
Power range 0.25 to 4 kW 0.25 to 4 kW 0.25 to 4 kW 2.2 to 22 kW
150% IN for 60 seconds
Overload capacity
100% IN continuously in operation without overload
4Q-capable No No Yes, with integrated brake chopper as standard
U/f U/f U/f U/f
LVFC voltage-controlled VFC voltage-controlled vector control
Control mode vector control
– – – CFC/servo current-con-
trolled vector control
Encoder input No No No Option
Torque control No No No Yes
Speed control Yes Yes Yes Yes
Positioning control No No No Yes
Serial interfaces No No System bus (SBus) and –
RS485
No AS-Interface PROFIBUS, PROFINET IO, PROFINET POF,
Fieldbus interfaces
SBus1) DeviceNet™, EtherNet/IP™, Modbus TCP
Maximum output frequency 599 Hz 599 Hz 599 Hz 599 Hz
30590116/EN – 03/2023

STO – Safe Torque Off No No Yes Yes

Approvals and certifications CE, UL, cUL, RCM, EAC CE, UL1), cUL1), RCM, CE, UL, cUL, RCM, EAC
EAC
1) In preparation for MOVIFIT® compact

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 169

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

Control cabinet installation

MOVITRAC® LTE-B, MOVITRAC® LTP‑B, MOVITRAC® B

Product characteristics MOVITRAC® LTE-B MOVITRAC® LTP-B MOVITRAC® B
Voltage range 1 × AC 110 – 120 V 1 × AC 200 – 240 V 1 × AC 200 – 240 V
(0.37 – 1.1 kW) (0.75 – 2.2 kW) (0.25 – 2.2 kW)
1 × AC 200 – 240 V 3 × AC 200 – 240 V 3 × AC 200 – 240 V
(0.75 – 4.0 kW) (0.75 – 75 kW) (0.25 – 30 kW)
3 × AC 200 – 240 V 3 × AC 380 – 480 V 3 × AC 380 – 500 V
(0.37 – 4.0 kW) (0.75 – 160 kW) (0.25 – 75 kW)
3 × AC 380 – 480 V 3 × AC 500 – 600 V –
(0.75 – 11 kW) (0.75 – 110 kW)
Power range 0.37 to 11 kW (IP20) 0.75 to 15 kW (IP20)
0.25 to 75 kW
0.37 – 7.5 kW (IP66) 0.75 – 160 kW (IP55)
Overload capacity 150% IN for 60 seconds 150% IN for 60 seconds 150% IN for 60 seconds
175% IN for 2 seconds 175% IN for 2 seconds 125% IN continuously in opera-
tion without overload
4Q-capable Size 1 without brake chopper,
Yes, with integrated brake chopper as standard
sizes 2 and 3 as standard
Control mode U/f U/f U/f
VFC voltage-controlled vector VFC voltage-controlled vector VFC voltage-controlled vector
control control control
Encoder input No No No
Torque control No Yes No
Speed control Yes Yes Yes
Positioning control No No No
Serial interfaces System bus (SBus) and RS485
Fieldbus interfaces Optionally via gateway Optionally via gateway Optionally via gateway
PROFIBUS, EtherCAT®, PROFIBUS, EtherCAT®, PROFIBUS, CANopen,
PROFINET, DeviceNet™, Ether- PROFINET, DeviceNet™, Ether- DeviceNet™, PROFINET IO,
Net/IP™ Net/IP™ EtherNet/IP™, EtherCAT®
Maximum output frequency 500 Hz 500 Hz 599 Hz
STO – Safe Torque Off No Yes Yes (3-phase devices)
Approvals and certifications CE, UL, cUL, RCM, EAC

30590116/EN – 03/2023

170 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
MOVIDRIVE® B, MOVIDRIVE® system, MOVIDRIVE® modular
Product characteristics MOVIDRIVE® B MOVIDRIVE® system MOVIDRIVE® modular
Voltage range 3 × AC 200 – 240 V 3 × AC 200 – 240 V –
(1.5 – 30 kW) (7 –108 A)
3 × AC 380 – 500 V 3 × AC 380 – 500 V 3 × AC 380 – 500 V
(0.55 – 315 kW) (2 – 588 A)
Performance/current range 10 – 110 kW (power supply
0.55 to 250 kW – modules)
2 – 180 A (axis modules)
Overload capacity 150% IN for 60 seconds 200% IN for 3 seconds 250% IN for 1 second
125% IN continuously in opera- 125% IN continuously in opera- 100% IN continuously in opera-
tion without overload tion without overload tion without overload
4Q-capable Yes, with integrated brake chopper as standard
Control mode U/f U/f U/f
VFC voltage-controlled vector VFCPLUS voltage-controlled vector VFCPLUS voltage-controlled vector
control control control
CFC current-controlled vector CFC current-controlled vector CFC current-controlled vector
control control control
– ELSM® for synchronous motors ELSM® for synchronous motors
without encoders without encoders
Encoder input Option Yes Yes
Torque control Yes Yes Yes
Speed control Yes Yes Yes
Positioning control Yes Yes Yes
Serial interfaces System bus (SBus) and RS485 EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS
Fieldbus interfaces Optionally PROFIBUS DP,
CANopen, DeviceNet™, PROFIBUS, PROFINET, PROFISAFE, EtherNet/IP™, Mod-
PROFINET IO, EtherNet/IP™, bus TCP/IP
EtherCAT®
Maximum output frequency 599 Hz 599 Hz 599 Hz
STO – Safe Torque Off Yes Yes Yes
Approvals and certifications CE, UL, cUL, RCM, EAC
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 171

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

5.3.4 Insulation system for inverter operation

When asynchronous motors are operated on an inverter, the winding is subject to
higher loads than would be the case in line operation without an inverter.
An inverter pulses the DC voltage of the DC link (Uz) to the supply cables to the motor.
This pulsing takes place in the kHz range, which means several thousand ON and
OFF switchings per second – at SEW-EURODRIVE usually with 4, 8, or 16 kHz.
The standard winding can resist voltage peaks up to:
• Phase-phase voltages UPP_pk/pk= 2360 V
• Phase-ground voltages UPE_pk/pk = 1680 V

Phase-phase voltage Phase-ground voltage

Up
U dc

U pk/pk Ui U pk/pk

39867040139

As a result, using SEW‑EURODRIVE AC motors with the standard winding on an in-

verter is permitted up to 500 V.
If a motor is operated with an inverter under the following conditions, the double
voltage pulse can exceed the maximum permitted value of the standard winding of
UPP_pk/pk = 2360 V:
• The inverter supplies the motor with a voltage of 600 V or higher.
• The DC link voltage is increased to DC 742.5 V.
Additional measures are required to protect the motor winding. The options reinforced
winding insulation /RI (chapter "Reinforced winding insulation" (→ 2 571)) and rein-
forced winding insulation with increased resistance against partial discharge /RI2, see
chapter "Reinforced winding insulation with increased resistance against partial dis-
charge" (→ 2 571) are available.
Motors from SEW-EURODRIVE comply with the requirements of NEMA MG1 part 31
for the partial discharge-free voltage ("PD free voltage"). For the evaluation, MG1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

refers to the standard IEC 60034‑18‑41. The required stress category C exceeds the
NEMA requirement "PD free".

172 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
5.3.5 AC motors on third-party inverters
In the case of inverter-supplied motors, observe the wiring instructions issued by the
inverter manufacturer. It is essential that you observe the operating instructions for the
inverter.
Operating the motors on third-party inverters is permitted if the pulse voltages of the
respective winding insulation at the motor terminals are not exceeded.

INFORMATION
Compliance with the limit values must be checked and taken into account as follows:
• The supply voltage level at the third-party inverter
• The threshold of the brake chopper voltage
• The operating mode of the motor (motor mode/generator mode)
→ If the permitted pulse voltage is exceeded, you must install limiting measures,
such as filters, chokes or special motor cables. Consult the manufacturer of the in-
verter.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 173

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

5.3.6 IVIC Class for Motors

The standard IEC 60034-18-41:2014 defines the stress categories for motors with the
following characteristics:
• Nominal voltages over 300 V
• With electrical insulation system that is free of partial discharge
• Operation at a frequency inverter with intermediate voltage circuit
The stress categories, or impulse voltage insulation classes (IVIC), are divided into
classes A to D.

Technical details
The table shows the normative limit values for the most important nominal voltages for
the motors.

IVIC class Nominal voltage

400 V 500 V 575 V
B (medium) Phase-to-earth Upk/pk 1240 V 1550 V 1783 V
Phase-to-phase Upk/pk 1800 V 2250 V 2588 V
C (high) Phase-to-earth Upk/pk 1680 V 2100 V 2415 V
Phase-to-phase Upk/pk 2360 V 2950 V 3393 V
The rise time of the voltage is defined as follows: Ta > 0.3 ±0.2 μs.

Information about drive selection

The 2-, 4-, and 6-pole DRN../DR2S.. motors are optimally adapted for operation with
all SEW‑EURODRIVE frequency inverters.

Motors with standard insulating systems for nominal voltages > 300 V
For operation on frequency inverters with intermediate voltage circuit and with line
voltages up to and including 400 V (including tolerances), the motors fulfill the specifi-
cations of IEC 60034-18-41:2014 in impulse voltage insulation class C (high). For line
voltages up to and including 500 V (including tolerances), they fulfill impulse voltage
insulation class B (medium).

Motors with /RI reinforced winding insulation for nominal voltages > 300 V
For operation on voltage source converters with line voltages up to and including
500 V (including tolerances), the motors fulfill the specifications of
IEC 60034-18-41:2014 in impulse voltage insulation class C (high). For line voltages
up to and including 600 V (including tolerances), they fulfill impulse voltage insulation
class B (medium).
SEW‑EURODRIVE motors with /RI reinforced winding insulation surpass the norma-
tive specifications and achieve the limit values for phase-to-earth Upk/pk of 2200 V and
30590116/EN – 03/2023

phase-to-phase Upk/pk of 3000 V.

174 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
Order information
Upon request, the permissible IVIC class can be displayed on the motor in the form of
an additional label.
The permissible IVIC class is then also specified for SEW‑EURODRIVE motors in the
order confirmation.
The following illustration depicts an example of a motor label with standard insulation
system:

1399 999 9
IEC 60034 -18- 41:2014
IVIC C Uline ≤ 400V

20562235915

The following illustration depicts an example of a motor label with the option reinforced
winding insulation /RI, depending on the nominal voltage:

1399 999 9
IEC 60034 -18- 41:2014
IVIC C Uline ≤ 500V
20562391947

1399 999 9
IEC 60034 -18- 41:2014
IVIC B Uline ≤ 600V

20562233483
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 175

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

5.3.7 Limit characteristic curves of DRN.. and DR2S.. motors in inverter operation
If the motors are operated on an inverter, the thermally permitted torque must be ob-
served when determining the drive.
The thermally permitted torque depends on the following factors:
• Motor size
• Motor series (DRN.. or DR2S..)
• Operating mode
• Type of cooling: Self-cooling or forced cooling fan
• Base frequency:
– fbase = 50 Hz (230/400 V W)
– fbase = 87 Hz (230/400 V m)
– fbase = 60 Hz (266/460 V W / 230/460 V W)
– fbase = 104 Hz (266/460 V m)
– fbase = 120 Hz (230/460 V WW)
– fbase = 53 Hz (400 V W)
– fbase = 92 Hz (400 V m)
The effective operating point resulting from the travel cycle must lie below the thermal
limit curve. It comprises the effective torque and the mean speed.
The maximum permitted mechanical limit torque for gearmotors amounts to 200% of
the nominal motor torque. This applies for all motor characteristics shown in this
chapter.
Motor-specific thermal limit characteristic curves are included in the SEW-Workbench
project planning tool or in the online characteristic curve generator in Online Support
at www.seweurodrive.com.
The following conditions apply to the shown limit curves:
• Motor design in thermal class 155 (F)
• Motor in duty type S1 (DRN..) or S9 (DR2S..)
• Nominal motor voltage corresponding to the nominal line voltage (e.g.
230 Vm/400 VW or corresponding voltage range on the 400 V grid)
• Rated motor frequency corresponding to the rated line frequency (e.g. 50 Hz)
• Motors with TF thermal protection or equivalent temperature detection
• 4-pole motors (for the operation of motors with a different number of poles on the
frequency inverter, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE)
• Startup on the inverter with appropriate inverter settings (nominal motor current is
used as a reference for the inverter setting and does not exceed the nominal cur-
rent of the motor in the constant torque range)
• Motor current is reduced at low speeds, provided that the torque is reduced
• Operation on the inverter in a VFC operating mode (for operation on inverters in a
30590116/EN – 03/2023

CFC operating mode, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE)

• Maximum ambient temperature of +40 °C

INFORMATION
Observe the maximum limit speeds in chapter "Limit speeds" as well as the project
planning notes for motors and mounted options.

176 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
The characteristic curve in the field weakening range is limited by the dynamic limit in
the case of individual motors. For this reason, the thermal limit characteristic curve
does not represent the physical limit of the drive system in part.

Thermal limit characteristic

The following figure explains in more detail individual areas of a universal thermal limit
characteristic curve.
M/MN

[A] [B]

[4]
120%

OPN
100%

[2] [3]

OPtherm
[1]
40%

0% n/min-1
0 600 nN nmax
f/Hz
0 50 fmax
24635011467

M/MN Ratio of motor torque to rated motor torque

[A] Basic setting range
[B] Field weakening range
[1] Reduced torque due to reduced cooling
[2] Constant torque
[3] Constant power
[4] Increased torque due to external cooling
OPtherm Thermal operating point (example shown here)
OPN Rated operating point
nN Rated speed
nmax Maximum speed
fmax Maximum frequency (here: rotating field frequency)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 177

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

Delta connection of the motor – 87 Hz characteristic curve

In order to provide a voltage reserve between the line voltage and rated motor voltage,
a motor is selected whose nominal voltage in a star connection corresponds to the line
voltage. This motor is connected in delta, which makes the line voltage √3 times
higher than the motor rated voltage in a delta connection.
Example: Motor according to nameplate with nominal voltage of 230 Vm/400 V W
The motor is connected in delta and connected to a frequency inverter. The line
voltage at the input of the frequency inverter is 400 V. Due to the delta connection, the
rated point of the electrical values is 230 V/50 Hz or 400 V/87 Hz.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

178 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
V/f characteristic and power gain
In the following diagram, the circuit-dependent V/f characteristics are compared with
the corresponding transition and rated points in star and delta connections. The trans-
ition points do not necessarily represent the rated points.
The gain in mechanical power is shown by the motor torque curves in the shaded area
in the following figure.
M/MN UMot/V

C B
400

100%

[5]
A
230

[1] [2] [3] [4]

50 87 f/Hz
9007225149297547

M/MN Ratio of motor torque to rated motor torque

UMot Motor voltage
[A] Nominal voltage at 230 V/50 Hz in a delta connection
[B] Transition point at 400 V/87 Hz in a delta connection
[C] Transition point (= rated point) at 400 V/50 Hz in a star connection
[1] V/f characteristic in a star connection
[2] V/f characteristic in a delta connection
[3] Curve of the motor torque as a function of the frequency in relation to [1]
[4] Curve of the motor torque as a function of the frequency in relation to [2]
[5] Gain in mechanical power

For motors rated for a frequency of 50 Hz, the base frequencies apply for star/delta
connection:
• fbase = 50 Hz (connection in star)
• fbase= 87 Hz (connection in delta)
For motors rated for a frequency of 60 Hz, the base frequencies apply for star/delta
connection:
• fbase = 60 Hz (connection in star)
• fbase= 104 Hz (connection in delta)
For motors rated for a frequency of 60 Hz, the base frequencies apply for star/double
star connection:
• fbase = 60 Hz (connection in star)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• fbase = 120 Hz (double star connection)

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 179

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

Motivation and possible applications

The motivation for drive configuration for 87 Hz operation is:
• Expanding the speed setting range with constant motor torque, enabling higher ap-
plication speeds.
• Using a smaller motor size in conjunction with a higher gear unit ratio reduces:
– The initial costs of the motor
– The installation space required for the motor
– The mass of the motor

Please consider:
87 Hz operation should take place in a voltage-controlled control mode. Current-con-
trolled control modes are also possible with limited gains in the speed setting range.
When the field weakening range is used, it is necessary to observe the breakdown
torque (proportional to 1/f2), which decreases quadratically as the frequency increases
and further restricts the available motor torque. For 87 Hz operation, the inverter is se-
lected based on the required motor current in a delta connection, which is √3 times
higher than in a star connection. On the gear unit side, a higher input speed causes
larger churning losses, which can increase the gear unit temperature. Observe these
points during further project configuration.

Brakemotors
Due to the increased motor operating temperature and reduced ventilation at variable
rotational speed in inverter operation, brakemotors are not allowed to be operated
continuously at low rotational speed below 750 min-1.
The thermally permitted torques in the lower speed range apply for DRN.. brakemo-
tors under the following conditions:
• Operation of the brake with a maximum tolerance of the brake voltage of ±5%
• Operation of the brake only with a brake rectifier in the control cabinet
The following diagram shows the permitted cyclic duration factor in periodic intermit-
tent duty S3 (IEC 60034-1) for DRN.. brakemotors. The maximum time interval (100%)
corresponds to one hour. To ensure sufficient cooling of the brake at low speed, oper-
ate the drive again at high speed after 60% of the cyclic duration factor at the latest or
switch off the brake.

100
80
60 in %
Cyclic duration factor
40
20
0
0 1000 2000 3000
30590116/EN – 03/2023

-1
min

37625328523

180 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
DRN.. motor, 4-pole (self-cooling and forced air cooling), fbase = 50 Hz (400 VW, 50 Hz) and 87 Hz
(230 Vm, 50 Hz)
The following diagrams show the thermal limit characteristics of the DRN.. motors at a
base frequency fbase of 50 Hz in W connection and at a base frequency fbase of 87 Hz in
m connection. A distinction is made between motors with self-cooling and forced air
cooling (option forced cooling fan /V).

DRN63MS4 – 80MK4
125%
120%
115% [4]
110% [3]
105%
100%
95% [2]
90% [1]
85%
80%
75%
70%
M / MN

65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
n in min-1
36885783691

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (star connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (delta connection)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 181

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

DRN80M4 – 250M4
125%
120%
115%
110%
[4]
[3]
105%
100%
95%
[1]
90%
85%
[2]
80%
75%
70%
M / MN

65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900

n in min-1
36885786123

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN80M4 – 250M4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN80M4 – 250M4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN80M4 – 250M4 (star connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN80M4 – 250M4 (delta connection)

DRN280S4 – 280M4
125%
120%
115%
[4]
110%
[3]
105%
100%
95%
[2]
90%
85%
80% [1]
75%
70%
M / MN

65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900

n in min-1
36885778827
30590116/EN – 03/2023

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN280S4 – 280M4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN280S4 – 280M4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN280S4 – 280M4 (star connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN280S4 – 280M4 (delta connection)

182 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
DRN315S4 - 315H4
[5]
125%
120% [6]
115%
110%
105% [4]
100%
95% [3]
90%
85% [2]
80%
75%
[1]
70%
M / MN

65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900

n in min-1
36885781259

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN315S4 – 315H4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN315M4 – 315H4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN315S4 (delta connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN315S4 – 315H4 (star connection)
[5] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN315M4 – 315H4 (delta connection)
[6] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN315S4 (delta connection)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 183

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

DRN.. motor, 4-pole (self-cooling and forced air cooling), fbase = 60 Hz (460 VW, 60 Hz), 104 Hz
(266 Vm, 60 Hz) and 120 Hz (230 VWW, 60 Hz)
The following diagrams show the thermal limit characteristic curves of DRN.. motors
with a base frequency fbase of 60 Hz in W connection with a base frequency fbase of
104 Hz in m connection and with a base frequency fbase of 120 Hz in WW connection.
A distinction is made between motors with self-cooling and forced air cooling (option
forced cooling fan /V).

DRN63MS4 – 80MK4
130%
125%
120% [5]
115% [6]
110%
105% [4]
100% [3]
95%
90% [1] [2]
85%
80%
75%
M / MN

70%
65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
n in min-1
37037870347

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (double star connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (star connection)
[5] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (delta connection)
[6] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN63MS4 – 80MK4 (double star connec-
tion)

30590116/EN – 03/2023

184 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
DRN80M4 – 180L4
125%
120% [5]
115%
[6]
110% [4]
105%
100%
[3]
95%
90%
85%
80% [1]
75% [2]
70%
M / MN

65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900

n in min-1
37037872779

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN80M4 – 180L4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN80M4 – 180L4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN80M4 – 180L4 (double star connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN80M4 – 180L4 (star connection)
[5] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN80M4 – 180L4 (delta connection)
[6] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN80M4 – 180L4 (double star connection)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 185

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

DRN200L4 – 250M4
125%
120%
[8]
115% [7]
110%
[6]
[5]
105%
100%
95%
90% [2]
85%
80%
75% [3]
[1] [4]
70%
M / MN

65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900

n in min-1
37037865483

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN200L4 – 250M4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN200L4 – 250M4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN200L4 – 225S4 (double star connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN225M4 – 250M4 (double star connection)
[5] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN200L4 – 250M4 (star connection)
[6] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN200L4 – 250M4 (delta connection)
[7] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN200L4 – 225S4 (double star connec-
tion)
[8] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN225M4 – 250M4 (double star connec-
tion)

30590116/EN – 03/2023

186 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
DRN280S4 – 315H4
125%
120%
115%
110%
[3] [4]
105%
100%
95%
90%
85%
80%
75%
70%
M / MN

65%
60% [1]
55% [2]
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900

n in min-1
37037867915

[1] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN280S – 315H4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S1 with self-cooling DRN280S – 315H4 (delta connection) and
DRN280S4 – 280M4 (double star connection)
[3] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN280S – 315H4 (star connection)
[4] Duty type S1 with forced air cooling DRN280S – 315H4 (delta connection) and
DRN280S4 – 280M4 (double star connection)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 187

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

DR2S.. motor, 4-pole (self-cooling and forced cooling), fbase = 53 (400 VW, 53 Hz) and 92 Hz (230 Vm,
53 Hz)
The following diagrams show the thermal limit characteristics of the DR2S.. motors at
a base frequency fbase of 53 Hz in W connection and at a base frequency fbase of 92 Hz
in m connection. A distinction is made between motors with self-cooling and forced air
cooling (option forced cooling fan /V).

DR2S56M4
105%
100%
95% [3] [2]
90%
85%
80%
[1]
75%
70%
65%
60%
M / MN

55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
n in min-1
36885766667

[1] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S56M4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S56M4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S9 with forced air cooling DR2S56M4 (star or delta connection)

30590116/EN – 03/2023

188 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
DR2S63MS4 – 63M4
105%
100%
95% [3] [2]
90%
85%
[1]
80%
75%
70%
65%
60%
M / MN

55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
n in min-1
36885769099

[1] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S63MS4 – 63M4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S63MS4 – 63M4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S9 with forced air cooling DR2S63MS4 – 63M4 (star or delta connec-
tion)

DR2S71MS4 – 71M4
105%
100%
95% [4] [3]
90%
85%
80%
[1]
75%
[2]
70%
65%
60%
M / MN

55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
n in min-1
36885771531
30590116/EN – 03/2023

[1] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S71MS4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S71M4 (star connection)
[3] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S71MS4 – 71M4 (delta connection)
[4] Duty type S9 with forced air cooling DR2S71MS4 – 71M4 (star or delta connec-
tion)

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 189

 Drive selection
5 Drive selection – controlled motor

DR2S90L4 – 132S4, DR2S180L4

105%
100%
95% [3] [2]
90%
85%
80%
75% [1]
70%
65%
60%
M / MN

55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
n in min-1
36885776395

[1] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S90L4 – 132S4, DR2S180L4 (star connec-
tion)
[2] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S90L4 – 132S4, DR2S180L4 (delta connec-
tion)
[3] Duty type S9 with forced air cooling DR2S90L4 – 132S4, DR2S180L4 (star and
delta connection)

DR2S80MK4 – 90S4, DR2S132M4 – 180M4

105%
100%
95% [3] [2]
90%
85%
80% [1]
75%
70%
65%
60%
M / MN

55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
30590116/EN – 03/2023

n in min-1
36885773963

[1] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S80MK4 – 90S4, DR2S132M4 – 180M4 (star
connection)
[2] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S80MK4 – 90S4, DR2S132M4 – 180M4
(delta connection)
[3] Duty type S9 with forced air cooling DR2S80MK4 – 90S4, DR2S132M4 – 180M4
(star and delta connection)

190 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Drive selection – controlled motor 5
DR2S200L4 – 225S4
105%
100%
95% [4]
90%
85% [2]
80%
75% [1] [3]
70%
65%
60%
M / MN

55%
50%
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%

0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
n in min-1
36885764235

[1] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S200L4 – 225S4 (star connection)

[2] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S225S4 (delta connection)
[3] Duty type S9 with self-cooling DR2S200L4 (delta connection)
[4] Duty type S9 with forced air cooling DR2S200L4 – 225S4 (star or delta connec-
tion)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 191

 Drive selection
5 Project planning of the drive – DR2L.. motors

5.4 Project planning of the drive – DR2L.. motors

Tapping the full potential of an asynchronous servomotor requires the selection of an
appropriate drive.
The schematic procedure is depicted in chapter "Drive selection – controlled mo-
tor" (→ 2 162).
The thermal and dynamic limit characteristic curve is selected under consideration of
the dynamics package, speed class, and frequency inverter.

5.4.1 Dynamics package D1 or D2

During the drive selection, you must decide which dynamics package is required and
will be implemented.
Preliminary regulations are then made, especially for the size of the inverter.
The higher inertia levels of the DR2L.. motor when compared to synchronous servo-
motors – roughly a factor of 10 or more – are of great benefit when controlling loads
with high inherent inertia, even when taking gear unit reduction ratios into account.
For further information, refer to chapter "DR2L.. series asynchronous servomo-
tors" (→ 2 61).
The technical data for the DR2L.. motors and the limit values of the D1 or D2 dynam-
ics packages are provided in chapter "DR2L.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-
pole" (→ 2 156).

5.4.2 Speed classes

Available speed classes:
• 1200 min-1
• 1700 min-1
• 2100 min-1
• 3000 min-1
Various setting ranges can be implemented using the 4 available speed classes. Dif-
ferent gear unit ratios can be selected.
The technical data of the DR2L motors in the different speed classes can be found in
chapter "DR2L.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole" (→ 2 156).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

192 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Project planning of the drive – DR2L.. motors 5
5.4.3 Sine encoder
The following incremental encoders are included in the standard drive package for
DR2L.. motors:
• Built-in encoder EI8R
• EK8S add-on cone encoder
This sine encoder has a resolution of 1024 sine cycles.
The interpolation of the sin/cos signals in the inverter greatly increases the available
speed information, resulting in a usable speed setting range of 1:5000 and highly ac-
curate operation at speeds below 1 min-1.
Startup is simplified by the electronic nameplate included in the encoder.
For further information, refer to chapter "Encoders" (→ 2 448).

5.4.4 Multi-turn absolute encoder

Instead of the incremental encoder, a multi-turn absolute encoder can be installed at
the same location.
• AK8W, AK8Y or AK8H add-on cone encoders
Startup is simplified by the electronic nameplate included in the encoder.
For further information, refer to chapter "Encoders" (→ 2 448).

5.4.5 Forced cooling fan

The use of a /V forced cooling fan prevents the reduction in permissible load torque at
speeds below 900 min-1.
In fact, the relationship is reversed, meaning that the permitted torque at speed "0" is
approx. 10 – 15% higher than the nominal torque when a forced cooling fan is used.
For further information, refer to chapter "Forced cooling fan" (→ 2 601).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 193

 Drive selection
5 Project planning of the drive – DR2L.. motors

5.4.6 Inverter configuration

SEW‑Workbench is the central planning and configuration tool for products by
SEW‑EURODRIVE. It can process any required configurations, from entering the ap-
plication to gear unit, motor and inverter calculations.
Optimization of the various axis cycles including accessory selection and error check
of the entire drive system design are further features.
This means SEW‑Workbench allows for dimensioning drive solutions from the entire
product range from SEW‑EURODRIVE.
The straightforward operation saves a great deal of time and minimizes complexity.
The key features of the SEW-Workbench are:
• Application selection
• Gear unit and motor calculation
• Price-optimized configuration
• Comparison of different solutions
• Inverter calculation
• Multi-axis optimization
• Parameterization of cable and accessories selection
• Dimensioning error check
• Parts list generation
• The electronic catalog with all products
The configuration software SEW‑Workbench is available for download from the official
SEW‑EURODRIVE website.
To use SEW‑Workbench, all you need to do is to register via the Online Support once
you have downloaded and installed the software.
An Internet update service ensures that the products and functions are always up-to-
date.
In addition, the application offers motor/inverter characteristics in the Online Support
on the SEW‑EURODRIVE homepage for motor characteristics of the peak motor
torque above the speed. If you select an inverter in addition, the specific motor charac-
teristics will be created on this inverter.
URL: http://go.sew-eurodrive.com/os/motorcharacteristics
Observe the connection option in the terminal box during dimensioning and selection
of the cable cross section. The cross sections for cable entry and connection to the
terminal board must be considered.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

194 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Electrical properties 5
5.5 Electrical properties

5.5.1 Motor properties for operation on a 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz supply system

The motors are also available for operation at a line frequency of 60 Hz.
In such cases, the length (and thus the geometric dimensions) a the same rated
power may vary between the 50 Hz and the 60 Hz or 50/60 Hz design. Especially ad-
here to this when selecting global motors, see chapter "Technical data of the mo-
tors" (→ 2 81).

5.5.2 Frequencies and voltages

Frequencies The AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are delivered suitable for line frequency
operation of 50 Hz or 60 Hz, depending on the configuration. The nameplates of the
relevant motors list data referring to the configuration, see chapter "Rated data ac-
cording to IEC 60034" (→ 2 19).
The global motor design is an exception to that. The global motor is designed both for
operation on a 50 Hz and on a 60 Hz supply system. The nameplates of global motors
list information for operation on a 50 Hz supply system, as well as information for
operation on a 60 Hz supply system.
Unless specified otherwise, the technical specifications in this catalog refer to motors
operated at a line frequency of 50 Hz.
Voltages Depending on the configuration, AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are designed for
operation at a fixed voltage (e.g. 230 V m/400 V W) or for operation in a voltage range
(e.g. 220 V – 230 V m/380 V – 400 V W), see chapter "Global motors from
SEW‑EURODRIVE" (→ 2 59).
The following combinations of rated frequency and rated voltage are possible:
• 50 Hz fixed voltage
• 60 Hz fixed voltage
• 50 Hz voltage range
• 50/60 Hz voltage range
The tolerances A and B as specified in standard IEC 60034 apply to rated frequencies
as well as to nominal voltages, see chapter "Tolerances according to
IEC 60034-1" (→ 2 198).
The AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are available in a variety of nominal voltages.
Should you require a nominal voltage deviating from the local standard, contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 195

 Drive selection
5 Electrical properties

5.5.3 Standard nominal voltages at 50 Hz or 50/60 Hz, depending on the motor size
As standard, motors in the variants 50 Hz or 50/60 Hz are operated in the wiring dia-
gram R13, i.e. in star or delta connection.
The nominal voltage assigned to the motors by SEW‑EURODRIVE as standard varies
depending on the motor size and motor power.
The following table lists the nominal voltages for motors designed for operation at a
50 Hz or 50/60 Hz supply system depending on the rated power.

motor Power Fixed voltage Voltage range Voltage range

50 Hz 50 Hz 50/60 Hz
kW V V V
DRN63 – 0.12 – 230m/400W 220 – 230m/380 – 400W 220 – 230m/380 – 400W, 50 Hz
DRN80MK 0.55
254 – 266m/440 – 460W, 60 Hz
DRN80MS – 0.75 – 5.5 220 – 230m/380 – 400W 220 – 230m/380 – 400W, 50 Hz
DRN132S
254 – 266m/440 – 460W, 60 Hz
DRN132M – 7.5 – 200 400/690W 380 – 400m/660 – 690W 380 – 400m/660 – 690W, 50 Hz
DRN315
440 – 469m60 Hz
DR2S56 0.09 – 400W 380 – 415W/440 – 480W
0.12
DR2S63 – 0.12 – 7.5 230m/400W 220 – 240m/380 – 415W 220 – 240m/380 – 415W, 50 Hz
132S
254 – 277m/440 – 480W, 60 Hz
DR2S132M – 9.2 – 45 400m/690W 380 – 415m/660 – 715W 380 – 415m/660 – 715W, 50 Hz
225
440 – 480m, 60 Hz
Due to the tolerances A and B as specified in standard IEC 60034, motors and brakes
for AC 230/400 V and motors for AC 400/690 V can also be operated at AC 220/380 V
or AC 380/660 V supply systems.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

196 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Electrical properties 5
5.5.4 Nominal data of a 50 Hz motor when operated on a 60 Hz supply system
Observe the following table when motors designed for 50 Hz supply system are oper-
ated on 60 Hz supply systems:

Nominal voltage at Connec- Motor voltage Deviating data

50 Hz tion at 60 Hz
Speed Power Rated torque Starting torque
ratio
AC 230 m/400 V W m 230 +20% 0% -17% -17%
AC 230 m/400 V W W
460 +20% +20% 0% 0%
AC 400 m/690 V W m
If you want to operate motors designed for 50 Hz supply systems on a 60 Hz supply
system, consult SEW‑EURODRIVE. In some countries and regions regulations apply
regarding efficiency values that must be adhered for 60 Hz operation.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 197

 Drive selection
5 Tolerances according to IEC 60034-1

5.6 Tolerances according to IEC 60034-1

In accordance with IEC 60034‑1, the following tolerances are permitted for electric
motors with rated voltage (also applies to the rated voltage range):

Voltage and frequency Tolerance A and tolerance B

Efficiency η PN ≤ 150 kW -0.15 × (1-η)
PN > 150 kW -0.1 × (1-η)
1 - cosϕ
Power factor cosφ -
6
Slip PN < 1 kW ± 30%
PN ≥ 1 kW ± 20%
Starting current + 20%
Tightening torque -15% to +25%
Breakdown torque -10%
Pull-up torque - 15%
Mass moment of inertia ± 10%

5.6.1 Tolerance A, tolerance B

Tolerances A and B describe the permitted range within which the frequency and
voltage are allowed to deviate from their respective rated points. The origin marked "0"
in the following figure identifies the respective ratings for frequency as well as voltage.
∆V [%]
+10

B
+5
A
+3
∆f [%]
-5 -2 0 +2 +3

-3

-5
-7

-10
3966438155

In the tolerance range A, the motor must be able to deliver the rated torque in continu-
ous duty (S1). The other characteristic values and heating may deviate slightly from
the rated voltage and rated frequency.
In the tolerance range B, the motor must be able to deliver the rated torque but not in
30590116/EN – 03/2023

continuous duty. The increase in temperature and deviations from the rated data are
higher than in tolerance range A. Avoid frequent operation of the motor at the outer
limits of tolerance range B.

198 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Tolerances according to IEC 60034-1 5
5.6.2 Undervoltage
It is not possible to achieve the rated value such as power, torque and speed in the
event of undervoltage, e.g. due to weak supply systems or an insufficiently large motor
cable. This is particularly true for motor startup where the starting current amounts to a
multiple of the rated current.

5.6.3 Overvoltage
Overvoltage results in a higher torque development, but also in more intense heating
of the motor winding.
Overvoltages exceeding the tolerances permitted in the standards may cause damage
at the motor winding.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 199

 Drive selection
5 Thermal classes according to IEC 60034-1

5.7 Thermal classes according to IEC 60034-1

The motor standards of the IEC 60034-1 series describe the designs and identification
of thermal classes. This defines the limit overtemperatures for the winding subject to
the rated torque at a maximum ambient temperature of +40 °C. A thermal reserve of
10 – 15 Kelvin for eventual voltage tolerances is also provided.
SEW‑EURODRIVE indicated the thermal class of the motor with the numerical value
as required in the standards and with a letter.
As standard, asynchronous motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are designed in thermal
class 130 (B). Higher thermal classes (155 (F) and 180 (H)) are available upon re-
quest.

Thermal classification/ Maximum winding temperature

thermal class
130 (B) 130 °C
155 (F) 155 °C
180 (H) 180 °C

5.7.1 Power reduction

The rated power PN of a motor depends on the ambient temperature and the altitude.
The rated power stated on the nameplate applies for an ambient temperature of 40 °C
and a maximum installation altitude of 1000 m above sea level. The power must be re-
duced according to the following formula in the case of higher ambient temperatures
or altitudes:

PNred= PN × fT × fH
The following diagrams show the power reduction depending on the ambient tempera-
ture and installation altitude with approximately constant heating of the motors.
The factors fT and fH apply for the motors:
fT fH
1.0
1.0
0.9 0.9
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.7
0.5

30 40 50 60 T [°C] 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 H [m]

9007207957178763

T Ambient temperature
H Installation altitude above sea level
Please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE for ambient temperatures over 60 °C or installation
30590116/EN – 03/2023

altitudes above 5000 m.

200 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Thermal classes according to IEC 60034-1 5
5.7.2 Starting frequency
At the supply system, a motor is rated according to its thermal capacity utilization in
continuous duty (S1 = continuous duty = 100% cyclic duration factor).
Definition The switching frequency indicates the number of times the motor can accelerate the
mass moment of inertia of its rotor and the mass moment of inertia of the external load
up to the static load speed without thermal overloading.
The power demand calculated from the load torque of the application must not exceed
the rated power of the motor. This mechanical power must be output continuously by
the motor within the permitted thermal limits without overheating.

High switching frequency

In practice, drives can be loaded in such a way that the motor can often be switched
on and off at low load torque relative to the motor's rated torque, such as for a travel
drive. In this case, it is not the power demand of the drive train that is the decisive
factor in determining the size of the motor, but rather the number of times the motor
has to start up per time interval.
In comparison to motor operation at the rating point, a higher current flows at the start-
up of an asynchronous motor. This starting current is specified in the starting current
ratio. The motor heats up more during startup due to the higher current than in perma-
nent operation at the rating point. This means each startup leads to disproportionate
heating of the motor.
If the resulting heat generation is higher than the heat that is dissipated by the cooling
system, the windings can overheat excessively. This must be taken into account when
configuring the overall drive and is determined by means of the permitted switching
frequency. The thermal load capacity of the motor can additionally be increased by se-
lecting a suitable thermal class or by using forced air cooling.

No-load starting frequency Z0

For line-powered drives, the thermal limit limits the permitted switching frequency of
the motors. The basis for calculating the permitted switching frequency is known as
the no-load starting frequency Z0 of the motors with the switch-ons per hour as the
unit.
SEW‑EURODRIVE specifies the permitted switching frequency of a load-free motor as
the no-load starting frequency Z0 at 50 % cyclic duration factor. This value indicates
the number of times per hour that the motor can accelerate the mass moment of iner-
tia of its rotor up to the rated speed without external load at 50% cyclic duration factor
within its thermal configuration.
The calculation of the permitted switching frequency is based on the no-load starting
frequency, taking several influence factors into account. The following factors influ-
ence the value of the no-load starting frequency:
• KJ: The factor KJ is determined according to the mass moments of inertia to be ac-
celerated of the application and the motor options in relation to the inertia of the
motor. The higher the additional mass moment of inertia to be accelerated, the
smaller the value KJ.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• KM: Depending on the external load during run-up, i.e. the higher the static load
torque, the smaller the factor KM.
• KP: Depending on the static power and the relative cyclic duration factor cdf, i.e.
the static capacity utilization and the percentage of the cyclic duration factor influ-
ence the factor KP.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 201

 Drive selection
5 Thermal classes according to IEC 60034-1

Permitted switching frequency of motors

If a load with increased mass moment of inertia has to be accelerated or an increased
load torque has to be overcome, the motor's run-up time increases. As a higher cur-
rent flows during this run-up time, the motor is thermally more loaded and the permit-
ted switching frequency decreases.
The permitted starting frequency Z of a motor in cycles/hour can be calculated using
the following formula:
Z = Z0× KJ× KM× KP
The factors KJ, KM and KP influence the value of the no-load starting frequency in such
a way that the actual permitted switching frequency Z on the basis of the conditions of
the application is determined.
You can determine the factors KJ, KM and KP using the following diagrams according to
different parameters.

Factor KJ depending on the additional mass moment of inertia

KJ

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0 1 2 3 4 5
JX+JZ
JM
19214810891

30590116/EN – 03/2023

202 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Thermal classes according to IEC 60034-1 5
Factor KM depending on the external load during run-up

KM

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
ML
MH
19214806027

Factor KP depending on the static power and the relative cyclic duration factor CDF

KP PStat
=0
PN
1.0
=0.2
=0.4
0.8

=0.6
0.6

0.4
=0.8

0.2

=1.2 =1.0
0
0 15 25 40 60 100
%ED
19214808459

Key JX Total of all external mass moments MH Acceleration torque of the mo-
of inertia in relation to the motor tor
axis
JZ Mass moment of inertia flywheel PstatPower demand after run-up
fan (static power)
JM Motor mass moment of inertia PN Rated motor power
30590116/EN – 03/2023

ML External load during run-up % ED Relative cyclic duration factor

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 203

 Drive selection
5 Thermal classes according to IEC 60034-1

Example: Calculating the permitted switching frequency

Brakemotor: DRN80M4 with BE1 brake as line-powered drive
No-load starting frequency Z0 with BGE brake rectifier = 8200 h-1
1. (JX + JZ) / JM = 3.5 → KJ = 0.2
2. ML / MH = 0.6 → KM = 0.4
3. Pstat / PN = 0.6 and 60% cdf → KP = 0.65

Z = Z0 × KJ × KM × KP = 8200 h-1 × 0.2 × 0.4 × 0.65 = 426 h-1

The cycle duration is 8.45 s.
The switch-on time amounts to 5.07 s.
In addition, it must be checked if the brake is permitted for the required operating con-
ditions. Observe the information in the manual "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes –
DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard Brake/Safety Brake".

30590116/EN – 03/2023

204 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Thermal monitoring 5
5.8 Thermal monitoring
In accordance with the standard IEC 60034-11, two fundamental states are taken into
account when monitoring a motor against thermal overload:
• Thermal overload with gradual temperature change
• Thermal overload with rapid temperature change

5.8.1 Thermal overload with gradual temperature change

If the motor is subject to thermal overload with a gradual temperature rise, the thermal
protection system must limit the winding temperature from critical rising.
Possible causes for heating:
• Failure of the cooling system, e.g. due to residue in the cooling channels or at the
cooling fins on the motor housing.
• Reduced flow of cooling air, e.g. due to completely or partially covered fan grille.
• Renewed drawing in of already heated cooling air.
• Excessive rise in the ambient temperature or the coolant temperature.
• Rising mechanical overload.
• Voltage drop, overvoltage or asymmetry in the motor supply over an extended
period.
• A cyclic duration factor deviating from the initial specifications at a motor dimen-
sioned for intermittent duty.
• Deviations from the rated frequency.

5.8.2 Thermal overload with rapid temperature change

If the motor is subject to thermal overload with a rapid temperature rise, then the
thermal protection system must limit the winding temperature from rising further.
Possible causes for rapid heating:
• Rotor blockage
• Phase failure
• Start-up under special, non-designated conditions, e.g. with excess mass moment
of inertia, insufficient voltage, or extremely high load torque
• Rapid load increase
• Repeated start-up over short time intervals
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 205

 Drive selection
5 Thermal monitoring

5.8.3 Selecting the correct motor protection device

Selecting the correct motor protection device significantly influences the operational
safety of the motor. There are 2 kinds of protection devices: current-controlled and
motor temperature-dependent.
Current-controlled protection devices are usually installed in the control cabinet.
Examples of current-controlled protection devices:
• Fuses
• Motor circuit breaker
Temperature-dependent protection devices are usually installed directly in the motor
winding.
PTC thermistors, bimetallic switches, or temperature sensors respond when the maxi-
mum permitted winding temperature is reached. The advantage is that temperatures
are detected where they actually occur and where they reach the highest values.
SEW-EURODRIVE provides 4 fundamental types of thermal motor protection for the
motors:
• PTC thermistor /TF, chapter "PTC thermistor /TF (PTC)" (→ 2 573)
• Bimetallic temperature switch /TH, chapter "Temperature switch /TH" (→ 2 575)
• Temperature sensor /PT, chapter "Temperature sensor /PT" (→ 2 577)
• Temperature sensor /PK, chapter "Temperature sensor /PK" (→ 2 578)

INFORMATION
Motor protection device at ambient temperatures < 0 °C
If motors are used in the CFC and VFC control mode at ambient temperatures
< 0 °C, a Pt1000 temperature sensor must be used in order to achieve the optimum
torque of the motor.

Fuses
Fuses do not protect the motor from overload, but are used to protect supply cables.
They are exclusively used as short-circuit protection and may detect a rotor blockage,
as this condition is similar to a short-circuit on the terminals.

Motor circuit breakers

Motor circuit breakers offer adequate protection against overload in operation with low
switching frequencies and brief start-ups. The motor circuit breaker is set to the rated
motor current. In combination with DRN.. motors, ensure that the motor circuit break-
ers used are suitable for IE3 motors.
Motor circuit breakers are not adequate as the sole means of protection given switch-
ing operation with a high switching frequency (> 60 per h) and for high inertia starting.
In these cases, we recommend using PTC thermistors in addition, see chapter "PTC
thermistor /TF (PTC)" (→ 2 573).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

206 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Thermal monitoring 5
PTC thermistors
Three PTC thermistors (PTC, characteristic curve according to DIN 44082) are inte-
grated into the winding overhang of the motor and connected in series. The terminals
are in the terminal box.
Evaluation takes place at a respective input of the inverter or at a trip switch in the
control cabinet.
Motor protection with PTC thermistor /TF (see chapter "PTC thermistor /TF
(PTC)" (→ 2 573)) provides comprehensive protection against thermal overload. Mo-
tors protected in this way can be used for heavy starting, switching and braking opera-
tion and in case of unstable supply systems. A motor circuit breaker is usually installed
as well.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends using motors equipped with PTC thermistor for in-
verter operation.

Bimetallic switches
In contrast to the PTC thermistors, bimetallic switches do not require specific evalu-
ation electronics. They can be directly included into the monitoring circuit of the motor.
Three bimetallic switches are integrated into the winding overhang of the motor and
connected in series, see chapter "Temperature switch /TH" (→ 2 575). The terminals
are located in the terminal box.
To achieve maximum motor protection, the trigger temperature is slightly lower than
the limit value of the thermal class selected for the motor.

Temperature sensor
A temperature sensor is integrated into the winding of the motor. The winding temper-
ature of the motor can be constantly determined with an evaluation unit by means of
the characteristic curve of the sensor.
The sensor has a nearly linear characteristic curve and a high level of accuracy.
The sensors do not bear any relation to the selected thermal class of the motor and
can be integrated into the winding in addition to a PTC thermistor or a bimetallic
switch.
For detailed information, refer to chapters "Temperature sensor /PT" (→ 2 577) and
"Temperature sensor /PK" (→ 2 578).

MOVIMOT® protection devices

Motors driven by MOVIMOT® contain integrated protection devices to prevent thermal
damage. No other devices are required for motor protection.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 207

 Drive selection
5 Thermal monitoring

5.8.4 Comparison of the safety mechanisms

The following table shows the suitability of the various protection devices and temper-
ature sensors for different causes of tripping.

Cause of the in- Current-dependent Temperature-dependent

creased thermal load protection device protection device
Fuse Motor cir- PTC therm- Bimetallic Temperature Temperature
cuit istor switch sensor sensor
breaker /TF /TH /PT1) /PK1)
Overcurrents up to – x x x x x
200% IN
Heavy starting – • x • • •
Direct switching of the
– • x • – –
direction of rotation
Switching operation up – • x x
– –
to Z = 30 1/h
Blocking • • • • • •
Phase failure – • x x – –
Voltage deviation
– x x x x x
(> tolerance B)
Frequency deviation
– x x x x x
(> tolerance B)
Insufficient motor cool- – – x x
x x
ing
1) With adapted evaluation unit.

x Comprehensive protection
• Limited protection
– No protection

30590116/EN – 03/2023

208 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Output designs 5
5.9 Output designs
Asynchronous motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are available in different flange and
foot-mounted designs. This chapter provides a list of the available designs.
In the standard version, the output shaft is designed as IEC shaft end with full key or
half key.
AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are equipped with a pinion shaft end for direct
mounting to gear units.

5.9.1 /FI – IEC foot-mounted motor

The /FI foot-mounted motor is a motor design with a drive-end endshield (closed
flange), shaft end, and feet according to the IEC 60072-1/EN 50347 standard (compa-
rable to IEC basic mounting position IM B3). The dimension of the feet and the shaft
end are shown on the nameplate. This ensures a reference to the geometrical dimen-
sions specified in the IEC 60072‑1/EN 50347 standard.

5.9.2 /F.A, /F.B – Universal foot-mounted motor

These designs describe the SEW‑EURODRIVE motor in the universal foot version.
This means that variable mounting of the feet to the stator is possible, thus allowing a
foot-mounted motor with individual terminal box positions (0°, 180°, 270°) to be imple-
mented, e.g. /FIA or /FYB. The option /F.A means that the motor feet are enclosed in
the delivery, option /F.B means that the motor feet are mounted at the factory.

5.9.3 /FF – IEC flange-mounted motor with through bores

Flanges of design /FF have through bores according to IEC 60072-1/EN 50347 (com-
parable to IEC basic mounting position IM B5). Both the flange diameter and the diam-
eter at which the bores are arranged as well as the shaft end comply with the specifi-
cations of the standard.

5.9.4 /FT – IEC flange-mounted motor with threads

Flanges of design /FT have threaded holes according to IEC 60072-1/EN 50347 (com-
parable to IEC basic mounting position IM B14). Both the flange diameter and the di-
ameter at which the threads are arranged as well as the shaft end comply with the
specifications of the standard.

5.9.5 /FL – Flange-mounted motor (deviating from IEC)

The flange design /FL has through bores or tapped holes according to the standard
(comparable to IEC basic mounting position IM B14 or IM B5) according to
IEC 60072-1/EN 50347. One or several geometrical designs deviate from the stan-
dard. This may include: Other connection dimensions as defined in the size-to-power
relationship, deviating flange heights or deviating alignment of the connection bore
pattern.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

5.9.6 /FE – IEC flange-mounted motor with through bores and IEC feet
Combination of /FI and /FF (comparable with IEC basic mounting position IM B35).

5.9.7 /FY – IEC flange-mounted motor with threaded holes and IEC feet
Combination of /FI and /FT (comparable with IEC basic mounting position IM B34).

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 209

 Drive selection
5 Output designs

5.9.8 /FK – Flange-mounted motor (deviating from IEC) with IEC feet
Combination of /FI and /FL.

5.9.9 /FC – C-face flange-mounted motor; dimensions in inches according to NEMA MG1
Shaft end and flanges in /FC design are designed according to NEMA MG 1 (compa-
rable to IEC basic mounting position IM B14) and the dimensions are based on the
Anglo-American system of measurement (inches).

5.9.10 /FG – Integral motor as stand-alone motor

Flanges in /FG design are intended for connecting motors and gear units from
SEW‑EURODRIVE. The designation /FG is only part of the type designation if the mo-
tors are delivered without gear unit.

5.9.11 /FM – Integral motor as stand-alone motor with IEC feet

Combination of /FI and /FG (not comparable with an existing IEC basic mounting posi-
tion).

5.9.12 Overview
The table below gives an overview of the possible flange and feet designs.

IEC flange IEC flange Non-IEC C-Face flange IEC foot Gear unit
Option flange flange
With through With tapped
bore hole
/FI
/FF
/FE
/FT
/FY
/FC
/FG
/FM
/FL
/FK
30590116/EN – 03/2023

210 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Input side shaft end 5
5.10 Input side shaft end
In the standard design, the input side shaft end (A‑side) of an AC motor from
SEW‑EURODRIVE is designed with keyway according to IEC 60072‑1/EN 50347 and
full key according to DIN 6885. On request, the shaft ends can also be delivered as
smooth shaft ends and without a key and keyway.
A special form of input side shaft end for direct mounting to gear units from
SEW‑EURODRIVE is the pinion shaft end that represents the input element for the
gear unit.
Rotors are balanced with a half key as standard, see chapter "Vibration class and in-
creased vibration stress" (→ 2 232) class.
Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE if you need the motors to be delivered with rotors with full-
key balancing (deviating from the standard). Rotors balanced in this manner are
labeled with a "V" on the front shaft end face in line with the standard regulations.

5.10.1 Standard shaft ends

DRN.. motors
The following table lists the standard shaft ends for DRN.. motors. Deviating geome-
tries of the shaft ends are available on request.

Size Shaft end

63 11 × 23
71 14 × 30
80 19 × 40
90 24 × 50
100 28 × 60
112 28 × 60
132 38 × 80
160 42 × 110
180 48 × 110
200 55 × 110
225 60 × 140
250 65 × 140
280 75 × 140
315 80 × 170
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 211

 Drive selection
5 Input side shaft end

DR2S.. motors
The following table lists the standard shaft ends for DR2S.. motors. Deviating geome-
tries of the shaft ends are available on request.

Size Shaft end

63MS 11 × 23
63M 14 × 30
71MS 14 × 30
71M 19 × 40
80MK 19 × 40
80M 24 × 50
90S 24 × 50
90L 28 × 60
100LS 28 × 60
100L 28 × 60
112M 38 × 80
132S 38 × 80
132M 38 × 80
132L 42 × 110
160M 42 × 110
160L 48 × 110
180M 48 × 110
180L 55 × 110
200L 60 × 140
225S 60 × 140

5.10.2 Center of gravity of motors

The center of gravity of a motor is a theoretical variable. This theoretical value is de-
termined under the assumption that the entire mass of the motor is concentrated in
one point and acts on this point with the weight Fq. The mass of the motor can be
found in the chapter "Technical data of the motors" (→ 2 81).
The center of gravity is relative to the flange position and stated with regard to the
standard IEC flange (B5). For brakemotors, it additionally considers the characteristics
of the BE.. brake assigned in the standard.
Also consider the center of gravity for the combination of motors that are mounted to a
gear unit with an adapter.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Changed designs or additional options influence the center of gravity. Consult

SEW‑EURODRIVE in case of deviating motor designs or changed options.

212 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Input side shaft end 5
DRN.. motors

Fq
Fq

S
S

Motor Center of gravity S Brakemotor Brake Center of gravity S

mm mm
1)
DRN63MS 71 DRN63MS BE03 981)
DRN63M 781) DRN63M BE03 1041)
DRN71MS 731) DRN71MS BE03 941)
DRN71M 841) DRN71M BE05 1111)
DRN80MK 901) DRN80MK BE1 1211)
DRN80MS 981) DRN80MS BE05 1281)
DRN80M 1151) DRN80M BE1 1441)
DRN90S 1191) DRN90S BE2 1471)
DRN90L 1331) DRN90L BE2 1611)
DRN100LS 127 DRN100LS BE5 156
DRN100L 152 DRN100L BE5 180
DRN100LM 148 DRN100LM BE2 171
DRN112M 161 DRN112M BE5 188
DRN132S 180 DRN132S BE11 226
DRN132M 187 DRN132M BE11 234
DRN132L 199 DRN132L BE20 261
DRN160M 218 DRN160M BE20 283
DRN160L 233 DRN160L BE20 289
DRN180M 232 DRN180M BE30 298
DRN180L 244 DRN180L BE30 303
DRN200L 294 DRN200L BE32 348
DRN225S 262 DRN225S BE32 312
DRN225M 262 DRN225M BE32 312
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DRN250M 325 DRN250M BE62 388

DRN280S 337 DRN280S BE62 393
DRN280M 377 DRN280M BE62 431
DRN315S 408 DRN315S BE122 475
DRN315M 414 DRN315M BE122 478
DRN315L 464 DRN315L BE122 535

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 213

 Drive selection
5 Input side shaft end

Fq
Fq

S
S

Motor Center of gravity S Brakemotor Brake Center of gravity S

mm mm
DRN315H 488 DRN315H BE122 550
1) Plastic fan guard

30590116/EN – 03/2023

214 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Input side shaft end 5
DR2S.. motors

Fq
Fq

S
S

motor Center of gravity S Brakemotor Brake Center of gravity S

mm mm
1)
DR2S63MS 71 DR2S63MS BE03 981)
DR2S63M 751) DR2S63M BE03 1011)
DR2S71MS 731) DR2S71MS BE05 1011)
DR2S71M 751) DR2S71M BE1 1021)
DR2S80MK 901) DR2S80MK BE1 1201)
DR2S80MS 991) DR2S80MS BE1 1301)
DR2S80M 1151) DR2S80M BE2 1471)
DR2S90S 1191) DR2S90S BE2 1461)
DR2S90L 1231) DR2S90L BE5 1561)
DR2S100LS 128 DR2S100LS BE5 156
DR2S100L 152 DR2S100L BE5 179
DR2S112M 152 DR2S112M BE11 201
DR2S132S 180 DR2S132S BE11 226
DR2S132M 188 DR2S132M BE20 251
DR2S132L 191 DR2S132L BE20 253
DR2S160M 218 DR2S160M BE20 283
DR2S160L 234 DR2S160L BE30 289
DR2S180M 233 DR2S180M BE30 298
DR2S180L 241 DR2S180L BE32 308
DR2S200L 291 DR2S200L BE32 345
DR2S225L 263 DR2S225L BE32 312
1) Plastic fan guard

5.10.3 Special shaft ends

30590116/EN – 03/2023

SEW‑EURODRIVE can also deliver shaft ends of the solo foot-mounted motors and/or
solo flange-mounted motors that differ from the series design. Contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE, if required.
The permitted overhung and axial loads and the dimensions of the special shaft end
are documented separately. For the standard IEC shaft ends and bearings, refer to
chapter "Overhung and axial loads for motor shaft ends" (→ 2 216).

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 215

 Drive selection
5 Input side shaft end

5.10.4 Overhung and axial loads for motor shaft ends

Refer to the following diagrams for the permitted overhung load FRx for AC motors/
brakemotors. To read the permitted overhung load from the diagram, you must know
the distance x of the force application of the overhung load FR from the shaft collar.
All overhung load diagrams are designed for a bearing service life of 20000 hours. A
detailed bearing service life calculation is available on request.
The following figure shows the point of force application of the overhung load FRx at
point X.
l
x

FA

FRx

3980490891

l = Length of the shaft end

x = Distance of the force application point from the shaft collar
FRx = Overhung load at the point of application of force
FA = Axial load

The following diagram shows an example of how you can read the overhung load from
the diagram:
1400

1200

Ø14x30
1000
Ø19x40

800
FRX/N

[2]
600 [1]

400
[1] [2]
200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
x/mm
18014402489974539

[1] Motor with shaft diameter 14 mm, force application x at 22 mm, permitted over-
hung load FRx = 600 N

216 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Input side shaft end 5
[2] Motor with shaft diameter 19 mm, force application x at 30 mm, permitted over-
hung load FRx = 700 N

During determining the overhung load, the transmission element factors fZ must be
considered. The transmission element factor depends on the used transmission ele-
ment, such as gears, chains, V-belts, flat belts or toothed belts. When belt pulleys are
used, the initial belt tension must be considered as well. The overhung loads FR calcu-
lated with the transmission element factor must not exceed the permitted overhung
load of the motor.

Transmission element Transmission element Remarks

factor fZ
Direct drive 1.0 –
Gear wheels 1.0 ≥ 17 teeth
Gear wheels 1.15 < 17 teeth
Sprockets 1.0 ≥ 20 teeth
Sprockets 1.25 < 20 teeth
Narrow V-belt 1.75 Influence of pretension
force
Flat belt 2.50 Influence of pretension
force
Toothed belt 1.50 Influence of pretension
force
Gear rack 1.15 < 17 teeth (pinion)

The following equation is used to calculate the overhung load with the transmission
element factor fZ:
FR = fz × FRx

Permitted axial load

The maximum permitted axial load FA is determined by multiplying the maximum per-
mitted overhung load FRX with the factor 0.2.
FA = 0.2 × FRx

Permitted overhung load of DR2L.. motors

The determined FRx value for the 4‑pole DR.. motors of the same size is multiplied by
a factor of 0.8 in order to define the permitted overhung load FRxDRL for the 4‑pole
DR2L.. motors.
FRxDRL = 0.8 × FRx
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 217

 Drive selection
5 Input side shaft end

Overhung load diagrams

Key

2, 4, 6 Number of poles
Ø 19 x 40 Shaft end
For overhung load diagrams of the second shaft end, refer to chapter "Out-
put" (→ 2 557).

Overhung load diagram DR..63

800
6
700
Ø11X23
Ø14X30
600
4
500
FRx/ N

2
400

300

200

100

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
x / mm
18014422866640651

Overhung load diagram DR..71

6, 8
1200

1000 Ø11X23

2 Ø14X30
4
800 Ø19X40
FRx/ N

600

400

200
30590116/EN – 03/2023

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
x / mm
9007223611904523

218 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Input side shaft end 5
Overhung load diagram DR..80

1600
4 6, 8
1400 Ø14X30
Ø19X40
1200 Ø24X50

1000
2
FRx/ N

800

600

400

200

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
x / mm
9007223671326987

Overhung load diagram DR..90

3000
6, 8

4
2500
6, 8 2 Ø19X40
Ø24X50
Ø28X60
2000
4
FRx/ N

2
1500

1000

500

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
x / mm

18014422926070411
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 219

 Drive selection
5 Input side shaft end

Overhung load diagram DR..100

3500

6, 8
3000

2500 Ø28x60
4
FRx/ N

2000
2

1500

1000

500

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
x / mm

36028810481372939

Overhung load diagram DR..112M – DR..132S

4500
6, 8

4000

3500
4
Ø24x50

3000 Ø28X60

2 Ø38X80
FRx/ N

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
x / mm
30590116/EN – 03/2023

36028810481376779

220 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Input side shaft end 5
Overhung load diagram DR..132M – DR..132L

7000
6, 8
6000
Ø38X80
Ø42X110
5000
4 6, 8
FRx/ N

4000

4
3000

2000

1000

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

x / mm

36028810481419019

Overhung load diagram DR..160

8000
6, 8
7000

6000
4
Ø38X80
5000
FRx/ N

Ø42X110
Ø48X110
4000

3000

2000

1000

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
x / mm
30590116/EN – 03/2023

36028810481422859

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 221

 Drive selection
5 Input side shaft end

Overhung load diagram DR..180

9000

8000
Ø48X110
Ø55X110
7000
4
6000
FRx/ N

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
x / mm

27021611226685707

Overhung load diagram DR..200

12000

Ø48X110
10000
Ø55X110
Ø60X140

8000
FRx/ N

6000

4000

2000

0
0 50 100 150 200

x / mm
30590116/EN – 03/2023

27021611226689547

222 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Input side shaft end 5
Overhung load diagram DR..225

12000

10000 Ø55X110

Ø60X140
Ø65X140
8000
FRx/ N

6000

4000

2000

0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
x / mm

36028810481434379

Overhung load diagram DRN250 – DRN280

20 000

18 000 Ø65X140
Ø65X140 /ERF
Ø75X140
16 000 Ø75X140 /ERF
Limitation foot AH 250
14 000

12 000
FRX /N

10 000

8000

6000

4000

2000

0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
x / mm
27021611226697227
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 223

 Drive selection
5 Input side shaft end

Overhung load diagram DRN315

35000
Ø80X170
30000
Ø80X170 /ERF

25000

FRX /N 20000

15000

10000

5000

0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
x / mm
36028810481442059

30590116/EN – 03/2023

224 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Bearings 5
5.11 Bearings
5.11.1 Bearing types used
The asynchronous motors are delivered with deep groove ball bearings of the 62.. and
63.. series with cover plate and bearing clearance C3 as standard. For brakemotors,
bearings with shield rings are used on the B-side to prevent brake dust from entering.
Depending on the selected options, the bearing selection can deviate from the stan-
dard.

Motor size A-side bearing B-side bearing

IEC motor Gearmotor
56 6302 6001
63 6202 6303 6203
71 6204 6303 6203
80 6205 6304 6304
90 6305 6205
100 6306 6205
112 6308 6207
132S 6308 6207
132M/L 6308 6309 6209
160 6310 6312 6212
180 6311 6312 6212
200 6312 6314 6314
225 6314 6314
1)
250 6317 6315
280 63171) 6315
2)
315S 6319 63192)
315M/ME 63192) 63192)
315L 63192) 63222) 63222)
315H 63192) 63222) 63222)
1) Bearing clearance C4
2) Without cover plate and shield ring
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 225

 Drive selection
5 Maximum speeds

5.12 Maximum speeds

The mechanical limit speeds of the motors depend on the size and are binding for
operation on inverters. For limit speeds that have been configured differently, larger
limit speeds may be possible depending on the options. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE in
such cases. The guide values for limit speeds are listed in the following table:

Motors Mechanical limit speed nmax in min-1

motor Brakemotor Motors with back-
stop
DR..56 6000 4500 -
DR..63 6000 4500 5000
DR..S71 6000 4500 5000
DR..80 6000 4500 5000
DR..90 6000 3600 5000
DR..100 5200 3600 5000
DR..112 5000 3600 4500
DR..132S 5000 3600 4500
DR..132M/L 4500 3600 4500
DR..160 4500 3600 4500
DR..180 4500 3600 4000
BE30/32: 3600
DR..200 4500 3500
BE60/62: 2500
BE30/32: 3600
DR..225 4000 3100
BE60/62: 2500
DR..250 4000 2500 2600
DR..280 4000 2500 2600
DR..315 3600 2500 2500
Brakemotors Also observe the following points for brakemotors:
• The applicable drive selection regulations with regard to the braking work, see
manual "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes – DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC
Motors – Standard Brake/Safety Brake".
• Braking from speeds > 1800 min-1 is not permitted for brake sizes BE30 – BE122.
Observe the project planning procedure and the application-specific maximum
speeds for braking operations in manual "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes – DR..,
DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard Brake/Safety Brake". Before
activating the mechanical brake, use the controller to reduce the speed.
Backstop For motors with backstop, please note that the backstop can only be operated wear-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

free above its lift-off speed due to its operating principle. Please note chapter "Me-
chanical backstop" (→ 2 609).
Other motor op- Additional motor options influence these speeds. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE in such
tions cases.

226 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Ventilation 5
5.13 Ventilation
5.13.1 Type of ventilation
IC411 In the standard, asynchronous motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are fan-cooled (IC
code 411). The fan is attached to the rotor shaft at the B-side of the motor. The im-
pellers of the fan wheels generate the same air flow, irrespective of the direction of ro-
tation. The intensity of the air flow depends on the motor speed. This means that the
cooling capacity of the motor fan decreases with lower motor speeds (e.g. FI-con-
trolled drives). For this reason, the rated motor torque can only be taken off at small
speeds with additional measures during continuous duty.
IC416 The forced cooling fan option is available as another ventilation option, see the
chapter "Forced cooling fan" (→ 2 601). For this option, the fan wheel is removed from
the rotor shaft and replaced by a cover with an integrated active fan. The forced cool-
ing fan has to be supplied externally and thus is operation-independent of the motor
speed, see also chapter "Limit characteristic curves of DRN.. and DR2S.. motors in in-
verter operation" (→ 2 176).
IC410 In addition to the various ventilated options, asynchronous motors from
SEW‑EURODRIVE can also be delivered non-ventilated. You can choose between a
housing that is completely closed (option /OL) on the B-side and a design where the
standard fan wheel is removed (option /UL), see chapter "Non-ventilated mo-
tors" (→ 2 608). Consult SEW‑EURODRIVE for configuration of non-ventilated mo-
tors.

5.13.2 Standard ventilation

The standard motor ventilation consists of a plastic fan that generates an air flow. The
air is conducted directly onto and into the cooling fins on the motor's stator housing by
the structural design of the fan guard and the fan grille. The fan guard consists of a
galvanized sheet steel.
To fulfill different application-related requirements, the fan wheels can have different
geometries and can be made of different materials. In the standard version, the mo-
tors are delivered with a plastic fan. The fans can be used in a temperature range of
-20 °C to +60 °C. The technical data of the motors, e.g. the switching frequency or the
inertia refer to the use of a plastic fan, see chapter "Technical data of the mo-
tors" (→ 2 81).
As an alternative, the fan wheels can also be made of aluminum or gray cast iron.
When using other fan wheel materials, the properties of the motor will change. Ob-
serve the relevant conditions during drive selection and project planning. For detailed
information on the different fan variants, refer to chapters "Aluminum fan" (→ 2 605)
and "Additional flywheel mass" (→ 2 606).

5.13.3 Low noise fan guard

Low-noise fan guards (SEW designation /LN) are available for motor and brakemotor
sizes DR.71 – 132, either as an option or as part of the design. The noise is reduced
by 3 – 5 dB(A).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

These guards are not available for encoder mounting and for forced cooling fans.
The low-noise fan guard is part of the series production for:
• 2-pole motors in sizes DR.71 – 132
• MOVIMOT® combinations in delta connection type

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 227

 Drive selection
5 Ventilation

5.13.4 Axially separable fan guards on the brakemotor, brakemotor with encoder or with a second
shaft end
Brake wear parts must be inspected and maintained on a cyclical basis for brakemo-
tors. The information in the dimension sheets refers to the sufficient extra space in the
axial direction in order to be able to remove the brakemotor fan guard.
If this space is not structurally possible in the system or machine due to the installation
situation, the axially separable fan guard is an option that still allows the brake to
be inspected. This special brakemotor fan guard design is available for motor
sizes DR.71 – DR.225.
In this case, the brakemotor fan guard is split in half, please refer to the following dia-
gram. The closing lever is normally positioned so it is aligned with the terminal box.
Please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE for different orientations.
When using the axially separable fan guards, please note that radial space is available
for opening the guard, please refer to the following diagram.

A E

H
G

8937666955

Motor size Mounted brakes Free space required

Axial for normal Radial for separ-
brakemotor fan ated brakemotor
guards fan guards (A+E
+G) × H
in mm
in mm × mm
DR.71 BE05 or BE1 139 230 × 230
DR.80 BE05, BE1 or BE2 156 250 × 250
DR.90 BE1, BE2 or BE5 179 285 × 285
DR.100 BE2 or BE5 197 315 × 315
DR.112 BE5 or BE11 221 350 × 350
DR.132 BE5 or BE11 221 350 × 350
DR.160 BE11 or BE20 270 425 × 425
DR.180 BE20, BE30 or BE32 316 485 × 485
1)
DR.200 BE30, BE32, BE60 or 394 610 × 610
BE62
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DR.2251) BE30, BE32, BE60 or 394 610 × 610

BE62
DR.250 BE60, BE62, BE120 or 510 -
BE122
DR.280 BE60, BE62, BE120 or 510 -
BE122

228 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Ventilation 5
Motor size Mounted brakes Free space required
Axial for normal Radial for separ-
brakemotor fan ated brakemotor
guards fan guards (A+E
+G) × H
in mm
in mm × mm
DR.315 BE120 or BE122 624 -
1) Please contact SEW-EURODRIVE when attaching the BE60/62 to the DR.200/225.

5.13.5 Non-ventilated motors – without fan (option /UL)

Depending on the ambient conditions, it may be necessary to use motors without fans
to avoid dust turbulence. The lack of cooling means that the rated power in the sizes
up to DR.225 has to be reduced to about 50% of the ventilated operation. The re-
quired power reduction is higher for sizes DR.250 and above.
In general, this means that the motor has to be designed in two to three sizes larger
for the same power output.
Please contact SEW-EURODRIVE to obtain the precise size.
The non-ventilated design is released from the efficiency provisions in many countries.
As a result, non-ventilated motors are generally selected based on the DRS.. motor
types.

5.13.6 Non-ventilated motors – closed B-side (option /OL)

An alternative to the non-ventilated motor (without fan) is the motor design for which
the fan guard is not installed and the rotor is shortened so that the B-side endshield
can be designed in a closed form.
Once again, the motor only has a rated power of about 50% of the ventilated operation
for sizes up to DR.225. The required power reduction is also higher for sizes DR.250
and above.
This design is possible for sizes DR.71 – DR.280. Please contact SEW-EURODRIVE
to obtain the precise size.

5.13.7 Canopy (option /C)

If a vertical motor design with upright fan guard is installed in the system or machine,
ensure that foreign bodies cannot penetrate through the fan grille into the fan wheel.
Two options are available:
• structural measures in the system or the machine
or
• the use of a canopy.
The canopy extends the motor or brakemotor. The specifications are provided in
chapter "Dimension sheets".
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Please contact SEW-EURODRIVE if there is the risk that parts may penetrate through
the side of the canopy, between the fan guard and the canopy. A canopy with a differ-
ent design may be a solution.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 229

 Drive selection
5 Degrees of protection according to IEC 60034-5

5.14 Degrees of protection according to IEC 60034-5

In the standard version, the DRN.. AC motors are designed in degree of protection
IP54 according to IEC 60034-5. Degrees of protection up to IP66 are available on re-
quest.
Instead, the motors can also be delivered in a basic design in IP44 degree of protec-
tion.
Drive selection The required degree of protection must be selected with care. Otherwise, there is a
risk of damage due to dirt particles or water entering the motor. In addition, there is the
option to specifically protect the drive against corrosion as well as aggressive ambient
conditions, see chapter "Surface and corrosion protection" (→ 2 612).

Definition of degrees of protection according to IEC 60034-5

First characteristic numeral Second characteristic numeral

Brief description Brief description
0 Unprotected machine 0 Unprotected machine
1 Machine protected against solid foreign ob- 1 Machine protected against dripping water
jects > 50 mm
2 Machine protected against solid foreign ob- 2 Machine protected against dripping water at
jects > 12 mm inclination of 15°
3 Machine protected against solid foreign ob- 3 Machine protected against spraying water
jects > 2.5 mm
4 Machine protected against solid foreign ob- 4 Machine protected against splashing water
jects > 1 mm
5 Machine protected against dust 5 Machine protected against water jets
6 Machine dust-tight 6 Machine protected against effects of rough
seas
– – 7 Machine protected when immersing
– – 8 Machine protected when fully immersed

5.14.1 Labeling of degree of protection for global motors

SEW‑EURODRIVE classifies the motor degrees of protection according to the interna-
tional standard IEC 60034-5.
In North America, on the other hand, identification of a different degree of protection is
used.
The degree of protection and the type of cooling are represented with an abbreviation
made up of 4 letters. In the case of the global motor, SEW‑EURODRIVE employs the
following identifications and includes this information on the nameplate.

Abbre- English designation German translation

30590116/EN – 03/2023

viation
Totally Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled completely closed, fan-cooled
en-
closed,
fan-
cooled
TEBC Totally Enclosed Blower Cooled completely closed, forced cooling fan

230 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Degrees of protection according to IEC 60034-5 5
Abbre- English designation German translation
viation
TENV Totally Enclosed Non Ventilated completely closed, not ventilated
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 231

 Drive selection
5 Vibration class and increased vibration stress

5.15 Vibration class and increased vibration stress

Irrespective of the mount-on components on the B-side, AC motors from
SEW‑EURODRIVE fulfill the requirements for achieving vibration class A according to
DIN EN 60034-14. If special requirements for the mechanical running smoothness ex-
ist, motors without mount-on components (no brake, forced cooling fan, encoder, etc.)
can be delivered in a low-vibration design in vibration class B. For this design, special
measures for balancing the rotors are carried out.
For vibration classes A or B, the motor rotors are always dynamically balanced with a
half key.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

232 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Drive selection
Vibration class and increased vibration stress 5
5.15.1 Design for increased vibration stress
When installing the motors, make sure that the supports are even, the foot or flange
mounting is solid and if there is direct coupling, align with precision. Avoid resonances
between the rotational frequency and the double line frequency caused by the struc-
ture or the positioning of the motor.
If the installation of the drive cannot be ensured in accordance with the standard re-
quirements by SEW‑EURODRIVE, the motors can be delivered in a design for in-
creased vibration stress.
Motors that are designed for increased vibration stress achieve vibration stress level 1
(Vibration Level 1 = VL1). The values from the following table can be applied. The val-
ues are based on standardized information pursuant to DIN ISO 10816-1.

Motors Periodic vibrations Shock stress

1g = 9.81 m/s²
DR.56M – 132S Effective vibration speed ≤ 4.5 mm/s Maximum acceleration = 10 g
DR.56M – 315H Effective vibration speed ≤ 7.1 mm/s Maximum acceleration = 15 g

If you require a drive for which the required values exceed the information for VL1,
contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
The following design types and options for motors with increased vibration stress can-
not be delivered:

Designation Designation
Diagnostic unit for function and wear monitoring /DUE
of the brake
Built-in encoders /EI7. and /EI8.
MOVIMOT® /MM
®
MOVI-SWITCH /MSW
Plastic fan guard /LN
Additional flywheel mass (heavy fan) /Z
IEC foot-mounted motor up to size 132S /FI
Motors according to VIK recommendation –
Thermal class 180 (H) –
Ambient temperature Tamb > 60 °C –
Safety brake –
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 233

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Notes on the dimension sheets

6 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors

6.1 Notes on the dimension sheets

Observe the following information regarding the dimension sheets:
• The collective term IV (= industrial plug connectors) in the dimension sheets in-
cludes the plug connectors AC.., AS.., AM.., AB.., AD.. and AK.. All other plug con-
nectors have different dimensions, which are available on request.
• Not all cable entry positions X, 1, 2, 3 and terminal box positions 0°(R), 90°(B),
180°(L), 270°(T) are possible in any case. Some designs and options for the motor
require a connection inside the terminal box, which means this terminal box is larg-
er than the standard terminal box due to the normative air gaps and creepage dis-
tances. The dimension sheets depict only the standard terminal box.
• For motor sizes 56 and 63, the terminal box is encapsulated on the stator. The
cable entry is therefore fixed at positions "X" and "2".
• Different positions are possible for the manual brake release, see following figure.
The 4 positions 33°, 123°, 213° or 303° are basically possible. By default, the
manual brake release is positioned at an angle of 303° to the terminal box – e.g.,
terminal box position 90° → position of manual brake release = 33°. If the position
of the manual brake release is not specified, it rotates along with the terminal box.
The manual brake release can be turned by 4 × 90°.
For more information on possible brake release positions, refer to the chapter "Manual
brake release" (→ 2 390).
Due to the selection of specific designs and options, the dimensions of the motor can
differ from the standard design. Observe the associated dimension sheets.
Observe the information in the order confirmation from SEW‑EURODRIVE for special
designs.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

234 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Notes on the dimension sheets 6
6.1.1 Geometric tolerances

Shaft heights
The following tolerances apply to the indicated dimensions:

h ≤ 250 mm → -0.5 mm
h > 250 mm → -1 mm

Shaft ends
Diameter tolerance:

Ø ≤ 28 mm → ISO j6
Ø ≤ 50 mm → ISO k6
Ø > 50 mm → ISO m6
Center holes according to DIN 332, shape DR:

Ø > 13 – 16 mm → M5 Ø > 30 – 38 mm → M12

Ø > 16 – 21 mm → M6 Ø > 38 – 50 mm → M16
Ø > 21 – 24 mm → M8 Ø > 50 – 85 mm → M20
Ø > 24 – 30 mm → M10 Ø > 85 – 132 mm → M24
Keys: according to DIN 6885 (domed type)

Flanges

Centering shoulder tolerance:

Ø ≤ 250 mm (flange sizes FF100 – FF265) → ISO j6

Ø > 250 mm (flange sizes FF300 – FF600) → ISO h6
Different flange dimensions are available for each motor and brakemotor size. The re-
spective dimension sheets show the flanges per size defined in the normative size-to-
power relationship according to DIN EN 50347.

6.1.2 Lifting eyebolts, lifting eyes

Motors up to size 100LS are delivered without special transportation fixtures.
Motors of size ≥ 100LM are equipped with removable lifting eyebolts.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 235

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Notes on the dimension sheets

6.1.3 Motor dimensions

Safety covers
The encoders are equipped with a protection device as standard to prevent damage.
This protection is implemented in the form of a safety cover. The encoder safety cover
of motor sizes DRN80M to DRN280M has the same diameter as the fan guard.

Second shaft end

The standard design of the second shaft end is shown for motors DRN71M – 132S
and DR2.71M – 132S.
Second shaft ends are available as alternative for these motor sizes, see chapter
"Second shaft end (B‑side)" (→ 2 557).

30590116/EN – 03/2023

236 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6
6.2 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 56M(R)
L 196
LB (B5/B14) 161
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LB (B3) -

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 237

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 56M(R)
LS 232
LBS (B5/B14) 197
LBS (B3) -
30590116/EN – 03/2023

238 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 63MS(R) 63M(R/Q)
L 208 222
LB (B5/B14) 185 199
LB (B3) 183 197
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 239

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 63MS(R) 63M(R/Q)
L 208 222
LB (B5/B14) 185 199
LB (B3) 183 197
30590116/EN – 03/2023

240 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 63MS(R) 63M(R/Q)
LS 264 278
LBS (B5/B14) 241 255
LBS (B3) 239 253
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 241

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 63MS(R) 63M(R/Q)
LS 264 278
LBS (B5/B14) 241 255
LBS (B3) 239 253
30590116/EN – 03/2023

242 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 63M(R)
L 229
LB (B5/B14) 199
LB (B3) 197
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 243

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 63M(R)
L 229
LB (B5/B14) 199
LB (B3) 197
30590116/EN – 03/2023

244 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 63M(R)
LS 285
LBS (B5/B14) 255
LBS (B3) 253
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 245

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 63M(R)
LS 285
LBS (B5/B14) 255
LBS (B3) 253
30590116/EN – 03/2023

246 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 71MS(R) 71M(R)
L 232 252
LB (B5/B14) 202 222
LB (B3) 200 220
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 247

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 71MS(R) 71M(R)
L 232 252
LB (B5/B14) 202 222
LB (B3) 200 220
30590116/EN – 03/2023

248 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 71MS(R) 71M(R)
LS 299 319
LBS (B5/B14) 269 289
LBS (B3) 267 287
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 249

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 71MS(R) 71M(R)
LS 299 319
LBS (B5/B14) 269 289
LBS (B3) 267 287
30590116/EN – 03/2023

250 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 71M
L 262
LB (B5/B14) 222
LB (B3) 220
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 251

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 71M
L 262
LB (B5/B14) 222
LB (B3) 220
30590116/EN – 03/2023

252 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 71M
LS 329
LBS (B5/B14) 289
LBS (B3) 287
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 253

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 71M
LS 329
LBS (B5/B14) 289
LBS (B3) 287
30590116/EN – 03/2023

254 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 80MK 80MS 80M

L 281 299 327
LB (B5/B14) 241 259 287
LB (B3) 239 257 285
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 255

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 80MK 80MS 80M

L 281 299 327
LB (B5/B14) 241 259 287
LB (B3) 239 257 285
30590116/EN – 03/2023

256 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 80MK 80MS 80M

LS 362 380 408
LBS (B5/B14) 322 340 368
LBS (B3) 320 338 366
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 257

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 80MK 80MS 80M

LS 362 380 408
LBS (B5/B14) 322 340 368
LBS (B3) 320 338 366
30590116/EN – 03/2023

258 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 80M
L 337
LB (B5/B14) 287
LB (B3) 285
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 259

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 80M
L 337
LB (B5/B14) 287
LB (B3) 285
30590116/EN – 03/2023

260 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 80M
LS 418
LBS (B5/B14) 368
LBS (B3) 366
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 261

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 80M
LS 418
LBS (B5/B14) 368
LBS (B3) 366
30590116/EN – 03/2023

262 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 90S(R) 90L
L 331 363
LB (B5/B14) 281 313
LB (B3) 279 311
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 263

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 90S(R) 90L
L 331 363
LB (B5/B14) 281 313
LB (B3) 279 311
30590116/EN – 03/2023

264 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 90S(R) 90L
LS 425 457
LBS (B5/B14) 375 407
LBS (B3) 373 405
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 265

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 90S(R) 90L
LS 425 457
LBS (B5/B14) 375 407
LBS (B3) 373 405
30590116/EN – 03/2023

266 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 90L
L 373
LB (B5/B14) 313
LB (B3) 311
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 267

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 90L
L 373
LB (B5/B14) 313
LB (B3) 311
30590116/EN – 03/2023

268 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 90L
LS 467
LBS (B5/B14) 407
LBS (B3) 405
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 269

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 90L
LS 467
LBS (B5/B14) 407
LBS (B3) 405
30590116/EN – 03/2023

270 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 100LS
L 369
LB (B5/B14) 309
LB (B3) 307
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 271

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 100LS
L 369
LB (B5/B14) 309
LB (B3) 307
30590116/EN – 03/2023

272 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 100LS
LS 462
LBS (B5/B14) 402
LBS (B3) 400
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 273

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 100LS
LS 462
LBS (B5/B14) 402
LBS (B3) 400
30590116/EN – 03/2023

274 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 100LM 100L(R)
L 419 419
LB (B5/B14) 359 359
LB (B3) 357 357
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 275

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 100LM 100L(R) 100L(R)

L 419 419 419
LB (B5/B14) 359 359 359
LB (B3) 357 357 357
30590116/EN – 03/2023

276 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 100LM 100L(R)
LS 512 512
LBS (B5/B14) 452 452
LBS (B3) 450 450
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 277

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 100LM 100L(R)
LS 512 512
LBS (B5/B14) 452 452
LBS (B3) 450 450
30590116/EN – 03/2023

278 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 112M
L 447
LB (B5/B14) 387
LB (B3) 385
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 279

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 112M
L 447
LB (B5/B14) 387
LB (B3) 385
30590116/EN – 03/2023

280 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 112M
L 467
LB (B5/B14) 387
LB (B3) 385
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 281

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 112M
L 467
LB (B5/B14) 387
LB (B3) 385
30590116/EN – 03/2023

282 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 112M
L 437
LB (B5/B14) 379
LB (B3) 385
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 283

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 112M
L 437
LB (B5/B14) 379
LB (B3) 385
30590116/EN – 03/2023

284 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 112M
LS 559
LBS (B5/B14) 499
LBS (B3) 497
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 285

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 112M
LS 559
LBS (B5/B14) 499
LBS (B3) 497
30590116/EN – 03/2023

286 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 112M
LS 579
LBS (B5/B14) 499
LBS (B3) 497
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 287

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 112M
LS 579
LBS (B5/B14) 499
LBS (B3) 497
30590116/EN – 03/2023

288 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 112M
LS 549
LBS (B5/B14) 491
LBS (B3) 497
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 289

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 112M
LS 549
LBS (B5/B14) 491
LBS (B3) 497
30590116/EN – 03/2023

290 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132S
L 517
LB (B5/B14) 437
LB (B3) 435
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 291

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132S
L 517
LB (B5/B14) 437
LB (B3) 435
30590116/EN – 03/2023

292 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132S
LS 629
LBS (B5/B14) 549
LBS (B3) 547
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 293

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132S
LS 629
LBS (B5/B14) 549
LBS (B3) 547
30590116/EN – 03/2023

294 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132M 132L
L 519 544
LB (B5/B14) 439 464
LB (B3) 437 462
LR M10 M12
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 295

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132M 132L
L 519 544
LB (B5/B14) 439 464
LB (B3) 437 462
LR M10 M12
30590116/EN – 03/2023

296 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132M 132L
LS 656 681
LBS (B5/B14) 576 601
LBS (B3) 574 599
LR M10 M12
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 297

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132M 132L
LS 656 681
LBS (B5/B14) 576 601
LBS (B3) 574 599
LR M10 M12
30590116/EN – 03/2023

298 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132L
L 572
LB (B5/B14) 462
LB (B3) 459
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 299

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132L
L 572
LB (B5/B14) 462
LB (B3) 459
30590116/EN – 03/2023

300 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132L
LS 709
LBS (B5/B14) 599
LBS (B3) 596
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 301

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132L
LS 709
LBS (B5/B14) 599
LBS (B3) 596
30590116/EN – 03/2023

302 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132L
L 572
LB (B5/B14) 462
LB (B3) 459
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 303

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132L
L 572
LB (B5/B14) 462
LB (B3) 459
30590116/EN – 03/2023

304 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 132L
LS 709
LBS (B5/B14) 599
LBS (B3) 596
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 305

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 132L
LS 709
LBS (B5/B14) 599
LBS (B3) 596
30590116/EN – 03/2023

306 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 160M(I/G) 160L
L 642 642
LB (B5/B14) 532 532
LB (B3) 529 529
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 307

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 160M(G) 160L
L 642 642
LB (B5/B14) 532 532
LB (B3) 529 529
30590116/EN – 03/2023

308 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 160M(I/G) 160L
LS 831 831
LBS (B5/B14) 721 721
LBS (B3) 718 718
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 309

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 160M(I/G) 160L
LS 831 831
LBS (B5/B14) 721 721
LBS (B3) 718 718
30590116/EN – 03/2023

310 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 160L
L 642
LB (B5/B14) 532
LB (B3) 529
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 311

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 160L
L 642
LB (B5/B14) 532
LB (B3) 529
30590116/EN – 03/2023

312 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 160L
LS 831
LBS (B5/B14) 721
LBS (B3) 718
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 313

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 160L
LS 831
LBS (B5/B14) 721
LBS (B3) 718
30590116/EN – 03/2023

314 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 180M 180L(R)
L 665 665
LB (B5/B14) 555 555
LB (B3) 554 554
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 315

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 180M 180L(R)
L 665 665
LB (B5/B14) 555 555
LB (B3) 554 554
30590116/EN – 03/2023

316 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 180M 180L(R)
LS 858 858
LBS (B5/B14) 748 748
LBS (B3) 745 745
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 317

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 180M 180L(R)
LS 858 858
LBS (B5/B14) 748 748
LBS (B3) 745 745
30590116/EN – 03/2023

318 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 180L
L 665
LB (B5/B14) 555
LB (B3) 554
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 319

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 180L
L 665
LB (B5/B14) 555
LB (B3) 554
30590116/EN – 03/2023

320 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 180L
LS 858
LBS (B5/B14) 748
LBS (B3) 745
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 321

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 180L
LS 858
LBS (B5/B14) 748
LBS (B3) 745
30590116/EN – 03/2023

322 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
DRN..DRN..[mm] Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 200L
L 759
LB (B5/B14) 649
LB (B3) 646
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 323

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..
DRN..DRN..[mm]

( ) 200L
L 759
LB (B5/B14) 649
LB (B3) 646
30590116/EN – 03/2023

324 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 200L
LS 964
LBS (B5/B14) 854
LBS (B3) 851
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 325

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 200L
LS 964
LBS (B5/B14) 854
LBS (B3) 851
30590116/EN – 03/2023

326 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 200L
L 789
LB (B5/B14) 649
LB (B3) 646
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 327

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 200L
L 789
LB (B5/B14) 649
LB (B3) 646
30590116/EN – 03/2023

328 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 200L
LS 994
LBS (B5/B14) 854
LBS (B3) 851
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 329

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 200L
LS 994
LBS (B5/B14) 854
LBS (B3) 851
30590116/EN – 03/2023

330 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 225S 225M
L 757 757
LB (B5/B14) 617 617
LB (B3) 614 614
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 331

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 225S 225M
L 757 757
LB (B5/B14) 617 617
LB (B3) 614 614
30590116/EN – 03/2023

332 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 225S 225M
LS 962 962
LBS (B5/B14) 822 822
LBS (B3) 819 819
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 333

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 225S 225M
LS 962 962
LBS (B5/B14) 822 822
LBS (B3) 819 819
30590116/EN – 03/2023

334 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 250M 250ME
L 892 892
LB (B5/B14) 752 752
LB (B3) 750 750
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 335

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 250M 250ME
L 892 892
LB (B5/B14) 752 752
LB (B3) 750 750
30590116/EN – 03/2023

336 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 250M 250ME
LS 1132 1132
LBS (B5/B14) 992 992
LBS (B3) 990 990
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 337

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 250M 250ME
LS 1132 1132
LBS (B5/B14) 992 992
LBS (B3) 990 990
30590116/EN – 03/2023

338 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 280S 280M
L 892 987
LB (B5/B14) 752 847
LB (B3) 750 845
LR2 175 270
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 339

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 280S 280M
L 892 987
LB (B5/B14) 752 847
LB (B3) 750 845
LR2 175 270
30590116/EN – 03/2023

340 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 280S 280M
LS 1132 1227
LBS (B5/B14) 992 1087
LBS (B3) 990 1085
LR2 175 270
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 341

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 280S 280M
LS 1132 1227
LBS (B5/B14) 992 1087
LBS (B3) 990 1085
LR2 175 270
30590116/EN – 03/2023

342 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 315S 315M 315ME

L 1111 1111 1241
LB (B5/B14) 941 941 1071
LB (B3) 939 939 1069
LR1 334 334 364
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 300 300 400

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 343

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 315S 315M 315ME

L 1111 1111 1241
LB (B5/B14) 941 941 1071
LB (B3) 939 939 1069
LR1 334 334 364
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 300 300 400

344 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 315S 315M 315ME

LS 1362 1362 1492
LBS (B5/B14) 1192 1192 1322
LBS (B3) 1190 1190 1320
LR1 585 585 615
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 300 300 400

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 345

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 315S 315M 315ME

LS 1362 1362 1492
LBS (B5/B14) 1192 1192 1322
LBS (B3) 1190 1190 1320
LR1 585 585 615
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 300 300 400

346 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 315L 315H
L 1241 1241
LB (B5/B14) 1071 1071
LB (B3) 1069 1069
LR1 364 364
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 400 400

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 347

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 315L 315H
L 1241 1241
LB (B5/B14) 1071 1071
LB (B3) 1069 1069
LR1 364 364
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 400 400

348 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. 6

( ) 315L 315H
LS 1492 1492
LBS (B5/B14) 1322 1322
LBS (B3) 1320 1320
LR1 615 615
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 400 400

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 349

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S..

( ) 315L 315H
LS 1492 1492
LBS (B5/B14) 1322 1322
LBS (B3) 1320 1320
LR1 615 615
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LR2 400 400

350 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with cage clamp terminal KCC, KC1 6
6.3 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with cage clamp terminal KCC, KC1

( ) 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S(R) 90L

LB (B5/B14) 202 222 241 259 287 281 313
LB (B3) 200 220 239 257 285 279 311
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LBS (B5/B14) 269 289 322 340 368 375 407

LBS (B3) 267 287 320 338 366 373 405

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 351

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with cage clamp terminal KCC, KC1

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L 112M(B) 132S

LB (B5/B14) 309 359 359 387 437
LB (B3) 307 357 357 385 435
LBS (B5/B14) 402 452 452 499 549
LBS (B3) 400 450 450 497 547
30590116/EN – 03/2023

352 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with cage clamp terminal KCC, KC1 6

( ) 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S(R) 90L 100LS 100LM 100L
LB (B5/B14) 202 222 241 259 287 281 313 309 359 359
LB (B3) 200 220 239 257 285 279 311 307 357 357
LBS (B5/B14) 269 289 322 340 368 375 407 402 452 452
LBS (B3) 267 287 320 338 366 373 405 400 450 450
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 353

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with backstop RS

6.4 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with backstop RS

( ) 63MS 63M 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S 90L

LBS (B5/B14) 241 255 269 289 322 340 368 375 407
LBS (B3) 239 253 267 287 320 338 366 373 405
30590116/EN – 03/2023

354 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with backstop RS 6

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L 112M(B) 132S 132M 132L

LBS (B5/B14) 402 452 452 499 549 576 601
LBS (B3) 400 450 450 497 547 574 599
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 355

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with backstop RS

( ) 160M 160L 180M 180L 200L

LBS (B5/B14) 721 721 748 748 854
LBS (B3) 718 718 745 745 851
30590116/EN – 03/2023

356 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with backstop RS 6

( ) 225S 225M 250M 250ME 280S 315S 315M 315ME 315L 315H
LBS (B5/B14) 822 822 992 992 992 1192 1192 1322 1322 1322
LBS (B3) 819 819 990 990 990 1190 1190 1320 1320 1320
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 357

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box

6.5 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box

( ) 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S(R) 90L 100LS 100LM 100L
LB (B5/B14) 202 222 241 259 287 281 313 309 359 359
LB (B3) 200 220 239 257 285 279 311 307 357 357
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LBS (B5/B14) 269 289 322 340 368 375 407 402 452 452
LBS (B3) 267 287 320 338 366 373 405 400 450 450

358 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box 6

( ) 112M(B) 132S 132M 132L 160M 160L 180M 180L

LB (B5/B14) 387 437 439 464 532 532 555 555
LB (B3) 385 435 437 462 529 529 554 554
LBS (B5/B14) 499 549 576 601 721 721 748 748
LBS (B3) 497 547 574 599 718 718 745 745
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 359

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box

( ) 200L 225S 225M

LB (B5/B14) 649 617 617
LB (B3) 646 614 614
LBS (B5/B14) 854 822 822
LBS (B3) 851 819 819
30590116/EN – 03/2023

360 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box 6

( ) 132M 132L 160M 160L 180M 180L 200L

30590116/EN – 03/2023

LB (B5/B14) 439 464 532 532 555 555 649

LB (B3) 437 462 529 529 554 554 646
LBS (B5/B14) 576 601 721 721 748 748 854
LBS (B3) 574 599 718 718 745 745 851

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 361

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box

( ) 225S 225M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LB (B5/B14) 617 617

LB (B3) 614 614
LBS (B5/B14) 822 822
LBS (B3) 819 819

362 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheet for DRN.., DR2S.. with metal fan guard 6
6.6 Dimension sheet for DRN.., DR2S.. with metal fan guard

( ) 63MS 63M 71MS(A) 71M 80MK(A) 80MS 80M 90S 90L

LB (B5/B14) 182 196 200 220 239 257 285 279 311
LB (B3) 180 194 198 218 237 255 283 277 309
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LBS (B5/B14) 238 252 268 288 320 338 366 373 405
LBS (B3) 236 250 266 286 318 336 364 371 403

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 363

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets of DRN.. with terminal box for MOVILINK® DDI

Dimension
sheets
DRN..
box of
forwith
terminal
MOVILINK®
DDI

6.7 Dimension sheets of DRN.. with terminal box for MOVILINK® DDI

( ) 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S(R) 90L

LB (B5/B14) 202 222 241 259 287 281 313
LB (B3) 200 220 239 257 285 279 311
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LBS (B5/B14) 269 289 322 340 368 375 407

LBS (B3) 267 287 320 338 366 373 405

364 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets of DRN.. with terminal box for MOVILINK® DDI 6

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L(R) 112M 132S 132M 132L

LB (B5/B14) 309 359 359 387 437 439 464
LB (B3) 307 357 357 385 435 437 462
LBS (B5/B14) 402 452 452 499 549 576 601
LBS (B3) 400 450 450 497 547 574 599
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 365

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets of DRN.. with terminal box for MOVILINK® DDI

( ) 160M 160L 180M 180L

LB (B5/B14) 532 532 555 555
LB (B3) 529 529 554 554
LBS (B5/B14) 721 721 748 748
LBS (B3) 718 718 745 745
30590116/EN – 03/2023

366 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
Dimension sheets for DRN.. with EI8. encoder 6
6.8 Dimension sheets for DRN.. with EI8. encoder

( ) 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S(R) 90L 100LS 100LM 100L
LB (B5/B14) 202 222 241 259 287 281 313 309 359 359
LB (B3) 200 220 239 257 285 279 311 307 357 357
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LBS (B5/B14) 269 289 322 340 368 375 407 402 452 452
LBS (B3) 267 287 320 338 366 373 405 400 450 450

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 367

 Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors
6 Dimension sheets for DRN.. with EI8. encoder

( ) 112M(B) 132S
LB (B5/B14) 387 437
LB (B3) 385 435
LBS (B5/B14) 499 549
LBS (B3) 497 547
30590116/EN – 03/2023

368 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE 7
7 Brake
On request, SEW‑EURODRIVE motors can be supplied with an integrated mechanical
brake or backstop.
The BE.. brake is part of SEW‑EURODRIVE's modular brake system. You can choose
from up to 4 different brake sizes for mounting to the motor. Various braking torque
steps are available for each brake size. This means that a wide range of braking
torque steps is available for each motor size.
Furthermore, the brakes can be equipped with additional options such as manual
brake release or function and wear monitoring system.
AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE can be equipped with a backstop /RS instead of a
BE.. brake. It is used in applications where a fixed main direction of rotation of the
drive is necessary and where unintended movements in the opposite direction of rota-
tion in the event of a current failure or in a switched off state have to be avoided. It
must not be used as a safeguard against the incorrect direction of rotation that occurs
as a result of switching against a lock.
For further information on the backstop /RS, refer to chapter "Mechanical back-
stop" (→ 2 609).

7.1 BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE

BE.. brakes from SEW‑EURODRIVE are DC-operated electromagnetic disk brakes.
They open electrically and brake using spring force. The brake is installed on the B-
side and integrated into the motor. The advantage is that brakemotors from
SEW‑EURODRIVE are very short and robust. Furthermore, SEW‑EURODRIVE brake-
motors are especially low-noise. This means they are especially suited for environ-
ments sensitive to noise.
The brake coil is available in various connection voltages. It is powered via a brake
control which is either placed in the terminal box of the motor or in the control cabinet.
The brake is applied in case of a power failure. It is therefore suited for basic safety re-
quirements in horizontal and vertical applications (e.g. according to EN 115).
Due to the high overload capacity during emergency stops, the BE.. brake is ideally
suited as a holding brake in controlled applications. The working capacity is available
for emergency stop braking operations.
Refer to -40 °C to +100 °C for the ambient temperature range at which motors with
BE.. brake can be operated. They can be delivered in degrees of protection IP54,
IP55, IP65, and IP66.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 369

 Brake
7 BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE

7.1.1 With optional manual brake release

The brake can also be released without voltage supply if equipped with a manual
brake release. This enables, for example, manual lowering of hoists or "weathervane"
mode for cranes.
Two options are available for manual brake release:
1. With automatic manual brake release (option designation /HR), a hand lever is in-
cluded in the delivery.
2. For the lockable manual brake release (option designation /HF), a set screw is in-
cluded in the delivery.

7.1.2 With patented two-coil system

The BE.. brake is a DC-operated electromagnetic spring-loaded brake. It is equipped
with the patented two-coil system from SEW‑EURODRIVE. It works particularly rapid
and wear-free in supply system startup in combination with brake controls from
SEW‑EURODRIVE with acceleration function.
When using the two-coil system, BE.. brakes are suitable for high switching frequen-
cies as they are required for fast cycle applications for example.
While operation of the brake is also possible without acceleration function or with a di-
rect DC voltage supply without SEW‑EURODRIVE brake control for sizes up to BE2,
all brakes of sizes BE5 and higher are optimized for using the two-coil system.
This allows for particularly energy-efficient operation as the power loss can be re-
duced in stop state. For brakes without two-coil system, the magnetic circuit has to be
dimensioned larger for implementing the same braking torque and wear distance.

7.1.3 With SEW‑EURODRIVE brake control in the terminal box or control cabinet
Usually, the brake is controlled by a brake control that is installed in either the motor
terminal box or the control cabinet. You can choose from a wide range of brake con-
trols. In addition to various connection voltages, brake controls for specific application
requirements are available as well:
• With acceleration function for high switching frequency (by using the patented two-
coil system, e.g. BGE../BME../BSG..)
• With rapid cut-off function for high stopping accuracy (with integrated or additional
high-speed relays, e.g. BMP../BSR../BUR..)
• With integrated heating function (BMH..)
• With additional DC 24 V control inputs for PLC or inverter (e.g. BMK.. or BMV..)
• As safety-related component for functionally safe interruption of the energy supply
to the brake (e.g. BST.., SBM..)
• BG1Z integrated brake control with condition monitoring of the brake wear (mea-
surement of the lining reserve) and AC 200 – 500 V wide range voltage supply in
connection with MOVILINK® DDI
Brakes up to BE2 can optionally also be delivered for operation at an external DC
30590116/EN – 03/2023

voltage source without additional brake control.

370 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE 7
7.1.4 Available as safety brake according to EN ISO 13849
BE.. brakes are also available as safety brakes according to EN ISO 13849 for safety-
relevant applications.
The use of a safety brake allows for safety functions which force the motor to stop and
hold it safely in its position:
• SBA (Safe Brake Actuation) – Safe deceleration
• SBH (Safe Brake Hold) – Safe hold
A suitable integration into a safe brake system (SBS) allows for all performance levels
(up to PL e).

7.1.5 Maintenance-friendly and suitable for condition monitoring

A difference is made between integral and modular design when BE.. brakes and mo-
tors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are connected.
• Integrated design of the brake for motors of size 56 – 80 with BE02 – BE2 brake
means the B‑side endshield of the motor is an integral part of the brake with a fric-
tion surface.
• The modular design of the BE03 brake for motors of sizes 63 – 71 and all BE..
brakes for motors from size 90 means the brake has a separate friction disk. The
complete bearing of the motor is maintained even when the brake is removed.
The modular design allows for mounting of up to 4 brake sizes to one motor, espe-
cially for motors of size 90 and higher. The B-side endshield is to be regarded like a
connecting flange, which accommodates the BE.. brake pre-mounted on a friction
disk. When it comes to maintenance of the drive, the modular structure has the partic-
ular advantage that the brake can be removed without having to remove the entire
drive from the system or disassembling it.

BE2
BE5

BE2 BE05/1

BE1
20493017739

Adjustability Brakes from BE05 upward allow you to adjust the working air gap quickly and easily
as standard. This makes it possible to use the asbestos-free brake linings over a long
period of time, even in wear-intensive applications.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

In contrast, the BE02 and BE03 brakes cannot be adjusted. However, they are
equipped with a considerably higher wear limit and thus provide a long service life,
even without adjustment.
Internal brake plug Brakemotors from SEW‑EURODRIVE equipped with a brake of size BE20 or higher
connector from have an internal brake plug connector. The plug connector makes it possible to main-
BE20 – BE122 tain the brake without having to loosen the wiring in the terminal box of the motor.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 371

 Brake
7 BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE

Optional with air For predictive planning of the service intervals, BE1 – BE122 brakes on motors of
gap monitoring sizes 80 – 315 can optionally be designed with air gap monitoring.
The diagnostic unit /DUE (Diagnostic Unit Eddy Current) is used for monitoring the
working air gap. The diagnostic unit /DUE consists of the following components:
• An evaluation unit in the motor terminal box that is supplied via a DC 24 V voltage.
• A sensor, integrated in the magnet body of the brake
The diagnostic unit /DUE monitors the switching status of the brake and the wear on
the basis of the current air gap. This information is output as digital or analog signals.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

372 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE 7
7.1.6 Accessories overview brake/motor
Depending on the demands placed on the brake, different brake mounting sizes with
different braking torque steps are available for mounting to the respective motor.
The following tables show the possible combinations of motor and brake as well as the
braking torque steps for each brake to achieve the desired nominal braking torque:
Motors
112 160 200 250 315
56 63 71 80 90 100 132M/L
Brake 132S 180 225 280
BE021)
BE03
BE05
BE1
BE2
BE5
BE11
BE20
BE30
BE32
BE601)
BE621)
BE1201)
BE1221)

1) Not available as BE.. safety brake.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 373

 Brake
7 BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE

7.1.7 Braking torque graduations

Depending on the demands placed on the brake, different braking torque graduations
are available depending on the brake sizes.
The following table shows the available braking torque graduations depending on the
brake size:
Braking torque (MB) in Nm BE02 BE03 BE05 BE1 BE2 BE5 BE11 BE20
1)
0.8
0.9
1.21)
1.3
1.7
1.81)
2.1
2.51)
2.7
3.4
3.5
5
7
10
14
20
28
40
55
80
110
150
200
1) Not available for BE.. safety brakes.

Braking torque (MB) in Nm BE30 BE32 BE60 BE62 BE120 BE122

75
100
150
200
300
400
500
600
8001)
10001)
12001)
16001)
20001)
1) Not available for BE.. safety brakes.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

374 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
BE.. brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE 7
INFORMATION
Note that there may be limitations for the braking torques MB to be selected depend-
ing on the motor design, especially for:
• AC motors for ambient temperatures above +60 °C.
• AC motors with BE safety brake in combination with the manual brake release op-
tion.
→ Consult SEW‑EURODRIVE in these cases.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 375

 Brake
7 Technical details

7.2 Technical details

7.2.1 Basic design and functional principle
The essential parts of the brake system are the mobile pressure plate [6], the brake
springs [7], the brake lining carrier [1], the brake endshield [2] and the brake coil [8]
(accelerator coil BS + coil section TS = holding coil HS). The magnet body consists of
the magnet body housing [9] with cast winding and a tapping.
The pressure plate is forced against the brake disk by the brake springs when the
electromagnet is de-energized. The brake is applied to the motor. The number and
type of brake springs determine the braking torque. When the brake coil is connected
to the corresponding DC voltage, the force of the brake springs [4] is overcome by
magnetic force [11], thereby bringing the pressure plate into contact with the magnet
body. The brake lining carrier moves clear and the rotor can turn.
[1] [6]

[2]
[8]

[3] [9]

[10]

[11]

[7]

[4] [5]
3985157259

[1] Brake lining carrier [7] Brake spring

[2] Brake endshield [8] Brake coil
[3] Driver [9] Magnet body housing
[4] Spring force [10] Motor shaft
[5] Working air gap [11] Electromagnetic force
[6] Pressure plate
30590116/EN – 03/2023

376 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical details 7
7.2.2 Braking torque definition
The braking torques of the BE.. brakes are defined on the basis of DIN VDE 0580. A
distinction is made between the following braking torques here:

Abbreviation ac- Designation Description

cording to
DIN VDE 0580
M1 Dynamic braking Torque acting upon the motor shaft with a slipping brake (brake
torque safely disconnected). The torque depends on the current operat-
ing temperature and the current friction speed/motor speed.
M2 Virtually static brak- Braking torque with slowly slipping brake (relative speed between
ing torque (= nom- the friction components: 1 m/s) at 20 °C
inal braking torque
MB)
M4 Static braking Breakaway torque that is necessary to rotate the motor shaft from
torque an idle state with the brake closed.
The nominal braking torque MB of the brakes is subjected to 100% final testing in the
factory at SEW‑EURODRIVE within the scope of quality control and is within a toler-
ance range of -10% and +50% in the delivery state.
This nominal value MB is used both during brake selection and also during project
planning. The differences between M1 (dynamic braking torque) and M4 (static braking
torque) and the nominal braking torque are taken into account by SEW‑EURODRIVE
with the formulas and the calculation coefficients that are used when doing this.
The characteristic values M1 and M4 are therefore not relevant within the scope of the
project planning and selection of the brake.

INFORMATION
The characteristic values M1 and M4 can differ significantly from the nominal braking
torque MB depending on the wear and operating state of the brake in some cases,
and can particularly be outside the above-mentioned tolerance range for MB.

Should specific requirements of the application require more precise knowledge,

please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 377

 Brake
7 Technical details

7.2.3 Use as a working or holding brake

BE.. brakes are suitable for both line-operated motors (non-controlled applications)
and inverter-operated motors (controlled applications).
Working brake With line-operated motors, the brake is used for stopping the motor during normal
operation. Brake application from the operating speed is the normal case here.
Holding brake On the other hand, when it comes to inverter-operated motors, it is assumed that the
brake will primarily be used for holding when at an idle state. In this context, we refer
to the brake as a "holding brake". Brake application from a speed only takes place in
the event of emergency stop braking (non-controlled stopping of the drive, comparable
with stop category 0 in accordance with EN 60204-1). Normally, the brake is activated
after controlled stopping (stop category 1 in accordance with EN 60204-1) at speeds
of < 20 min-1.
The type of use must be taken into consideration during the selection and configura-
tion of the brake, see chapter "Selection and project planning" (→ 2 400).

30590116/EN – 03/2023

378 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical details 7
7.2.4 Supply voltage

Brake voltage
BE.. brakes are available in various voltage types.
As standard, the brake voltage is assigned as follows:
• Fixed voltage AC 230 V: DRN63 – DRN132S, DR2.56 – DR2.132S
• Fixed voltage AC 400 V: DRN132M – DRN315, DR2.132M - DR2.315
The brakes are also available with other windings on request so that they are suitable
for operation on the respective DC and AC voltage sources.
For example, if a motor in a certain voltage range is delivered in combination with a
global motor, then the brake voltage is also confirmed as voltage range.

Design Motor sizes and brake sizes

DRN63 – DRN180 DRN180 – DRN315
DR2.56 – DR2.180 DR2.180-DRS.315
BE02 – BE20 BE30 – BE122
AC 230 V
Fixed voltage AC 400 V
DC 24 V –
AC 220 – 242 V
50 Hz voltage range
AC 380 – 420 V
AC 220 – 277 V
50/60 Hz voltage range
AC 380 – 480 V

INFORMATION
Continuous operation of the brake on a global motor in the 60 Hz voltage range is
only permitted when the global motor is operated in direct line operation. Otherwise,
the brake cooling cannot be ensured.
When the motor is operated on an inverter, the effective cyclic duration factor (cdf) of
the brake must be limited to 40%, or the motor must be equipped with a forced cool-
ing fan.

INFORMATION
In some cases, extra-low voltages cannot be avoided due to safety regulations. But
extra-low voltages result in higher costs and efforts for cables, switching devices,
transformers, rectifiers, and overvoltage protection (e.g., in case of direct DC 24 V
voltage supply) than brakes that are operated at an AC voltage system using a brake
control by SEW‑EURODRIVE, see chapter "Cable selection" (→ 2 410).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Brake voltage supply

The supply voltage for brakes with a brake rectifier for operation on AC voltage is
either supplied separately or picked up from the supply system of the motor in the ter-
minal box. Only motors with a fixed speed may be supplied by the motor supply
voltage from the terminal board of the motor. For motors with variable speed, the sup-
ply voltage for the brake must be provided separately.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 379

 Brake
7 Technical details

Furthermore, bear in mind that the brake response is delayed by the remanence
voltage of the motor if the brake is powered by the motor terminal board. In hoists and
hoist-like applications, this type of voltage supply is only permitted with an additional
current relay (BSR control), which ensures the application of the brake also when the
hoist is moving downward. The brake application time t2,l for cut-off in the AC circuit,
specified in the brake's technical data, applies to a separate voltage supply to the
brake only.
If the brake is directly supplied from the motor terminal board, the brake application
times may extend to a multiple of the value t2, I, depending on the application and the
remanence voltage of the motor.

INFORMATION
In variable-speed motors, the brake voltage must not be picked up at the terminal
board because the voltage there is not steady and constant.
This includes:
• Pole-changing motors
• Motors operated on an inverter

INFORMATION
Motors with a fixed speed are often operated on soft-start devices that work with
phase angle controls, for example. In these cases, the brake must not be supplied
from the terminal board as the voltage present at the terminal board is not constant.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

380 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical details 7
7.2.5 Two-coil system and brake controls

Particularly short response times at switch-on

BE.. brakes are equipped with the two-coil system patented by SEW‑EURODRIVE.
When using special brake control systems from SEW‑EURODRIVE with acceleration
function, the brake control ensures that only the accelerator coil is switched on first,
followed by the holding coil (entire coil). The powerful impulse magnetization (high ac-
celeration current) of the accelerator coil results in a very short response time, particu-
larly in large brakes, without reaching the saturation limit. The brake lining carrier
moves clear very swiftly and the motor starts up with hardly any braking losses.
[1] [2]

M TS
3 V AC
BS

IB

I
H
t
150 ms

[3] [4]
3985172747

BS Accelerator coil
TS Coil section
[1] Brake
[2] Brake control
[3] Acceleration
[4] Hold
IB Acceleration current
IH Holding current
BS + TS = Holding coil HS

The particularly short response times of the BE.. brakes from SEW‑EURODRIVE have
the following advantages:
• Reduced run-up time of the drive
• Minimum heating of the motor during start-up and thus energy savings with negli-
gible brake wear during start-up, see the following figure
• High switching frequency
• Long operating life of the brake lining and thus long maintenance intervals
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 381

 Brake
7 Technical details

[1] [2]

IS IS

t t
t1 t1

MB MB

t t

n n

t t
3985174411

[1] Switch-on procedure for operation with rectifier without switching electronics, e.g.
BG..
[2] Switch-on procedure for operation with rectifier from SEW‑EURODRIVE with
switching electronics, e.g. BGE.. (standard as of brakes BE5)
IS Coil current
MB Braking torque
n Speed
t1 Brake response time

The system switches to the holding coil electronically as soon as the BE.. brake has
released. The braking magnet is now only magnetized to such an extent (weak hold-
ing current) as to ensure that the pressure plate is held open with a sufficient degree
of safety and minimum brake heating and the drive can turn freely.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

382 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical details 7
Particularly short response time at switch-off
The response time when the brake is applied also depends on how quickly the energy
stored in the brake coil is dissipated when the power supply is switched off. In the
case of "cut-off in the AC circuit", a freewheeling diode is used to dissipate the energy.
The current decreases at an exponential rate.
The current dissipates much more rapidly via a varistor when the DC and AC circuits
are cut-off at the same time as the coil's DC circuit. The response time is considerably
reduced. In conventional cases, the DC and AC disconnection is performed with an
additional contact of the brake contactor (suitable for inductive load).
Under certain conditions, you can use the SR.. electronic current relays or UR voltage
relays for interrupting the DC circuit, see the following section.

TS
M VAC
3
BS

3985178763
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 383

 Brake
7 Technical details

[1] [2]

IS IS

t t
t2 t2

MB MB

t t

n n

t t
3985177099

[1] Brake application to cut-off in the AC circuit

[2] Brake application to cut-off in the AC and DC circuits
IS Coil current
MB Braking torque
n Speed
t2 Brake application time

Due to their mechanical principle, the degree of wear on the linings, and on-site basic
physical conditions, brakemotors are subject to an empirically determined repetition
accuracy of the braking distance of ±12%. The shorter the response times, the smaller
the absolute value of the braking distance variation.
Cut-off in the DC and AC circuits makes it possible to shorten the brake application
time t2 considerably.
Cut-off in the DC and AC circuits is enabled by the following:
• A separate electromechanical switch contact, see chapter "Brake control block dia-
grams" (→ 2 427).
• The selection of a BMP.. or BMK.. brake control with integrated voltage relay for
control cabinet installation, see chapter "Installation in control cabinet" (→ 2 406).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• Wear-free electronic relays in the terminal box

– Current relay (BSR..) for motors with fixed speed
– Voltage relay (BUR..) for adjustable-speed motors
Relay retrofitting options suited to the motor and voltage are provided in the chapters
"Installation in control cabinet" (→ 2 406) and "Installation in the motor terminal
box" (→ 2 402). Refer to the operating instructions for the part numbers.

384 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical details 7
Influence of low and fluctuating ambient temperatures
In case of low and fluctuating ambient temperatures, motors are exposed to the risk of
condensation and icing. Functional limitations of the brake due to corrosion and ice
can be prevented by using the BMH.. brake control with the additional "anti-condensa-
tion heating" function.
The "heating" function is activated externally. As soon as the brake has been applied
and the heating function switched on during lengthy breaks, both coil sections of the
brake control system are supplied with reduced voltage in an inverse-parallel connec-
tion by a thyristor operating at a reduced control factor setting. On the one hand, this
practically eliminates the induction effect (brake does not release). On the other hand,
it results in heating in the coil system, increasing the temperature by approx. 25 K in
relation to the ambient temperature.
The heating function must be ended before the brake resumes its normal switching
function following a heating period (see brake control "BMH, K1 contactor" (→ 2 437)).

Increased ambient temperature or restricted ventilation

In addition to the functional considerations, increased ambient temperature, insuffi-
cient supply of cooling air and/or the dimensioning of the motor according to thermal
class 180 (H) are valid reasons for installing the brake control system in the control
cabinet.
For marginal conditions of this type, SEW‑EURODRIVE always recommends using
brake controls with electronic switching.
This is mandatory especially for brakemotors for increased ambient temperatures
above +40 °C.

DC 24 V control input
The control input with DC 24 V is advantageous, especially for controlled applications
where the brake control is to be switched, e.g. via a higher-level controller or an in-
verter.
The available BMK.., BMKB.. and BMV.. brake controls are only intended for control
cabinet installation.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 385

 Brake
7 Technical details

Safe brake control

The safe brake module can be used to control the brake in a device in a functional and
safety-related manner.
The safe brake module replaces the conventional brake controls. The brake can be
functionally switched with the DC 24 V control input e.g. via a higher-level controller or
an inverter. The brake can be switched in a safety-related manner with the functionally
safe DC 24 V control input e.g. via a higher-level safety relay.
The electronic structure of the safe brake module without mechanical switching ele-
ments has its advantages for high switching cycles as well as in the safety-related
overall evaluation. The usual calculation of the theoretical failure probability MTTFD
and the monitoring of the switch contacts is omitted. The separate voltage supply for
the brake control is also omitted because the power supply is provided directly from
the DC link of the inverter.
The safe brake module fulfills the following safety requirement:
• Performance level d according to EN ISO 13849-1
The available safe brake control BST.. and SBM.. brake controls are only intended for
control cabinet installation.

IP degree of protection, corrosion protection and ambient temperature range

BE.. brakes can be designed according to application-related ambient conditions.
IP degree of pro- Standard design BE.. brakes have degree of protection IP54. As an alternative, they
tection can be ordered in degrees of protection IP55, IP56, IP65 and IP66 depending on the
motor design.
Corrosion protec- As standard, BE.. brakes are designed with a resistant corrosion protection.
tion As an option, they can be ordered with the surface protection option without restric-
tions depending on the motor design, see chapter "Surface protection" (→ 2 612).
Ambient tempera- Standard design BE.. brakes are suitable for operation at ambient temperatures
ture range between -20 to +40 °C.
• If the two-coil system and a brake control in the control cabinet are used, the brake
can be operated at ambient temperatures up to -40 °C. In this temperature range,
the use of the heating function is recommended when using the BMH.. brake con-
trol.
• AC motors with BE.. brake can also be designed for increased ambient tempera-
tures of up to +100 °C. Note that the availability of individual braking torque steps
may be restricted, see chapter "Braking torque graduations" (→ 2 374). In case of
questions, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

386 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical details 7
7.2.6 Design available as safety brake
Brakes of sizes up to BE32 can be ordered as safety brake according to
EN ISO 13849 if required.
By adding a BE.. safety brake into a safe overall system, safety functions can be im-
plemented which force the motor to stop (safe braking) and hold the motor in its posi-
tion (safe holding).

General
When implementing safety functions in machines, the components have to be evalu-
ated regarding their suitability for implementing a safety function.
When using a safety brake from SEW‑EURODRIVE, the following safety-related re-
quirements, e.g. according to EN ISO 13849 – parts 1 and 2, are already considered:
• Application of basic safety principles
• Application of proven safety principles
• Information on the characteristic safety value B10d
• Common Cause Failure (CCF)
• Notice of influences and ambient conditions
• Determination of the category (Cat.)
• Retraceability by the unique motor assignment
• Production monitoring with 100% final inspection
• Compliance with normative requirements regarding documentation
For safety brakes, SEW‑EURODRIVE has already solved this safety-related require-
ment as an advantage for the machine designer. The machine designer can rely on
the manufacturer confirmation (e.g., through product documentation or TÜV certifi-
cate) in his safety-related overall evaluation and considerably reduce own efforts for
evaluation and documentation of a brake.
If other components (standard components) are used for implementing safety func-
tions, the machine designer has to evaluate the safety-related requirements.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 387

 Brake
7 Technical details

Underlying standards
The safety assessment is based on the following standard and safety class:

Safety brakes
Safety class/underlying standards Category (Cat.) according to
EN ISO 13849-1
Safety class PL e can be achieved if a functionally safe motor option is suitably inte-
grated into a safety system. The requirements (e.g. on the system architecture, re-
quired diagnostics and failure probabilities) are to be implemented according to the
normative specifications and to the document in hand. If the safety system is to be
evaluated according to SIL, the necessary verification must be provided by the cus-
tomer.

TÜV certification
The following certificate is available for the described safety brakes:
• Certificate of the TÜV NORD Systems GmbH & Co. KG
The TÜV certificate is available from SEW‑EURODRIVE on request.

Safety functions of the safety brake

The implementation of a safety function with brakes requires that the brake be applied
on request. The safety function is activated when the brake is applied. The brake coil
has to be de-energized and the energy stored in the brake coil reduced.
By adding a safety brake to a safe overall system, the following safety functions can
be implemented:
• SBA (Safe Brake Actuation)
• SBH (Safe Brake Hold)

INFORMATION
Safety functions SBA and SBH are defined by SEW‑EURODRIVE based on the stan-
dard EN 61800‑5-2.
The implementation of the SBA and SBH safety functions additionally require the
safety functions SBC (Safe Brake Control) and STO (Safe Torque Off) in the overall
system. For safety-related requests of the brake, SBC and STO ensure that the
brake applies and that the drive does not generate a torque against the applied
brake.
The SBC and STO safety functions are not part of the brake and have to be addition-
ally implemented in the overall safety system. The performance level (PL) of the SBC
and STO safety functions must at least meet the required performance level (PLr) of
the application.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to stop the drive using the stop category 1 accord-
ing to EN 60204‑1 prior to activating the SBC and STO safety functions.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

388 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical details 7
Performance levels that can be achieved
The brake complements a safe braking system consisting of several system compo-
nents.
The achievable performance level of the resulting safe braking system according to
EN ISO 13849-1 is mainly determined by:
• The selected safety structure, category (Cat.)
• Reliability of the used system components (PL, B10D, MTTFD, etc.)
The MTTFD value is calculated specifically for the application based on the B10D
value for the brake and the switching frequency of the application.
• Diagnostic coverage (DCavg)
The diagnostic coverage is fulfilled with a brake test.
• The common cause failure (CCF) with categories 2, 3, and 4.
The achieved performance level must be determined for the selected safe braking
system based on an overall evaluation of the system. Observe the characteristic
safety values necessary for the brake.
For the characteristic safety values of the SEW‑EURODRIVE components, refer to the
product-related documentation as well as the library for the SISTEMA software avail-
able for download at www.sew‑eurodrive.com.

BE.. brake compared to the BE.. safety brake

Depending on the use of the BE.. brake, conditions and restrictions exist both for the
brake itself as well as for the other drive components. Observe these points when con-
figuring and ordering the overall drive.
For a list of conditions and restrictions, refer to the manual "Project Planning for BE..
Brakes – DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard Brake/Safety
Brake".
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 389

 Brake
7 Options

7.3 Options
7.3.1 Manual brake release
The BE.. brake can be released manually with a manual brake release. Two designs
are available for manual brake release:
• Lockable manual brake release for brakes BE03 to BE122
• Manual brake release with automatic re-engaging function for brakes BE02 to
BE62
If no information is given about the position of the manual brake release, it rotates to-
gether with the terminal box. The manual brake release can be turned by 4 × 90°.
270°

30
3°
T 3°
21

0° R L 180°

°
33 B

12
3°
90°
3984929931

Observe the following information:

• DR2.56/BE02: The manual brake release is always aligned with the terminal box.
• Motors DR2.63 – 71 and DRN63 – 71 with brake BE03 can be set to a position of
303° (default position) or 123° (as viewed from the terminal box).
• All other types: 303° default position, 33°, 123° and 213° are possible.

INFORMATION
Depending on the alignment selected for motors with a foot-mounted design, the
hand lever may extend into the mounting plane of the motor. In these cases, please
check to ensure the installation space permits proper use of the manual brake re-
lease option.

Lockable manual brake release /HF

For the lockable manual brake release /HF, a set screw is included in the delivery to
permanently open the brake mechanically.
Avoid the lockable /HF type of manual brake release for hoists and other statically
stressed applications as it can lead to severe incidents when activated by accident.

INFORMATION
Please note that the manual brake release /HF cannot be combined with the safety
brakes.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

390 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Options 7
Manual brake release with automatic re-engaging function /HR
With automatic manual brake release /HR, a hand lever is included in the delivery.
The screw-in hand lever serves for manually opening the brake for a short period of
time. The mechanical components are pretensioned in such a way that the brake is
applied automatically without hand pressure.
Manual brake release /HR is available for brakes up to size BE62. If you require
BE120 – 122 with /HR option, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

INFORMATION
For safety brakes up to size BE32, the combinations with /HR option can be limited
for some cases.

Technical details

Actuating forces manual brake release

In brakemotors with the /HR option "Manual brake release with automatic reengaging
function", you can release the brake manually using the lever supplied. The following
table shows the actuating force required on the lever at maximum braking torque to re-
lease the brake manually. It is assumed that the lever at the upper end is operated. In
addition, the length of the hand lever protruding from the fan guard is specified.

FH
LH

4040805771
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 391

 Brake
7 Options

Nominal actuation force FH for manual brake release /HR

Brake Nominal actuation force FH
in N
BE02 30
BE03 30
BE05 20
BE1 40
BE2 80
BE5 215
BE11 300
BE20 375
BE30
400
BE32
BE60
500
BE62

Lever protrusion LH
BE02 BE03 BE05 BE1 BE2 BE5 BE11 BE20 BE30 BE60
BE32 BE62
Motors Lever protrusion LH in mm
DR..56M 32 – – – – – – – – –
DR..63 – 34 – – – – – – – –
DR..71 – 16 81 81 – – – – – –
DR..80 – – 71 71 82 – – – – –
DR..90 – – 57 57 68 90 – – – –
DR..100 – – – 54 65 87 – – – –
DR..112 –
– – – – 70 139 – – –
DR..132S
DR..132M
– – – – – – 121 189 – –
DR..132L
DR..160 – – – – – – – 150 235 –
DR..180 – – – – – – – 139 224 –
DR..200 – – – – – – – – 216 416
DR..225 – – – – – – – – 176 376
DR..250
– – – – – – – – – 358
DR..280

30590116/EN – 03/2023

392 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Options 7
7.3.2 Function and wear monitoring DUE brake
The option diagnostic unit /DUE (Diagnostic Unit Eddy Current) is a contactless mea-
suring system for function and wear monitoring of the BE.. brake.
This option is designed for industrial environments and is used to monitor the function
and the maximum working air gap of the BE.. brakes from SEW‑EURODRIVE.
The diagnostic unit /DUE comprises the following parts:
• An evaluation unit in the motor terminal box that is supplied via a DC 24 V voltage.
• A sensor, installed in the magnet body of brakes BE1 to BE122.
Retrofitting options Brakemotors from SEW‑EURODRIVE can be retrofitted with the diagnostic unit /DUE.
However, the drive combination has to be checked to determine all necessary conver-
sion parts. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE if you would like to retrofit an existing drive
with the diagnostic unit /DUE.

Technical details

Structure
The bore required to insert the eddy current sensor is sealed by a cable gland when
the /DUE diagnostic unit is installed.
The sensor is connected to the evaluation unit (installed in the terminal box and pre-
calibrated at delivery) via a shielded twisted-pair cable.
The sensor diameter varies depending on the brake size.

Sensor diameter Brakes

6 mm BE1 – BE5
8 mm BE11 – BE122

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]
18014411871707403

[1] Evaluation unit [3] Brake

30590116/EN – 03/2023

[2] Sensor [4] Grommet

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 393

 Brake
7 Options

Functional description
It is a contactless measuring system, based on the current eddy principle. High-fre-
quency alternating current flows through the sensor. The electromagnetic field induces
eddy currents in the pressure plate that change the alternating current resistance of
the sensor. The evaluation unit converts this change in impedance into an electrical
signal (4 to 20 mA) that is proportional to the working air gap of the brake.
The function monitoring of the brake is realized via a digital signal (NO contact). A dig-
ital output (NC contact) signals if the wear limit was reached. Further, a current output
allows for continuous monitoring of the brake wear. In addition to the outputs, LEDs at
the evaluation unit indicate the function and the wear of the brake.
• The red LED indicates the state of wear of the brake.
• The green LED indicates the function of the brake.
Further diagnosis can also be carried out using the various light codes of the LEDs.
For the exact meaning of the light codes, refer to the "AC Motors DRN63 – 315,
DR2S56 – 80" operating instructions.
If the brake is ordered in combination with the diagnostic unit /DUE, it leaves the facto-
ry with function monitoring and wear monitoring already installed, calibrated and set to
the permitted wear limit for the brake.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

394 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Options 7
Output signals for function and wear monitoring
The evaluation unit has the following signals for brake monitoring:
• 2 digital output signals. Signal FCT for brake function monitoring (brake released)
and signal WEAR that is sent if the defined maximum permitted working air gap is
reached.
• An analog output signal (range 4 mA – 20 mA) for continuous monitoring of the air
gap.
The illustration shows the switching states of the diagnostic unit /DUE depending on
the brake size and/or the sensor diameter as well as the current strength depending
on the air gap.

DUE-d6 (6 mm) DUE-d8 (8 mm)

IOut mA IOut mA

20 20
13,6 13,6

10 10

[5] [4] [3] [5] [4] [3]

4 4
x mm x mm
0 x 0,9 1,5 0 x 1,2 2,0
UV UV
[1] [1]
24 24

FCT FCT
0 0
UV UV
[2] [2]
24 24

WEAR WEAR
0 0
9007213922832139 9007214476468491

[1] FCT: Digital output function (DC 24 V, DIN EN 61131-2)

[2] WEAR: Digital output wear (DC 24 V, DIN EN 61131-2)
[3] Measuring range of the sensor
[4] Maximum working air gap of the brake (exemplary)
[5] Currently measured working air gap (exemplary)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 395

 Brake
7 Options

Connecting the evaluation unit

The maximum permitted cable cross section at terminals "k" of the evaluation unit is
1.5 mm2 with conductor end sleeve without plastic collar, 0.75 mm2 with plastic collar.
The recommended cable cross section at terminals "k" is 0.5 mm2 with conductor end
sleeve with plastic collar.

INFORMATION
Use shielded cables to wire the evaluation unit. Connect the shield to the GND poten-
tial, or use the shield plate at the user's signal evaluation.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends routing the power cable of the drive and the cable
of the diagnostic unit separately.
• Unless they are shielded, sensor cables must always be routed separately from
other power cables with phased currents.
• Provide the appropriate equipotential bonding between drive and control cabinet.

Important characteristics of the cable to be used are:

• Total shielding (outer shield) of the cable
• 100 m maximum length for fixed installation
• 50 m maximum length for cable carrier installation
The required number of cores depends on the type of function/signals that are to be
transferred to the higher-level controller and then processed.
At the factory, the diagnostic unit /DUE is pre-installed, calibrated and set to the wear
limit permitted for the brake. The diagnostic unit has to be calibrated again after ser-
vice or maintenance work such as sensor replacement or replacement of the evalu-
ation electronics. The calibration can be performed directly at the evaluation electron-
ics (at the terminal box) or alternatively via the higher-level controller. In the second
case, the required signals for calibration have to be routed to the higher-level control-
ler.
The reference ground GND and the reference ground analog output AGND have the
same potential. In case this potential is not treated separately in the application,
AGND is not necessary.

Number of required Function Abbreviation

cores
Voltage supply DC 24 V
3 Reference ground GND
Digital output function FCT
Voltage supply DC 24 V
3 Reference ground GND
Digital output wear WEAR
Voltage supply DC 24 V
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Reference ground GND

4
Digital output function FCT
Digital output wear WEAR

396 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Options 7
Number of required Function Abbreviation
cores
Voltage supply DC 24 V
Reference ground GND
4
Analog output current air gap OUT
Reference ground analog output AGND
Voltage supply DC 24 V
Reference ground GND
Digital output function FCT
6
Digital output wear WEAR
Analog output current air gap OUT
Reference ground analog output AGND
Voltage supply DC 24 V
Reference ground GND
Digital output function FCT
Digital output wear WEAR
8
Analog output current air gap OUT
Reference ground analog output AGND
Calibration zero value ZERO
Calibration of infinite value INF

INFORMATION
If the calibration inputs ZERO and/or INF are routed to the outside to a PLC or a con-
troller, they have to be continuously connected to AGND in normal operation to avoid
EMC interferences in the calibration cables.

INFORMATION
Signal outputs of the evaluation unit /DUE that are switched may not be used as
voltage supply for other evaluation units /DUE or comparable systems. Each evalu-
ation unit /DUE has to be supplied with voltage separately.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 397

 Brake
7 Options

Technical data

DUE-1K-00
Assembly in BE1 – BE5 BE11 – BE122
Channels 1
Sensor DUE-d6 DUE-d8
Sensor diameter mm 6 8
Measuring range mm 1.5 2.0
Limit frequency 100 Hz (-3 dB)
Temperature Sensor and cable: -50 to +150 °C
Evaluation unit: -40 to +105 °C
Protection class Sensor: up to IP66
Evaluation unit: IP20 (in the closed terminal
box up to IP66)
Signal outputs OUT1: 4 – 20 mA
FCT1: DC 24 V (150 mA)
WEAR1: DC 24 V (150 mA)
Calibration outputs ZERO: DC 24 V
INF: DC 24 V
Supply voltage DC 24 V (±15%)
Current consumption max.1) mA 190
2)
min. mA 40
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61800-3, environment 1
1) All outputs are fully loaded with 150 mA each externally by relays, for example.
2) Only internal supply with current output at maximum gain.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

398 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Options 7
Wiring diagram

A C

4k
(BN) 4s
(BK) 5k
5s
(WH)
6s 6k
B
7k

8k

9k

10k

11k

18014412038672651

[A] Brake [4k] Analog output wear 1 (air gap)

[B] Eddy current sensor [5k] Digital output function 1 (NO contact)
[C] Evaluation unit [6k] Digital output wear 1 (NC contact)
[4s] Connection sensor A1 (brown [7k] Input calibration zero value
cable)
[5s] Connection sensor GND 1 (black [8k] Input calibration infinite value
cable)
[6s] Connection sensor B1 (white cable) [9k] Signal ground AGND
[10k] Ground potential GND
[11k] DC 24 V supply

The evaluation unit is supplied with DC 24 V via the terminals GND [10k] and DC 24 V
[11k].

Order information
Type designation /DUE
Available for brakes BE1 – BE122
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 399

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

7.4 Selection and project planning

The focus of the following sections is the preselection of the brake regarding the
mountability and selection of designs and options.
In addition, extensive information is provided regarding the dimensioning of the sur-
rounding structure so that a brakemotor from SEW‑EURODRIVE can be installed into
the system without difficulties.
For the necessary calculation steps and notes as well as characteristic values needed
for the correct dimensioning of the brake according to the SEW‑EURODRIVE specifi-
cations, refer to the following documents:
• "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes" manual – DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN..
AC Motors – Standard Brake/Safety Brake"
• Addendum to the operating instructions "Safety Encoders and Safety Brakes, AC
Motors DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. – Functional Safety"

7.4.1 Procedure for selecting brakes and accessories

Both the brakemotor as well as its electrical connections have to be dimensioned ac-
cording to the conditions of the application.
The following aspects must be taken into account:

Activity Chapter
Selecting the brake or braking "Pre-selecting the brake size and braking
torque torque" (→ 2 401)
Determining the brake control "Selecting the brake voltage and brake control"
Selecting the brake control sys- "Selecting the brake control" (→ 2 402)
tem and connection type
Dimensioning and routing the "Cable selection" (→ 2 410)
cable
Selecting the braking contactor "Selecting the braking contactor" (→ 2 411)
Motor protection switch if nec- "Motor overload circuit breaker" (→ 2 415)
essary (protection of the brake
coil)
Selecting the diagnostic unit "Function and wear monitoring DUE
brake" (→ 2 393) 30590116/EN – 03/2023

400 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
7.4.2 Pre-selecting the brake size and braking torque

Basic specifica- Link/supplement/comment

tion
motor Brake/brake control
Braking torque 1) Brake springs (internal effect)
Brake application Connection type of the brake control (important for creation of
time wiring diagrams)
Braking time
Braking distance The required data can only be observed if the aforementioned
Deceleration parameters meet the requirements.
Braking accuracy
Braking work
Integral time (important for planning service intervals)
Brake service life
1) The braking torque is determined from the requirements of the application with regard to the maximum
deceleration and the maximum permitted distance or time.

For detailed information on selecting the size of the brakemotor and calculating the
braking data, refer to the manual "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes – DR.., DRN..,
DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard Brake/Safety Brake".

7.4.3 Selecting the brake connection voltage

The brake voltage should always be selected on the basis of the available line voltage
or the rated motor voltage.
The standard brake voltage corresponds to the specifications in chapter "Supply
voltage" (→ 2 379). Different brake voltages according to chapter "Operating cur-
rents" (→ 2 421) can be selected on request.
With multi-voltage motors, the connection voltage of the brake should preferably be
specified to the low motor voltage (e.g. motor design 230W/460W results in a brake
voltage of AC 230 V). For grid operation, the brake can be supplied directly by the mo-
tor terminal board independent of the line voltage.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 401

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

7.4.4 Selecting the brake control

Installation in the motor terminal box

The following tables list the technical data of brake control systems for installation in
the wiring space of the motor as well as the assignments to the brake sizes.

Series Function Voltage Nominal Type

output cur-
rent
IL
AC 90 – 500 V DC 1.2 A BG1.2
AC 230 – 575 V DC 1.0 A BG1.4
Half-wave rectifier without electronic
BG.. AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BG1.5
switching.
AC 24 – 90 V DC 2.4 A BG2.4
AC 24 – 500 V DC 2.8 A BG3
AC 230 – 575 V DC 1.0 A BGE1.4
Half-wave rectifier with electronic switch-
BGE.. AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BGE1.5
ing.
AC 42 – 150 V DC 2.8 A BGE3
Terminal block with varistor protection cir-
BS.. DC 24 V DC 5.0 A BS24
cuit
Brake control unit with electronic switch-
BSG.. DC 24 V DC 5.0 A BSG
ing and rapid stop
Half-wave rectifier with electronic switch-
BMP.. ing, integrated voltage relay for cut-off in AC 230 – 575 V DC 2.8 A BMP3.1
the DC circuit.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

402 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
Assignments of brake size and brake control

BE02 – BE03 BE05 – BE2 BE5 – BE20 BE30 – BE32 BE60 – BE62 BE120 – BE122
BG.. – – – –
1)
BGE.. –
1)
BS.. – – – –
1)
BSG.. – – –
2)
BMP3.1 – – – –

Approved
1)
BGE.., BS.., BSG.. with BE03 available for DRN71 and DR2S71
2)
Available with DRN250 – DRN280
– Not permitted
BG.. and BGE.. are always supplied wired up in the terminal box for cut-off in the
AC circuit.

INFORMATION
Brake control systems for installation in the motor terminal box can be combined with
most plug connectors and with cage clamps /KCC. There might be space restrictions
when using the /KC1 option and customer-specific plug connectors.
There might also be restrictions in combinations with further electrical additional op-
tions (such as motor protection, strip heater, built-in encoder), or a larger terminal box
might have to be used.

Additional switching relay for installation on the motor terminal box

The following tables list the technical data of available current relays and voltage re-
lays (SR.. and UR..). These relays are available for implementing cut-off in the DC cir-
cuit and in the AC circuit in the drive, see chapter "Particularly short response time at
switch-off" (→ 2 383).
The two relays are optionally available for BE03 – BE32 brakes for brake control BGE
1.5 and BGE 3. For DRN63.. motors, the two relays can only be used with brake con-
trol BG1.2 and BG2.4. The relays are provided for mounting to the motor terminal box.

INFORMATION
When using drives with the BSR.. option, the terminal box contour or size might be
different after having mounted the relay.

The option designation is BSR.. (BGE.. with SR..) and BUR.. (BGE.. with UR..). The
two options differ in the design and in the assignment rules.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 403

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

BSR.. brake control combination

A combination of brake control and SR.. current relay can be used for motors with the
following features:
• Line operation
• Single-speed
• Constant voltage at the terminal board of the motor, see chapter "Brake voltage
supply" (→ 2 379).
The supply voltage for the brake is tapped directly from the motor terminal board. Con-
sequently, no separate cables are required for the voltage supply of the brake.
The relay is wired in such a way that it monitors the current in the motor winding. The
current decreases when the motor is switched off. The relay disconnects the DC cir-
cuit of the brake virtually without delay.
The brake voltage usually corresponds to the phase-to-neutral voltage of the motor.
For a motor with a nominal voltage of 230 Vm/400 VW, the brake coil is equipped with
a winding for operation at 230 V. As an option, the brake coil can also be configured
for phase-to-phase voltage (e.g. motor 400 V, brake 400 V).

BUR.. brake control combination

A combination of brake control and UR.. voltage relay can be used for motors with the
following features:
• Pole-changing
• Inverter controlled
• No constant voltage over time present at the motor terminal board
The combination can also be used for grid-operated, single-speed motors. If the brake
is supplied with voltage from the terminal board, the remanence voltage of the motor
would result in a delayed application of the brake after switching off.
With the BUR.. design, the supply voltage for the brake must be supplied using a sep-
arate supply cable. The relay is wired in such a way that it monitors the AC circuit
voltage at the input terminals of the BG../BGE.. brake control system. The relay dis-
connects the DC circuit of the brake virtually without delay due to the voltage dip that
occurs when switching off the brake supply.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

404 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
Assignment of brake sizes and connection voltages
The maximum switchable nominal holding current of the brake is DC 1 A (corresponds
to about AC 0.77 A for BE.. brakes).
Based on this limit value, the following table lists possible combinations of the various
brake sizes depending on common line voltages:

Voltage Brake sizes

AC V BE03 – BE5 BE11 – BE20 BE30 – BE32 BE60 – BE122
120 – – –
230 – –
400 –
460 –
500 –
575 – – – –

SEW‑EURODRIVE permanently assigns the BG../BGE.. brake control and the SR..
current relay or UR.. voltage relay depending on the selected combination of brake
and motor and connection voltage:
• BG../BGE.. brake control is assigned based on the connection voltage of the
brake, see above section.
• The SR.. current relay is assigned depending on the motor size and the rated mo-
tor current for W connection.
• UR.. voltage relays are permanently assigned to BG../BGE.. brake control sys-
tems. They are assigned by means of the connection voltage of the brake. UR15 is
always assigned to BG1.2/BGE1.5, and UR11 is assigned to BG2.4/BGE3.

Motors Rated motor current IN in W Assigned SR.. current relay

connection
A
DRN63 – 0.075 – 0.6 SR10
DRN132S
0.6 – 10 SR11
DR2S63 –
10 – 50 SR15
DR2S132S
DRN132M – 10 – 30 SR15
DRN225
30 – 90 SR19
DR2S132M –
DR2S225
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 405

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

Installation in control cabinet

The following table lists the technical data of brake control systems for installation in
the control cabinet as well as the assignments to the brake sizes.

Series Function Nominal voltage Nominal Type

output cur-
rent
IL
AC 230 – 575 V DC 1.0 A BMS1.4
Half-wave rectifier without electronic
BMS.. AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BMS1.5
switching.
AC 24 – 150 V DC 3.0 A BMS3.0
AC 230 – 575 V DC 1.0 A BME1.4
Half-wave rectifier with electronic switch-
BME.. AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BME1.5
ing.
AC 42 – 150 V DC 3.0 A BME3.0
AC 230 – 575 V DC 1.0 A BMH1.4
Half-wave rectifier with electronic switch-
BMH.. AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BMH1.5
ing and heating function
AC 42 – 150 V DC 3.0 A BMH3.0
AC 230 – 575 V DC 1.0 A BMP1.4
Half-wave rectifier with electronic switch- AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BMP1.5
BMP.. ing, integrated voltage relay for cut-off in
the DC circuit AC 230 – 575 V DC 2.8 A BMP3.1
AC 42 – 150 V DC 3.0 A BMP3.0
AC 230 – 575 V DC 1.0 A BMK1.4
Half-wave rectifier with electronic switch-
BMK.. ing, control input (DC 24 V) and cut-off in AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BMK1.5
the DC circuit
AC 42 – 150 V DC 3.0 A BMK3.0
Half-wave rectifier with electronic switch-
BMKB.. ing, control input (DC 24 V), rapid stop, AC 150 – 500 V DC 1.5 A BMKB1.5
and LED status display
Brake control unit with electronic switch-
BMV.. ing, control input (DC 24 V), and rapid DC 24 V DC 5.0 A BMV5
stop

INFORMATION
Brake control systems for installation in the control cabinet with all standard motor
plug connectors and cage clamp options.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

406 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
Assignment of motor size and connection technology

BE03 – BE2 BE5 – BE20 BE30 – BE32 BE60 – BE62 BE120 –

BE122
BMS.. – – – –
BME.. –
BMH.. – –
BMP.. – –
BMP3.1 – – –
BMK.. – –
BMV.. – – –

Approved
– Not permitted
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 407

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

Safe brake modules

The following table lists the technical data of safe brake control systems for installation
in the control cabinet as well as the assignments to the brake sizes.

Series Function Nominal Nominal Nominal Type

voltage voltage of the output cur-
DC link supply brake (BST, rent
SBM output
IL
voltage)
BST..-00 Safe brake control with DC 350 – 750 V AC 460 V DC 0.6 A BST
electronic switching, con- (DC 171 – 0.6S-460V-00
trol input (DC 24 V), and 209 V)
safe control input
DC 350 – 750 V AC 400 V DC 0.7 A BST
(DC 24 V). Supply via the
(DC 150 – 0.7S-400V-00
DC link of the inverter.
184 V)
DC 350 – 750 V AC 230 V DC 1.2 A BST
(DC 86 – 106 V) 1.2S-230V-00
BST..-0B Safe brake control with DC 350 – 750 V AC 460 V(DC DC 0.6 A BST
electronic switching, con- 171 – 209 V) 0.6S-460V-0B
trol input (DC 24 V), and
DC 350 – 750 V AC 400 V(DC DC 0.7 A BST
safe control input
150 – 184 V) 0.7S-400V-0B
(DC 24 V). Supply via the
DC link of the inverter. With DC 350 – 750 V AC 230 V(DC DC 1.2 A BST
additional TF/TH terminal. 86 – 106 V) 1.2S-230V-0B
SBM.. Safe brake control with DC 250 – 800 V AC 460 V DC 0.62 A SBM
(size 1) electronic switching, con- (DC 181 – S-460-120-00
trol input (DC 24 V), safe 194 V)
control input (DC 24 V),
DC 250 – 800 V AC 400 V DC 0.73 A SBM
and status feedback
(DC 158 – S-400-120-00
(DC 24 V). Supply via the
170 V)
DC link of the inverter.
DC 250 – 800 V AC 230 V DC 1.28 A SBM
(DC 90 – 98 V) S-230-120-00
SBM.. Safe brake control with DC 250 – 800 V AC 460 V(DC DC 1.33 A SBM
(size 2) electronic switching, con- 181 – 194 V) S-460-250-00
trol input (DC 24 V), safe
DC 250 – 800 V AC 400 V(DC DC 1.52 A SBM
control input (DC 24 V),
158 – 170 V) S-400-250-00
and status feedback
(DC 24 V). Supply via the DC 250 – 800 V AC 230 V(DC DC 2.66 A SBM
DC link of the inverter. 90 – 98 V) S-230-250-00

Assignments of brake size and safe brake control

Brake voltage BE02 – BE20 BE30 – BE32 BE60 – BE62 BE120 –

BE122
30590116/EN – 03/2023

BST..-00 AC 460 V X X – –
AC 400 V X X – –
AC 230 V X X – –

408 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
Brake voltage BE02 – BE20 BE30 – BE32 BE60 – BE62 BE120 –
BE122
BST..-0B AC 460 V X X – –
AC 400 V X X – –
AC 230 V X X – –
SBM.. (size 1) AC 460 V X X X X
AC 400 V X X X X
AC 230 V X – X X
SBM.. (size 2) AC 460 V 0 0 X X
AC 400 V 0 0 X X
AC 230 V 0 X X X

X permitted (recommended)
0 permitted (optional)
– Not permitted
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 409

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

7.4.5 Dimensioning the periphery

Voltage supply/connection type

Connection type
Maintaining certain brake application times can be relevant to safety. The decision to
implement cut-off in the AC circuit or cut-off in the DC and AC circuits must be docu-
mented clearly and unambiguously and must be adhered to during installation and
startup.
The specified brake application times must be observed in particular during project
planning (see also the manual "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes – DR.., DRN.., DR2..,
EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard Brake/Safety Brake").

Cable selection

Dimensioning and routing of the cable

Bear in mind the inrush current of the brake when dimensioning the cross section of
the brake cable. When taking into account the voltage drop due to the inrush current,
the value must not drop below 90% of the nominal brake voltage. Refer to the "Operat-
ing currents" (→ 2 421) tables for information about possible connection voltages and
the resulting operating currents.
Refer to the table below for dimensioning the cable cross sections with regard to the
acceleration currents for cable lengths ≤ 50 m.

BE02 – BE122

Brake Minimum cable cross section of the brake cables in mm2 for cable lengths ≤ 50 m and
brake voltage
24 60 111 – 123 174 – 193 194 – 217 218 – 575
AC V DC 24 V AC V AC V AC V AC V
BE02
BE03
1.5
BE05 10
1.5
BE1
BE2 2.5 1.5
1.5
BE5 4 1.5
BE11
10
BE20 2.5
1)

BE30/32
1)
BE60/62 2.5
1)
1) 1)
BE120/122
30590116/EN – 03/2023

1) Connection voltage not available for this brake size.

Cable cross sections of max. 2.5 mm2 can be connected to the terminals of the brake
control systems. Intermediate terminals must be used if the cross sections are larger.
Brake cables must always be routed separately from other power cables with phased
currents unless they are shielded, see chapter "Brakemotor operation with in-
verter" (→ 2 162).
Provide for a suitable equipotential bonding between drive and control cabinet.

410 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
Power cables with phased currents include:
• Output cables from inverters, soft start units and brake units
• Supply cables to braking resistors.

Selection and protection circuit of switching elements

Selecting the braking contactor

The high electrical load during switching of the brake (inductive load) requires suitable
contactors/switch contacts to have the brake function properly.
Depending on the type and design of the brake, the switch contacts for the voltage
supply of the brake must meet the following utilization categories:
• Switch contacts for the supply voltage for operation with AC voltage: AC-3 accord-
ing to EN 60947-4-1, or AC-15 according to EN 60947-5-1.
• Switch contact for the supply voltage for operation with DC voltage: Preferably
AC-3 or DC-3 according to EN 60947-4-1. As an alternative, contacts in utilization
category DC-13 according to EN 60947-5-1 are also permitted.
For using the faster cut-off in the AC and DC circuits, also the DC circuit of the brake
must be switched. The following applies:
• Switch contacts for optional cut-off in the DC circuit: AC-3 according to
EN 60947-4-1.

INFORMATION
Semi-conductor relays with RC protection circuits are not suitable for switching brake
rectifiers with the exception of BG.. and BMS..

When applications require cut-off in the DC and AC circuits of the brake, electronic
switching devices from SEW‑EURODRIVE can be used instead of separate switch
contacts.
1. The brake rectifiers BMP.., BMV.. and BMK.., which perform the cut-off in the DC
circuit internally, have been specially designed for installation in the control cab-
inet.
2. The additional relays SR.. and UR.. have been installed for mounting to the termi-
nal box in combination with brake control.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 411

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

Advantages of brake control systems from SEW‑EURODRIVE with integrated cut-off in the DC circuit
Switching devices from SEW‑EURODRIVE offer the following advantages:
• No special contactors with four AC 3 contacts required
• For the above mentioned reasons, the contact for cut-off in the DC circuit is sub-
ject to high loads and, therefore, a high level of wear. In contrast, the electronic
switches from SEW‑EURODRIVE operate without any wear at all.
• No additional wiring work for the customer The current and voltage relays are
wired at the factory. Only the power supply and brake coil have to be connected
for the BMP.. and BMK.. rectifiers.
• Saving 2 additional cores between motor and control cabinet
• No additional interference emission in the control cabinet from contact bounce
when the brake is cut-off in the DC circuit

30590116/EN – 03/2023

412 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
Varistor overvoltage protection with direct DC voltage supply
Brakes of sizes up to BE2 can instead be operated with direct DC voltage supply
without brake control.
In this case, a suitable overvoltage protection in the form of a varistor must be in-
stalled by the customer to protect the switch contacts and the brake coil. The varistor
must be connected in parallel to the coil according to the below diagram.
The following figure shows a varistor for protecting the brake coil.
[1]

-
BU
5a
RD U DC
4a
[2] WH
3a

+
2a

1a [3]

5463392779

[1] Varistor WH white

[2] Brake coil RD Red
[3] RC element BU Blue

The required varistor is not included in the delivery, which means it has to be selected
and dimensioned by the customer.

INFORMATION
Using a freewheeling diode as overvoltage protection instead of a varistor is not per-
mitted, as this can significantly extend brake application times.
If there are still problems with EMC interference in the voltage supply line despite the
varistor overvoltage protection, then a suitable RC element can also be connected in
parallel to the switch contact.

INFORMATION
SEW‑EURODRIVE always recommends using a BS.., BSG.. or BMV.. brake control
for brakes with DC 24 V supply. This brake control has a wear-free, electronic switch
which prevents in particular contact-breaking sparks when switching off the brake
which could lead to EMC interference. BMV.. controls also have a powerful over-
voltage protection for the switch contacts and the brake coil.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 413

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

Multi-motor operation of brakemotors

In many applications, several motors are used at the same time to implement a tech-
nical function. This is generally also possible for brakemotors. Bear in mind that in the
event of a brake failure, all other brakes that are operated at the same time also have
to apply to prevent damage to the drive components and the system. In this case, it is
advantageous if each brake is operated on its own brake control.

INFORMATION
In general, the following applies: In the event of a brake malfunction, all brakes must
be switched off by disconnecting the supply voltage.

Simultaneous switching can also be achieved by connecting several brakes in parallel

to a shared brake control. In this case, the following conditions apply:
• The sum of all operating currents of the brakes ("Operating currents" (→ 2 421))
must not exceed 0.75 times of the nominal current of the brake control "Selecting
the brake control" (→ 2 402).
• It is recommended to connect only brakes of the same size in parallel.
• The faster cut-off in the AC and DC circuits (AC/DC) cannot be implemented in a
reliable manner because of the interaction of the brake coils connected in parallel.
The relevant switching times for cut-off purely in the AC circuit must be taken into
account during project planning.
• Only the requirements of the associated documentation apply to the safe BST and
SBM brake controls.

INFORMATION
As cut-off in the AC and DC circuits cannot be performed reliably when several
brakes are connected in parallel to the same brake control, this operating mode is
neither suited for hoists or hoist-like applications nor for functional safety applications
with BE.. safety brakes.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

414 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
7.4.6 Fusing the voltage supply
Like any other electrical operating resource, also a spring-loaded brake must be pro-
tected from overvoltage and short circuit. For brakes that are operated with a brake
control from SEW‑EURODRIVE at an AC voltage system, SEW‑EURODRIVE recom-
mends using a motor circuit breaker as protection.

Motor overload circuit breaker

A motor circuit breaker prevents the destruction of the brake coil in the event of the
brake coil being connected incorrectly or the brake rectifier being defective.
Electromagnetic motor circuit breakers such as ABB type M25‑TM are suitable as
short-circuit protection for the brake rectifier and as thermal protection for the brake
coil.

INFORMATION
Electronic motor circuit breakers are not suitable for protecting brake rectifiers and
brake coils due to their working principle (measuring the effective current value via a
current transformer). Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

The motor circuit breaker must be selected and set based on the nominal holding cur-
rent of the brake. For holding currents, refer to chapter "Operating cur-
rents" (→ 2 421).
The following applies to the setting values:
• Brakes with a fixed connection voltage or a 50 Hz voltage range: Setting to 1.1
times the nominal holding current
• Brakes with a combined voltage range of 50/60 Hz: Setting to 1.25 times the nom-
inal holding current
Motor circuit breakers are suitable for all brake rectifiers in the control cabinet and in
the terminal box with separate voltage supply.

INFORMATION
Special conditions must be taken into account when using motor circuit breakers in
combination with BMH.. brake control because of the heating current. Consult
SEW‑EURODRIVE in this case.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 415

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

L1 L2 (N)

1 2 3 21 13

22 14
G1
I> I> I>
4 5 6

1
1a 2
[1] BME
2a 3
WH BMS
3a 4
M RD
BMP
4a 13 BMK 1.5/3.0
3
BU 5a 14
15

[1]
1
1a 2
2a 3
WH
3a 4 BMK1.4
M RD
4a 13
3
BU 5a 14
15

WH 1 BG
M 2 BGE
RD 3
3 4
BU
5

9007203240537227

WH White
30590116/EN – 03/2023

RD Red
BU Blue
[1] Customers must connect terminals 3 and 4 according to the relevant wiring dia-
gram.

416 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
7.4.7 Brake test
In applications with brakes, the braking torque represents an important criterion for the
functional and performance capability of the brake. If the braking torque is reduced or
lost, the functionality of the application, the safety of the machine, and/or personal
safety can be limited. To check the functional and performance capability of a brake,
you can integrate a brake test into the overall system.
Especially for safety-related applications in which the brake performs a safety function,
a brake test for the brake may be required by one or more standards, e.g. by
EN ISO 13849-1. The brake test is not an independent safety function but supple-
ments a higher-level safety system for brake testing which is required by the stan-
dards. The overall system must meet the diagnostic coverage (DC) required by the
standards.
A brake test provides you with information about the functional and performance cap-
ability of the brake. Potential faults or functional limitations can be detected at an early
stage, allowing the necessary maintenance and repair work to be initiated. In a brake
system with multiple brakes, each brake must be tested separately. This ensures that
the safety function is maintained even if one brake fails.

Diagnostic unit /DUE

The diagnostic unit /DUE for function and wear monitoring of the BE.. brake detects
the switching status of the brake and its wear status by means of continuous measure-
ment of the air gap. The diagnostic unit /DUE detects whether the magnetic circuit of
the brake - including the brake control - essentially works (brake opens and closes).
Furthermore, the /DUE option makes it possible to detect a change to the air gap of
the brake via a continuous air gap measurement. In this manner, wear-related function
restrictions can be detected and rectified by means of maintenance.

INFORMATION
The diagnostic unit /DUE detects the switching status and the degree of wear of the
brake by interpreting the air gap. However, the /DUE option cannot determine the
available braking torque. Additional applicative measures may be needed to check
the braking torque.

Brake test by SEW‑EURODRIVE

SEW‑EURODRIVE offers various types of brake tests. These tests allow safety func-
tions to be implemented with brakes in horizontal and vertical applications up to the
most demanding requirement PL e.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 417

 Brake
7 Selection and project planning

Avoiding erroneous test results

In order to avoid erroneous test results, particular attention must be paid to the follow-
ing:
• Before starting a static brake test, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends moving the
axes that are to be tested slightly, for example, by moving a short distance forward
or moving to a specific position at which the brake test will be performed. The mo-
tion ensures that the axis being tested can move freely and that the devices in-
volved in the test are available and functioning properly. The motion can be per-
formed by the machine's automation system or as part of the brake test.
• A software-based brake test usually cannot directly determine the braking torque
that is present at the brake. In addition to the braking torque, a torque determined
by the test also includes applicative torques, such as friction. Measuring tolerances
of the measuring equipment that is used and a temperature-dependent torque
characteristic of the motor can also lead to significant measurement deviations.
• Because of possible measurement deviations and the different meaning of the
braking torque, brake slippage can and may occur, even significantly outside the
tolerance range for the nominal braking torque MB.
For the above mentioned reasons, the determination of the test torque to be selected
must always be based on the planning requirements. These are requirements such as
maximum static load torque of the application and safety factors, where applicable.

INFORMATION
Performing a brake test with a damaged brake or brake control unit can lead to un-
desirable movement of the unit. During the implementation and performance of these
kinds of diagnostics, always ensure that the safety of persons and the system is
guaranteed during this process.

In order to perform a static brake test, attention must be paid to the following in addi-
tion to the above-mentioned notes:
• In systems with more than one brake, e.g. a group drive or motor brake in combi-
nation with another brake in the system, each brake must be tested separately in
accordance with the standards. Any mechanical stress during the separate test
must be taken into consideration in the design of the machine or must be avoided
using suitable automation.
• The brake test must be carried out with the machine in a test position that avoids
injuries to persons and damage to the system in the event of possible movement,
e.g. in the event of brake slippage.
If you have any questions with regard to the selection, parameterization, and use of
brake tests, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

418 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Selection and project planning 7
7.4.8 Activating the friction surfaces
When a brake is used as a holding brake, the brake is not usually subjected to dy-
namic loading. This can cause a gradual reduction in the static friction torque M4. As
compensation, the friction surfaces can be reactivated by a targeted dynamic load.
The activation procedure regenerates the top layer of the friction lining in order to
compensate for the drop in the static friction torque M4 caused by a lack of dynamic
strain.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends paying attention to the following during activation
procedures such as this:
• Activating the friction surfaces causes wear on the brake. Perform friction surface
activation as infrequently as possible in order not to reduce the service life of the
lining too much.
• The friction surfaces should preferably be activated using a dynamic brake appli-
cation at a significantly reduced motor speed (<750 min-1).
• Activation of the friction surfaces by means of controlled start-up of the motor
against the closed brake is only permissible if the motor speed does not exceed a
value of 100 min-1 and the activation time does not exceed 5 seconds.
In case of questions with regard to the design of activation of the friction surfaces,
contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

INFORMATION
Working brakes on line-operated motors (non-controlled operation) do not need acti-
vation, since they are sufficiently loaded by the operational braking procedures.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 419

 Brake
7 Technical data

7.5 Technical data

INFORMATION
For information on the torque-dependent spring pack of BE.. brakes, refer to the op-
erating instructions for AC motors.

Information Source
Operating currents of the "Operating currents" (→ 2 421)
brake
Resistance values of brake Operating instructions
coils
Switching times "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes" manual – DR..,
DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard
Brake/Safety Brake"
Permitted braking work per "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes" manual – DR..,
cycle DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard
Brake/Safety Brake"
Permitted braking work until "Project Planning for BE.. Brakes" manual – DR..,
maintenance DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. AC Motors – Standard
Brake/Safety Brake"
Permitted working air gaps Operating instructions
Spring pack tables Operating instructions
Characteristic safety values "Characteristic safety values" (→ 2 425)
B10D
Block diagrams "Brake control block diagrams" (→ 2 427)
Dimension sheets brake "Dimension drawings" (→ 2 444)
controls

30590116/EN – 03/2023

420 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
7.5.1 Operating currents

General information on determining operating currents

The tables in this chapter list the operating currents of BE.. brakes at different
voltages.
The acceleration current IB (= inrush current) flows only for a short time (approx.
160 ms for BE02 – BE62, 400 ms for BE60 – BE122 with BMP3.1 brake control) when
the brake is released. No increased inrush current occurs when using BG.., BS24 or
BMS.. brake control and direct DC voltage supply without control unit (only possible
with brake size BE02 – BE2).
The values for the holding currents IH are rms values. Only use current measurement
units that are designed to measure rms values.

INFORMATION
The following operating currents and power consumption values are nominal values.
They refer to a coil temperature of +20 °C.
Operating currents and power consumption usually decrease during normal operation
due to heating of the brake coil.
Note that the actual operating currents can be higher by up to 25% depending on the
ambient temperature and with coil temperatures below +20 °C.

Legend
The following tables list the operating currents of the brakes at different voltages.
The following values are specified:

PB Nominal value of the electric power consumption in the brake coil in watt
UN Nominal voltage (rated voltage range) of the brake in V (AC or DC)
IH Nominal holding current in A (AC). Effective value of the braking current in the
supply cable to the SEW‑EURODRIVE brake control
IG Nominal holding current in A (DC) in the brake cable with direct DC voltage
supply
or
Nominal holding current in A (DC) in the brake cable with DC 24 V supply via
BS24, BSG, or BMV
IB Acceleration current in A (AC or DC) when operated with SEW-EURODRIVE
brake control for high-speed excitation
IB/IH Inrush current ratio ESV
IB/IG Inrush current ratio ESV for DC 24 V supply with BSG or BMV
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 421

 Brake
7 Technical data

BE02, BE03, BE05, BE1, BE2 brakes

BE02 BE03 BE05, BE1 BE2

Nominal power brake coil
25 25 30 41
in W
Inrush current ratio ESV 4 4 4 4

Nominal voltage (rated BE02 BE03 BE05, BE1 BE2

voltage range) VN
IH IDC IH IDC IH IDC IH IDC
AC V DC V AC A DC A AC A DC A AC A DC A AC A DC A
24 (23–26) 10 - – 2.20 2.55 2.25 2.90 2.95 3.80
60 (57-63) 24 - 0.72 0.87 1.02 0.90 1.17 1.18 1.53
120 (111-123) 48 - – 0.44 0.51 0.45 0.59 0.59 0.77
184 (174-193) 80 - – 0.28 0.32 0.29 0.37 0.38 0.49
208 (194-217) 90 - – 0.25 0.29 0.26 0.33 0.34 0.43
230 (218-243) 96 0.14 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.23 0.30 0.30 0.39
254 (244-273) 110 - – 0.19 0.23 0.20 0.27 0.27 0.35
290 (274-306) 125 - – 0.17 0.21 0.18 0.24 0.24 0.31
330 (307-343) 140 - – 0.15 0.18 0.16 0.21 0.21 0.28
360 (344-379) 160 - – 0.14 0.16 0.14 0.19 0.19 0.25
400 (380-431) 180 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.13 0.17 0.17 0.22
460 (432-484) 200 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.11 0.15 0.15 0.19
500 (485-542) 220 - – 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.13 0.14 0.18
575 (543-600) 250 - – 0.09 0.10 0.09 0.12 0.12 0.16

30590116/EN – 03/2023

422 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
Brakes BE5, BE11, BE20, BE30, BE32, BE60, BE62

BE5 BE11 BE20 BE30, BE32 BE60, BE62

Nominal power brake coil in W 50 70 95 120 195
Inrush current ratio ESV 5.9 6.6 7.5 8.5 9.2

Nominal voltage (rated voltage BE5 BE11 BE20 BE30, BE32 BE60, BE62
range) VN
IH IH IH IH IH
AC V DC V AC A AC A AC A AC A AC A
60 (57 – 63) 24 1.28 2.05 2.55 – –
120 (111 – 123) – 0.64 1.04 1.28 1.66 –
184 (174 – 193) – 0.41 0.66 0.81 1.05 –
208 (194 – 217) – 0.37 0.59 0.72 0.94 1.50
230 (218 – 243) – 0.33 0.52 0.65 0.84 1.35
254 (244 – 273) – 0.29 0.47 0.58 0.75 1.20
290 (274 – 306) – 0.26 0.42 0.51 0.67 1.12
330 (307 – 343) – 0.23 0.37 0.46 0.59 0.97
360 (344 – 379) – 0.21 0.33 0.41 0.53 0.86
400 (380 – 431) – 0.18 0.30 0.37 0.47 0.77
460 (432 – 484) – 0.16 0.27 0.33 0.42 0.68
500 (485 – 542) – 0.15 0.24 0.29 0.38 0.60
575 (543 – 600) – 0.13 0.22 0.26 0.34 0.54
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 423

 Brake
7 Technical data

Brake BE120, BE122

BE120, BE122
Nominal power brake coil in W 220
Inrush current ratio ESV 6

Nominal voltage (rated voltage BE120, BE122

range) VN
IH
AC V AC A
230 (218 – 243) 1.45
254 (244 – 273) 1.30
290 (274 – 306) 1.16
360 (344 – 379) 0.92
400 (380 – 431) 0.82
460 (432 – 484) 0.73
500 (485 – 542) 0.65
575 (543 – 600) 0.58

30590116/EN – 03/2023

424 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
7.5.2 Characteristic safety values

Characteristic safety values for BE.. brakes

The values specified in the following table apply to BE.. brakes in standard applica-
tions.

Characteristic safety values according to

EN ISO 13849-1
Classification Category B
System structure 1-channel (Cat. B)
MTTFd value Calculation via B10D value
BE02 1.5 × 106
BE03 20 × 106
BE05 16 × 106
BE1 12 × 106
BE2 8 × 106
BE5 6 × 106
BE11 3 × 106
B10D value
BE20 2 × 106
BE30 1.5 × 106
BE32 1.5 × 106
BE60 1 × 106
BE62 1 × 106
BE120 0.25 × 106
BE122 0.25 × 106
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers BE03 to BE32 brakes also as safety brakes. For more infor-
mation, consult the addendum to the operating instructions "Safety Encoders and
Safety Brakes – AC Motors DR.., DRN.., DRU.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. – Functional
Safety".
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 425

 Brake
7 Technical data

Characteristic safety values for BE.. safety brakes

Characteristic safety values in accordance with

EN ISO 13849‑1
Classification Category 1
System structure 1-channel (Cat. 1)
Operating mode High demand
Safe state The brake is applied
Safety functions Safe brake actuation (SBA)
Safe brake hold (SBH)
Service life 20 years, or T10D value
(depending on which value applies first)
T10D value 0.1 × MTTFD
MTTFd value Calculation via B10D value
BE03 24 × 106
BE05 20 × 106
BE1 16 × 106
BE2 12 × 106
B10D value BE5 10 × 106
BE11 8 × 106
BE20 5 × 106
BE30 3 × 106
BE32 3 × 106

30590116/EN – 03/2023

426 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
7.5.3 Brake control block diagrams

Legend

Cut-off in the AC circuit

AC (standard application of the brake)

DC
Cut-off in the DC circuit
(fast application of the brake)

DC Cut-off in the DC and AC circuits

(fast application of the brake)
AC

Brake
BS BS = Accelerator coil
TS = Coil section
TS

1a
2a
3a Auxiliary terminal strip in terminal box
4a
5a

Motor with delta connection

Motor with star connection

Control cabinet limit

WH White
RD Red
BU Blue
BN Brown
BK Black
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 427

 Brake
7 Technical data

BG.. brake control

U AC

AC

BG
1
WH
2
RD
3
BS 4
M
5

TS
BU

3985840267

DC U AC

AC

BG
1
WH
2
RD
3
BS 4
M
5

TS
BU

3985842315

30590116/EN – 03/2023

428 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
BGE.. brake control

AC
AC

BGE
1
WH
2
RD
3
BS 4
M
5

TS
BU

3985850507

DC AC
AC

BGE
1
WH
2
RD
3
BS
4
M
5
TS
BU

3985852555
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 429

 Brake
7 Technical data

BS.. brake control

DC 24 V
DC + -

BS
1
WH
2
RD
3
BS 4
M
5
TS
BU

5465000459

BSG.. brake control

DC 24 V
DC + -

BSG
1
WH
2
RD
3
BS 4
M
5
TS
BU

3985870219
30590116/EN – 03/2023

430 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
BSR.. brake control

Brake voltage = phase-to-neutral voltage

DC
SR
WH RD
AC

WH BU

BGE
WH 1
RD
W2 U2 V2 BS 2
3
4
U1 V1 W1 TS
BU 5

L1 L2 L3
Example: Motor 230 V m/400 V W, brake AC 230 V 3985860747

DC
SR
WH RD
AC

WH BU

BGE
WH 1
RD
W2 U2 V2 2
BS
3
4
U1 V1 W1 TS 5
BU
L1
L2
L3
Example: Motor 400 V m/690 V W , brake: AC 400 V 3985862411
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 431

 Brake
7 Technical data

Brake voltage = phase-to-phase voltage

DC

AC

SR
WH RD

WH BU

WH BGE
RD 1
W2 U2 V2
BS
2
3
TS 4
U1 V1 W1 BU
5

L1 L2 L3
The input voltage of the brake rectifier corresponds to the phase-to-phase voltage of 9007203240605067
the motor, e.g. motor: 400 V W, brake: AC 400 V

BUR.. brake control

DC

AC AC

UR
BU BN/BK

BN/BK

RD

BGE
WH
1
RD
2
BS 3
M
4

TS 5
BU

3985867147
30590116/EN – 03/2023

432 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
BMS.. brake control

AC
AC

1 BMS
WH
RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985845387

DC
AC
AC

1 BMS
WH
RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985847435
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 433

 Brake
7 Technical data

BME.. brake control

U AC
AC

WH BME
1
RD
1a 2
BS 3
2a
M
3a 4

TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985855627

DC
AC
AC

WH BME
1
RD
1a 2
BS 3
2a
M
3a 4

TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985857675
30590116/EN – 03/2023

434 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
BMP.. brake control

AC AC

BMP
WH 1

RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985873291

DC
AC
AC

BMP
WH 1

RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985875339
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 435

 Brake
7 Technical data

BMP 3.1 brake control (installation in terminal box)

U AC U AC

1 2 3 DC 1 2 3
AC AC

BMP3.1 [2] BMP3.1

13 14 15 13 14 15
BU
RD WH RD WH BU

[1] [1]

18014402495360011

[1] Brake coil

[2] Wire jumper

BMP 3.1 brake control (installation in control cabinet)

U AC U AC

1 2 3 DC 1 2 3
AC AC

BMP3.1 BMP3.1
[3]

13 14 15 13 14 15

[2] 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a [2] 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a

WH RD BU WH RD BU

[1] [1]

18014402495362699

[1] Brake coil

[2] Terminal strip
[3] Wire jumper
30590116/EN – 03/2023

436 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
BMH.. brake control

AC
AC

[1] [2]

BMH
WH 1
RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985883787

[1] Heating
[2] Releasing

DC AC

AC

[1] [2]

BMH
WH 1
RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985885835

[1] Heating
30590116/EN – 03/2023

[2] Releasing

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 437

 Brake
7 Technical data

BMK.., BMKB.. brake control

DC
U IN
AC DC 24 V
- + AC

WH
BMK(B) 1.5
1 BMK 3.0
RD
1a 2
BS 3
2a
M
3a 4
TS 4a
BU 13
5a
14
15

9007203240629899

U IN
DC 24 V
AC - +

WH BMK 1.4
1
RD
1a 2
BS
2a 3
M
3a 4
TS 4a
BU 13
5a
14
15

30788147339
30590116/EN – 03/2023

438 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
BMV.. brake control

DC U IN
DC 24 V DC 24 V
- + - +

WH
BMV
1
RD
1a 2
BS 3
2a
M 3a
4

TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

3985891979

VIN Control signal

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 439

 Brake
7 Technical data

BST.. safe brake control

Separate control
DC With functional control of the brake via VIN or VSAFE.
AC

When designing the brake system, the worst-case response time must be taken into
AC account for the limit values in the safety system, especially for functional safety.

DC 24 V DC 24 V UZ
+ - + - + -

2 BST
NC UZ
1

6
WH NC VSAFE
RD 5
1a
BS 4
2a
M 3
VIN
3a

TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14 UB
15

Separate control of the brake via a functional and a func- 18014419429788555

tionally safe control voltage.

Joint control
DC With functional control of the brake via VIN and VSAFE.
AC

30590116/EN – 03/2023

440 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
With functionally safe control of the brake via VIN and VSAFE.
AC

DC 24 V UZ
+ - + -

2 BST
NC UZ
1

6
WH NC VSAFE
RD 5
1a
BS 4
2a
M 3
VIN
3a

TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14 UB
15

Joint control of the brake via a functional or a functionally 25673344139

safe control voltage.

SBM.. safe brake control

Common control (delivery state)

The following block diagram applies identically to both SBM sizes.
DC When controlling the brake via digital inputs DB00 and/or SBC.
AC
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 441

 Brake
7 Technical data

When designing the brake system, the worst-case response time must be taken into
AC account for the limit values in the safety system, especially for functional safety.

UZ DC 24 V
+ - + -
X20 SBM
1 SBC_P
2 SBC_M
3 OUT_M
4 OUT_P
5 DB00
6 GND
7 STATUS
8 N.C.
WH
RD X4
1a
+UZ
BS
2a -UZ
M
3a X14
TS 4a 13 RD
BU
5a 14 WH
15 BU

Shared control of the brake via a functional or a functionally 36566474507

safe control voltage.

Control is performed jointly via a DC 24 V control voltage. The jumpers between OUT
and DB00 are inserted. Optionally, the STATUS feedback signal (X20:7) can be evalu-
ated.

Separate control
The following block diagram applies identically to both SBM sizes.
DC When controlling the brake via digital inputs DB00 and/or SBC.
AC

30590116/EN – 03/2023

442 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
When designing the brake system, the worst-case response time must be taken into
AC account for the limit values in the safety system, especially for functional safety.

UZ DC 24 V DC 24 V
+ - + - + -
X20 SBM
1 SBC_P
2 SBC_M
3 OUT_M
4 OUT_P
5 DB00
6 GND
7 STATUS
8 N.C.
WH
RD X4
1a
+UZ
BS
2a -UZ
M
3a X14
TS 4a 13 RD
BU
5a 14 WH
15 BU

Separate control of the brake via a functional and a func- 36566538763

tionally safe control voltage.

Control is performed jointly via a DC 24 V control voltage. The jumpers between OUT
and DB00 are inserted. Optionally, the STATUS feedback signal (X20:7) can be evalu-
ated.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 443

 Brake
7 Technical data

7.5.4 Dimension drawings

Dimension sheets brake controls

SR10, SR11, SR15, UR11, UR15

33.5
9.5 2

M25x1.5
27

36
4040892299

SR19

5636837259
30590116/EN – 03/2023

444 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
BMS.., BME.., BMH.., BMP.., BMK.., BMKB.., BMV..
1)

BM. ...
1
2
3

75
4

13
14
15

22.5 5 68

91.5
4040894987

[1] Support rail mounting EN 50022-35-7.5

BMP3.1
32.5
7.75 65
507.75
66
73

115
[1]
4040897675
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 445

 Brake
7 Technical data

BST..
135
121.5
70

8.1 59

20.5
49
89
101

99
135

74
50
49

30590116/EN – 03/2023

50
18014398643297675

446 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Brake
Technical data 7
SBM size 1

40

194
180
128
30

6 1.5 60
113

34194697099

SBM size 2
40

194
180
128
30

6 1.5 60

165

34194701707
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 447

 Encoders
8 General information

8 Encoders

8.1 General information

Encoder technology
The task of an encoder is to detect the angular position of the motor shaft or the
change of the angular position, and to pass on this information to a unit that evaluates
this data, such as a PLC or frequency inverter.
This information is used to determine the rotational speed and angular acceleration.
The evaluating unit (inverter, encoder card) can then monitor or control the speed and
position the drive system accordingly.

Encoder in closed loop system

Encoders are connected to the inverter and allow for further improved motor control.
• The motor can be operated in positioning control or for a simple positioning.
• The quality of torque control can be improved significantly.
• The quality of speed control can be improved significantly.

Encoder design
Encoders are available in various designs:
• Incremental encoders, single-turn absolute encoders, multi-turn absolute encoders
• Built-in encoders integrated in the motor and add-on encoders mounted to the mo-
tor
• Different mechanical connections of the motor shaft with the encoder.
• Different electrical connection options, such as terminal strip or plug connector.
• Different output signals: sin/cos, HTL, TTL, SSI, RS485 + sin/cos, HIPERFACE®,
MOVILINK® DDI, resolvers.
• With or without electronic nameplate for startup on SEW‑EURODRIVE inverters.
• Different resolutions and number of counted revolutions.
• Available for order ex works or mechanically prepared through mounting adapters
for retrofitting.
• Various mechanical preparations for mounting encoders subsequently.
• Design as safety encoder for implementing safety functions.
• Design as encoder for use in explosion-protected areas according to ATEX/IECEx.
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers a wide range of encoders for different applications and dif-
ferent inverters. Before selecting the encoder, check the application environment as
well as the encoder interface of the inverter.

Electronic nameplate
With EI8Z, E.8S, EK8W, EK8Z, AK8H, A.8W, and AK8Z encoders, important startup
30590116/EN – 03/2023

data are stored in an electronic nameplate. This facilitates starting up the drive and
ensures that motor parameters are set correctly in the inverter.
During startup, the engineering software checks whether an electronic nameplate is
present in the encoder and suggests the use of this data.
Advantages of auto identification of the drive:
• Complete and correct identification of encoder, motor, and gear unit

448 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
General information 8
• No manual entry of data is necessary, which saves time during startup.
• Easy startup of drives that are installed in locations that are difficult to access.

Modular encoder system

The modular encoder concept is standardized and improved. The encoders of the
spread shaft (.S7.), plug-in shaft (.G7.) and hollow shaft (.H7.) variants have been
converted into encoder variants with a cone shaft (.K8.). You will find significant ad-
vantages of the improved encoder in the following chapters.

Built-in encoders (EI..)

• EI7. and EI8. built-in encoders.
– This encoder is integrated in the motor in a particular compact manner without
adding extra length to the motor.
– Brake wear can be measured without removing the encoder.
– The encoder can be retrofitted.
– The encoder does not have its own bearing. This is why the encoder is wear-
free during operation and is suited for rough operating conditions, also with fre-
quent working brake operations.
The EI7. encoder family is currently built in its second generation by SEW-
EURODRIVE. The version identification EI7. B and EI7C B is not listed in the type
designation, however, and is therefore not listed in this document.

Cone shaft (.K8.)

• Encoders with cone shaft .K8.
– The encoder type is available for sizes 63 to 355.
– The encoders are available as safety encoders for implementing safety func-
tions.
– The encoders are suited for use in explosion-protected motors.
– It is possible to measure the brake wear without removing the encoder.
– The cone shaft connection is particularly robust and accurate.

Spread shaft (.S7.), plug-in shaft (.S7.), hollow shaft (.H7.)

The encoders with expansion, plug-in and hollow shafts are replaced by encoders with
cone shaft (.K8.) and with built-in encoders (EI..). We recommend switching to the
new encoder types in order to take advantage of the numerous advantages mentioned
above. You can find more information on our website:
https://www.sew-eurodrive.de/produkte/motoren/drehstrommotoren/zube-
hoer_und_optionen/geber/geber.html .

8.1.1 Encoder capability class

Encoder systems by SEW‑EURODRIVE are categorized into ability classes. The cat-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

egorization into different ability classes provides an overview regarding which encoder
can be used for what application. This allows for an optimal preselection.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 449

 Encoders
8 General information

In case of special applications, SEW‑EURODRIVE will gladly assist you with the se-
lection.

- Functions of the medium class, plus:

- Speed control: high dynamics

High class - Position control: high accuracy

> 18 Bit
(>262144 - Control mode: CFC
positioning steps
/revolution)

- Functions of the basic class, plus:

Medium class - Speed control: medium dynamics
12 – 14 Bit
(4096 – 16384 - Torque control
positioning steps - Control mode: CFC, VFCn
/revolution)
- Pos. + n-control:
Mean accuracy

- Speed monitoring (FS)

Basic class
<10 Bit
- Positioning: no resolution
(<1024 positioning
steps/revolution) - n-control: possible without control

9007232170049675

8.1.2 Assignment of encoders to capability classes

The following table lists the standard encoder systems for asynchronous motors from
SEW‑EURODRIVE and their assignment to the capability classes.

Ability class Encoder type Electrical interface Encoder function

Basic Class EI71 HTL Incremental encoder
Basic Class EI72 HTL Incremental encoder
Basic Class EI76 HTL Incremental encoder
Basic Class EI7C HTL Incremental encoder
Medium Class EI8R TTL Incremental encoder
Medium Class EI8C HTL Incremental encoder
Medium Class EK8R/EV8R TTL Incremental encoder
Medium Class EK8C/EV8C HTL Incremental encoder
High Class EK8S/EV8S SinCos Incremental encoder
High Class AK8W/AV8W SinCos + RS485 Multi-turn absolute encoder
30590116/EN – 03/2023

High Class AK8Y/AV8Y SinCos + SSI Multi-turn absolute encoder

High Class AK8H/AV8H HIPERFACE® Multi-turn absolute encoder

450 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Type designation for encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE 8
Type
designation
for
encoders
from
SEW‑EURO
DRIVE

8.2 Type designation for encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE

The type designation of encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE consists of 4 characters,
e.g. ES7C, and is used in the type designation of the motor.

1. character: Encoder design

Identifier Description
A Multi-turn absolute encoder
E Single-turn absolute encoder or incremental encoder
N Low resolution proximity switch and incremental encoder
CW Resolver
X Special encoder

2. character: Tool flange to the motor

The add-on encoder is mounted to the motor on the B-side by means of various tool
flanges. The interface to be used depends on the motor size or the selected option.

Identifier Description
K Cone shaft (shaft centered)
V Solid shaft with coupling (flange-centered with flange cover)
H Hollow shaft (shaft centered)
I Built-in encoder, integrated in the motor without additional length
F positive
L linear

Identifier Motors Description

S (E)DRN71 – 132S Spread shaft (shaft centered)
G (E)DRN132M – 280 Plug-in shaft (shaft centered)

3. character: Key figure for the generation of the encoder/type

Identifier Description
9 Built-in encoders of the high class or add-on encoders of the middle and
high class of the second generation
8 Built-in encoders of the middle class or add-on encoder of the middle
and high class of the second generation
7 Built-in encoders of the basic class or add-on encoder of the medium
and high class of the first generation
1–6 Various geometric variants
30590116/EN – 03/2023

0 Special design

4. character: Electrical interface of the encoder

Identifier Description
1–6 Signal periods per revolution

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 451

 Encoders
8 Type designation for encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE

Identifier Description
A Design of the mounting adapter (see chapter "Encoder mounting adapt-
er" (→ 2 473))
C HTL (with or without index track) at typically UB = 9 – 30 V
H sin/cos + RS485 HIPERFACE® (multi-turn)
L Resolver signal
M Resolver signal
CW TTL (RS422) at typically UB = 9 – 30 V
S sin/cos + RS485 (optional)
T TTL (RS422) at UB = 5 V
W Sin/cos + RS485 (single-turn or multi-turn)
Y sin/cos or TTL(RS422) + SSI (multi-turn)
Z MOVILINK® DDI

30590116/EN – 03/2023

452 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
EI7., EI8. built-in encoder 8
8.3 EI7., EI8. built-in encoder
The built-in encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE are completely integrated into the mo-
tor. This means the overall length of the drive remains unchanged. The components of
the built-in encoder do not protrude beyond the contour of the drive, which means they
are particularly well protected from environmental effects and damage. Built-in en-
coders enable a particularly compact motor design.
Area of application EI7. built-in encoders are suited for the following applications:
• Simple positioning with up to 96 increments per revolution
• Speed monitoring
• Direction of rotation monitoring
• The EI7C encoder is also available as an EI7C FS safety encoder (not at size
DR.63..).
EI8. built-in encoders are suited for the following applications:
• The EI8Z built-in encoder allows for a motor without additional length through the
encoder in combination with single-cable technology and the fully digital
MOVILINK® DDI interface
• Speed monitoring
• Direction of rotation monitoring
• Positioning/position control up to a resolution of 12 bits (4096 increments/revolu-
tion)
• Speed control
• Torque control
Evaluation EI7. built-in encoders can be evaluated with the following products from
SEW‑EURODRIVE:
• MOVI-C®: Can be evaluated in many devices of the modular inverter system. For
further information, refer to the respective inverter documentation.
• MOVITRAC® B in the technology version: Evaluation via "Simple positioning" appli-
cation software.
• MOVIFIT® FC with "technology" function level.
• MOVIPRO® with encoder option.
• MOVIDRIVE® B
• MOVIAXIS®
EI7C FS safety encoder can be evaluated with the following products from
SEW‑EURODRIVE:
• MOVI-C®: Functional safety with MOVISAFE® CS..A safety card.
• MOVIFIT® FC: Functional safety with S12 safety option.
EI8. built-in encoders can be evaluated with the following products from
SEW‑EURODRIVE:
• MOVI-C®: Can be evaluated in many devices of the modular inverter system. For
30590116/EN – 03/2023

further information, refer to the respective inverter documentation.

• MOVIPRO® with encoder option. For further information, refer to the respective in-
verter documentation.
• MOVIDRIVE® B with encoder option. For further information, refer to the respective
inverter documentation.
• MOVIAXIS®. For further information, refer to the respective inverter documenta-
tion.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 453

 Encoders
8 EI7., EI8. built-in encoder

8.3.1 Incremental encoders

Technical data

EI7., EI8.

EI7.
Encoder Size, unit EI711) EI721) EI761) EI7C1)
Signal output HTL
Supply voltage VB DC 9 V – 30 V
Maximum current consumption, free Iin 120 mA
of load
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 2.4 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft
in clockwise rotation
Incremental tracks, periods per revo- A, B 1, 2, 6, 24
lution (size 63: 24 only)
C –
Position resolution, increments per A, B 4, 8, 24, 96
revolution (size 63: 96 only)
Voltage output signal Ut_diff –
differential
(peak-to-peak)
(A’ = A - A; B’ = B - B)
Voltage output signal Ut ULow ≤ 3 V
non-differential UHigh ≥ UB - 3.5 V
(peak-to-peak)
Signal level output, offset Ut_o –
nominal against 0 V
(A, B, C, A, B, C)
Load resistance/load current RL/IL 60 mA
differential
Resistance between tracks and refer- Rgnd –
ence ground
Load capacitance, output Co –
Voltage output signal, Ut_diff –
differential (C’ = C - C) e
(peak-to-peak)
C track offset g –
Voltage output signal, non-differential Ut_C –
(C,C)
(peak-to-peak)
Phase angle track C’, k, l –
n = constant
Signal width track C WC –
Signal logic track C –
Pulse duty factor according to 50% ± 20%
IEC 60469-1, n = constant
Phase offset A: B; A: B d 90° ± 20°
n = constant
Incremental part accuracy 3.75° (225 ’)
Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)

EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum permissible magnetic field 25 mT/20 kA/m
external to the motor
(outer motor contour)
Maximum speed nmax 6000 min-1
Maximum cable length2) 100 m
Duration until error message –
(disabled outputs)

454 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
EI7., EI8. built-in encoder 8
Encoder Size, unit EI711) EI721) EI761) EI7C1)
Activation time of rotary encoder in- –
ternal diagnostics after switching on
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529
Installation altitude h ≤ 4000 m above sea level
Corrosion protection, surface protec- KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
tion
Connection Size 63:
M12 (8-pin)
Size 71 – 132S:
M12 (8- or 4-pin)
or
connection unit (can be pre-assembled in the field) in a terminal box
Ambient temperature °C -40 to +60
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate –
1) See figure "HTL/TTL signals and phase relationship".
2) Observe the limitations of the motor and/or the frequency inverter.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 455

 Encoders
8 EI7., EI8. built-in encoder

EI8.

EI8R, EI8C
Encoder Unit, size EI8R1) EI8C1)
Signal output TTL (RS422) HTL
Supply voltage VB DC 7 V to 30 V DC 7 V to 30 V
Maximum current consumption, free Iin 100 mA
of load
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 102.4 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft
in clockwise rotation.
Incremental tracks, periods per revo- A, B 1024 (10 bits)
lution C 1
Position resolution, increments per A, B 4096 (12 bits)
revolution
Voltage output signal Ut_diff –
differential
(peak-to-peak)
(A’ = A - A; B’ = B - B)
Voltage output signal Ut ULow ≤ 0.5 V ULow ≤ 3 V
non-differential UHigh ≥ 2.5 V UHigh ≥ UB - 3.5 V
(peak-to-peak)
Signal level output, offset Ut_o –
nominal against 0 V
(A, B, C, A, B, C)
Load resistance/load current RL/IL 25 mA 60 mA
differential
Resistance between tracks and refer- Rgnd –
ence ground
Load capacitance, output Co –
Voltage output signal, Ut_diff –
differential (C’ = C - C) e
(peak-to-peak)
C track offset g –
Voltage output signal, non-differential Ut_C ULow ≤ 0.5 V ULow ≤ 3 V
(C,C) UHigh ≥ 2.5 V UHigh ≥ UB - 2.5 V
(peak-to-peak)
Phase angle track C’, k, l –
n = constant
Signal width track C WC 90° electrical
Signal logic track C C = log 1 when A = B = log 1
Pulse duty factor according to 50% ± 10 %
IEC 60469-1, n = constant
Phase offset A: B; A: B d 90° ± 20°
n = constant
Incremental part accuracy 0.2 ° (720 ")
Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum permissible external mag- 25 mT/20 kA/m
netic field
(outer contour of motor)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Maximum speed nmax 6000 min-1

2)
Maximum cable length 100 m 100 m
Duration until error message –
(disabled outputs)
Activation time of the rotary encoder –
internal diagnostics after
switching on
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529

456 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
EI7., EI8. built-in encoder 8
Encoder Unit, size EI8R1) EI8C1)
Installation altitude h ≤ 4000 m above sea level ≤ 4000 m above sea level
Corrosion protection, surface protec- KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
tion
Connection • M23 plug connector
• Connection unit with terminals in the terminal box that can be assembled in the
field
• M12 plug connector (without negated tracks in non-differential/single-ended
operation)
Ambient temperature °C -30 to +60
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate – –
1) See figure "HTL/TTL signals and phase relationship".
2) Observe the limitations of the motor and/or the frequency inverter.

EI8Z
Size, EI8Z
unit
Motor series DRN/DR2S/DR2L
Motor sizes 71 – 132S
With motor-integrated BG1Z brake control: BE..
Combination of brake/brake control
With motor-external brake control: BE.., BE.. FS (functional safety 1))
Combination of motor protection/ Motor protection: TF (in development)
temperature Motor protection/motor temperature: PI (Pt1000 in stator housing and motor temperature
model with MOVI-C® inverters)
1)
Combination of forced cooling fans
Encoder type Incremental encoder
Interface MOVILINK® DDI, coaxial
®
MOVILINK DDI type code DI.E..
Electronic nameplate ET2000 (MOVILINK® DDI, integrated)
Voltage supply DC 24 V (MOVILINK® DDI, integrated)
Incremental resolution
(Position steps per motor revolu- 12 bit 4096 inc
tion)
Single-turn resolution
(Position resolution per motor rev- –
olution)
Multi-turn resolution
(max. counter for complete motor –
revolutions)
Maximum permissible external Motor outer contour:
magnetic field 25 mT / 20 kA/m
Vibration resistance according to
≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to
≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum speed 6000 min-1
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529
Corrosion and surface protection KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
2)
Installation altitude ≤ 3866 m
30590116/EN – 03/2023

With MOVI-C® control cabinet inverters and MOVIMOT® flexible decentralized inverter:
-20 – +40 °C, (-40 °C – +60 °C2))
Ambient temperature of motor2)
With MOVIMOT® advanced decentralized inverters: See MOVIMOT® advanced operating
instructions/manual
Cable length, maximum3) 200 m
KD1: M23 hybrid connector, motor power 1.5 – 4.0 mm2, brake power 1.0 mm2
KDB: M40 hybrid connector, motor power 6.0 – 0.0 mm2, brake power 1.5 mm2
Connection technology
KD: Cable gland for hybrid cable
KDD: Motor and brake power cable gland, M23 signal plug connector

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 457

 Encoders
8 EI7., EI8. built-in encoder

Size, EI8Z
unit
Explosion protection –
Functional safety –
1) in preparation
2) Observe the restrictions of the ambient temperature and potential derating of the respective motor/inverter when used at an in-
creased ambient temperature and/or depending on the installation altitude.
3) Also dependent on the selected inverter type and configured PWM frequency and/or brake type; see documentation of the respective
inverters.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

458 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
EI7., EI8. built-in encoder 8
Increase in inertia when using El7. built-in encoder.
motor JMot + JEI7 - JPA Increase in inertia
10-4 kgm² %
DR..63MS 3.4 14
DR..63M 4.2 11
DR..71MS 8 48
DR..71M 9.7 36
DR..80MK 19.5 14
DR..80MS 21 14
DR..80M 27.2 10
DR..90S 64.3 19
DR..90L 77.5 15
DR..100LS 91.7 13
DR..100LM 100 11
DR..100L 121.6 9
DR..112M 192 8
DR..132S 255 6

Increase in inertia when using El8. built-in encoder.

motor JMot + JEI7 - JPA Increase in inertia
10-4 kgm² %
DR..71MS 5.72 6
DR..71M 7.44 4
DR..80MK 17.1 0
DR..80MS 18.5 0
DR..80M 24.7 0
DR..90S 53.9 0
DR..90L 67.1 0
DR..100LS 81.3 0
DR..100LM 89.6 0
DR..100L 111.9 0
DR..112M 179.6 1
DR..132S 242.6 1

INFORMATION
Due to the slight increase in inertia, it is not necessary to reduce the no-load starting
frequency Z0.

8.3.2 Order information

Type designation /EI7.
/EI8.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 459

 Encoders
8 Add-on encoder

8.4 Add-on encoder

The add-on encoder is mounted to the motor on the B-side of the motor by means of
various tool flanges. The standard for this is a conical shaft connection.

Electronic nameplate
With EI8Z, E.8S, EK8W, EK8Z, AK8H, A.8W, and AK8Z encoders, important startup
data are stored in an electronic nameplate. This facilitates starting up the drive and
ensures that motor parameters are set correctly in the inverter.
During startup, the engineering software checks whether an electronic nameplate is
present in the encoder and suggests the use of this data.
Advantages of auto identification of the drive:
• Complete and correct identification of encoder, motor, and gear unit
• No manual entry of data is necessary, which saves time during startup.
• Easy startup of drives that are installed in locations that are difficult to access.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

460 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Add-on encoder 8
8.4.1 Incremental encoders

Technical data

EK8S, EK8R, EK8C

Encoder Size, unit EK8S EK8R EK8C
Signal output sin/cos TTL (RS422) HTL/TTL
Supply voltage VB DC 7 V – 30 V DC 7 V – 30 V DC 4.75 V – 30 V
Supply voltage UB_FS DC 7 V to 30 V – –
for functional safety applications
Maximum current consumption, free of load Iin 100 mA (at UB = 7 V)
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 150 kHz 120 kHz 120 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft
in clockwise rotation
Incremental tracks, periods per revolution A, B 1024 (10 bits)
C 1
Position resolution, increments per revolu- A, B 4096 (12 bits)
tion
Voltage output signal Ut_diff 1 V ± 10% – –
differential
(peak-to-peak)
(B’ = B - B) (A’ = A - A)
Voltage output signal Ut 0.5 V ± 10% ULow ≤ 0.5 V UB ≤ 6 V: TTLULow = 0V
non-differential UHigh ≥ 2.5 V (≤ 0.5 V)UHigh =5V (≥
(peak-to-peak) 2.5 V)UB > 6 V: HTLU-
Low = 0V - 3 VUHigh =
(UB - 2.5 V) - UB
Signal level output, offset Ut_o 2.5 V ± 0.3 V – -
nominal against 0 V
(A, B, C, A, B, C)
Total harmonic distortion (THD) 40 dB (1%), 60 dB - -
(0.1%) from 7th Harmonic
Load resistance/load current RL/IL 120 Ω ± 10% 120 Ω ± 10% UB 6 V:
differential 120 Ω ± 10%
UB > 6 V:
1 – 3 kΩ
Resistance between tracks and reference Rgnd ≥ 1 kΩ – –
ground
Load capacitance, output Co ≤ 20 nF – –
Voltage output signal, Ut_diff 0.3 – 1.4 V – –
differential (C’ = C - C) e
(peak-to-peak)
C track offset g 192 mV ± 5 mV – –
Voltage output signal, non-differential (C, C) Ut_C – ULow ≤ 0.5 V UB ≤ 6 V:
(peak-to-peak) UHigh ≥ 2.5 V ULow ≤ 0.5 V
UHigh ≥ 2.5 V
UB > 6 V:
ULow ≤ 3 V
UHigh ≥ UB - 2.5 V
Phase angle track C’, k, l k = 180° ± 90° – –
n = constant l = 180° ± 90°
Signal width track C WC see figure 90° electrical 90° electrical
Signal logic track C see figure C = log 1, when C = log 1, when
A = B = log 1 A = B = log 1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Pulse duty factor according to IEC 60469-1, – 50% ± 10% 50% ± 10%
n = constant
Phase offset A: B; A: B d 90° ± 2 ° 90° ± 20° 90° ± 20°
n = constant
Accuracy of the incremental section1) 0.0194° (70 ") 0,033 ° (120 ") 0,033 ° (120 ")
Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 461

 Encoders
8 Add-on encoder

Encoder Size, unit EK8S EK8R EK8C

Maximum permitted external magnetic field 25 mT / 20 kA/m (on the encoder housing: 10 mT / 8 kA/m)
(outer contour of motor)
Maximum speed nmax 6000 min-1
2)
Maximum cable length 100 m 300 m3) 20 ‑ 300 m4)
5)
Duration until fault message ≤ 25 ms – –
(deactivated outputs)
Activation time of rotary encoder-internal di- ≤ 200 ms – –
agnostics after switching on
Degree of protection according to EN 60529 IP66
Installation altitude h ≤ 4000 m above sea level
In explosion-protected areas: Permitted external pressure 0.8 to 1.1 bar (at
typical height ≤ 1800 m above sea level)
Explosion protection mark ATEX/IECEx ATEX equipment category 3 (3G, 3D, 3GD)
IECEx EPL .c (3G-c, 3D-c, 3GD-c)
IECEx certificate of conformity IECEx IBE 18.0032X
Corrosion protection, surface protection KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
Connection Integrated encoder plug connector on the fan guard (can be pre-assembled
and plugged in the field), optionally with M23 plug connector
Ambient tempera- DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +80 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
ture 71-132L With FS encoder:
-30 to +60
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
160-355
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +80 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
71-225
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
250
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +40 -30 to +40 -30 to +40
280
EDRN °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
71-280
EDRN °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
71-280S
EDRN °C -30 to +40 -30 to +40 -30 to +40
280M
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 2x104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate RS485 (serial, asynchro- – –
nous); 1920 bytes
Maximum degree of pollution during instal- Degree of pollution 1 (IEC 61010-1, EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
lation work
1) Due to the stiffness of the torque bracket, you have to take into account an automatically resetting ±0.6° twist (depending of the di-
rection of rotation) of the encoder housing compared to the encoder shaft.
2) Observe the requirements for the cables and the supply voltage.
3) Cable length 300 m: Observe the voltage drop on the encoder signal cable and the requirements of the minimum input levels of the
encoder evaluation card.
4) 30 m: MOVI-C® MOVITRAC® advanced inverters from SEW-EURODRIVE with connection to the binary input terminals and 24 V
supply; 300 m: Inverters from the MOVI-C® modular automation system from SEW-EURODRIVE or generation B inverters with
DEU21B encoder cards, or if the maximum encoder supply is 12 V; 100 m: in all other cases.
5) Sin/cos encoders have a self-diagnostics function. If a fault is detected, the sensor reports it by deactivating the output signals to the
encoder evaluation unit.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

462 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Add-on encoder 8
EV8.
Encoder Size, unit EV8S1) EV8R2) EV8C2)
Signal output sin/cos TTL (RS422) HTL
Supply voltage VB DC 7 V – 30 V DC 7 V – 30 V DC 4.75 V – 30 V
Supply voltage UB_FS DC 7 V to 30 V – –
for functional safety applications
Maximum current consumption, free Iin 100 mA (at UB = 7 V)
of load
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 150 kHz 120 kHz 120 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft
in clockwise rotation
Incremental tracks, periods per revo- A, B 1024 (10 bits)
lution C 1
Position resolution, increments per A, B 4096 (12 bits)
revolution
Voltage output signal Ut_diff 1 V ± 10% – –
differential
(peak-to-peak)
(B’ = B - B) (A’ = A - A)
Voltage output signal Ut 0.5 V ± 10% ULow ≤ 0.5 V UB ≤ 6 V:
non-differential UHigh ≥ 2.5 V ULow ≤ 0.5 V
(peak-to-peak) UHigh ≥ 2.5 V
UB > 6 V:
ULow ≤ 3 V
UHigh ≥ UB - 2.5 V
Signal level output, offset Ut_o 2.5 V ± 0.3 V - -
nominal against 0 V
(A, B, C, A, B, C)
Total harmonic distortion (THD) 40 dB (1 %), 60 dB (0.1 %) - -
from 7th Harmonic
Load resistance/load current RL/IL 120 Ω ± 10% 120 Ω ± 10% UB 6 V:
differential 120 Ω ± 10%
UB > 6 V:
1 – 3 kΩ
Resistance between tracks and refer- Rgnd ≥ 1 kΩ – –
ence ground
Load capacitance, output Co ≤ 20 nF – –
Voltage output signal, Ut_diff – –
differential (C’ = C - C) e 0.3 – 1.4 V
(peak-to-peak)
C track offset g 192 mV ± 5 mV – –
Voltage output signal, non- Ut_C UB ≤ 6 V:
differential (C, C) ULow ≤ 0.5 V
(peak-to-peak) ULow ≤ 0.5 V UHigh ≥ 2.5 V
–
UHigh ≥ 2.5 V UB > 6 V:
ULow ≤ 3 V
UHigh ≥ UB - 2.5 V
Phase angle track C’, k, l k = 180° ± 90° – –
n = constant l = 180° ± 90°
Signal width track C WC see figure 90° electrical 90° electrical
Signal logic track C see figure C = log 1, when C = log 1, when
A = B = log 1 A = B = log 1
Pulse duty factor according to – 50% ± 10% 50% ± 10%
IEC 60469-1, n = constant
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Phase offset A: B; A: B d 90° ± 2 ° 90° ± 20° 90° ± 20°

n = constant
Accuracy of the incremental section3) 0.0194° (70 ") 0,033 ° (120 ") 0,033 ° (120 ")
Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum speed nmax 6000 min-1
4)
Maximum cable length 100 m 300 m5) 100 m6)

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 463

 Encoders
8 Add-on encoder

Encoder Size, unit EV8S1) EV8R2) EV8C2)

Duration until fault message5) ≤ 25 ms – –
(deactivated outputs)
Activation time of rotary encoder-in- ≤ 200 ms – –
ternal diagnostics after switching on
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529
Installation altitude h ≤ 4000 m above sea level
In explosion-protected areas: Permitted external pressure 0.8 to 1.1 bar (at typical
height ≤ 1800 m above sea level)
Explosion protection mark ATEX/ ATEX equipment category 3 (3G, 3D, 3GD)
IECEx IECEx EPL .c (3G-c, 3D-c, 3GD-c)
IECEx certificate of conformity IECEx IBE 18.0032X
Corrosion protection, surface protec- KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
tion
Connection Integrated encoder plug connector on the fan guard (can be pre-assembled and
plugged in the field), optionally with M23 plug connector
Ambient temperature DRN °C -30 to +80 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
of motor 71-132L
DRN °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
160-355
DRN °C -30 to +80 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
71-225
DRN °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
250
DRN °C -30 to +40 -30 to +40 -30 to +40
280
EDRN °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
71-280
EDRN °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
71-280S
EDRN °C -30 to +40 -30 to +40 -30 to +40
280M
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 2x104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate RS485 (serial, asynchro- – –
nous); 1920 bytes
Maximum degree of pollution during Degree of pollution 1 (IEC 61010-1, EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
installation work
1) See figure "Sin/cos signals and phase relationship".
2) See figure "HTL/TTL signals and phase relationship".
3) Due to the stiffness of the torque bracket, you have to take into account an automatically resetting ±0.6° twist (depending of the di-
rection of rotation) of the encoder housing compared to the encoder shaft.
4) Observe the requirements for the cables and the supply voltage.
5) Sin/cos encoders have a self-diagnostics function. If a fault is detected, the sensor reports it by deactivating the output signals to the
encoder evaluation unit.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

464 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Add-on encoder 8
8.4.2 Multi-turn absolute encoders

Technical data

AK8H, AK8W
Encoder Size, unit AK8H AK8W1)
®
Signal output HIPERFACE sin/cos + RS485
Supply voltage VB DC 7 V – 12 V DC 7 V – 30 V
Supply voltage UB_FS – DC 7 V to 30 V
for FS applications
Maximum current consumption, free of Iin 80 mA 100 mA (at UB = 7 V)
load
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 200 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft in clockwise rotation
Incremental tracks, periods per revolution A, B 1024 (10 bits) 2048 (11 bits)
C -
Position resolution, increments per revolu- A, B 32768 (15 bits) 65536 (16 bits)
tion HIPERFACE® (RS485)
Voltage output signal Ut_diff
differential
1 V ± 10%
(peak-to-peak)
(A’ = A - A; B’ = B - B
Voltage output signal Ut
non-differential 0.5 V ± 10%
(peak-to-peak)
Signal level output, offset Ut_o
nominal against 0 V 2.5 V ± 0.3 V
(A, B, C, A, B, C)V
Total harmonic distortion (THD) 40 dB (1%), 60 dB (0.1%) from 7th Harmonic
Load resistance/load current RL/IL
120 Ω ± 10%
differential
Resistance between track and reference Rgnd ≥ 1 kΩ
ground
Load capacitance, output ≤ 20 nF
Voltage output signal, Ut_diff –
differential (C’ = C - C) e
(peak-to-peak)
C track offset g –
Voltage output signal, non-differential (C, Ut_C –
C)
(peak-to-peak)
Phase angle track C’, k, l –
n = constant
Signal width track C WC -
Signal logic track C -
Voltage output signal Ut_diff
differential
Typical: 6.6 V to 10 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D’ = D- D)
Voltage output signal Ut
non-differential
Typical: 3.3 V to 5 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D, /D)
Signal level output, offset Ut_o
30590116/EN – 03/2023

nominal against 0 V Typical: 0 V

(D, /D) V
Voltage input signal Ut_diff
differential
Typical: 6.6 V to 10 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D’ = D- D)
Voltage input signal Ut
non-differential
Typical: 3.3 V to 5 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D, /D)

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 465

 Encoders
8 Add-on encoder

Encoder Size, unit AK8H AK8W1)

Signal level input, offset Ut_o
nominal against 0 V Typical: 0 V
(D, /D) V
Pulse duty factor according to -
IEC 60469-1, n = constant
Phase offset A: B; A: B 90° ± 2°
n = constant
Accuracy of the incremental section1) ± 0.0144° (± 52 ") 0.0194 ° (70 ")
Accuracy of the absolute section ± 0.0144° (± 52 ") ±1 LSB (Least Significant Bit)
Scanning code/counting direction – Binary code, ascending with the direc-
tion of rotation specified above
Multi-turn resolution 4096 revolutions (12 bits) 65536 revolutions (16 bits)
Communication, interface HIPERFACE® RS485 (asynchronous, serial)
Communication, modules Driver to EIA RS485 Driver to EIA RS485
Clock frequency/bandwidth HIPERFACE® 9600 baud
Clock-pulse space period – –
Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum permitted external magnetic field 25 mT / 20 kA/m (on the encoder housing: 10 mT / 8 kA/m)
(outer contour of motor)
Maximum speed nmax 6000 min-1
2)
Maximum cable length 100 m
Duration until fault message HIPERFACE® ≤ 25 ms + 3/4 revolution
(disabled outputs)3)
Activation time of the rotary encoder-in- HIPERFACE® 200 ms
ternal diagnostics after switching on
Degree of protection according to
EN 60529
Installation altitude h ≤ 2000 m above sea level ≤ 4000 m above sea level
Explosion protection mark ATEX/IECEx – ATEX equipment category 3 (3G, 3D,
3GD)
IECEx EPL .c (3G-c, 3D-c, 3GD-c)
IECEx certificate of conformity – IECEx IBE 18.0032X
Corrosion protection, surface protection KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
Connection Integrated encoder plug connector on the fan guard (can be pre-assembled
and plugged in the field)
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 104 rad/s² 2x104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate HIPERFACE®; 1792 bytes RS485 (serial, asynchronous);
1920 bytes
Maximum degree of pollution during instal- Degree of pollution 1 (IEC 61010-1, EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
lation work
30590116/EN – 03/2023

466 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Add-on encoder 8
Encoder Size, unit AK8H AK8W1)
Ambient temper- DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60
ature 71-132
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60
160-355
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C – –
71-250
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C – –
280
EDRN °C – -30 to +60
71-355
EDRN °C – –
71-280S
EDRN °C – –
280M
1) Due to the stiffness of the torque bracket, you have to take into account an automatically resetting ±0.6° twist (depending of the di-
rection of rotation) of the encoder housing compared to the encoder shaft.
2) Observe the requirements for the cables.
3) Absolute encoders A.8W and A.8Y have a self-diagnostics function. If a fault is detected, the sensor reports it by deactivating the
output signals to the encoder evaluation unit.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 467

 Encoders
8 Add-on encoder

AK8Y
Encoder Size, unit AK8Y1)
Signal output sin/cos + SSI, RS422
Supply voltage VB DC 7 V – 30 V
Supply voltage UB_FS DC 7 V to 30 V
for FS applications
Maximum current consumption, free of load Iin 100 mA (at UB = 7 V)
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 200 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft in clockwise rotation
Incremental tracks, periods per revolution A, B 2048 (11 bits)
C –
Position resolution, increments per revolu- A, B 4096 (12 bits)
tion (SSI, RS422)
Voltage output signal Ut_diff
differential
1 V ± 10%
(peak-to-peak)
(A’ = A - A; B’ = B - B
Voltage output signal Ut
non-differential 0.5 V ± 10%
(peak-to-peak)
Signal level output, offset Ut_o
nominal against 0 V 2.5 V ± 0.3 V
(A, B, C, A, B, C)V
Total harmonic distortion (THD) 40 dB (1%), 60 dB (0.1%) from 7th Harmonic
Load resistance/load current RL/IL
120 Ω ± 10%
differential
Resistance between track and reference Rgnd ≥ 1 kΩ
ground
Load capacitance, output ≤ 20 nF
Voltage output signal Ut_diff
differential
Typical: 6.6 V to 10 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D’ = D- D)
Voltage output signal Ut
non-differential
Typical: 3.3 V to 5 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D, /D)
Signal level output, offset Ut_o
nominal against 0 V Typical: 0 V
(D, /D) V
Voltage input signal Ut_diff
differential
Typical: 6.6 V to 10 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D’ = D- D)
Voltage input signal Ut
non-differential
Typical: 3.3 V to 5 V (± 10%)
(peak-to-peak)
(D, /D)
Signal level input, offset Ut_o
nominal against 0 V Typical: 0 V
(D, /D) V
Voltage output signal, Ut_diff –
differential (C’ = C - C) e
(peak-to-peak)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

C track offset g –
Voltage output signal, non-differential (C, Ut_C –
C)
(peak-to-peak)
Phase angle track C’, k, l –
n = constant
Signal width track C WC –
Signal logic track C –

468 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Add-on encoder 8
Encoder Size, unit AK8Y1)
Pulse duty factor according to –
IEC 60469-1, n = constant
Phase offset A: B; A: B 90° ± 2°
n = constant
Accuracy of the incremental section2) 0.0194 ° (70 ")
Accuracy of the absolute section ±1 LSB (Least Significant Bit)
Scanning code/counting direction Gray code, ascending with the direction of rotation specified above
Multi-turn resolution 4096 revolutions (12 bits)
Communication, interface SSI (synchronous, serial)
Communication, modules Driver to EIA RS422
Clock frequency/bandwidth 100 – 800 kHz (100 m cable length with maximum 300 kHz)
Clock-pulse space period 12 – 30 µs
Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum permitted external magnetic field 25 mT / 20 kA/m (on the encoder housing: 10 mT / 8 kA/m)
(outer contour of motor)
Maximum speed nmax 6000 min-1
3)
Maximum cable length 100 m
Duration until fault message ≤ 25 ms + 3/4 revolution
(disabled outputs)4)
Activation time of the rotary encoder-in- 200 ms
ternal diagnostics after switching on
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529
Installation altitude h ≤ 4000 m above sea level
In explosion-protected areas: Permitted external pressure 0.8 – 1.1 bar (at typ-
ical height ≤ 1800 m above sea level)
Explosion protection mark ATEX/IECEx ATEX equipment category 3 (3G, 3D, 3GD)
IECEx EPL .c (3G-c, 3D-c, 3GD-c)
IECEx certificate of conformity IECEx IBE 18.0032X
Corrosion protection, surface protection KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
Connection Integrated encoder plug connector on the fan guard (can be pre-assembled
and plugged in the field)
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 2x104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate –
Maximum degree of pollution during instal- Degree of pollution 1 (IEC 61010-1, EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
lation work
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 469

 Encoders
8 Add-on encoder

Encoder Size, unit AK8Y1)

Ambient temper- DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +60
ature 71-132
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +60
160-355
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C –
71-250
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C –
280
EDRN °C -30 to +60
71-355
EDRN °C –
71-280S
EDRN °C –
280M
1) See figure "Sin/cos signals and phase relationship".
2) Due to the stiffness of the torque bracket, you have to take into account an automatically resetting ±0.6° twist (depending of the di-
rection of rotation) of the encoder housing compared to the encoder shaft.
3) Observe the requirements for the cables.
4) Absolute encoders A.8W and A.8Y have a self-diagnostics function. If a fault is detected, the sensor reports it by deactivating the
output signals to the encoder evaluation unit.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

470 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Add-on encoder 8
AV8.
Encoder Size, unit AV8Y AV8W1) AV8H2)
Signal output sin/cos + SSI, RS422 sin/cos + RS485 HIPERFACE®
Supply voltage VB DC 7 V – 30 V DC 7 V – 30 V DC 7 V – 12 V
Supply voltage UB_FS DC 7 V to 30 V DC 7 V to 30 V –
for FS applications
Maximum current consumption, free of Iin 100 mA (at UB = 7 V) 100 mA (at UB = 7 V) 80 mA
load
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 200 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft in clockwise rotation
Incremental tracks, periods per revolu- A, B 2048 (11 bits) 2048 (11 bits) 1024 (10 bits)
tion C –
Incremental tracks, increments per rev- A, B 8192 (13 Bit) 8192 (13 bit) 4096 (12 bit)
olution
Position resolution, positions per revo- Digital 4096 (12 bits) 65536 (16 bits) 32768 (15 bits)
lution, digital protocol (SSI, RS422) (RS485) HIPERFACE®
Voltage output signal Ut_diff
differential
1 V ± 10% 1 V ± 10% HIPERFACE®
(peak-to-peak)
(A’ = A - A; B’ = B - B
Voltage output signal Ut
non-differential 0.5 V ± 10% 0.5 V ± 10% HIPERFACE®
(peak-to-peak)
Signal level output, offset Ut_o
nominal against 0 V 2.5 V ± 0.3 V 2.5 V ± 0.3 V HIPERFACE®
(A, B, C, A, B, C)V
Total harmonic distortion (THD) 40 dB (1%), 60 dB (0.1%) 40 dB (1%), 60 dB (0.1%)
HIPERFACE®
from 7th Harmonic from 7th Harmonic
Load resistance/load current RL/IL
120 Ω ± 10% 120 Ω ± 10% HIPERFACE®
differential
Resistance between track and refer- Rgnd ≥ 1 kΩ ≥ 1 kΩ
HIPERFACE®
ence ground
Load capacitance, output ≤ 20 nF ≤ 20 nF HIPERFACE®
Voltage output signal, Ut_diff – –
differential (C’ = C - C) e HIPERFACE®
(peak-to-peak)
C track offset g – – HIPERFACE®
Voltage output signal, non-differential Ut_C – –
(C, C) HIPERFACE®
(peak-to-peak)
Phase angle track C’, k, l – –
HIPERFACE®
n = constant
Signal width track C WC –
Signal logic track C –
Pulse duty factor according to –
IEC 60469-1, n = constant
Phase offset A: B; A: B 90° ± 2° 90° ± 2°
HIPERFACE®
n = constant
Accuracy of the incremental section3) 0.0194 ° (70 ") 0.0194 ° (70 ") ± 0.0144° (± 52 ")
Accuracy of the absolute section ±1 LSB (Least Significant ±1 LSB (Least Significant ± 0.0144° (± 52 ")
Bit) Bit)
Scanning code/counting direction Gray code, ascending with Binary code, ascending –
the direction of rotation with the direction of rota-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

specified above tion specified above

Multi-turn resolution 4096 revolutions (12 bits) 65536 revolutions (16 bits) 4096 revolutions (12 bits)
Communication, interface SSI (synchronous, serial) RS485 (asynchronous, HIPERFACE®
serial)
Communication, modules Driver to EIA RS422 Driver to EIA RS485 Driver to EIA RS485
Clock frequency/bandwidth 100 – 800 kHz (100 m 9600 baud HIPERFACE®
cable length with maximum
300 kHz)
Clock-pulse space period 12 – 30 µs – –

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 471

 Encoders
8 Add-on encoder

Encoder Size, unit AV8Y AV8W1) AV8H2)

Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum speed nmax 6000 min-1
4)
Maximum cable length 100 m
Duration until fault message ≤ 25 ms + 3/4 revolution ≤ 25 ms + 3/4 revolution HIPERFACE®
(disabled outputs)5)
Activation time of the rotary encoder-in- 200 ms 200 ms HIPERFACE®
ternal diagnostics after switching on
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529
Installation altitude h ≤ 4000 m above sea level ≤ 4000 m above sea level ≤ 2000 m above sea level
In explosion-protected areas: Permitted external pressure 0.8 – 1.1 bar (at typical
height ≤ 1800 m above sea level)
Explosion protection mark ATEX/IECEx ATEX equipment category ATEX equipment category –
3 (3G, 3D, 3GD) 3 (3G, 3D, 3GD)
IECEx EPL .c (3G-c, 3D-c, IECEx EPL .c (3G-c, 3D-c,
3GD-c) 3GD-c)
IECEx certificate of conformity IECEx IBE 18.0032X IECEx IBE 18.0032X –
Corrosion protection, surface protection KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
Connection Integrated encoder plug connector on the fan guard (can be pre-assembled and
plugged in the field)
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 2x104 rad/s² 2x104 rad/s² 104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate – RS485 (serial, asynchro- HIPERFACE®; 1792 bytes
nous); 1920 bytes
Maximum degree of pollution during in- Degree of pollution 1 (IEC 61010-1, EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
stallation work
Ambient tem- DRN../DR2./DRU. °C – – –
perature 71-132
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C – – –
160-355
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 -30 to +60
71-250
DRN../DR2./DRU. °C -30 to +40 -30 to +40 -30 to +40
280
EDRN °C – – –
71-355
EDRN °C -30 to +60 -30 to +60 –
71-280S
EDRN °C -30 to +40 -30 to +40 –
280M
1) See figure "Sin/cos signals and phase relationship".
2) Observe the specification for the HIPERFACE® interface, Sick AG.
3) Due to the stiffness of the torque bracket, you have to take into account an automatically resetting ±0.6° twist (depending of the di-
rection of rotation) of the encoder housing compared to the encoder shaft.
4) Observe the requirements for the cables.
5) Absolute encoders A.8W and A.8Y have a self-diagnostics function. If a fault is detected, the sensor reports it by deactivating the
output signals to the encoder evaluation unit.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

472 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Encoder mounting adapter 8
8.5 Encoder mounting adapter
An encoder mounting adapter allows for mounting an encoder, which is not part of the
standard delivery, at a later time. SEW‑EURODRIVE distinguishes between 2 types of
encoder mounting adapters:
• Encoder mounting adapters for encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE
• Encoder mounting adapters for encoders of other manufacturers

8.5.1 Encoder mounting adapters for encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE

For the various tool flanges (depending on the size) for an encoder mounting adapter
for encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE, refer to chapter "Add-on encoder" (→ 2 460)
and "Built-in encoder" (→ 2 453).
Encoder mounting adapters are available for all standard encoders from
SEW‑EURODRIVE:

Identifier Description Sizes

EI7A (in prepara- For built-in encoders of types EI7., EI72, EI76 and EI7C 63 - 132S
tion)
EI8A (in prepara- For built-in encoders of types EI8R and EI8C 71-132S
tion)
EK8A For cone-shaft encoders of types .K8. (For retrofitting with inte- 71 – 315
grated encoder plug connector or M23 plug connector on the en-
coder)
XV8A For cone-shaft encoders of types .K8. in coupling add-on with fan 71 – 280
guard with encoder mount
315 (on request)

Notes on selection
For dimensions of mounting adapters of SEW‑EURODRIVE encoders, refer to chapter
"Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors" (→ 2 234).

Order information
Type designation EI7A, EI8A, EK8A, XV8A
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 473

 Encoders
8 Encoder mounting adapter

8.5.2 Encoder mounting adapters for XV.A encoders according to customer specifications
With this type of encoder mounting adapter, the AC motor is equipped with a mechani-
cal interface that can be mounted to an encoder specified by the customer. This en-
coder is not a product of SEW‑EURODRIVE and must be purchased separately.
Third-party encoders are installed by SEW‑EURODRIVE solely by means of special
solutions. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE in such cases.

Dimensions
Refer to the following table for dimensions of XV.A encoder mounting adapters.

Mounting adapter Design

Encoder shaft Centering
XV0A according to customer specification
XV1A 6 mm 50 mm
XV2A 10 mm 50 mm
XV3A 12 mm 80 mm
XV4A 11 mm 85 mm
XV5A 12 mm 45 mm
XV6A 10 mm 36 mm
A fan guard with encoder mount allows the encoder to be mounted on the motor shaft.
These encoders are usually attached using three conical spring washers.
The connection between the encoder shaft and the motor shaft is realized using a
coupling.
The dimensions of the mounting adapters for customer-specific encoders are not list-
ed here. Request the necessary dimension sheets from SEW‑EURODRIVE, if re-
quired.

INFORMATION
The combinations with forced cooling fan require knowledge of the installation space
of the encoder to be mounted. Several forced cooling fan guards with different
lengths are available. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE for more information.

Order information
Type designation /XV0A, /XV1A, /XV2A, /XV3A, /XV4A, XV5A, XV6A
30590116/EN – 03/2023

474 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Safety encoders 8
8.6 Safety encoders
Safety encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE are characterized by their exceptional reli-
ability as well as electronic and mechanical load capacity.
Safety encoders allow you to improve the safety of your machines by implementing
safety functions in relation to their speed, direction of rotation, idle state, relative posi-
tion or absolute position. The safety encoder provides the safety-relevant signals in
the intelligent interaction of sensor, control and actuator.
The safety function requires a reliable mechanical connection between encoder and
motor. At SEW‑EURODRIVE, this connection is dimensioned in such a way that fault
exclusion is achieved.
The safety encoders cannot trigger a safe state at the machine autonomously. There-
fore, they have to be monitored in the overall system. In case the encoder or the eval-
uation electronics detects a fault, a fault response is initiated in the overall system,
such as safe state.

8.6.1 Available safety encoders

Built-in encoders

Encoder Interface
type
EI7C FS HTL interface

Add-on encoders

Encoder Interface
type
EK8S Sin/cos interface
AK8W Sin/cos + RS485 interface (multi-turn)
AK8Y Sin/cos + SSI interface (multi-turn)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 475

 Encoders
8 Safety encoders

8.6.2 Underlying standards for safety encoders

The safety encoders are evaluated according to the following standards and safety
classes.

Encoder Safety encoder

ES- AS- AS7Y- EI7C FS
7SEG7SEK8S 7WAG7WAK8 AG7YAK8Y
W
IEC 61508 X X X –
(SIL)
IEC 62061 X X X –
(SIL)
ISO 13849 X X X X
(PL)
IEC 61800‑5 2 – – – X
Safety class SIL 3 or PL e can be achieved if a suitable safety encoder is integrated
into a safety system. The requirements (e.g. on the system architecture, the diagnos-
tics that may possibly be required, and failure probabilities) are to be implemented ac-
cording to the normative specifications and to the corresponding product documenta-
tion.

8.6.3 Safety functions of safety encoders

INFORMATION
For AK8W and AK8Y encoders, the multi-turn absolute interface is not part of the PL
d/SIL 2 approval. The absolute interface may not be used solely for implementing
safety functions.

Safety encoders can be used to implement the following safety functions in compli-
ance with EN 61800-5-2 with respect to speed, direction of rotation, idle state, and rel-
ative position.

En- SS1 SS2 SOS SLA SLS SDI SLI SSR SAR SSM
coder
EK8S X X X X X X X X X X
AK8W X X X X X X X X X X
AK8Y X X X X X X X X X X
EI7C FS X – – – X X – – – –
Safety encoders can be used to implement the following safety functions in compli-
ance with EN 61800-5-2 with respect to the absolute position.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Encoder SCA SLP

EK8S X X
AK8W X X
AK8Y X X
EI7C FS – –

476 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Safety encoders 8
8.6.4 Technical details

Operating ambient temperature for the motor

EK8S add-on encoder:

Mounted to the motor, safety encoders may be operated at a maximum ambient oper-
ating temperature of the motor of -30 °C to +60 °C.

AK8W, AK8Y add-on encoders:

Mounted to the motor, safety encoders may be operated at a maximum ambient oper-
ating temperature of the motor of -30 °C to +60 °C.

Add-on encoders
For technical details on the functionally safe EK8S, AK8W, and AK8Y add-on en-
coders, see chapter "EI7., EI8. built-in encoder" (→ 2 453) and "Add-on en-
coder" (→ 2 460).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 477

 Encoders
8 Safety encoders

EI7C FS
Encoder Size, unit EI7C FS
Signal output HTL
Supply voltage VB DC 19.2 V – 30 V
Exclusively SEL-/PELV circuits according to DIN EN 61131-2 are permitted
Maximum current consumption, free Iin 120 mA
of load
Maximum output current per track Iin ±30 mA
Maximum pulse frequency fpulse_max 1.44 kHz
Direction of rotation A before B when looking at the motor output shaft in clockwise rotation
Periods per revolution A, B 24
C –
Increments per revolution A, B 96
Voltage output signal Ut ULow ≤ 3 V
non-differential UHigh ≥ UB - 3.5 V
(peak-to-peak)
Pulse duty factor according to 50% ± 20%
IEC 60469-1, n = constant
Phase offset A: B; A: B d 90° ± 20°
n = constant
Vibration resistance according to ≤ 10 g (5 - 2000 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to ≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum permissible external mag- 25 mT/20 kA/m
netic field
(outer contour of motor)
Maximum speed nmax 3600 min-1
Maximum angular acceleration nmax 3000 rad/s2
1)
Maximum cable length 100 m
Duration until fault message2) min. 100 ms – max. 300 ms
(deactivated outputs)
Output leakage current in deactivated 250 µA
state (= error message)2)
Activation time of encoder-internal di- 300 ms (from UB > 9V)
agnostics after switching on
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529
Installation altitude h ≤ 3800 m above sea level
Corrosion protection, surface protec- KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
tion
Connection M12 (8-pole)
Ambient temperature °C -30 to +60
Storage temperature °C -15 to +70
Maximum angular acceleration 104 rad/s²
Electronic nameplate –
1) Observe the limitations of the motor and/or the frequency inverter.
2) The EI7C FS built-in encoder has a self-diagnostics function. If a fault is detected, the system reports it by deactivating the output
signals to the encoder evaluation unit.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

478 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Safety encoders 8
8.6.5 Characteristic safety values for safety encoder

INFORMATION
In addition to the documentation, you can also obtain the characteristic safety values
of components by SEW‑EURODRIVE in the SEW‑EURODRIVE library for the "SIS-
TEMA" software tool. The documentation and the library are available for download
from www.sew-eurodrive.com.

Characteristic safety values for EI7C FS

Characteristic safety values according to

IEC 61800‑5 2 ISO 13849-1
Classification SIL 2 PL d
System structure HFT = 0 1-channel (Cat. 2)
1) -8
PFHD value 8.0 x 10 1/h = 80 FIT (TU ≤ 60 °C)
1)
MTTFd value – 202 years (Tamb ≤ 60 °C)
Service life/proof test interval 20 years
Safe fault coverage (SFF) 95%

1) The specified values apply when the requirements for the evaluation electronics are met (see the addendum to the operating instruc-
tions "Safety Encoders and Safety Brakes").
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 479

 Encoders
8 Safety encoders

Characteristic safety values of AK8W, AK8Y

Characteristic safety values according to

IEC 62061/IEC 61508 ISO 13849-1
Classification SIL 2 PL d
System structure HFT = 1 2-channel (Cat. 3)
PFHD value1) 6.97 × 10-9 1/h = 6.97 FIT (Tamb ≤ 45 °C)
1.04 × 10-8 1/h = 10.4 FIT (Tamb ≤ 60 °C)
(without mounting on the motor)
MTTFd value1) – 1638 years (Tamb ≤ 45 °C)
1098 years (Tamb ≤ 60 °C)
(without mounting on the motor)
PFHd value1) 5.0 × 10-8 1/h = 50 FIT (TU ≤ 60 °C)
(with mounting on the motor;
takes into account a derating due
to motor reheating)
MTTFd value1) – 212 years (Tamb ≤ 60 °C)
(with mounting on the motor;
takes into account a derating due
to motor reheating)
Service life/proof test interval 20 years
Motor/encoder connection Fault exclusion according to IEC 61800-5-2
(only for drives with FS logo)
1) The specified values apply when the requirements for the follow-up electronics are met according to the addendum to the operating
instructions "Safety Encoders and Safety Brakes for AC Motors DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. Functional Safety

30590116/EN – 03/2023

480 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
Safety encoders 8
Characteristic safety values of EK8S

Characteristic safety values according to

IEC 62061/IEC 61508 ISO 13849-1
Classification SIL 2 PL d
System structure HFT = 1 2-channel (Cat. 3)
PFHD value1) 7.8 × 10-9 1/h = 7.8 FIT (TU ≤ 45 °C)
(without mounting on the motor) 1.2 × 10-8 1/h = 12 FIT (TU ≤ 60 °C)
"MTTF"D value1) – 1474 years (Tamb ≤ 45 °C)
(without mounting on the motor) 1030 years (Tamb ≤ 60 °C)
1) -8
PFHd value 5.0 × 10 1/h = 50 FIT (TU ≤ 60 °C)
(with mounting on the motor;
takes into account a derating due
to motor reheating)
MTTFd value1) – 212 years (Tamb ≤ 60 °C)
(with mounting on the motor;
takes into account a derating due
to motor reheating)
Service life/proof test interval 20 years
Motor/encoder connection Fault exclusion according to IEC 61800-5-2
(only for drives with FS logo)
1) The specified values apply when the requirements for the follow-up electronics are met according to the addendum to the operating
instructions "Safety Encoders and Safety Brakes for AC Motors DR.., DRN.., DR2.., EDR.., EDRN.. Functional Safety".
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 481

 Encoders
8 General information on drive selection

8.7 General information on drive selection

8.7.1 Encoders
Sensors that are mountable on the motors in series can be combined with a range of
motor designs and options, such as brakes and forced cooling fans.
If you have any questions, please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

8.7.2 Encoder connection

When connecting the encoders to the inverters, follow the operating instructions for
the inverter and the wiring diagrams supplied with the encoders.
There may be differing requirements or limitations for the EI7C FS safety encoder due
to the encoder evaluation unit, e.g. regarding the maximum cable lengths or the core
cross sections. Observe the product documentation for the encoder evaluation unit for
this.

Mechanical requirements
• For connection variants with M12 or M23 plug connector, a strain relief of the cable
must be carried out by the customer in accordance with IEC 60079‑14
• Note the following for connection variants with terminal strips or connection units:
– Cables and cores must be mechanically protected against damage when they
come into contact with motor components in the terminal box. Use fabric hoses.
– Cables and cores must be electrically shielded from live parts such as Terminal
boards or power terminals of the motor. Observe the required clearance and
creepage distances.
– Observe possible requirements regarding conformity with UL or CSA.For me-
chanical and electrical protection, use suitable glass fiber tubing with UL style,
for example.

Electrical requirements

WARNING
When connecting the encoders in the terminal box, observe the electrical voltage re-
sistance requirements from IEC 61800-5-1.

• Maximum cable length (inverter to encoder):

– 100 m with a capacitance from conductor to shield ≤ 110 nF/km
– 100 m with a capacitance from conductor to conductor ≤ 70 nF/km
Output capacitance according to DIN VDE 0472 Part 504.
• Core cross section:
30590116/EN – 03/2023

– Supply cores ≥ 0.25 mm2 for cable lengths up to 50 m

– Supply cores ≥ 0.5 mm2 for cable lengths up to 100 m
– Signal cores ≥ 0.25 mm2
• Shielded cable with twisted core pairs. Connect the shield over a wide area at both
ends:
– Encoder end: in the cable gland of the encoder connection cover, or in the ter-
minal box, or in the encoder connector.

482 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Encoders
General information on drive selection 8
– Inverter end or evaluation unit end: to the electronics shield clamp and to the
housing of the D‑sub connector or another connector.
• Install the encoder cables separately from the power cables, maintaining a dis-
tance of at least 200 mm.
• Observe the technical data of the encoder when selecting the cabling, in particular
with regard to the operating voltage or current.

8.7.3 Connection alternatives

The encoders are available with the following connection options:
/EK8., /AK8. • With an integrated encoder plug connector with connection cover (motor tempera-
ture sensors must be routed separately)
• With an integrated encoder plug connector without connection cover (motor tem-
perature sensors must be routed separately)
• With an M23 connector on the terminal box (optionally with integrated motor tem-
perature sensor)
• With a terminal strip in the terminal box (optionally with integrated motor tempera-
ture sensor)
• With a short cable with M23 connector directly on the encoder (motor temperature
sensor must be routed separately)
/EI8. • With a terminal strip inside the terminal box (optionally with integrated motor tem-
perature sensor)
• With an M23 connector on the terminal box (optionally with integrated motor tem-
perature sensor)
SEW-EURODRIVE recommends to use prefabricated encoder cables.
When using prefabricated cables from SEW‑EURODRIVE, you can order the en-
coders without a connection cover because this cover is part of the cable.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 483

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9
9 AC motors with decentralized technology
The purpose of decentralized installation is to minimize the installation effort for elec-
trical drives in production plants.
The frequency inverter or motor starter of the drive is not installed in the control cab-
inet but in the field close to the motor. The installation of long cables for distributing
power and transferring data can be reduced to a minimum. The sole remaining pur-
pose of the control cabinet is to house control components for signal processing and
diagnostics.
The latest generation of drive units is installed in the field, i.e. at specific locations in
the plant where functions are implemented. These are mechatronic drive systems with
integrated power and signaling electronics for monitoring, actual value acquisition and
communication.
The power is distributed to the individual drives by means of specially developed cable
systems with pluggable or permanently connected power outputs. A communication
link is used for control and diagnosis of the decentralized drive units. Usually, this
takes the form of an established fieldbus system or Ethernet-based network.
Energy + control

Energy

Control

Decentralized installation Centralized installation

20019877259
30590116/EN – 03/2023

484 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
MOVIMOT®

9.1 MOVIMOT®

9.1.1 Description
MOVIMOT® is the combination of AC motor and frequency inverter in a power range
from 0.37 to 4.0 kW. The frequency inverter can either be mounted directly on the mo-
tor or close to the motor (see below figure). Even with integrated frequency inverter, a
MOVIMOT® drive is not much larger than a motor without integrated frequency in-
verter.
A MOVIMOT® inverter can be installed close to the motor using a mounting plate. The
inverter is connected to the "assigned motor" using a prefabricated "hybrid cable".
You can use the MOVIMOT® drives to equip extensive plants with a modular system
or flexibly integrate them into existing plants. MOVIMOT® is also the electronic re-
placement for pole-changing motors or mechanical variable-speed gear units.
MOVIMOT® is available as a (gear)motor, with or without brake. Each
MOVIMOT® inverter has a motor identification module (DIM module) for easy and fast
startup. The DIM module is included in the delivery of the MOVIMOT® motor.

INFORMATION
This catalog provides a brief overview of MOVIMOT® drives to facilitate drive selec-
tion. For detailed descriptions, project planning information and dimension drawings,
refer to the "MOVIMOT® Gearmotors" catalog.

MOVIMOT® drive MOVIMOT® drive

with integrated inverter with mounting close to the motor

[1]

[2] [1]

[2]
[3]
[3]
[4]

[5]
[4]

[6] [5]

20019309195

[1] MOVIMOT® inverter identification tag

[2] MOVIMOT® inverter
30590116/EN – 03/2023

[3] Connection box

[4] Motor
[5] Drive nameplate
[6] Helical gear unit

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 485

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Advantages of MOVIMOT®
• Compact design
• Interference-free connection between inverter and motor
• Closed design with integrated protection functions
• Inverter cooling independent of the motor speed
• No space required in the control cabinet
• Preset parameters for expected applications
• Easy installation, startup and maintenance
• Easy to service for retrofitting and replacement

Designs
MOVIMOT® drives are available in various designs so they can be used to implement
all kinds of installation topologies.
• MOVIMOT® drive standard design (e.g. with binary control)
– With integrated inverter
– Mounted close to the motor
• MOVIMOT® drive with AS-Interface
– With integrated inverter
– Mounted close to the motor
The AS-Interface option is located on the connection board in the connection box.
The following AS-Interface options are available:
• Binary slave MLK30A
• Double slave MLK31A
• Binary slave MLK32A in AB technology

30590116/EN – 03/2023

486 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
MOVIMOT® installation topology
The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVIMOT® drive with
binary control:

400 V 24 V

[1] [1]
24 V
400 V

MOVIMOT® MOVIMOT®
9007204323709451

[1] Control: binary (+ RS485)

The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVIMOT® drive with
AS-Interface (DC 24 V supply via AS‑Interface):

400 V AS-Interface-Master

AS-Interface
400 V

MOVIMOT® MOVIMOT®
30590116/EN – 03/2023

5255090315

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 487

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Installation topology of MOVIMOT®, mounted close to the motor

The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVIMOT® drive with
binary control when mounted close to the motor:

400 V 24 V

[1] [1]
24 V
400 V

MOVIMOT® MOVIMOT®

DR.. DR..
9007204323666571

[1] Control: binary (+ RS485)

The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVIMOT® drive with
AS-Interface when mounted close to the motor (DC 24 V supply via AS‑Interface):

400 V AS-Interface-Master

AS-Interface
400 V

MOVIMOT® MOVIMOT®

DR.. DR..
30590116/EN – 03/2023

5254113291

488 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
9.1.2 Technical details

MOVIMOT® device properties

• Frequency inverter with vector-oriented control mode
• Voltage range: 3 × 380 – 500 V, (3 × 200 – 240 V)
• Power range: 0.37 – 4 kW (0.37 – 2.2 kW)
• Rated speeds: 1400, 1700, and 2900 min-1
• Application-specific parameterization possible
• Pluggable parameter memory for data backup (DIM module)
• Comprehensive protection and monitoring functions
• IP65 degree of protection (when connection box is closed)
• Compliance with EMC interference emission category C2 according to EN 61800-3
• Low-noise due to PWM clock frequency of 16 kHz
• Status LED for fast diagnostics
• Diagnostics and manual operation using MOVITOOLS® MotionStudio
• 4-quadrant operation (integrated brake management):
– For motors with a mechanical brake, the brake coil is used as the braking resis-
tor.
– For motors without a brake, MOVIMOT® is supplied with an internal braking re-
sistor as standard.
• The units are controlled either via binary signals, via the serial interface RS485, or
optionally via AS‑Interface, or all common fieldbus interfaces (PROFIBUS,
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP™, EtherCAT® INTERBUS, DeviceNet™).
• MOVIMOT® is available with UL approval on request.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 489

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Type designations

Type designation of MOVIMOT® drives in standard design

Nameplate
The following figure depicts an example nameplate of a MOVIMOT® motor with inte-
grated inverter:

76646 Bruchsal/Germany 01
LISTED
[1] R F4 7 D R N 9 0 L4 /B E 2 /M M1 5 /M O IND.CONT.EQ.
2D06
[2] 01.7211772506.0001.17 Inverter duty VPWM 3~ IEC60034
[3] kW 1.5 S1 r/min 1400/73 Hz 50 V 380-500 IP 54 TEFC
[4] CT 1:5 280-1400 rpm Hz 50-60 A 3,5 eff% 85,6 IE3
[5] kW 0.3 S1 r/min 280/15 Hz 13 IES 2
Th.Kl. 155(F) ML 02

Vbr 230 AC
i 19,27 Nm 197 IM M1 Nm 7
CLP 220 Miner.Öl/0.65 l
kg 41.330 AMB °C -20..40 1886177 Made in Germany

9007219363471115

[1] Serial number

Type designation
The following table shows an example of the type designation of the MOVIMOT® drive
RF47 DRN90L4/BE2/MM15/MO:

RF Gear unit series

47 Gear unit size
DRN.. Motor type
90L Motor size
4 Number of motor poles
/
BE Brake option
2 Brake size
/
MM Inverter series MM = MOVIMOT®
15 Inverter power 15 = 1.5 kW
/
MO Inverter options1)
1) The nameplate only displays options installed at the factory.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

490 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
MOVIMOT® inverter type designation

Nameplate
The following figure provides an example of a MOVIMOT® inverter nameplate:

Status: 19 -- -- A -- -- 15 10 10
03/22 1030

Type: MM15D-503-00
[1] P#: 18215033 S#: 1757110
Eingang / Input Ausgang / Output
U = 3x380...500V AC U = 3x0V...Uin
D – 76646 Bruchsal I = 3.5A AC I = 4A AC
Made in Germany f = 50...60Hz f = 2...120Hz
UK WF6 1GX Normanton IE2 2.1%
T = -30...+40° C
MOVIMOT P-Motor: 1.5kW / 2HP S = 2.8 kVA
Drive Inverter

36028798976891275

[1] Part number

Type designation
The following table shows an example of the type designation of the MOVIMOT® in-
verter MM15D-503-00:

MM Inverter series MM = MOVIMOT®

15 Inverter power 15 = 1.5 kW
D Version D
-
50 Connection voltage 50 = AC 380 – 500 V
23 = AC 200 – 240 V
3 Connection type 3 = 3-phase
-
00 Design 00 = Standard
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 491

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Type designation of the "mounted close to the motor" design

Nameplate
The following figure provides an example of the nameplate of a MOVIMOT® inverter
for mounting close to the motor:

U = 3x380. . .500V AC
Made in Germany SO#: 01.1234567890.0001.14
MOVIMOT Type: MM15D-503-00/0/P21A/RO1A/APG4

ML 0001
19994434187

Type designation
The following table shows the type designation for the MOVIMOT® inverter
MM15D-503-00/0/P21/RO1A/APG4 for mounting close to the motor:

MM Inverter series MM = MOVIMOT®

15 Inverter power 15 = 1.5 kW
D Version D
-
50 Connection voltage 50 = AC 380 – 500 V
23 = AC 200 – 240 V
3 Connection type 3 = 3-phase
-
00 Design 00 = Standard
/
0 Connection type 0=W
1=m
/
P21A Adapter for mounting close to the motor
/
RO1A Connection box design
/
APG4 Plug connector for connection to the motor
30590116/EN – 03/2023

492 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
MOVIMOT® installed close to the motor
The following table shows the type designations of available MOVIMOT® drives with
P2.A mounting plate for mounting close to the motor:

Connection MOVIMOT® 1)
MOVIMOT® MOVIMOT®
to the motor size standard with integrated
design AS‑Interface
APG4 MM03 to W MM..D-503-00/0/ MM..D-503-00/0/
MM15 P21A/ RO1A/APG4 P21A/ RR3A/AVSK/
APG4/MLK
m MM..D-503-00/1/ MM..D-503-00/1/
P21A/ RO1A/APG4 P21A/ RR3A/AVSK/
APG4/MLK

APG4
MM22 to W MM..D-503-00/0/ MM..D-503-00/0/
MM40 P22A/ RO2A/APG4 P22A/ RR4A/AVSK/
APG4/MLK
m MM..D-503-00/1/ MM..D-503-00/1/
P22A/ RO2A/APG4 P22A/ RR4A/AVSK/
APG4/MLK
1) Connection type of connected motor
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 493

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Motor assignment for mounting close to DRN.. motors

Motor assignment MOVIMOT® (close to the motor) 280 – 1400 min-1

Power Motor (230/400 V, 50 Hz) W MOVIMOT® with option P.2A

kW
DR2S63M4/TH
MM03D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..1)
DRN71MS4/TH.
0.25
DR2S63M4/BE../TH.
MM03D-503-00/0/P21A/..1)
DRN71MS4/BE./TH.
DR2S71MS4/TH. MM03D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..
DRN71M4/TH. MM05D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..1)
0.37
DR2S71MS4/BE./TH. MM03D-503-00/0/P21A..
DRN71M4/BE./TH. MM05D-503-00/0/P21A..1)
DR2S71M4/TH. MM05D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..
DRN80MK4/TH. MM07D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..1)
0.55
DR2S71M4/BE./TH. MM05D-503-00/0/P21A..
DRN80MK4/BE./TH. MM07D-503-00/0/P21A..1)
DR2S80MK4/TH. MM07D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..
DRN80M4/TH. MM11D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..1)
0.75
DR2S80MK4/BE./TH. MM07D-503-00/0/P21A..
DRN80M4/BE./TH. MM11D-503-00/0/P21A..1)
DR2S80M4/TH. MM11D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..
DRN90S4/TH. MM15D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..1)
1.1
DR2S80M4/BE./TH. MM11D-503-00/0/P21A..
DRN90S4/BE./TH. MM15D-503-00/0/P21A..1)
DRN90L4/TH. MM15D-503-00/0/BW1/P21A..
MM22D-503-00/0/BW2/P22A..1)
1.5
DRN90L4/BE./TH. MM15D-503-00/0/P21A..
MM22D-503-00/0/P22A..1)
DRN100LS4/TH. MM22D-503-00/0/BW2/P22A..
MM30D-503-00/0/BW2/P22A..1)
2.2
DRN100LS4/BE./TH. MM22D-503-00/0/P22A..
MM30D-503-00/0/P22A..1)
DRN100L4/TH. MM30D-503-00/0/BW2/P22A..
30590116/EN – 03/2023

MM40D-503-00/0/BW2/P22A..1)
3.0
DRN100L4/BE./TH. MM30D-503-00/0/P22A..
MM40D-503-00/0/P22A..1)
DRN112M4/TH. MM40D-503-00/0/BW2/P22A..
4.0
DRN112M4/BE./TH. MM40D-503-00/0/P22A..
1) Combination with increased short-term torque

494 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
Motor assignment MOVIMOT® (close to the motor) 290 – 2900 min-1

Power Motor (230/400 V, 50 Hz) △ MOVIMOT® with option P2A

kW
DR2S63M4/TH MM03D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..
DRN71MS4/TH MM05D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..1)
0.37
DR2S63M4/BE../TH. MM03D-503-00/1/P21A..
DRN71MS4/BE../TH. MM05D-503-00/1/P21A..1)
DR2S71MS4/TH. MM05D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..
DRN71M4/TH. MM07D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..1)
0.55
DR2S71MS4/BE./TH. MM05D-503-00/1/P21A..
DRN71M4/BE./TH. MM07D-503-00/1/P21A..1)
DR2S71M4/TH. MM07D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..
DRN80MK4/TH. MM11D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..1)
0.75
DR2S71M4/BE./TH. MM07D-503-00/1/P21A..
DRN80MK4/BE./TH. MM11D-503-00/1/P21A..1)
DR2S80MK4/TH. MM11D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..
DRN80M4/TH. MM15D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..1)
1.1
DR2S80MK4/BE./TH. MM11D-503-00/1/P21A..
DRN80M4/BE./TH. MM15D-503-00/1/P21A..1)
DR2S80M4/BE./TH. MM15D-503-00/1/BW1/P21A..
DRN90S4/TH. MM22D-503-00/1/BW2/P22A..1)
1.5
DR2S80M4/BE./TH. MM15D-503-00/1/P21A..
DRN90S4/BE./TH. MM22D-503-00/1/P22A..1)
DRN90L4/TH. MM22D-503-00/1/BW2/P22A..
MM30D-503-00/1/BW2/P22A..1)
2.2
DRN90L4/BE./TH. MM22D-503-00/1/P22A..
MM30D-503-00/1/P22A..1)
DRN100LS4/TH. MM30D-503-00/1/BW2/P22A..
MM40D-503-00/1/BW2/P22A..1)
3.0
DRN100LS4/BE./TH. MM30D-503-00/1/P22A..
MM40D-503-00/1/P22A..1)
DRN100L4/TH. MM40D-503-00/1/BW2/P22A..
4.0
DRN100L4/BE./TH. MM40D-503-00/1/P22A..
30590116/EN – 03/2023

1) Combination with increased short-term torque

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 495

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Technical data of MOVIMOT® inverters with DRN.. motors

MOVIMOT® drives

280 – 1400 min-1 W 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V, 50 Hz)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ JMot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

-1 -4 2 -4 2
kW Nm f > 5 Hz min A 10 kgm 10 kgm Nm kg kg
DRN71M4/../MM03 0.37 2.5 1.5 1400 1.3 0.99 7.1 8.4 5 9.6 11.6
DRN80MK4/../MM05 0.55 3.65 1.5 1400 1.6 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DRN80M4/../MM07 0.75 5.1 1.5 1400 1.9 0.99 24.7 26.2 10 15.6 19.6
DRN90S4/../MM11 1.1 7.5 1.5 1400 2.4 0.99 54.0 58.7 20 21.6 26.2
DRN90L4/../MM15 1.5 10.2 1.5 1400 3.5 0.99 67.2 71.9 20 24.6 29.2
DRN100LS4/../MM22 2.2 15.0 1.5 1400 5.0 0.99 81.4 87.4 28 29.3 35.2
DRN100L4/../MM30 3.0 20.5 1.5 1400 6.7 0.99 112 118 40 36.3 42.2
DRN112M4/../MM40 4.0 27.3 1.5 1400 7.3 0.99 178 183 55 48.2 55.4

290 – 2900 min-1 m 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V, 50 Hz)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ JMot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

kW Nm f > 5 Hz min-1 A 10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 Nm kg kg
DRN71MS4/../MM03 0.37 1.22 1.5 2900 1.3 0.99 5.4 6.1 5 8.4 10.2
DRN71M4/../MM05 0.55 1.81 1.5 2900 1.6 0.99 7.1 8.4 5 9.6 11.6
DRN80MK4/../MM07 0.75 2.47 1.5 2900 1.9 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DRN80M4/../MM11 1.1 3.62 1.5 2900 2.4 0.99 24.7 26.2 10 15.6 19.6
DRN90S4/../MM15 1.5 4.95 1.5 2900 3.5 0.99 54.0 58.7 20 21.6 26.2
DRN90L4/../MM22 2.2 7.25 1.5 2900 5.0 0.99 67.2 71.9 20 25.3 29.9
DRN100LS4/../MM30 3.0 9.9 1.5 2900 6.7 0.99 81.4 87.4 28 29.3 35.2
DRN100L4/../MM40 4.0 13.2 1.5 2900 7.3 0.99 112 118 40 37.2 43.1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

496 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
MOVIMOT® drives with increased short-term torque
For implementing MOVIMOT® drives with increased short-term torque, the motor is as-
signed a MOVIMOT® inverter with one power rating higher.

280 – 1400 min-1 W 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V, 50 Hz)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ JMot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

kW Nm f > 5 Hz min-1 A 10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 Nm kg kg
DRN71MS4/../MM03 0.25 1.69 2.1 1400 1.0 0.99 5.42 6.72 5 8.4 10.8
DRN71M4/../MM05 0.37 2.5 2.1 1400 1.3 0.99 7.1 8.4 5 9.6 11.6
DRN80MK4/../MM07 0.55 3.65 2.1 1400 1.6 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DRN80M4/../MM11 0.75 5.1 2.1 1400 1.9 0.99 24.7 26.2 10 15.6 19.3
DRN90S4/../MM15 1.1 7.5 2.1 1400 2.4 0.99 54.0 58.7 20 21.6 26.2
DRN90L4/../MM22 1.5 10.2 2.1 1400 3.5 0.99 67.2 71.9 20 25.3 29.9
DRN100LS4/../MM30 2.2 15.0 2.1 1400 5.0 0.99 81.4 87.4 28 29.3 35.2
DRN100L4/../MM40 3.0 20.5 2.1 1400 6.7 0.99 112 118 40 37.2 43.1

290 – 2900 min-1 m 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V, 50 Hz)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ JMot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

-1 -4 2 -4 2
kW Nm f > 5 Hz min A 10 kgm 10 kgm Nm kg kg
DRN71MS4/../MM05 0.37 1.22 2.2 2900 1.3 0.99 5.4 6.1 5 8.4 10.2
DRN71M4/../MM07 0.55 1.81 2.2 2900 1.6 0.99 7.1 8.4 5 9.6 11.6
DRN80MK4/../MM11 0.75 2.47 2.2 2900 1.9 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DRN80M4/../MM15 1.1 3.62 2.1 2900 2.4 0.99 24.7 26.2 10 15.6 19.3
DRN90S4/../MM22 1.5 4.95 2.1 2900 3.5 0.99 54.0 58.7 20 22.3 26.9
DRN90L4/../MM30 2.2 7.25 2.1 2900 5.0 0.99 67.2 71.9 20 25.3 29.9
DRN100LS4/../MM40 3.0 9.9 2.1 2900 6.7 0.99 81.4 87.4 28 30.2 36.1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 497

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Technical data of MOVIMOT® inverters with DR2S.. motors

MOVIMOT® drives

280 – 1400 min-1 W 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ Jmot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

-1 -4 2 -4 2
kW Nm f > 5 Hz min A 10 kgm 10 kgm Nm kg kg
DR2S71MS4/../MM03 0.37 2.6 1.5 1 400 1.3 0.99 5.42 6.72 5 8.4 10.8
DR2S71M4/../MM05 0.55 3.85 1.5 1 400 1.6 0.99 7.14 8.44 10 9.6 12.6
DR2S80MK4/../MM07 0.75 5.1 1.5 1 400 1.9 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DR2S80M4/../MM11 1.1 7.4 1.5 1 400 2.4 0.99 24.7 29.2 14 15.6 19.6
DR2S90S4/../MM15 1.5 10.2 1.5 1 400 3.5 0.99 54 58.7 20 21.6 26.2
DR2S90L4/../MM22 2.2 15 1.5 1 400 5 0.99 67.2 71.9 28 25.3 29.9
DR2S4100LS4/../ 3 20.5 1.5 1 400 6.7 0.99 81.4 87.4 40 29.3 35.3
MM30
DR2S100L4/../MM40 4 27.3 1.5 1 400 7.3 0.99 112 118 55 37.2 43.1

290 – 2900 min-1 m 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ Jmot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

kW Nm f > 5 Hz min-1 A 10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 Nm kg kg
DR2S71MS4/../MM05 0.55 1.81 2 2900 1.6 0.99 5.42 6.72 5 8.4 10.8
DR2S71M4/../MM07 0.75 2.47 2 2900 1.9 0.99 7.14 8.44 10 9.6 12.6
DR2S80MK4/../MM11 1.1 3.62 2 2900 2.4 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DR2S80M4/../MM15 1.5 4.95 1.6 2900 3.5 0.99 24.7 29.2 14 15.6 19.6
DR2S90S4/../MM22 2.2 7.25 1.6 2900 5 0.99 54 58.7 20 22.3 26.9
DR2S90L4/../MM30 3 9.9 1.6 2900 6.7 0.99 67.2 71.9 28 25.3 29.9
DR2S4100LS4/../ 4 13.2 1.6 2900 7.3 0.99 81.4 87.4 40 30.2 36.1
MM40
30590116/EN – 03/2023

498 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
MOVIMOT® drives with increased short-term torque
For implementing MOVIMOT® drives with increased short-term torque, the motor is as-
signed a MOVIMOT® inverter with one power rating higher.

280 – 1400 min-1 W 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ Jmot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

kW Nm f > 5 Hz min-1 A 10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 Nm kg kg
DR2S71MS4/../MM05 0.37 2.6 2.1 1 400 1.3 0.99 5.42 6.72 5 8.4 10.8
DR2S71M4/../MM07 0.55 3.85 2.1 1 400 1.6 0.99 7.14 8.44 10 9.6 12.6
DR2S80MK4/../MM11 0.75 5.1 2.1 1 400 1.9 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DR2S80M4/../MM15 1.1 7.4 2.1 1 400 2.4 0.99 24.7 29.2 14 15.6 19.6
DR2S90S4/../MM22 1.5 10.2 2.1 1 400 3.5 0.99 54 58.7 20 22.3 26.9
DR2S90L4/../MM30 2.2 15 2.1 1 400 5 0.99 67.2 71.9 28 25.3 29.9
DR2S4100LS4/../ 3 20.5 2 1 400 6.7 0.99 81.4 87.4 40 30.2 36.1
MM40

290 – 2900 min-1 m 3 × 380 – 500 V (400 V)

IEC or UL

Type PN MN MA/MN nN IN cosφ Jmot JBMot MB mMot mBMot

kW Nm f > 5 Hz min-1 A 10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 Nm kg kg
DR2S71MS4/../MM07 0.55 1.81 2.4 2900 1.6 0.99 5.42 6.72 5 8.4 10.8
DR2S71M4/../MM011 0.75 2.47 2.4 2900 1.9 0.99 7.14 8.44 10 9.6 12.6
DR2S80MK4/../MM15 1.1 3.62 2.4 2900 2.4 0.99 17.1 18.6 10 12.6 15.6
DR2S80M4/../MM22 1.5 4.95 2.2 2900 3.5 0.99 24.7 29.2 14 22.3 26.3
DR2S90S4/../MM30 2.2 7.25 2.2 2900 5 0.99 54 58.7 20 22.3 26.9
DR2S90L4/../MM40 3 9.9 2 2900 6.7 0.99 67.2 71.9 28 26.2 30.8
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 499

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Designs with AS-Interface

Overview of AS-Interface options

The following table shows the main differences between the AS-Interface options:

AS-Interface Stations Number of Number Can be pa- 24 V

option at the speed of ramps rameterized supply
AS-Interface setpoints via for
AS-Interface MOVIMOT®

1 x tUP AS-Interface
2
MLK30A max. 31 No or
(161)) 1 x tDOWN AUX PWR

3 x tUP AS-Interface
MLK31A max. 31 6 Yes or
3 x tDOWN AUX PWR
3 x tUP
MLK32A max. 62 6 No AUX PWR
3 x tDOWN
1) Due to the parameterization of scaling factors, 16 fixed setpoints are available.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

500 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
MLK30A
Connected to the AS-Interface, the MLK30A slave works like a module with 4 inputs
and 4 outputs.
The cyclic output bits control the MOVIMOT® inverter.
The input bits transmit the status of the drive and 2 additional sensor signals to the
AS-Interface master.
The acyclic parameter bits are used to select speed scaling factors.
The MLK30A option is compatible with MOVIMOT® MM..C with integrated AS-Inter-
face.

MLK31A
The MLK31A option works as a double slave on the AS-Interface according to AS-In-
terface specification 3.0.
The serial AS-Interface data transmission (analog profile) allows for MOVIMOT® pa-
rameters and display values to be written and read.
The MOVIMOT® inverter is controlled via the cyclic output bits. The coding of the data
bits is specified in different function modes. The MOVIMOT® inverter interprets these
bits as different control and status codes. With the acyclic parameter bits, you can
switch between the function modes.
The input bits transmit the status of the drive and 2 additional sensor signals to the
AS-Interface master.

MLK32A
The MLK32A option works as a slave on the AS-Interface according to AS-Interface
specification 3.0.
The MOVIMOT® inverter is controlled via the cyclic output bits. The coding of the data
bits is specified in different function modules. The MOVIMOT® inverter interprets these
bits as different control and status codes. You can switch between the function
modules using acyclic parameter bits.
The input bits transmit the status of the drive and 2 additional sensor signals to the
AS‑Interface master.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 501

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

MOVIMOT® options
MOVIMOT® drives can be extended by various options.
• Internal options are installed in the connection box.
• External options are installed outside the connection box.

/MO
The type designation contains /MO no matter whether one or several of the following
options are used.

Designation Description of the option for MOVIMOT® Installa-

tion
BEM Brake control (400 V brake)
BES Brake control (24 V brake)
URM Voltage relay Internal
MNF21A Line filter (MM03 – MM15)
MLU13A DC 24 V voltage supply (380 - 500 V)
MLU11A DC 24 V voltage supply (380 - 500 V)
MLU21A DC 24 V voltage supply (200 - 240 V)
MLG11A Setpoint adjuster with DC 24 V voltage supply (380 –
500 V)
MLG21A Setpoint adjuster with DC 24 V voltage supply (200 –
240 V) External

MBG11A Setpoint adjuster

MWA21A Setpoint converter
MF... Fieldbus interface (PROFIBUS, PROFINET IO,
EtherCAT® EtherNet/IP™, INTERBUS, DeviceNet™)
MQ...
External options can be installed in positions "2" or "X" as standard:
270° (T)

X 2
2
2 2

1 3 (R) 0° 180° (L)

X X
X
2 X

90°(B)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

For more information, refer to the "MOVIMOT® Gearmotors" catalog.

Motor identification for MOVIMOT® (/MI)

When you order a motor that is suited for combining it with a MOVIMOT® inverter for
mounting close to the motor, you can also order the DIM module matching the motor.
The DIM module is attached in the terminal box of the motor and is indicated as /MI in
the type designation of the motor.

502 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
Connection technology

Connection technology of MOVIMOT® standard design

The MOVIMOT® drive is supplied without a plug connector unless otherwise specified
in the order.
The following table shows the plug connector variants available for MOVIMOT® drives
in standard design:

Order designation Function Manufacturer's designation

MM../AVT1 • RS485 Round plug connector M12 x 1

MM../ASA3 • Power rating Harting Han® 10 ES pin insert

(built-on housing with 2 clips)

MM../ASA3/AVT1 • Power rating Harting Han® 10 ES pin insert

• RS485 (built-on housing with 2 clips)
+
Round plug connector M12 x 1

MM../AMA6 • Power/RS485 Harting Han Modular® pin insert

(built-on housing with 2 clips)

MM../AMD6 • Power/RS485 Harting Han Modular® pin insert

(built-on housing with 1 clip)

Plug connectors can be installed in positions "2" or "X" as standard.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 503

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Connection technology of MOVIMOT® with integrated AS‑Interface

MOVIMOT® with integrated AS‑Interface is supplied with AVSK plug connector without
a plug connector unless otherwise specified.
The following table shows the plug connector variants available for MOVIMOT® drives
with integrated AS‑Interface:

Order designation Function Manufacturer's designation

MM../AVSK • AS-Interface 1 x round plug connector M12 x 1

MM../AZSK • AS-Interface 3 x round plug connector M12 x 1

• AUX PWR
• Sensor port

MM../AND3/AZSK • Power rating Harting Han® Q8/0 pin insert

• AS-Interface (built-on housing with 1 clip)
• AUX PWR +
• Sensor port 3 x round plug connector M12 x 1

MM../AZZK • AS-Interface/ 3 x round plug connector M12 x 1

AUX-PWR
• Sensor port
• Sensor port

MM../AND3/AZZK • Power rating Harting Han® Q8/0 pin insert

• AS-Interface/ (built-on housing with 1 clip)
AUX-PWR +
• Sensor port 3 x round plug connector M12 x 1
• Sensor port

MM../AZFK • AS-Interface 3 x M12 plug connector

• 24 V supply of
MOVIMOT®
• Sensor port
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Plug connectors can be installed in positions "2" or "X" as standard.

504 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
Functional safety

Safety-rated MOVIMOT® frequency inverter

The safety technology of the MOVIMOT® drive was developed and tested according to
the following safety requirements:
• Performance level d according to EN ISO 13849‑1
• SIL 2 according to IEC 61800-5-2
This was certified by TÜV Nord.
For the safety-related use of MOVIMOT®, "Safe Torque Off" is defined as a safe condi-
tion (STO safety function). This is the basis of the underlying safety concept.

Permitted SafetyDRIVE designs

Only the following combinations with MOVIMOT® are permitted for safety-relevant ap-
plications:

Permitted designs MOVIMOT® type designation

MOVIMOT® with binary control
(control via terminals)
MOVIMOT® with AS‑Interface option MLK32A
MOVIMOT® with MBG11A option
MOVIMOT® with MWA 21A option
MOVIMOT® with MBK11A or MBK12A option
MOVIMOT® with BEM option
MOVIMOT® with URM option D../MM.. – SafetyDRIVE
®
MOVIMOT with MNF21A option MM..D-503-00 – SafetyDRIVE
MOVIMOT® and MOVIFIT® MC with FS logo
and externally switched 24 V supply (STO)
MOVIMOT® and MOVIFIT® MC with FS logo
and PROFIsafe option S11
MOVIMOT® and MOVIFIT® MC with FS logo
and safety option S12
MOVIMOT® with field distributors Z.6, Z.7, Z.8
or Z.9
For information on the safety function and the safety-related requirements, refer to the
"MOVIMOT® MM..D – Functional Safety" manual.

Order information

INFORMATION
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• The SafetyDRIVE design must be ordered explicitly. (Order note: "– Safety-
DRIVE").
• In safety applications, only components may be used that were supplied by
SEW‑EURODRIVE in this design and that are marked with the FS logo for func-
tional safety.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 505

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

Dimension sheet information

Note the following for the dimension sheets of MOVIMOT® AC motors:
• Foot-mounted motors are available with connection box position 270° only.
• A fan guard represented by a dotted line shows the design with brake.
• Different positions are possible for the manual brake release. The 4 positions 33°,
123°, 213° or 303° are basically possible.
270°

30
3°
T 3°
21

0° R L 180°

°
33 B

12
3°
90°
6024047499

• The manual brake release is located at an angle of 303° to the connection box as
standard. The manual brake release can be turned by 4 × 90°. The forced cooling
fan option (/V) limits the possible positions of the manual brake release.
• For brakemotors, do not forget to add the space required for removing the fan
guard (= fan guard diameter).
• Leave a clearance of at least half the fan guard diameter to provide unhindered air
access.
• The motor dimensions can change when installing motor options. Refer to the di-
mension drawings of the motor options.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

506 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
Dimension sheets for MOVIMOT® motors/brakemotors of the DRN.., DR2S.. series

( ) 71MS 71M
L 232 252
LB (B5/B14) 202 222
LB (B3) 200 220
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 507

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 71MS 71M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 232 252
LB (B5/B14) 202 222
LB (B3) 200 220

508 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 71MS 71M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 299 319
LBS (B5/B14) 269 289
LBS (B3) 267 287

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 509

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 71MS 71M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 299 319
LBS (B5/B14) 269 289
LBS (B3) 267 287

510 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 71M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 262
LB (B5/B14) 222
LB (B3) 220

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 511

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 71M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 262
LB (B5/B14) 222
LB (B3) 220

512 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 71M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 329
LBS (B5/B14) 289
LBS (B3) 287

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 513

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 71M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 329
LBS (B5/B14) 289
LBS (B3) 287

514 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 80MK 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 281 327
LB (B5/B14) 241 287
LB (B3) 239 285

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 515

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 80MK 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 281 327
LB (B5/B14) 241 287
LB (B3) 239 285

516 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 80MK 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 362 408
LBS (B5/B14) 322 368
LBS (B3) 320 366

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 517

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 80MK 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 362 408
LBS (B5/B14) 322 368
LBS (B3) 320 366

518 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 337
LB (B5/B14) 287
LB (B3) 285

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 519

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 337
LB (B5/B14) 287
LB (B3) 285

520 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 418
LBS (B5/B14) 368
LBS (B3) 366

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 521

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 80M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 418
LBS (B5/B14) 368
LBS (B3) 366

522 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 90S 90L
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 331 363
LB (B5/B14) 281 313
LB (B3) 279 311
*Typ MM *MM11-15 *MM15
**Typ MM **MM22 **MM22-30

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 523

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 90S 90L
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 331 363
LB (B5/B14) 281 313
LB (B3) 279 311
*Typ MM *MM11-15 *MM15
**Typ MM **MM22 **MM22-30

524 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 90S 90L
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 425 457
LBS (B5/B14) 375 407
LBS (B3) 373 405
*Typ MM *MM11-15 *MM15
**Typ MM **MM22 **MM22-30

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 525

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 90S 90L
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 425 457
LBS (B5/B14) 375 407
LBS (B3) 373 405
*Typ MM *MM11-15 *MM15
**Typ MM **MM22 **MM22-30

526 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L

30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 369 419 419

LB (B5/B14) 309 359 359
LB (B3) 307 357 357
*Typ MM *MM22-30 *MM30 *MM30
**Typ MM **MM40 **MM40 **MM40

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 527

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L

30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 369 419 419

LB (B5/B14) 309 359 359
LB (B3) 307 357 357
*Typ MM *MM22-30 *MM30 *MM30
**Typ MM **MM40 **MM40 **MM40

528 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L

30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 462 512 512

LBS (B5/B14) 402 452 452
LBS (B3) 400 450 450
*Typ MM *MM22-30 *MM30 *MM30
**Typ MM **MM40 **MM40 **MM40

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 529

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L

30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 462 512 512

LBS (B5/B14) 402 452 452
LBS (B3) 400 450 450
*Typ MM *MM22-30 *MM30 *MM30
**Typ MM **MM40 **MM40 **MM40

530 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 112M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 447
LB (B5/B14) 387
LB (B3) 385

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 531

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 112M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

L 447
LB (B5/B14) 387
LB (B3) 385

532 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9

( ) 112M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 559
LBS (B5/B14) 499
LBS (B3) 497

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 533

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

( ) 112M
30590116/EN – 03/2023

LS 559
LBS (B5/B14) 499
LBS (B3) 497

534 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
9.1.3 Information about drive selection

Project planning
Note the following information for the project planning of MOVIMOT® drives:
• The suitable MOVIMOT® drive is selected with regard to the speed, power, torque,
and spatial conditions of the application.
See selection tables in the "MOVIMOT® Gearmotors" catalog.
• For detailed project planning information, technical data, and information about the
communication of MOVIMOT® via fieldbus interfaces, refer to the relevant
MOVIMOT® documentation and to the documentation for the associated fieldbus
interfaces/field distributors.
• In the next step, the required options are specified.
• MOVIMOT® can be used for hoist applications with restrictions only.
Please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE to inquire about suitable solutions with
MOVITRAC®, MOVIFIT®, MOVIPRO® or MOVIDRIVE®.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 535

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVIMOT®

9.1.4 Order information

Motor requirements for mounting close to the motor

This chapter describes the main requirements and restrictions that apply to selecting a
MOVIMOT® drive. Bear this information in mind when placing the order.

Permitted motors
The only permitted motors are those with nominal voltages of AC 3 x 230/400 V,
50 Hz. These motors are listed in the following chapters:
• Motor assignment for MOVIMOT® (close to the motor) 280 – 1400 min-1 (→ 2 494)
• Motor assignment for MOVIMOT® (close to the motor) 290 – 2900 min-1 (→ 2 495)
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to always order the motor with TH thermostat (bi-
metallic switch). Motor protection can also be implemented in the Expert mode of the
MOVIMOT® inverter.

Permitted brakes
The following assignment of motors and brakes, which differs from that for standard
motors, applies to the combination with MOVIMOT® drives:

Motor Standard brake Optional brake

type type type
DR2S63M4 BE03 -
DRN71MS4 BE03 BE05
DR2S71MS4 BE05 BE1
DRN71M4 BE05 BE1
DR2S71M4 BE1 BE05
DR2S80MK4
DRN80M4
DRN80MK4
DR2S80M4 BE2 BE1
DRN90S4
DRN90L4 BE2 BE1
DRN100LS4 BE5 BE2
DRN100L4 BE5 BE2
DRN112M4 BE5 BE11

MOVIMOT®, type Brake voltage

MM..D-503, size 1 (MM03.. – MM15..) 230 V
30590116/EN – 03/2023

MM..D-503, size 2 (MM22.. – MM40..) 120 V

Brake rectifier
Always order the assigned motor without brake rectifier.

536 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVIMOT® 9
Plug connectors
Only the following plug connectors are permitted for the motors:
• ASB4 plug connector
• ISU4 plug connector

Braking resistors
For more information on braking resistors available for MOVIMOT® drives, refer to the
"Drive System for Decentralized Installation" catalog.

Hybrid cables
For more information on hybrid cables available for connecting the MOVIMOT® drive
with the motor, refer to the "Drive System for Decentralized Installation" catalog.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 537

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

MOVI‑SWIT
CH®

9.2 MOVI-SWITCH®

9.2.1 Description
MOVI‑SWITCH® is an AC motor with integrated switching and protection functions in
the power range between 0.09 and 3.0 kW. The motor starter can either be mounted
directly on the motor or close to the motor. Even with integrated motor starter, a
MOVI‑SWITCH® drive is not much larger than a motor without integrated motor starter.
A MOVI‑SWITCH® motor starter can be installed close to the motor using a mounting
plate. The motor starter is connected to the "assigned motor" using a prefabricated
"hybrid cable".
MOVI‑SWITCH® is a particularly efficient solution for decentralization with power per-
formance up to 3 kW. As the switching and protection functions are integrated into the
motor terminal box, this compact and sturdy gearmotor does not require any additional
cables.
MOVI‑SWITCH® is available as a (gear)motor with or without brake.

MOVI‑SWITCH® drive MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S drive

with integrated motor starter with mounting close to the motor

[1] [1]

[2]

[3]
[2]

[4] [3]

20168155787

[1] MOVI‑SWITCH® motor starter

[2] Motor
[3] Drive nameplate
[4] Helical gear unit
30590116/EN – 03/2023

538 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9
Advantages of MOVI‑SWITCH®
MOVI‑SWITCH® offers the following advantages:
• The switching and protection functions are completely integrated, saving control
cabinet space and cabling.
• Integrated mechatronic solution, robust and compact.

Designs
MOVI‑SWITCH® drives are available in various designs so they can be used to imple-
ment all kinds of installation topologies.
MOVI‑SWITCH® motor starters can be combined with 4‑pole DRN.. motor sizes 71MS
to 100L (0.25 to 3 kW).
• MOVI‑SWITCH® drive standard design (e.g. binary control)
– With integrated motor starter
MOVI‑SWITCH® 1E (1 direction of rotation)
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S (2 directions of rotation)
– Mounted close to the motor
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S (2 directions of rotation)
• MOVI‑SWITCH® drive with AS‑Interface
– With integrated motor starter
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S (2 directions of rotation)
– Mounted close to the motor
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S (2 directions of rotation)
The AS-Interface option is located on the connection board in the connection box.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 539

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

Installation topology of MOVI‑SWITCH®

The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVI‑SWITCH® drive
with binary control:

400 V 24 V PLC

[1]
[1]
24 V
400 V

MOVI-SWITCH® MOVI-SWITCH®
5069105163

[1] Control: binary

The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVI‑SWITCH® drive
with AS-Interface (DC 24 V supply via AS‑Interface):

400 V AS-Interface-Master

AS-Interface
400 V

MOVI-SWITCH® MOVI-SWITCH®
30590116/EN – 03/2023

5255164043

540 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9
Installation topology of MOVI-SWITCH®, mounted close to the motor
The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVI‑SWITCH® drive
for mounting close to the motor with binary control:

400 V 24 V PLC

[1] [1]

MOVI-SWITCH® MOVI-SWITCH®

DR.. DR..
5068999307

[1] Control: binary

The following figure shows the basic installation topology of the MOVI‑SWITCH® drive
with AS‑Interface when mounted close to the motor (DC 24 V supply via AS‑Interface):

400 V AS-Interface-Master

AS-Interface
400 V

MOVI-SWITCH® MOVI-SWITCH®

DR.. DR..
30590116/EN – 03/2023

5255121163

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 541

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

9.2.2 Technical details

Features of MOVI‑SWITCH® 1E
• MOVI‑SWITCH® 1E is an AC motor with integrated electronic on/off switch for one
direction of rotation and integrated full motor protection.
• Switching the star point with power semiconductors connects or disconnects the
current flow to the motor.
• The BGW brake control integrated as standard ensures short response times
(brake voltage = motor voltage/ 3 , alternatively motor voltage).

Features of MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S
• MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S is an AC motor with integrated electronic on/off switch for two
directions of rotation and integrated full motor protection.
• The direction of rotation is reversed by a reversing contactor combination with a
long service life.
• MOVI-SWITCH® 2S is available in two designs:
– CB0: Binary control
– CK0: With integrated AS‑Interface
• Supply system monitoring, brake control as well as switching and protection func-
tions are implemented in the controller.
• The various operating states are indicated by a status LED.
• With the CB0 design (binary control), the connection assignment for clockwise di-
rection of rotation (CW) is compatible with MOVI‑SWITCH® 1E.
• With the CK0 design (with integrated AS‑Interface), the connection assignment is
compatible with MOVIMOT® with integrated AS‑Interface.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

542 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9
Type designations

Type designation of MOVI‑SWITCH®

Nameplate
The following figure gives an example of a MOVI‑SWITCH® drive nameplate:

76646 Bruchsal/Germany
R67 DRN90L4/BE2/MSW/CB0/ASA3/TF/Z
01.7335930223.0001.17 3~IEC60034
Hz 50 r/min 1461/32 V 400 Y
kW 1.5 S1 A3.4 eff% 85,6 IE3
Cosϕ 0.74 IP 54
Th.Kl. 155(F)

Vbr 400 AC
i 46,29 Nm455 IMM1 Nm 20
CLP220Miner.Öl/1.1 l
kg 54.000 188 578 2 Made in Germany
20166492555

Type designation
The following table shows an example of the type designation of the MOVI-SWITCH®
2S drive R67 DRN90L4/BE2/MSW/CB0/ASA3/TF/Z:

R Gear unit series

67 Gear unit size
DRN.. Motor type
90L Motor size
4 Number of motor poles
/
BE Brake option
2 Brake size
/
MSW MOVI-SWITCH® motor starter
/
C Control1)
B Signal type1) B = Binary
K = AS-Interface
0 Design1) 0 = Standard
/
ASA3 Plug connector option
30590116/EN – 03/2023

/
TF Temperature sensor (standard)
/
Z Motor option flywheel fan
1) Only for MOVI-SWITCH® 2S

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 543

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

Type designation of MOVI-SWITCH®, mounted close to the motor

MOVI-SWITCH® drives with mounting plate for mounting close to the motor are only
available in combination with MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S.

Nameplate
The following figure gives an example of the nameplate of the MOVI‑SWITCH® motor
starter for mounting close to the motor:
EN 61800-3
EN 50178
LISTED
Made in France MOVI-SWITCH IND.CONT.EQ.
26TE
TYP: MSW-2S-07A/CK0/P22A/RI2A/ALA4 Uin = 3*380...500V +/- 10% 0-7A
NR. : 50.7182432401.0001.15 ML 0002 818 024 5 FR

20110181771

Type designation
The following table shows the type designation of the MOVI-SWITCH® motor starter
MSW-2S-07A/CK0/P22A/RI2A/ALA4 for mounting close to the motor:

MSW MOVI-SWITCH® motor starter

-
2S MOVI-SWITCH® design
-
07 Rated operating 07 = 7.0 A
current
A Version
/
C Control
K Signal type B = Binary control
K = Control via AS‑Interface
0 Design 0 = Standard
/
P22A Adapter for mounting close to the motor
/
RI2A Connection box design
/
ALA4 Plug connector for connection to the motor
30590116/EN – 03/2023

544 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9
Installation close to the motor MOVI‑SWITCH®
The following table shows the type designations of available MOVI‑SWITCH® drives
with P2.A mounting plate for mounting close to the motor:

Connection to the motor MOVI-SWITCH® MOVI-SWITCH®

binary control with integrated
AS‑Interface
APG4 MSW-2S-07A/CB0/ MSW-2S-07A/CK0/
P22A/RV4A/APG4 P22A/RV4A/APG4

APG4

ALA4 MSW-2S-07A/CB0/ MSW-2S-07A/CK0/

P22A/RI2A/ALA4 P22A/RI2A/ALA4

ALA4
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 545

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

Technical data of MOVI‑SWITCH® motor starters with DRN.. motors

INFORMATION
For the technical data of the motors, refer to chapter "Technical motor data".

MOVI‑SWITCH® fieldbus interfaces

MOVI‑SWITCH® drives can be combined with a fieldbus interface.

Designation Description Installa-

tion
MF... Fieldbus interface (PROFIBUS, PROFINET IO,
External
EtherCAT® EtherNet/IP™, DeviceNet™)
The fieldbus interface can be installed in positions "2" or "X" as standard.
270° (T)
X 2

2 2 2

0° (R) 180° (L) 3

X X X

2 X
90° (B)
9007200793915019

For more detailed information on fieldbus interfaces, refer to the "Drive System for De-
centralized Installation" catalog.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

546 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9
Connection technology

Connection technology of MOVI‑SWITCH® 1E

Overview
MOVI‑SWITCH® 1E is supplied with AVS1 plug connector for control signals unless
specified otherwise in the order.
The plug connectors listed in the following table are available as standard:

Order designation Function Manufacturer's designation

MSW../AVS1 Control signals 1 x round plug connector M12 x 1

MSW../AVS1/ASA3 Control signals 1 x round plug connector M12 x 1

Power rating + Harting Han® 10 ES pin insert
(built-on housing with 2 clips)

MSW../ASAW Connection Harting Han® 10 ES pin insert

to field distributor (built-on housing with 2 clips)
Z.3W or Z.6W

For other types, please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Plug connectors can be installed in positions "2" or "X" as standard.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 547

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

Connection technology of MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S

Connection technology of CB0 design (binary control)

As standard, MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S is equipped with 2 plug connectors for connecting
control signals and a 24 V supply. The plug connectors are integrated in the control
unit, see the following figure.
Order designation of the standard design: MSW/CB0/RA2A.

X102 X101

X102 = DC 24 V supply voltage + control signal (M12 plug connector, A-coding,

male)
X101 = DC 24 V supply voltage + feedback (M12 plug connector, A-coding, male)

Optional plug connectors

The following table shows the plug connectors in the connection box that are addition-
ally available for MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S (CB0 version):

Order designation Function Manufacturer's designation

MSW/CB0/ASA3 Power rating Harting Han® 10 ES pin insert
(built-on housing with 2 clips)

MSW/CB0/AND3 Power rating Harting Han® Q8/0 pin insert

(built-on housing with 1 clip)

MSW/CB0/ASAW Connection Harting Han® 10 ES pin insert

to field distributor (built-on housing with 2 clips)
Z.3W or Z.6W
30590116/EN – 03/2023

For other types, please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Plug connectors can be installed in positions "2" or "X" as standard.

548 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9
Connection technology of CK0 design (with integrated AS-Interface)
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S is equipped with 2 plug connectors for AS-Interface and digital in-
puts as standard. The plug connectors are integrated in the control unit, see the fol-
lowing figure.
Order designation of the standard design: MSW/CK0/RA2A.

X102 X101

X102 = DC 24 V supply voltage + AS-Interface (M12 plug connector, A-coding,

male)
X101 = DC 24 V supply voltage + digital inputs (M12 plug connector, A-coding, fe-
male)

Optional plug connectors

The following table shows the plug connectors in the connection box that are addition-
ally available for MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S (CK0 version):

Order designation Function Manufacturer's designation

MSW/CK0/ASA3/AVS0 Power + AUX PWR Harting Han® 10 ES pin insert
(built-on housing with 2 clips)
1 x round plug connector M12 x 1

MSW/CK0/AND3/AVS0 Power + AUX PWR Harting Han® Q8/0 pin insert

(built-on housing with 1 clip)
1 x round plug connector M12 x 1

For other types, please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Plug connectors can be installed in positions "2" or "X" as standard.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Information about dimension sheets

Observe the notes in chapter "Notes on the dimension sheets" (→ 2 234) regarding
dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 549

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

Dimension sheets for MOVI‑SWITCH® motors/brakemotors of the DRN.., DR2S.. series

( ) 56M(R) 63MS 63M

LB (B5/B14) 161 185 199
LB (B3) - 183 197
LBS (B5/B14) 197 241 255
LBS (B3) - 239 253
30590116/EN – 03/2023

550 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9

( ) 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S(R) 90L

LB (B5/B14) 202 222 241 259 287 281 313
LB (B3) 200 220 239 257 285 279 311
LBS (B5/B14) 269 289 322 340 368 375 407
LBS (B3) 267 287 320 338 366 373 405
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 551

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L 112M(B) 132S

LB (B5/B14) 309 359 359 387 437
LB (B3) 307 357 357 385 435
LBS (B5/B14) 402 452 452 499 549
LBS (B3) 400 450 450 497 547
30590116/EN – 03/2023

552 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9

( ) 71MS 71M 80MK 80MS 80M 90S(R) 90L

LB (B5/B14) 202 222 241 259 287 281 313
LB (B3) 200 220 239 257 285 279 311
LBS (B5/B14) 269 289 322 340 368 375 407
LBS (B3) 267 287 320 338 366 373 405
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 553

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

( ) 100LS 100LM 100L 112M(B) 132S

LB (B5/B14) 309 359 359 387 437
LB (B3) 307 357 357 385 435
LBS (B5/B14) 402 452 452 499 549
LBS (B3) 400 450 450 497 547
30590116/EN – 03/2023

554 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 AC motors with decentralized technology
MOVI‑SWITCH® 9
9.2.3 Information about drive selection

Project planning
Note the following information for the project planning of MOVI‑SWITCH® drives:
• The suitable MOVI‑SWITCH® drive is selected like an AC motor with regard to the
speed, power, torque, and spatial conditions of the application.
See the "Drive dimensioning and drive selection" chapter.
• For technical data and information on the communication of MOVI‑SWITCH® via
fieldbus interfaces, refer to the relevant MOVI‑SWITCH® documentation and to the
documentation for the associated fieldbus interfaces/field distributors.
• MOVI‑SWITCH® drives can be used for typical hoist applications with restrictions
only.
Please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE to inquire about suitable solutions with
MOVITRAC®, MOVIFIT®, MOVIPRO® or MOVIDRIVE®.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 555

 AC motors with decentralized technology
9 MOVI‑SWITCH®

9.2.4 Order information

Motor requirements for mounting close to the motor

This chapter describes the main requirements and restrictions that apply to selecting a
MOVI‑SWITCH® drive. Bear this information in mind when placing the order.

Permitted motors
Permitted are only the following motors with nominal voltages of AC 3 x 380 ‑ 500 V,
50 Hz.
• AC motors DRN80M4 to DRN100L4
The assigned motor must always be ordered with /TF option, see chapter "PTC therm-
istor /TF (PTC)" (→ 2 573).

Permitted brakes
The brake assignment does not differ from the standard assignment, see chapter "Ac-
cessories overview brake/motor" (→ 2 373).
With brakemotors, the brake voltage must correspond to the voltage of the phase
voltage (e.g. 400 V supply system = 400 V brake voltage).

Brake rectifier
Always order the assigned motor without brake rectifier.

Plug connectors
For MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S../C.0/P22A/RV4A/APG4, only the following plug connectors
are permitted for the motors:
• ASB4 plug connector
• APG4 plug connector
• ISU4 plug connector
For MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S../C.0/P22A/RI2A/ALA4, only the following plug connectors
are permitted for the motors:
• ASB4 plug connector

Hybrid cables
For more information on hybrid cables available for connecting the MOVI‑SWITCH®
motor starter with the motor, refer to the "Drive System for Decentralized Installation"
catalog.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

556 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Output 10
10 Other options and design types
10.1 Output
10.1.1 Second shaft end (B‑side)
The output end of the motor is optionally available with another shaft end. This so-
called second shaft end is designed with a conventional keyway and key in accor-
dance with DIN 6885 Sheet 1 (ISO 773).
A cover can be ordered for configurations that are prone to damage during transport.
For sizes and dimensions, refer to the relevant dimension sheets in chapter "Dimen-
sion sheets of the motors".

Technical details
Standard design The standard design of the second shaft end for motors is generally smaller in dimen-
sion than described in EN 50347 for each number of poles and power.
Reinforced design The reinforced design of the second shaft end was developed as an alternative. Unlike
the standard, the selection of brake sizes might be restricted when using the rein-
forced design. Drives with reinforced second shaft end are not available with /RS
backstop option.

DR2./DRN motors

motor Second shaft end: Second shaft end:

Standard design Reinforced design
63MS/M 11 × 23 –
71MS 11 × 23 –
71M 11 × 23 14 × 30
80MK 14 × 30 11 × 23
80MS 14 × 30 11 × 23
80M 14 × 30 19 × 40
90S/L 14 × 30 19 × 40
100LS/LM/L 14 × 30 19 × 40
112M 19 × 40 24 × 50
132S 19 × 40 28 × 60
132M/L 28 × 60 –
160M/L 38 × 80 –
180M/L 38 × 80 –
200L 48 × 110 –
30590116/EN – 03/2023

225S/M 48 × 110 –
250M/ME 55 × 110 –
280S/M 55 × 110 –
315S/M/ME/L//H 70 × 140 –

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 557

 Other options and design types
10 Output

Overhung load diagrams for second shaft end option DRN../DR2S..

Overhung load diagram for DR..63 – second shaft end

450
Ø11X23
400
Ø11X23 BE/RS
350

300

250
FRx /N

200

150

100

50

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
x / mm
9007223611897227

Overhung load diagram for DR..71 – second shaft end

450
Ø11X23, Ø14X30
400
Ø11X23, Ø14X30
BE/RS
350

300

250
FRx /N

200

150

100

50

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
x / mm
9007223611902091
30590116/EN – 03/2023

558 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Output 10
Overhung load diagram for DR..80 – second shaft end

600
Ø11X23, Ø14X30
Ø11X23, Ø14X30 BE/RS
500
Ø19X40
Ø19X40 BE/RS
400
FRx /N

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
x / mm
9007223611906955

Overhung load diagram for DR..90 – second shaft end

700
Ø14X30

600 Ø14X30 BE/RS

Ø19X40
Ø19X40 BE/RS
500
FRx/ N

400

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

x / mm

36028810481451659
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 559

 Other options and design types
10 Output

Overhung load diagram for DR..100 – second shaft end

700
Ø14X30

600 Ø14X30 BE/RS

Ø19X40

500
FRx/ N

400

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
x / mm

36028810481374859

Overhung load diagram DR..112M – DR..132S – second shaft end

1000
Ø19X40
900 Ø19X40 BE/RS
Ø24X50, Ø28X60
800
Ø24X50 BE/RS, Ø28X60 BE/RS

700

600
FRx/ N

500

400

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

x / mm
30590116/EN – 03/2023

36028810481378699

560 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Output 10
Overhung load diagram DR..132M – DR..132L – second shaft end

2500

Ø28X60
2000
Ø28X60 BE/RS

1500
FRx/ N

1000

500

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

x / mm

36028810481420939

Overhung load diagram for DR..160 – second shaft end

5000

4500 Ø38X80

4000 Ø38X80 BE/RS

3500

3000
FRx/ N

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120

x / mm
30590116/EN – 03/2023

36028810481424779

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 561

 Other options and design types
10 Output

Overhung load diagram for DR..180 – second shaft end

6000

Ø38X80
5000
Ø38X80 BE/RS

4000
FRx/ N

3000

2000

1000

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120

x / mm

27021611226687627

Overhung load diagram for DR..200 – second shaft end

7000

Ø48X110
6000
Ø48X110 BE/RS

5000
FRx/ N

4000

3000

2000

1000

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

x / mm
30590116/EN – 03/2023

27021611226691467

562 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Output 10
Overhung load diagram for DR..225 – second shaft end

8000

7000 Ø48X110

Ø48X110 BE/RS
6000

5000
FRx/ N

4000

3000

2000

1000

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

x / mm

27021611226695307

Overhung load diagram DRN250 – DRN280 – second shaft end

8000

7000 Ø55X110
Ø55X110 BE/RS
6000

5000
FRX /N

4000

3000

2000

1000

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
x / mm
18014411971958155
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 563

 Other options and design types
10 Output

Overhung load diagram DRN315 – second shaft end

12000

Ø70X140
10000
Ø70X140 BE/RS

8000
FRX /N
6000

4000

2000

0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
x / mm
18014411971961995

30590116/EN – 03/2023

564 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Output 10
Information about drive selection

Combination with brakes

• Fields marked with "•": Standard design and reinforced design is possible for the
second shaft end.
• Fields marked with "x": Only possible with a standard design of the second shaft
end.

Motors Brakes
BE03 BE05 BE1 BE2 BE5 BE11
DRN63.., DR2S63.. •
DRN71.., DR2S71.. • • •
DRN80MS, DR2S80MS • • •
DRN80MK, DR2S80MK • • •
DRN80M, DR2S80M X X •
DRN90.., DR2S90.. X X •
DRN100.., DR2S100.. X •
DRN112.., DR2S112.. X •
DRN132.., DR2S132.. X •

Combination with built-in encoders

Built-in encoders EI71, EI72, EI76 or EI7C can only be combined with the standard
design of the second shaft end. For further information, refer to chapter "EI7., EI8.
built-in encoder" (→ 2 453).

Order information
Type designation /2W
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 565

 Other options and design types
10 Output

10.1.2 Input seals

Sealing system Recommended Sealing system Recommended Material

use design maintenance
interval
• Speeds up to
NBR 1800 min-1 High-quality NBR
Oil seal according
Standard sealing • Temperature range ≈ 10000 h (acrylonitrile
to Fig. 1
system from -40 °C to butadiene rubber)
+80 °C
• Speeds up to
FKM
4500 min-1
• Temperature range
Sealing system Oil seal with optimi- High-quality FKM
from -25 °C to
for increased rota- zation based on ≈ 10000 h (fluorocarbon rub-
+115 °C
tional speeds and/ Fig. 1 ber)
or increased tem- • S3 operation (high
switching frequen-
peratures
cies)
• Speeds up to
4500 min-1
• Temperature range
from -25 °C to
+115 °C
• S3 operation (high
Premium Sine Se switching frequen-
al1) cies)
High-quality FKM
• Extended mainte- Premium Sine Seal
Premium sealing ≈ 20000 h (fluorocarbon rub-
nance interval according to Fig. 2
system for longer ber)
service life • Especially recom-
mended with
CLP PG NSF H1
lubricants
• Especially recom-
mended with
GearOil by
SEW‑EURODRIVE
• Speeds up to
4500 min-1
• Temperature range
from -25 °C to
+115 °C
Premium Sine Se High-quality FKM
al conductive1) • S3 operation (high Premium Sine Seal
(fluorocarbon rub-
switching frequen- with electrically
Sealing system to ≈ 10000 h ber), fleece with e-
cies) conductive proper-
avoid current pas- lectrically conduct-
ties based on fig. 3
30590116/EN – 03/2023

sage • Current passage in ive properties

the motor bearings
• Especially recom-
mended with
GearOil by
SEW‑EURODRIVE

1) Premium Sine Seal is designated only for the A-side of the motor. An FKM oil seal is used on the B-side.

566 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Output 10
= Oil side

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

18014434059545099
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 567

 Other options and design types
10 Bearings

10.2 Bearings

10.2.1 Current-insulated rolling bearings

AC motors in size 200 and larger can be equipped with a current-insulated bearing on
the B-side to prevent damage to the bearing caused by shaft currents during inverter
operation.

Order information
Type designation /NIB
Current-dissipating measures are also available as an option for motor sizes
71 to 315. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

10.2.2 Reinforced bearings

If the expected statistical service life of the bearings cannot be achieved due to ex-
cessive loads, SEW‑EURODRIVE offers a version with reinforced bearing. In this
case, A-side cylindrical roller bearings are installed (/ERF design). This option is only
available in combination with a relubrication device (/NS design).

Technical details

Bearing assignment in /ERF design

B-side bearing
Sizes A-side bearing
IEC motor Gearmotor
250 – 280 NU317E-C3 6315-C3
315S
6319-C3
315M/ME
NU319E 6319-C3
315L
6322-C3
315H

Order information
Type designation /ERF 30590116/EN – 03/2023

568 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Bearings 10
10.2.3 Relubrication device
The installation of the relubrication device is optional for motor sizes 225, 250, 280,
and 315. Externally accessible grease nipples can be used to relubricate the A-side
and B-side bearings. When the design"Reinforced bearings" (→ 2 568) is selected,
the option "relubrication device" is automatically assigned and cannot be deselected.
The use of a relubrication device is recommended for the following operating condi-
tions:
• Motors in vertical mounting position
• At continuous speeds above 1800 min-1
• For ambient temperatures above 60 °C.

Technical details
The following greases are used on-site, depending on the ambient temperature.

Ambient temperature Manufacturer Type DIN designation

-20 °C to +80 °C Mobil Polyrex EM K2P-20
-40 °C to +60 °C SKF GXN K2N-40
The greases can also be purchased separately from SEW‑EURODRIVE in 400 g
packaging units.

Information about drive selection

The relubrication intervals must be individually adapted to the conditions of the appli-
cation. The motor generally has to be inspected and the used grease removed after 6
to 8 relubrications.

Order information
Type designation /NS
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 569

 Other options and design types
10 Bearings

10.2.4 Preparation for accommodating SPM measuring nipples

Increased strain, e.g. caused by vibrations, can slowly lead to failure of important mo-
tor functions, such as defective bearings. Using a vibration monitoring device is a pos-
sible measure for early detection of when the wear limit is reached.
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers a vibration transducer mounting adapter for sizes 132M –
315. This is realized using tapped holes for accommodating SPM measuring nipples.

18014401215688459

[1] Tapped hole for vibration transducer

The components of the mounting adapter are loosely included in the delivery. Vibra-
tion transducers are not included in the delivery.

Technical details
The A-side and B-side bores feature metrical threads (M8) in the flanges or covers
and are closed with a closing plug. The closing plug is pregreased at the factory for
easy disassembly.

Order information
Type designation None
This option is available for size 112 to 315 motors, other sizes are available on re-
quest.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

570 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Winding 10
10.3 Winding
10.3.1 Reinforced winding insulation
A reinforced insulation of the copper wires provides a higher electric strength of the
winding insulation.

Technical details
The motor winding with reinforced insulation can withstand the following voltage
peaks:
• Phase-phase voltages UPP_pk/pk= 3000 V
• Phase-ground voltages UPE_pk/pk = 2200 V
Also refer to chapter "AC motors on third-party inverters" (→ 2 173).

Order information
Type designation /RI

10.3.2 Reinforced winding insulation with increased resistance against partial discharge
If the voltage peaks exceed the threshold of UPP_pk/pk = 3000, windings with higher re-
sistance against partial discharge must be used.
To protect against these very high voltages, thicker surface insulating materials and
enhanced impregnation must be used.

Technical details
The motor winding with reinforced insulation with increased resistance against partial
discharge can withstand the following voltage peaks:
• Phase-phase voltages UPP_pk/pk = 4100 V
• Phase-ground voltages UPE_pk/pk = 3300 V

Order information
Type designation /RI2
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 571

 Other options and design types
10 Winding

10.3.3 Encapsulated stator winding

If the ingress of water into the motor cannot be ruled out, a drive solution with the fol-
lowing properties could be useful:
• Degree of protection IP56
• Combination with encapsulation
– for the stator winding
and
– the terminal box opening at the stator
and
• permanently open /DH condensation drain hole
• KS corrosion protection
and
• surface protection, at least OS1.
This design is available for 4-pole asynchronous motors by SEW‑EURODRIVE in size
63 – 132S without brake. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE for information on additional op-
tions.

Order information
Type designation None

10.3.4 Humidity and acid protection

This option uses stators that have a resin-impregnated winding. The resins allow the
motors to be used in high humidity conditions. The impregnation leads to an increased
resistance to solvents and solvent vapors.

Order information
Type designation None

10.3.5 Tropicalization
This option uses stators that are impregnated with highly hydrolysis-resistant resins.
This allows the motors to be used in areas with increased air humidity, such as in trop-
ical climate conditions.
The utilized wiring insulation materials and the impregnating resin protect the motor
against termite-related damage.

Order information
Type designation None
30590116/EN – 03/2023

572 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Thermal motor monitoring 10
10.4 Thermal motor monitoring

10.4.1 PTC thermistor /TF (PTC)

Thermal motor protection averts overheating and therefore prevents irreparable dam-
age from being caused to the motor.
A PTC thermistor is a resistor with a resistance value that increases when the temper-
ature rises. The resistance value grows significantly when the nominal response tem-
perature is reached.
An evaluation unit is required for interpreting the resistance value of the PTC thermis-
tor. When the nominal response temperature is exceeded, the controller switches off
the motor. Frequency inverters of SEW‑EURODRIVE are suitable for evaluating
PTC thermistors.

Technical details
The thermal monitoring with /TF temperature sensor is performed via PTC thermistors
installed in the winding overhang of the motor and connected in series. To achieve
maximum motor protection, the trigger temperature is slightly lower than the limit value
of the thermal class. Temperature sensors /TF are available for the following nominal
response temperatures:

Thermal class Nominal response temperature /TF

130 (B) 130° C
155 (F) 150° C
180 (H) 170 °C
Double design The /TF PTC thermistors are also available in a double design, e.g. for warning 130
(B) and shutdown 155 (F). Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE if you select such a design.
The PTC thermistors comply with the specifications described in
DIN VDE V 0898‑1-401.
Resistance measurement (measuring device with U ≤ 2.5 V or I < 1 mA):
• Standard measured values: 20 – 500 Ω
• Hot resistance: > 4000 Ω
When using the temperature sensor for thermal monitoring, the evaluation function
must be activated to maintain reliable insulation of the temperature sensor circuit. The
thermal protection function must become active in case of overtemperature.

INFORMATION
The temperature sensor /TF may not be subjected to voltages > 30 V.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 573

 Other options and design types
10 Thermal motor monitoring

The below figure shows the characteristic curve of a temperature sensor /TF with ref-
erence to the nominal response temperature (referred to as TNF).
RW

4000

1330

550

250

[T]

-20°C
TNF - 20 K

TNF - 5 K
TNF + 5 K
TNF + 15 K
TNF
9007203406105995

Order information
Type designation /TF

30590116/EN – 03/2023

574 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Thermal motor monitoring 10
10.4.2 Temperature switch /TH
Thermal motor protection prevents overheating, therefore preventing irreparable dam-
age to the motor.
A bimetallic switch is a switching element with contact, which opens the contact when
the switching temperature is reached. A higher-level controller or a switching device
then disconnects the motor from the voltage supply.
The bimetallic switch does not reengage immediately after tripping, e.g. when the
nominal switching temperature is reached. The switch is only closed again after a min-
imum temperature difference of approximately 40 K to the nominal switching tempera-
ture is reached (reset temperature RST); only then can the AC motor be operated
again.
The time it takes for the reset temperature to be reached is usually in the high double-
digit minute range.

Technical details
The thermal motor protection with bimetallic switch /TH is performed via bimetallic ele-
ments installed in the winding overhang of the motor and connected in series. To
achieve maximum motor protection, the trigger temperature is slightly lower than the
limit value of the thermal class. Bimetallic switches /TH are available for the following
nominal response temperatures:

Thermal class Nominal switching temperature /TH

130 (B) 130 °C
155 (F) 150 °C
180 (H) 170 °C
Double design Bimetallic switches /TH are also available in double design, e.g. for warning 130 (B)
and shutdown 155 (F). Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE if you select such a design.

Information about drive selection

The thermostats are connected in series as standard and open when the permitted
winding temperature is exceeded. They can be connected in the drive monitoring loop.

Type AC values DC values

Voltage in V 250 60 24
Current in A (cosφ = 1.0) 2.5 1.0 1.6
Current in A (cosφ = 0.6) 1.6 – –

RST NST

approx. 40 K
30590116/EN – 03/2023

0
0 T [K]
Switching condition of a bimetallic switch "NC contact": 4151368331

RST Reset temperature

NST Nominal switching temperature

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 575

 Other options and design types
10 Thermal motor monitoring

Order information
Type designation /TH

30590116/EN – 03/2023

576 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Thermal motor monitoring 10
10.4.3 Temperature sensor /PT
If the option /PT is selected, a Pt1000 platinum sensor is installed in one of the 3 mo-
tor windings. With the option 3 × Pt100, 3 sensors are distributed onto the 3 winding
phases, and each connected to separate terminals.
The platinum sensor has a linear characteristic curve and a high level of accuracy.
The platinum sensor can take on the function of motor protection when it is used in
combination with a control unit or a frequency inverter with the thermal protection
model of the motor.
The temperature sensor can also be added to a PTC thermistor or bimetallic switch.

Technical details

Type PT100
Connection Red/white
Total resistance at 20 °C – 25 °C 107 Ω < R < 110 Ω
Test current < 3 mA
Temperature sensor /PT (Pt100) meets the requirements of IEC 60751.

INFORMATION
Temperature sensors /PT are not polarized; for this reason, swapping the supply
cables does not affect the measuring result.

Characteristic curve of a Pt100:

300

250

200

R/W 150

100

50

0
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250
T / °C
9007203406119307

Order information
Type designation /PT
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 577

 Other options and design types
10 Thermal motor monitoring

10.4.4 Temperature sensor /PK

If the option /PK is selected, a Pt1000 platinum sensor is installed in one of the 3 mo-
tor windings.
The platinum sensor has a linear characteristic curve and a high level of accuracy.
The platinum sensor can take on the function of motor protection when it is used in
combination with a control unit or a frequency inverter with the thermal protection
model of the motor.
A temperature sensor can also be added to a PTC thermistor or bimetallic switch.
The temperature sensor PK (Pt1000) has 10 times the resistance value of a Pt100.

Technical details

PT1000
Connection Red – black
Total resistance at 20 – 25 °C 1050 Ω < R < 1150 Ω
Test current < 3 mA
Temperature sensors /PK (PT1000) meet the requirements of EN 60751.

INFORMATION
The /PK temperature sensors are not polarized; for this reason, swapping the supply
cables does not affect the measuring result.

Characteristic curve of a Pt1000:

2000

1800

1600

1400

1200

R / Ω 1000

800

600

400

200

0
-50 0 50 100 150 200
T / °C
30590116/EN – 03/2023

9007216765187979

Order information
Type designation /PK

578 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Terminal box 10
10.5 Terminal box
The terminal box of the motor is attached to the stator housing. The terminal box con-
tains the terminals used to connect the motor and options via separate power cables
and control cables. The terminal box protects the motor from potential damage and
persons from injury caused by current-carrying components.
The terminal box is available in aluminum or gray cast iron design, depending on the
motor size and the selected options, see chapter "Overview of materials used for the
motors" (→ 2 64).

10.5.1 Technical details

As standard, the terminal boxes of motors are supplied with tapped holes in the termi-
nal box wall so that the appropriate supply cables can be connected, and cable glands
affixed.
For motor sizes 56 and 63, an insert nut with metric thread is used instead of the
tapped hole.
AC motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE have threads in metric dimensions as standard.
With motors intended for operation in North America, terminal boxes with Anglo-Amer-
ican pipe threads (NPT, geometric dimensions in inch) are assigned to the order as
standard.
In case the drive is ordered with additional features or options connected in the termi-
nal box, a larger terminal box may be required in some cases. The individual standard
designs of the terminal boxes for motors are depicted on the dimension sheets.
Metric plastic cable glands (PA) from SEW‑EURODRIVE can be preinstalled on re-
quest.

10.5.2 Information about drive selection

The terminal boxes made from gray cast iron have different dimensions from those
specified in chapter "Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors" (→ 2 234).

10.5.3 Order information

Type designation None
When the order is created, a suitable terminal box is automatically assigned to the mo-
tor depending on the selected option.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 579

 Other options and design types
10 Terminal box

10.5.4 Gray cast iron terminal box with connection piece

Larger, gray cast iron terminal boxes with a connection piece are available as an op-
tion for some sizes.
The connection piece can be removed from the terminal box to enable the initial fitting
of the supply cables. This facilitates the motor connection especially if there is little
space available.

Technical details

Combinations
The following connection pieces are available depending on the motor size:

Thread DR..132M – DR..225 DRN250 – DRN280 DRN315

2 × M32 × 1.5
X – –
2 × M16 × 1.5
2 × M50 × 1.5
X – –
2 × M16 × 1.5
2 × M40 × 1.5
X – –
2 × M16 × 1.5
2 × M63 × 1.5
X X X
2 × M16 × 1.5
2 × M63 × 2
– – X
2 × M72 × 1.5

1 × NPT 1¼"
X – –
2 × NPT ½"
2 × NPT 1½"
X X –
2 × NPT ½"

2 × NPT 3"
– – X
2 × NPT ½"

X Combination possible
– Combination not possible.

Information about drive selection

Die Klemmenkästen aus Grauguss mit Anschluss-Stück haben abweichende Maße,
siehe Kapitel "Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors" (→ 2 234)..

Order information
Type designation None
Please specify the required thread size for the cable glands with your order. In the
case of restricted installation space, please request the terminal box dimensions sepa-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

rately.

580 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Terminal box 10
10.5.5 Anti-condensation heating
Asynchronous motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE can also be equipped with an anti-con-
densation heating.
The anti-condensation heating consist of strip heaters installed in the winding over-
hang(s). It is used for heating the switched-off motor in case of low ambient tempera-
tures to prevent condensation in the winding.

Technical details
The anti-condensation heating connection voltage is AC 115 V or AC 230 V.
The following differences arise depending on the motor size:
They are connected to an auxiliary terminal strip in the terminal box.

Motors Power in W At 230 V At 115 V

DR..63 – DR..100 28 0.12 0.24
DR..112 – DR..132S 42 0.18 0.37
DR..132M – DR..225M 56 0.24 0.49
DR..250 – DR..315 150 0.65 1.30

Information about drive selection

Depending on the ambient conditions, using an anti-condensation heating is recom-
mended or mandatory.
• The use of an anti-condensation heating is recommended at ambient temperatures
below 0 °C.
• The use of an anti-condensation heating is mandatory at ambient temperatures
below -20 °C, and if the motor is exposed to possible condensation.
The anti-condensation heating must be activated as long as the motor is switched off.

Order information
Type designation None
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 581

 Other options and design types
10 Terminal box

10.5.6 Condensation drain hole

Depending on ambient conditions, condensation can form in the motor or water infiltra-
tion cannot always be prevented despite a high degree of protection. In order to en-
sure that ingressing water can drain safely, one or more condensation drain holes can
be installed upon request.

Technical details
The number and position of required condensation drain holes is based on the rele-
vant mounting position.
The condensation drain holes are sealed at the factory with a closing plug made of
NBR. The plug has a labyrinth seal from which condensation can drain off. If contam-
inated, the condensation drain holes must be checked for proper functioning on a reg-
ular basis and cleaned if required.
Closed screw plugs can be selected instead. This type of screw plug must be removed
on a regular basis so that the condensation can drain off.
The interval for doing so must be determined by the customer depending on the appli-
cation and environmental conditions. Observe that condensation must not remain in-
side the motor over an extended period of time.
The closing plug must not be removed permanently; otherwise, the IP degree of pro-
tection for the motor cannot be guaranteed.

Condensation drain holes on the fan guard

With inclined or moving mounting positions, humidity can accumulate in the fan guard.
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers an optional fan guard with condensation drain hole as an
option.

Order information
Type designation /DH

30590116/EN – 03/2023

582 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Plug connectors 10
10.6 Plug connectors
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers AC motors with plug connector as an alternative to motors
with conventional motor connection via cables with fixed wiring. This option allows for
easier installation without wiring effort by using prefabricated mating connectors (plug-
and-play).
Two types of plug connectors can be selected as standard design:
• Integrated plug connector /IS from SEW‑EURODRIVE
• Mounted industrial plug connector /IV with HARTING connector system
SEW‑EURODRIVE also offers customer-specific connector solutions from other man-
ufacturers upon request.

10.6.1 Integrated plug connector

The integrated plug connector option consists of 2 interconnected terminal blocks that
are integrated in the terminal box instead of the motor terminal board. The advantage
of an integrated plug connector is the compact design and the robust, completely en-
closed housing.

[1]

[2]

4151385483

[1] Terminal box lower part

[2] Terminal box cover

Technical details
With the /IS standard design, the integrated plug connector is delivered with 2 terminal
blocks (pins/bushings) and a terminal box cover with tapped holes. The terminal block
(bushings) mounted in the terminal box cover includes a variable terminal link for easy
wiring of the motor connection type.
An alternative is the /ISU design where only the terminal block on the motor side (pins)
and a transport protection cover are included in the delivery.
This design can be used, for example, when prefabricated cables are used to install
the drive, see chapter "Prefabricated cables" (→ 2 614).
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 583

 Other options and design types
10 Plug connectors

Technical data

IS integrated plug connector

Motors DR..63 – 132S
Nominal value for effective current car- AC 16 A
rying capacity
Number of pins 12 contacts for typical use:
6 contacts for motor winding
4 contacts for brake connection
2 contacts for motor option (e.g. thermal motor protection)
Maximum voltage (IEC) AC 690 V
Maximum voltage (CSA) AC 600 V
2
Maximum core cross section 2.5 mm with variable terminal link
4 mm2 without variable terminal link
Connection technology Screw connection
Contact type Pin (terminal box lower part)
Bushing (terminal box cover)
Grounding (PE) 2 additional contacts in the terminal block insulator
Degree of protection Up to IP66, depending on motor degree of protection
Ambient temperature -40 °C to +40 °C
(For temperatures above +40 °C reduced contact load according
to derating curve)

30590116/EN – 03/2023

584 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Plug connectors 10
Contact load at ambient temperatures +40 °C and higher
The permitted effective current carrying capacity of the contacts is reduced for ambi-
ent temperatures above +40 °C. The following figure shows the permitted contact load
depending on the ambient temperature.
I eff
100%

70%

50%

40 60 80
4151464715

Order information

Description Designation
Complete design with 2 terminal blocks and variable terminal link /IS
Design only with terminal block on the motor side, and transport pro- /ISU
tection cover.
• The desired motor connection type (W/m) must be specified when the design /IS is
ordered. The variable terminal link in the terminal box cover is preinstalled accord-
ingly at the factory.
• The position of the cable entry is decided by the customer during startup. Upon de-
livery, the position is always "X" and must not be specified in the order.
• The connection of the winding and optional connections of the brake and motor
options are performed on the male connector in the factory.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 585

 Other options and design types
10 Plug connectors

10.6.2 Installed plug connectors

The installed plug connectors are compatible to common industry standards. The mo-
tor can be quickly connected to the power supply using the plug connectors.
Three different HARTING connector systems can be selected:
• Han® 10 ES/E.
• Han-Modular®
• Han-Compact®
The mating connectors are not included in the delivery. Mating connectors must be
ordered separately from the relevant manufacturer. As an alternative, prefabricated
cables with mating connector are available from SEW‑EURODRIVE on request.

Information about drive selection

The following chapters provide an overview of technical properties and differences of
the individual designs.
Observe the following points:
• Motor sizes specified in the tables describe possible mechanical combinations.
What is crucial for implementing these combinations is that the nominal current of
the selected motor must not exceed the limit value for the effective current carrying
capacity of the plug connector.
• The stated limit values for the effective current carrying capacity refer to ambient
temperatures from -40 °C to +40 °C. Observe the derating curve for temperatures
up to a maximum of +80 °C.
• The specified motor connection types refer without exceptions to single-speed mo-
tors with fixed voltage combinations (e.g. 230 Vm/400 VW). Contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE if you require a plug connector for a multi-voltage motor (e.g.
230 VW/460 VW).
• Mounting the plug connectors results in deviating terminal box dimensions. For the
designs AS./AC./AM./AD./AB./AK., the dimensions are marked with the abbrevi-
ation IV in the relevant dimension sheet, see chapter "Dimension sheets for mo-
tors/brakemotors" (→ 2 234). The dimensions for the design AND. are available
on request.
• Connector contact pins reserved for motor protection are slightly shorter, with the
exception of the AS. types. Observe the wiring diagram, and contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE for further information. 30590116/EN – 03/2023

586 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Plug connectors 10
Technical details of Han®10 ES/E

4151447819

Technical data

/AS.., /AC..

/ASB.. /ASE.. /ACB.. /ACE..

Motors DR..63 – 132M DR..63 – 132M DR..63 – 132S DR..63 – 132S
Possible types of motor con- W / mfixed prewiring set at the factory1)
nection
W / mcan be wired by the customer
®
Connector system Han 10ES Han®10E
Housing EMC housing, cast or screwed onto the terminal box
Harting housing size 10B
Degree of protection According to motor degree of protection, up to IP652)
Interlocking Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock®
2 brackets Single-clip 2 brackets Single-clip
Transverse inter- Longitudinal clos- Transverse clos- Longitudinal clos-
locking ure ure ure
Motor-side connector view

Contact insert Insulator with cage clamp contacts Insulator with crimp contacts on the
on the motor side motor side
Number of pins 10 (+ PE)
Contact type Pin (male) on the motor side
Bushing (female) in mating connector
Grounding (PE) Via two housing pins on insulator
Maximum voltage AC 500 V (IEC)
AC 600 V (UL, CSA)
Nominal value for effective AC 16 A
30590116/EN – 03/2023

current carrying capacity per

contact
1) With fixed connection type, also available as design for MOVIMOT®/MOVI-SWITCH® decentralized frequency inverter mounted close
to the motor.
2) With plugged in and locked mating connector.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 587

 Other options and design types
10 Plug connectors

Technical details of Han-Modular®

9007208941950603

Technical data

/AM.., /AD..

/AMB.. /AME.. /ADB.. /ADE..

Motors DR..63 – 132M DR..63 – 132M DR..63 – 225
Possible types of motor con- W / mfixed prewiring set at the fact- W / m can be wired by the customer
nection ory1)
W / m can be wired by the customer
Connector system Han-Modular®
Housing EMC housing, cast or screwed onto the terminal box
Harting housing size 10B
Degree of protection According to motor degree of protection, up to IP652)
Interlocking Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock®
single-clip
2 brackets Single-clip 2 brackets
Longitudinal clos-
Transverse inter- Longitudinal clos- Transverse clos-
ure
locking ure ure
Motor-side connector view

Contact insert Articulated frame a/b/c assembled Articulated frame a/b/c assembled
with with
• a: E module • a: C module (crimp)
• b: Application cover • b: C module (crimp)
• c: E module • c: E module
Number of pins 6 + 6 (+ PE) 3 + 3 + 6 (+ PE)
Contact type Pin (male) on the motor side
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Bushing (female) in mating connector

Grounding (PE) Via 2 housing pins on articulated frame
Maximum voltage AC 500 V (IEC)
AC 600 V (UL, CSA)

588 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Plug connectors 10
/AMB.. /AME.. /ADB.. /ADE..
Nominal value for effective AC 16 A AC 36 A (C modules)
current carrying capacity per
AC 16 A (E module)
contact
1) With fixed connection type, also available as design for decentralized frequency inverters mounted close to the motor MOVIMOT®/
MOVI‑SWITCH®.
2) With plugged in and locked mating connector.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 589

 Other options and design types
10 Plug connectors

/AB.., /AK..

/ABB.. /ABE.. /AKB.. /AKE..

Motors DR..71 – 225 DR..132M – 2251)
Possible types of motor con- W / m fixed prewiring set at the factory
nection
Connector system Han-Modular®
Housing EMC housing, cast or screwed onto the terminal box
Harting housing size 10 B
Degree of protection According to motor degree of protection, up to IP652)
Interlocking Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock® Han Easy-Lock®
2 brackets Single-clip 2 brackets Single-clip
Transverse inter- Longitudinal clos- Transverse clos- Longitudinal clos-
locking ure ure ure
Motor-side connector view

Contact insert Articulated frame a/b/c assembled Articulated frame a/b/c assembled
with with
• a: C module (crimp) • a: C module (axial screw
• b: Application cover module)

• c: E module • b: Application cover

• c: E module
Number of pins 3 + 6 (+ PE)
Contact type Pin (male) on the motor side
Bushing (female) in mating connector
Grounding (PE) Via 2 housing pins on articulated frame
Maximum voltage AC 500 V (IEC)
AC 600 V (UL, CSA)
Nominal value for effective AC 36 A (C module) AC 60 A (C module)
current carrying capacity per
AC 16 A (E module) AC 16 A (E module)
contact
1) An adapted design for the DRN112 – 132S and DR2.112 – 132S is available on request, but has different terminal box dimensions
2) With plugged in and locked mating connector.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

590 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Plug connectors 10
Technical details of Han-Compact®

Technical data

/AND..
Motors DR..63 – 132M
Possible types of motor con- W / m fixed prewiring set at the factory
nection
Connector system Han-Compact®
Housing Metal housing, mounted to the terminal box
Harting housing size Q8/0
Degree of protection According to motor degree of protection, up to IP651)
Interlocking Single-clip transverse closure (metal clip)
Motor-side connector view 6 4 1

7 2

8 5 3

Contact insert Insulator with

Crimp contact on the motor side
Number of pins 8 (+ PE)
Contact type Pin (male) on the motor side
Bushing (female) in mating connector
Grounding (PE) Via 1 advancing PE contact
In the insulator
Maximum voltage AC 500 V (IEC)
AC 600 V (UL, CSA)
Nominal value for effective AC 16 A
current carrying capacity per
contact
1) With plugged in and locked mating connector.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 591

 Other options and design types
10 Plug connectors

Contact load at ambient temperatures +40 °C and higher

The permitted effective current carrying capacity of the contacts is reduced for ambi-
ent temperatures above +40 °C. The following figure shows the permitted contact load
depending on the ambient temperature.
I eff
100%

70%

50%

40 60 80
9007203406205707

Order information

Connector system Design Interlocking Motor connection For decentralized invert-

type W/m ers
mounted close to the
motor
/ASB.. 2 brackets Fixed prewiring Available
®
Han 10ES /ASE.. 1 bracket Can be wired by the Available
customer
/ACB.. 2 brackets Fixed prewiring Not available
®
Han 10E /ACE.. 1 bracket Can be wired by the Not available
customer
/AMB.. 2 brackets Fixed prewiring Available
/AME.. 1 bracket Can be wired by the Available
customer
/ADB.. 2 brackets Can be wired by the Not available
customer

Han-Modular® /ADE.. 1 bracket Can be wired by the Not available

customer
/ABB.. 2 brackets Fixed prewiring Not available
/ABE.. 1 bracket Fixed prewiring Not available
30590116/EN – 03/2023

/AKB.. 2 brackets Fixed prewiring Not available

/AKE.. 1 bracket Fixed prewiring Not available
®
Han-Compact /AND.. 1 bracket Fixed prewiring Not available
The last position of the type designation (1, 2, 4, 8, 9 as in ASB8) is assigned by
SEW‑EURODRIVE depending on the desired motor design and options, and does not
need to be specified in the order.

592 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Cage clamp terminals 10
10.7 Cage clamp terminals
As standard, the motor winding is connected to the power supply via a terminal board
with threaded bolts. If the customer requests a quicker and easier connection alterna-
tive, AC motors can be configured using a power connection via cage clamp terminals.
With this option, the power cable connection is replaced by a terminal strip with cage
clamp connections.

10.7.1 Terminal strip /KCC

This design contains 6 terminals, plus a grounding terminal (PE).
The star or delta connection is implemented in the middle of the terminal strip as fol-
lows:
• Using one jumper for the star connection
• Using 3 jumpers for the delta connection.
These 4 jumpers are included in the scope of delivery.

Technical details

Technical data

Type /KCC
Cage clamp for motor size DR..71 – 132S
Number of terminals 6
Grounding (PE) 1 additional terminal
Connection to terminals Cage clamp
Rigid cores: 4 mm2
Maximum core cross section Flexible cores: 4 mm2
With conductor end sleeve: 2.5 mm2
Maximum voltage (IEC) AC 720 V
Maximum load (IEC) AC 28 A
Maximum voltage (CSA) AC 600 V
Maximum load (CSA) AC 20 A
Degree of protection Corresponding to motor degree of protection
Ambient temperature -40 °C to +60 °C

Information on drive selection

Additional motor options, e.g. for thermal motor protection, are generally connected
separately via screw terminals and not via the terminal strip.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 593

 Other options and design types
10 Cage clamp terminals

Load of /KCC at ambient temperatures +40 °C and higher

The permitted effective current carrying capacity of the contacts is reduced for ambi-
ent temperatures above +40 °C. The following figure shows the permitted load de-
pending on the ambient temperature.

I eff
100%

70%

50%

40 60
9007208215850251

Order information
Type designation /KCC

30590116/EN – 03/2023

594 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Cage clamp terminals 10
10.7.2 Terminal box in compact design /KC1
For applications where a standard terminal box would create a too large interfering
contour, terminal boxes in a compact design can be selected. The terminal box in
compact design has smaller dimensions, see chapter "Dimension sheets for DRN..,
DR2S.. with cage clamp terminal KCC, KC1" (→ 2 351).
With this design, a compact terminal box cover with 3 tapped holes for the cable
glands is screwed directly onto the motor housing instead of the terminal box lower
part in the standard size. The internal motor terminal board is replaced by a compact
terminal strip.
VDI directive 3643 contains a clearance profile for electrified monorail systems, the
so-called C1 profile. With the /KC1 option installed, DR..71/80 motors also meet the
requirements of this directive in terminal box positions R (0°), L (180°) and T (270°),
for all cable entry directions (X, 1, 2, 3).
The option /KC1 remains available for motors in size DR..90 – 132S. But these motors
do not comply with the clearance profile according to VDI guideline 3643.

Technical details

Technical data

Type KC1
Cage clamp for motor size DR..71 – 132S
Number of terminals 8 for motor/brakemotor
Grounding (PE) 1 additional terminal
Connection to terminals Cage clamp
Rigid cores: 2.5 mm2
Maximum core cross section Flexible cores: 2.5 mm2
With conductor end sleeve: 1.5 mm2
Maximum voltage (IEC) AC 500 V
Maximum load (IEC) AC 24 A
Maximum voltage (CSA) AC 600 V
Maximum load (CSA) AC 5 A
Degree of protection Corresponding to motor degree of protection
Ambient temperature -40 °C to +60 °C
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 595

 Other options and design types
10 Cage clamp terminals

Information on drive selection

The terminal strip consists of the following:
• 3 dual-chamber terminals for power connection of the 3 motor cables.
• 3 single-chamber terminals for connecting the brake. The brake control must be in-
stalled in the control cabinet.
• 2 single-chamber terminals for connecting a motor option, e.g., a temperature
sensor, temperature switch, or anti-condensation heating.
• A grounding terminal (PE).
The following 3 cable entries are integrated in the cover of design /KC1:
• M20 × 1.5
• M16 × 1.5
• M12 × 1.5
The motor in design /KC1 is supplied with factory-fitted wiring. Unless specified other-
wise by the customer, a star connection is provided for 2-, 4-, and 6-pole motors ac-
cording to wiring diagram R13.
The customer can change the connection type by altering the assignment of the
3 dual-chambers.

Load of /KC1 at ambient temperatures +40 °C and higher

The permitted effective current carrying capacity of the contacts is reduced for ambi-
ent temperatures above +40 °C. The following figure shows the permitted load de-
pending on the ambient temperature.

I eff
100%

70%

50%

40 60
9007208215850251

Order information
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Type designation /KC1

596 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Ventilation 10
10.8 Ventilation
10.8.1 Standard ventilation
The standard motor ventilation consists of a plastic fan that generates an air flow. The
air is conducted directly onto and into the cooling fins on the motor's stator housing by
the structural design of the fan guard and the fan grille. The fan guard consists of a
galvanized sheet steel.

Free air access

The fan-cooled motors require adequate space behind the fan guard in order to draw
in the air required for cooling. A distance of half the diameter of the fan guard is nor-
mally sufficient.
In order to inspect and maintain the brake, SEW-EURODRIVE recommends extending
this distance to the full diameter of the fan guard for the brakemotor. This ensures that
the fan guard can be removed in an axial direction.
When integrating a motor or brakemotor into a machine or system, ensure that the
heated air is not immediately drawn back in.
Space required to disassemble the fan guard.
h

2963373195

Motor Mounted brakes Free space required

size
For a normal motor For a normal brake-
fan guard motor fan guard
h in mm h in mm
DR..56 BE02
DR..63 BE03
DR..71 BE05 or BE1 70 139
DR..80 BE05, BE1 or BE2 80 156
DR..90 BE1, BE2 or BE5 90 179
DR..100 BE2 or BE5 100 197
DR..112 BE5 or BE11 115 221
DR..132 BE5 or BE11 115 221
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DR..160 BE11 or BE20 135 270

DR..180 BE20, BE30 or BE32 160 316
BE30, BE32, BE60 or
DR..200 200 394
BE62
BE30, BE32, BE60 or
DR..225 200 394
BE62

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 597

 Other options and design types
10 Ventilation

Motor Mounted brakes Free space required

size
For a normal motor For a normal brake-
fan guard motor fan guard
h in mm h in mm
BE60, BE62, BE120 or
DR..250 255 510
BE122
BE60, BE62, BE120 or
DR..280 255 510
BE122
DR..315 BE120 or BE122 315 624

10.8.2 Fan guards

As standard, the motors are delivered as fan-cooled design with a plastic fan wheel.
The design of the fan guard leads the air flow over the cooling fins of the stator hous-
ing. Depending on motor size, motor design, and selected option, the fan guard can
be made of plastic or steel. In addition to the standard fan guard or as part of a design,
noise-reducing fan guards made from special sheet metal are available as an option.

Cooling air supply distances

2963373195

Motors h in mm
DR..56 – 80 15
DR..90 – 100 20
DR..112 – 132S 25
DR..132M/L 30
DR..180 35
DR..200 – 225 45
DR..250 – 280 50
DR..315 55
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Technical details – Fan guard

Combinations with DRN..

Type of fan guard DRN63 – 90 DRN100 – 132S DRN132M – 315

Plastic x – –

598 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Ventilation 10
Type of fan guard DRN63 – 90 DRN100 – 132S DRN132M – 315
Sheet metal • x x
Noise reducing sheet – • –
metal

x Standard design
• Optional
– Not available
With noise-reduction

Combinations with DR2S..

Type of fan guard DR2S56 – DR2S90 DR2S100 – DR2S132S DR2S132M – DR2S225

Plastic x
Sheet steel • x x
Noise reducing sheet metal – • –

x Standard design
• Optional
– Not available
Noise-reduced

Information about drive selection

The type of fan guard only influences the drive dimensioning in exceptional cases. Ob-
serve the following points:
• Encoders or forced cooling fans cannot be mounted if fan guards made of noise-
reducing sheet metal or plastic are used.
• Plastic fan guards may only be used with drives operated at an ambient tempera-
ture between -20 °C and +60 °C.
• Plastic fan guards cannot be treated with an OS3 or OS4 coating for motor sizes
71 – 90.

Axial space required to disassemble the fan guard

The fan-cooled motors require adequate space behind the fan guard in order to draw
in the air required for cooling. The distance of half the diameter of the fan guard in the
axial direction is usually sufficient.
The space required for removing the fan guard depends on the motor configuration.

Order information
Type designation • Option designation for plastic fan guard: none
• Option designation of the sheet steel: None
30590116/EN – 03/2023

• Option designation for fan guard made of noise-reducing sheet metal: /LN

10.8.3 Canopy for fan guard

If a motor in vertical design with fan guard facing up is installed in the system or ma-
chine, ensure that foreign bodies cannot penetrate through the fan grille into the fan
wheel. This can be avoided either by constructional measures taken by the customer,
or by using a canopy above the fan guard.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 599

 Other options and design types
10 Ventilation

Technical details
The canopy extends the motor or brakemotor. For dimensions, refer to chapter "Di-
mension sheets for motors/brakemotors" (→ 2 234).

Information about drive selection

If there is still a risk of foreign objects or liquids entering the motor even though a can-
opy is installed, please contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Order information
Type designation /C

30590116/EN – 03/2023

600 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Ventilation 10
10.8.4 Forced cooling fan
A forced cooling fan can be installed upon request to ensure motor cooling indepen-
dent of the motor speed. The cooling effect for forced air cooling is at least equivalent
to the cooling effect of a fan-cooled motor at rated speed.
This means the motor can permanently deliver the full or up to 1.2 times the rated
torque at low speeds without the risk that the motor will overheat.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends a forced cooling fan in the following applications:
• Mains-operated drives with high switching frequency
• Mains-operated drives with additional flywheel mass Z
• Inverter drives with a setting range ≥ 1:20
• Inverter drives with brakes intended to be released electrically all the time while
the motor is at an idle state (position control).
• Inverter drives that have to produce the rated torque at low speeds or even at an
idle state.

Technical details
Motor and forced cooling fan are connected via a fan guard dimensioned for this pur-
pose. The length of the forced cooling fan guard varies depending on the desired mo-
tor configuration, such as configurations with a brake or encoder.
The following figure shows a typical speed-torque characteristic for a dynamic motor
operated at an inverter, for example with MOVIDRIVE® MDX61B with encoder feed-
back option (DEH11B) in the VFC operating mode.
A forced cooling fan must be used if the effective load torque in the range of 0 – nbase
is above curve 1. Without a forced cooling fan, there could be a thermal overload in
the motor and it could be destroyed.
M
3
Mmax

2
MN

0
0 n base1.4· n base n
4152572555

MN Rated torque of the motor 1 With self-cooling

Mmax Maximum torque of the motor 2 With external cooling
nbase Rated speed (base speed) of the motor 3 Maximum torque

Observe the resulting additional length of the overall drive when using a forced cooling
fan.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 601

 Other options and design types
10 Ventilation

Technical data

DRN.. motors

Overview of possible operating voltages of the forced cooling fan:

Forced cooling fan Motors
DR..71MS – 132L DR..160M – 180L DRN200L – 315H
DR2S200L – 225S
DC 24 V +/- 1 × 24 V – –
50 Hz 1~1) 1 × 100 – 127 V – –
m 3 × 100 – 127 V – –
W 3 × 175 – 220 V – –
AC 120 V 1)
60 Hz 1~ 1 × 100 – 135 V – –
m 3 × 100 – 135 V – –
W 3 × 175 – 230 V – –
50 Hz 1~1) 1 × 230 – 277 V –
m 3 × 200 – 303 V 3 × 200 – 400 V
W 3 × 346 – 525 V
AC 230 V
60 Hz 1~1) 1 × 200 – 277 V –
m 3 × 220 – 332 V 3 × 220 – 400 V
W 3 × 380 – 575 V
1) Delta connection with capacitor.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

602 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Ventilation 10
Technical data of the forced cooling fan depending on motor size

DR..71MS – 132L/V (AC 120 V, 50 Hz)

Forced cooling fan /V
Motor sizes 71 80 90 100 112 132
Frequency Hz 50
1~ 0.78 0.75 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.74
Current consumption AC A ∆ 0.78 0.89 0.76 0.75 0.74 0.74
W 0.45 0.43 0.44 0.43 0.43 0.43
Maximum power consumption W 99 94 95 94 94 94
Air flow rate m2/h 60 60 170 210 295 295
Ambient temperature °C -20 to +60
Degree of protection IP66
Terminal board in the forced cooling fan's terminal box with 6 M4 bolts.
Electrical connection
Connection 1~ with enclosed CB running capacitor
Max. cable cross section mm2 4 × 1.5
Thread for cable gland 1 × M16 × 1.5
Additional weight kg 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.35 2.35
Certificates CSA, UR

DR..80M – 132L/V (AC 230 V, 50 Hz)

Forced cooling fan /V
Motor sizes 71 80 90 100 112 132
Frequency Hz 50
1~ 0.18 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.28 0.28
Current consumption AC A ∆ 0.15 0.16 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.35
W 0.09 0.09 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.20
Maximum power consumption W 48 48 91 91 97 97
Air flow rate m2/h 60 60 170 210 295 295
Ambient temperature °C -20 to +60
Degree of protection IP66
Terminal board in the forced cooling fan's terminal box with 6 M4 bolts.
Electrical connection
Connection 1~ with enclosed CB running capacitor
Max. cable cross section mm2 4 × 1.5
Thread for cable gland 1 × M16 × 1.5
Additional weight kg 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.35 2.35
Certificates CSA, UR

DRN160M – 315/V (AC 230 V, 50 Hz)

Forced cooling fan /V
Motor sizes 160 180 200/225 250/280 315
Frequency Hz 50
1~ 0,34 0.34 – – –
Current consumption AC A ∆ 0.43 0.43 0.96 1.64 1.64
W 0.25 0.25 0.32 0.58 0.58
Maximum power consumption W 84 84 285 454 454
Air flow rate m2/h 780 780 1350 1600 2500
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Ambient temperature °C -20 to +60

Degree of protection IP66
Terminal board in the forced cooling fan's terminal box with 6 M4 bolts.
Electrical connection
Connection 1~ with enclosed CB running capacitor
Max. cable cross section mm2 4 × 1.5
Thread for cable gland 1 × M16 × 1.5
Additional weight kg 7.1 7.1 8.6 15 19.3
Certificates CSA, UR

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 603

 Other options and design types
10 Ventilation

Forced cooling fan /V

Motor sizes 160 180 200/225 250/280 315
Identification1) – – Yes
1) According to VO327/2011.

DR2S160M – 225S/V (AC 230 V, 50 Hz)

Forced cooling fan /V
Motor sizes 160 180 200/225S
Frequency Hz 50
1~ 0,34 0.34 –
Current consumption AC A ∆ 0.43 0.43 0.96
W 0.25 0.25 0.32
Maximum power consumption W 84 84 285
Air flow rate m2/h 780 780 1350
Ambient temperature °C -20 to +60
Degree of protection IP66
Terminal board in the forced cooling fan's terminal box with
Electrical connection 6 M4 bolts.
Connection 1~ with enclosed CB running capacitor
Max. cable cross section mm2 4 × 1.5
Thread for cable gland 1 × M16 × 1.5
Additional weight kg 7.1 7.1 8.6
Certificates CSA, UR
Identification1) – – Yes
1) According to VO327/2011.

DR..80M – DR..132L/V (DC 24 V)

Forced cooling fan /V
Motor sizes 71 80 90 100 112 132
Voltage VDC 24
Current consumption AC A 1~ 0.44 0.52 0.79 1.15 1.62 1.62
Performance W 10.5 12.5 19 28.6 38.8 38.8
2
Air discharge rate m /h 60 60 170 210 295 295
Ambient temperature °C -20 to +60
Degree of protection IP66
Electrical connection Terminal board in terminal box of forced cooling fan
Max. cable cross section mm2 3 × 1.5
Thread for cable gland 1 × M16 × 1.5
Additional weight kg 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.35 2.35
Certificates CSA, UR

Order information
Type designation /V
30590116/EN – 03/2023

604 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Ventilation 10
10.8.5 Aluminum fan
An aluminum fan is used instead of the standard PVC fan if the expected ambient
temperature exceeds +60 °C or drops below -20 °C.
The permitted temperature range for using an aluminum fan is -40 °C to +100 °C.

Information about drive selection

Observe the following notes:
• The aluminum fan decreasingly influences the inertia of the rotor the higher the
motor size is selected, see the following table.
• Note the aluminum fan inertia when determining the permitted switching frequency
Z.
• The no-load starting frequency Z0 does not need to be reduced.
DRN.. Motors1) JAL JMot_AL Increase in inertia compared
to standard design
10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 %
DRN63MS 0.3 3.2 8
DRN63M 0.3 4 6
DRN71MS 2.8 7.9 46
DRN71M 2.8 9.6 35
DRN80MK 4.3 20.4 19
DRN80MS 1.7 19.8 7
DRN80M 4.3 28 14
DRN80M2 1.7 25.4 5
DRN90S 7 59.7 10
DRN90S2 1.6 54.4 2
DRN90L 7 72.9 8
DRN90L2 1.6 67.5 2
DRN100LS 7 87.1 7
DRN100L 7 117.7 5
DRN100LM2 1.6 90.9 1
DRN112M 7 183 3
DRN132S 7 246 2
DRN132S6 16 255 4
DRN132M 26 405 5
DRN132L 26 463 5
DRN160M 27 839 3
DRN160L 27 1061 2
DRN180M 27 1651 1
DRN180L 27 1971 1
DRN200L 160 2804 5
DRN225S 160 4490 3
DRN225M 160 4490 3
DRN250M 160 7500 2
DRN280S 160 9070 2
DRN280M 160 12136 1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

DRN315S 370 23706 1

DRN315M 370 25070 1
DRN315L 370 28870 1
DRN315H 370 35470 1
1) The values for all motors independent of the number of poles apply to motors with no specified number
of poles.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 605

 Other options and design types
10 Ventilation

DR2S.. Motors1) JAL JMot_AL Increase in inertia compared

to standard design
10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 %
DR2S63MS 0.3 3.2 8
DR2S63M 0.3 4 6
DR2S71MS 2.8 7.9 46
DR2S71M 2.8 9.6 35
DR2S80MK 4.3 20.4 19
DR2S80MS 4.3 22.4 17
DR2S80M 4.3 28 14
DR2S80M2 1.7 25.4 5
DR2S90S 7 59.7 10
DR2S90S2 1.6 54.4 2
DR2S90L 7 72.9 8
DR2S90L2 1.6 67.5 2
DR2S100LS 7 87.1 7
DR2S100L 7 117.7 5
DR2S100LM2 1.6 90.9 1
DR2S112M 16 193 6
DR2S132S 16 256 4
DR2S132S6 16 255 4
DR2S132M 26 405 5
DR2S132L 26 463 5
DR2S160M 66 879 6
DR2S160L 66 1100 5
DR2S180M 66 1700 3
DR2S180L 66 2010 3
DR2S200L 160 2804 5
DR2S225S 160 4490 3
1) The values for all motors independent of the number of poles apply to motors with no specified number
of poles.

Order information
Type designation /AL

10.8.6 Additional flywheel mass

The motor can optionally be equipped with an additional flywheel mass to achieve a
smoother startup and braking behavior of line-operated motors.
The additional flywheel mass is implemented as a fan made of gray cast iron, and is
used instead of a plastic or aluminum fan.

Information about drive selection

Observe the following information:
• Note the additional flywheel mass inertia when determining the permitted switching
30590116/EN – 03/2023

frequency. The switching frequency is calculated from the permitted no-load start-
ing frequency Z0 of a motor without additional flywheel mass multiplied by the
factor 0.8.
• Observe the resulting additional weight and increased inertia.
• Counter-current braking and running against a mechanical stop are no longer per-
mitted.
• Not available in vibration grade "B".

606 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Ventilation 10
Additional flywheel mass inertia:
Motors JZ Jmot_Z Increase in inertia compared to standard
design
10-4 kgm2 10-4 kgm2 %
DR..63MS 5.3 8.2 178
DR..63M 5.3 9 140
DR..71MS 21 26.4 387
DR..71M 21 28.1 294
DR..80MK 38 54 216
DR..80MS 37.9 55.5 200
DR..80M 37.9 61.7 150
DR..90S 100 152.7 183
DR..90L 100 165.9 147
DR..100LS 150 230.1 183
DR..100L 150 260.7 133
DR..112M 200 376 111
DR..132S 200 439 82
DR..132M 470 849 121
DR..132L 470 907 105

Order information
Type designation /Z
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 607

 Other options and design types
10 Ventilation

10.8.7 Non-ventilated motors

Asynchronous motors by SEW‑EURODRIVE are also available in non-ventilated
design. Non-ventilated motors can only be operated at reduced power compared to
self-cooled motors of the same size due to the lack of cooling a fan would provide.
Two designs are available for non-ventilated motors:
• /OL
These motors are designed with a closed B-side endshield, a shortened rotor shaft
on the B-side without fan wheel, and without a fan guard. Brakemotors of size
DRN71 – 132M with brake size BE05 – BE11 are equipped with a shortened fan
guard.
• /U
This motor design is not equipped with a fan. All other mount-on components cor-
respond to those in standard design.

Order information
Type designation Non-ventilated (closed B-side): /OL
Type designation Non-ventilated (without fan): /U

30590116/EN – 03/2023

608 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Mechanical backstop 10
10.9 Mechanical backstop
The backstop is mounted to the motor B-side on the brake endshield [1] instead of a
brake. The backstop mechanism consists of a fixed backstop housing [2] with
hardened contact surface and the sprag ring [3] that is positively connected to the mo-
tor shaft and rotates with the shaft.
[1] [2] [3]

4153178379

1 Brake endshield
2 Backstop housing
3 Sprag ring

10.9.1 Technical details

Motors Nominal locking Lift-off speed Additional weight mRS Inertia increased by value JRS
torque
Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2
DRN63, DRN71
95 890 1.45 0.25
DR2S63, DR2S71
DRN80 130 860 2.1 0.42
DR2S80
DRN90
370 750 2.8 1.65
DRN100
DRN112
490 730 5.5 1.50
DRN132S
DRN132M
700 700 8 4.5
DRN132L
DRN160
1400 610 15.5 38.0
DRN180
DRN200
2500 470 25 45.0
DRN225
DRN250
3600 400 30 63.0
DRN280
DRN315 5800 440 48 75.0
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 609

 Other options and design types
10 Mechanical backstop

10.9.2 Information about drive selection

The backstop is designed for motors in grid operation. The backstop operates mainte-
nance-free above the lift-off speed. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE when operating a mo-
tor with backstop on an inverter below lift-off speed.
For the mechanical limit speeds applicable for operating a motor with backstop on an
inverter, refer to chapter "Maximum speeds" (→ 2 226).
The dimensions of motors with backstop are equal to motors with mounted BE.. brake.
Observe the deviating dimensions of the terminal box for sizes 71 to 132S, see
chapter "Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors" (→ 2 234).
Backstops can be used with motors designed for ambient temperatures of -40 °C to
+60 °C.

10.9.3 Order information

Type designation /RS
Blocking direction The required motor direction of rotation must be specified in the order. The blocking
specification direction is defined as looking towards the fan guard.
CW: Clockwise
CCW: Counterclockwise

30590116/EN – 03/2023

610 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Functional safety (FS) 10
10.10 Functional safety (FS)
Motors from SEW‑EURODRIVE are optionally available with functionally safe motor
options. These are designed for implementing safety functions.
The motors are available with the following functional safety options upon request:
• Safety brake
• Safety encoder
• MOVIMOT® inverter
SEW‑EURODRIVE labels a functionally safe motor option at the drive with an FS logo
and a 2-digit number on the motor nameplate. The number is a code that indicates
which components in the drive are safety-related. This makes it possible to uniquely
identify an available functional safety motor option via the motor nameplate.

Available functionally safe motor option

FS logo Decentralized in-
Safety brake Safety encoder
verters

X
01

X
02

X
04

X X
07

X X
11

If the FS logo, e.g. with the code "FS-11" is present on the motor nameplate, the com-
bination of safety encoder and safety brake is available for the motor. Drives can also
be equipped with two encoders, e.g. built-in encoder and add-on encoder. In such
cases, the FS logo for the safety encoder always relates to the add-on encoder. If an
FS logo is available, adhere to the information specified in the corresponding docu-
mentation.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 611

 Other options and design types
10 Surface and corrosion protection

10.11 Surface and corrosion protection

To optimally protect motors that are subject to severe environmental influences,
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers measures to increase the resistance of highly stressed sur-
faces.
• Surface protection
• Corrosion protection
Additional optional protective measures for the output shafts are also available.

10.11.1 Surface protection

As an option for standard surface protection, motors and gear units are also available
with surface protection.
The special measure "Z" is also available. During this procedure, large contour re-
cesses are filled with rubber before the coat is applied.

Technical details
Surface protection Ambient conditions Application examples
Standard Suitable for machines and systems in buildings and • Machinery and systems in the automotive in-
indoor spaces with neutral atmospheres. dustry
According to corrosivity category: • Transport systems in the logistics area
• C1 (negligible) • Conveyor belts at airports

OS1 Suitable for environments prone to condensation • Systems in saw mills

and atmospheres with low humidity or contamina- • Industrial doors
tion, such as applications outdoors under roof or • Agitators and mixers
with protection device.
Based on corrosivity category:
• C2 (low)
OS2 Suited for environments with high humidity or mod- • Applications in amusement parks
erate atmospheric contamination, such as applica- • Funiculars and chair-lifts
tions outdoors that are subject to direct weathering. • Applications in gravel plants
Based on corrosivity category: • Systems in nuclear power plants
• C3 (moderate)
OS3 Suited for environments with high humidity and oc- • Sewage treatment plants
casionally severe atmospheric and chemical con- • Port cranes
tamination. Occasionally acidic or caustic wet • Mining applications
cleaning. Also for applications in coastal areas with
moderate salt exposure.
Based on corrosivity category:
• C4 (high)
OS4 Suitable for environments with permanent humidity • Drives in malting plants
and severe atmospheric or chemical contamina- • Wet areas in the beverage industry
tion. Regular acidic and caustic wet cleaning, also • Conveyor belts in the food industry
with chemical cleaning agents.
According to corrosivity category:
• C5 (very high)

• Drives with surface protection OS2 – OS4 are always equipped with /KS corrosion
protection.
• Drives in degree of protection IPX6 are always equipped with /KS corrosion pro-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

tection.
• Drives with surface protection OS4 are always additionally equipped with preven-
tive measure "Z". "Z" = All surface recesses sprayed with elastic rubber com-
pound.
• Corrosivity category: To ISO 12944-2 classification of ambient conditions

612 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Other options and design types
Surface and corrosion protection 10
Order information
Type designation None

10.11.2 Corrosion protection

The option description "Corrosion protection" lists all measures to increase the corro-
sion resistance that refer to treatment of outer surfaces.
A label with the word "KORROSIONSSCHUTZ" (corrosion protection) on the fan
guard indicates that special treatment has been applied.

Technical details
The corrosion protection measures are described in the brochure "We have the very
thing against corrosion: Surface and corrosion protection". If you have any questions,
contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

Order information
Type designation None

10.11.3 Paint
As standard, the motors are painted with "blue/gray"/RAL 7031. Special coatings and
other colors are available on request.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 613

 Prefabricated cables
11 Preselection of cables

11 Prefabricated cables
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers prefabricated cables with connectors for straightforward and
reliable motor connection.
Prefabricated cables are divided as follows:
• Power cables such as motor cables, brakemotor cables, extension cables
• Encoder cables and their extension cables.
The cable and contact are connected using crimp technology. Cables are available by
the meter.

11.1 Preselection of cables

The pre-selection of the prefabricated cables has been performed by SEW-
EURODRIVE based on standard EN 60204. The installation type "fixed installation"
and "cable carrier installation" have been taken into account.
If other standards are used for machine design, other cross sections may result.
For cables suitable for decentralized installations, refer to the "Drive System for De-
centralized Installation" catalog.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

614 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Project planning 11
11.2 Project planning

11.2.1 Project planning for cable cross section

The following diagram shows the minimum required cable cross section depending on
the cable length and current.
l m
150

25 mm²

130

16 mm²

110 10 mm²

6 mm²
100
4 mm²
90
2.5 mm²

1.5 mm²
70

50

30
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

I A
9007203408636811
2 2
Prefabricated cables with cross sections of 1.5 mm to 10 mm can be ordered from
SEW-EURODRIVE.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 615

 Prefabricated cables
11 Project planning

11.2.2 Cable dimensioning to EN 60204

Cable load table

Cable load through current I according to EN 60204‑1:2006 table 6, ambient tempera-
ture 40 °C.

Cable cross sec- Three-core sheathed Triple-core, plastic- Three-core sheathed

tion cable in pipe or cable sheathed cable on top of cable lined up
each other on wall horizontally
mm2 A A A
1.5 13.1 15.2 16.1
2.5 17.4 21 22
4 23 28 30
6 30 36 37
10 40 50 52
16 54 66 70
25 70 84 88
35 86 104 114
These data are merely recommended values and are no substitute for the detailed
project planning of the incoming cables depending on the concrete application consid-
ering the applicable regulations.
Observe the voltage drop that occurs along the cable in particular with the DC 24 V
brake coil when dimensioning the cross sections for the brake cable. The acceleration
current is decisive for the calculation.

Cable load table

Cable load through current I according to EN 60204‑1:2006 table 6, ambient tempera-
ture 40 °C.

Cable cross sec- Three-core sheathed Triple-core, plastic- Three-core sheathed

tion cable in pipe or cable sheathed cable on top of cable lined up horizontal-
each other on wall ly
mm2 A A A
35 86 104 110
50 103 125 133
70 130 160 171
95 156 194 207
120 179 225 240
These data are merely recommended values and are no substitute for the detailed
30590116/EN – 03/2023

project planning of the incoming cables depending on the concrete application consid-
ering the applicable regulations.

616 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Key 11
11.3 Key
Icon
Cables also suitable for cable carriers

Abbreviation
CL Ring cable lug
CES Conductor end sleeve
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 617

 Prefabricated cables
11 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

11.4 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

11.4.1 Overview
Overview of encoder cables for encoders of types .K8.
[1]

DR..71 – 355
/EK8S
/EK8R
/EK8C 13621963
/AK8W
/AK8Y
/AK8H 18140394

Cable with connection cover

28111451

28111478

13617621
13621998
D-Sub --> X..
13617648
18195393

X15
X17

13621998

13622021 18195393

13622048 28111451

28111478
[2]
DR..71 – 355
/EK8S 13623184
/EK8R
/EK8C
/AK8W
/AK8Y 18140408
/AK8H
Cable with open end

39867044363
®
D-Sub --> X.. X15: Connection of encoder/resolver to a MOVIDRIVE modular/system/technology basic
unit
X17: CES11A multi-encoder card
A..Y encoders can be connected only to the CES11A multi-encoder card.
[1] Motors with an integrated plug connector for encoder signals without connection cover, con-
30590116/EN – 03/2023

nection type A2GA.

The signals for thermal monitoring of the motor are not present in the encoder cable.
[2] Motors with integrated plug connector for encoder signals with connection cover, connection
type A1GA.
The signals for thermal monitoring of the motor are not present in the encoder cable.

618 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for DR.. motors 11
Overview of encoder cables for encoders of types .I7., .I8., .K8., .V8. In conjunction with
MOVITRAC® advanced

DR..
/EI7C
/EI8C
18156762
Cable with M12, 8-pin

28162846

X20

28162862 28162854

28111451
DR..
/EK8C
/EV8C 28111478

Cable with connection cover

DR..
/EI8C
/EK8C
/EV8C

Cable with M23

39867319435

INFORMATION
Prefabricated encoder cables for operation exclusively at the binary inputs (terminal
30590116/EN – 03/2023

X20) of MOVITRAC® advanced.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 619

 Prefabricated cables
11 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

Overview of encoder cables for encoders of types EI8.

[1]
[3]
DR..71-132S
/EI8R DR..71-132S
/EI8R/TF
/EI8C
Cable with open end /EI8C/TF
Cable with open end
13623184 28111486

18140408 28111494

28111451 28111451

28111478 28111478

28111508

28111516
13621998 28111435
13622021

18195393 28111443
13622048

D-Sub --> X..

X15
13621998 X17

18195393 28111435
13621998

28111443 28111435
18195393

28111443
28111451

28111451
28111478

28111478
28111451

28111451
28111478
[2] [4]
28111478
DR..71-132S DR..71-132S
28128982
/EI8R /EI8R/TF
/EI8C /EI8C/TF 28128982
Cable with M23 Cable with M23
28140559
28140559
30590116/EN – 03/2023

39867325707

620 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for DR.. motors 11
D-Sub --> X.. X15: Connection of encoder/resolver to a MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology basic
unit
X17: CES11A multi-encoder card
A..Y encoders can be connected only to the CES11A multi-encoder card.
[1] Motors with terminal strip in the terminal box for encoder signals and thermal monitoring.
The signals for thermal monitoring of the motor are not present in the encoder cable.
[2] Motors with M23 plug connector at the terminal box for encoder signals, connection
type AIGA.
The signals for thermal monitoring of the motor are not present in the encoder cable.
[3] Motors with terminal strip in the terminal box for encoder signals and thermal monitoring.
The signals for thermal monitoring of the motor are present in the encoder cable.
[4] Motors with M23 plug connector at the terminal box for encoder signals and thermal monitor-
ing, connection type AIGB.
The signals for thermal monitoring of the motor are present in the encoder cable.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 621

 Prefabricated cables
11 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

11.4.2 Encoder cables with connection cover and D-sub

Illustration of encoder cable

14818281099

Types of encoder cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 13617621 Fixed installation
2 2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 13617648 Cable carrier installation

Pin assignment of encoder cables

Motor connection X15 terminal

side
Contact Signal Cable/core color Signal Contact Plug connector
view X
A cos+ Red (RD) A 1
A cos- Blue (BU) A 9
B sin+ Yellow (YE) B 2
B sin- Green (GN) B 10
D-sub
C C+ Brown (BN) C 3
C C- White (WH) C 11 1
9
D Data+ Black (BK) D 4
D Data- Violet (VT) D 12 15 8

Red/blue + gray (RD-BU

+UB UB + GY) UB 15 15-pin
optionally: Gray (GY)
Gray-pink+pink (GY-PK
GND DGND +PK) DGND 8
optionally: Pink (PK)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

622 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for DR.. motors 11
11.4.3 Encoder cables with conductor end sleeves and D-sub

Illustration of encoder cable

14818291467

Types of encoder cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 13622021 Fixed installation, without TF
2 2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 13622048 Cable carrier installation, without TF
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 28111508 Fixed installation
2 2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 28111516 Cable carrier installation

Pin assignment of encoder cables

Motor connection Connection X15

side
Contact Description Conductor color Plug connector
View Y
1 A (cos+) Red (RD)
9 A (cos-) Blue (BU)
2 B (sin+) Yellow (YE)
10 B (sin-) Green (GN)
3 C (Clk+) Brown (BN)
11 C(Clk-) White (WH)
1
4 Data+ Black (BK) 9

12 Data- Violet (VT)

15 8
Red-blue + gray (RDBU+GY)
15 UB
Alternative: Gray (GY)
Gray-pink+pink (GYPK+PK)
8 GND
Alternative: Pink (PK)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

14 TF+ Gray-pink (GYPK)

6 TF- Red blue (RDBU)
TF+ and TF-: Assigned only for 28111508 and 28111516

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 623

 Prefabricated cables
11 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

11.4.4 Encoder cables with M23 and D-sub

Illustration of encoder cable

14818370059

Types of encoder cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13602659 Fixed installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13623206 Cable carrier installation

Pin assignment of encoder cables

Motor connection side X15 terminal

Plug connector Contact Signal Cable/core color Signal Contact Plug connector
View X View Y
5 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ 1
6 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- 9
8 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 2 D-sub
1 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- 10
9
8 1
2
3 C+ Brown (BN) C 3 9
1
E
7 12 10 3
11
4 C- White (WH) C 11
6
5 4 15 8
- Data+ - D 4
- Data- - D 12
15-pin
Black + gray (BK
12 UB UB 15
+GY)
10 GND Pink + violet (PK+VT) GND 8
30590116/EN – 03/2023

624 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for DR.. motors 11
11.4.5 Encoder extension cables with connection cover and M23

Illustration of encoder extension cable

14818380043

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 13621963 Fixed installation
2 2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 18140394 Cable carrier installation

Pin assignment of encoder extension cables

Motor connec- X15 terminal

tion side
Contact Signal Cable/core color Signal Contact Plug connector
View X
A A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ 3
A A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- 4
B B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5
B B sin- Green (GN) B sin- 6
AKUA 020
C C+ Brown (BN) C+ 1
C C- White (WH) C- 2 P

D Data+ Black (BK) Data+ 8

D Data- Violet (VT) Data- 7
Red/blue + gray (RD-
+UB UB UB 12
BU + GY)
Gray-pink+pink (GY-
GND GND GND 11
PK+PK)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 625

 Prefabricated cables
11 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

11.4.6 Encoder extension cables with conductor end sleeves and M23

Illustration of encoder extension cable

14818388875

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2 2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 13623184 Fixed installation, without TF
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 18140408 Cable carrier installation, without TF
2 2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 28111486 Fixed installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 28111494 Cable carrier installation

Pin assignment of encoder extension cables

Motor connec- Connection X15

tion side
Contact Description Conductor color Plug connector
View Y
3 A cos+ Red (RD)
4 A cos- Blue (BU)
5 B sin+ Yellow (YE)
6 B sin- Green (GN)
1 C+ Brown (BN)
2 C- White (WH)
P
8 Data+ Black (BK)
7 Data- Violet (VT)
Red-blue + gray (RDBU+GY)
12 UB
Alternative: Gray (GY)
Gray-pink+pink (GYPK+PK)
11 GND
Alternative: Pink (PK)
9 TF+ Gray-pink (GYPK)
10 TF- Red blue (RDBU)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

TF+ and TF-: Assigned only for 28111486 and 28111494

626 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for DR.. motors 11
11.4.7 Encoder extension cables with two M23

Illustration of encoder extension cable

X Y

14818397963

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2 2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 13623192 Fixed installation, without TF
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 13621971 Cable carrier installation, without TF
2 2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 28111451 Fixed installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 28111478 Cable carrier installation

Pin assignment of encoder extension cables

Motor connection side Connection X15

Plug connector Contact Signal Cable/core color Signal Contact Plug connector
View X View Y
3 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ 3
4 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- 4
5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5
6 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- 6
1 C+ Brown (BN) C+ 1
2 C- White (WH) C- 2
ASTA 021FR
8 Data+ Black (BK) Data+ 8 AKUA 020

9
7 Data- Violet (VT) Data- 7
8 1
2 P
E
7 12 10 3 Red-blue + gray
6 11 (RD-BU + GY)
5 4 12 UB UB 12
Alternative: Gray
(GY)
Gray-pink+pink
(GY-PK+PK)
11 GND GND 11
Alternative: Pink
(PK)
9 TF+ Gray-pink (GYPK) TF+ 9
10 TF- Red blue (RDBU) TF- 10
30590116/EN – 03/2023

TF+ and TF-: Assigned only for 28111451 and 28111478

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 627

 Prefabricated cables
11 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

11.4.8 Encoder extension cables with M23 and D-sub

Illustration of encoder extension cable

14818406795

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 13621998 Fixed installation, without TF
2 2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 18195393 Cable carrier installation, without TF
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 28111435 Fixed installation
2 2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 28111443 Cable carrier installation

Pin assignment of encoder extension cables

Motor connection side Connection X15

Plug connector Contact Signal Cable/core color Signal Contact Plug con-
nector
View X
View Y
3 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ 1
4 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- 9
5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 2
6 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- 10
1 C+ Brown (BN) C 3
ASTA 021FR 2 C- White (WH) C 11
8 Data+ Black (BK) Data+ 4 1
9 9
8 1
E 2 7 Data- Violet (VT) Data- 12
7 12 10 3
6 11 Red-blue + gray (RD-BU + 15 8
5 4
12 UB GY) UB 15
Alternative: Gray (GY)
Gray-pink+pink (GY-PK
11 GND +PK) GND 8
Alternative: Pink (PK)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

9 TF+ Gray-pink (GYPK) TF+ 14

10 TF- Red blue (RDBU) TF- 6
TF+ and TF-: Assigned only for 28111435 and 28111443

628 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Overview of add-on encoder cables for asynchronous motors – MOVIDRIVE® B 11
Overview
add-on
encoder
cables forof
asynchrono
usBmotors
MOVIDRIVE
® –

11.5 Overview of add-on encoder cables for DRN..motors – MOVIDRIVE® B

Connection cable Length/installation type Specification
Motor side
Fixed length If the encoder on the motor is ordered
Variable length and delivered without an encoder con-
nection cover, the prefabricated cable
can be fitted with an encoder connection
cover on the encoder end.
"Encoder cable with D-sub – encoder
connection cover" (→ 2 633)
D-Sub (15-pin) Encoder connec-
tion cover
Fixed length The customer is responsible for con-
Variable length necting the terminal strip in the encoder
connection cover. The cable gland in
the encoder connection cover is in-
cluded in the encoder delivery. Connec-
tion to MOVIDRIVE®: A 15-pin plug is
available that matches the interface on
the inverter.
D-Sub (15-pin) Open (conductor "Encoder cable with D-sub –
end sleeve and open" (→ 2 634)
ring cable lug)
Fixed length If the encoder on the motor is ordered
Variable length and delivered without an encoder con-
nection cover, the prefabricated cable
can be fitted with an encoder connection
cover on the encoder end.
"Encoder cable with 2 × D-sub – con-
nection cover" (→ 2 635)
D-sub (1 × 9-pin and Encoder connec-
1 × 15-pin) tion cover
Fixed length The customer is responsible for con-
Variable length necting the terminal strip in the encoder
connection cover. The cable gland in
the encoder connection cover is in-
cluded in the encoder delivery. Connec-
tion to MOVIDRIVE®: A 9-pin or 15-pin
plug is available to match the inverter in
the interface.
D-sub (1 × 9-pin and Open (conductor "Encoder cable with 2 × D-sub –
1 × 15-pin) end sleeve and open" (→ 2 636)
ring cable lug)
Fixed length Connection to MOVIDRIVE®: A 15-pin
Variable length plug is available that matches the inter-
face on the inverter.
"Encoder cable with D-sub – M23 con-
nector" (→ 2 637)

D-Sub (15-pin) M23 connector

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 629

 Prefabricated cables
11 Overview of add-on encoder cables for asynchronous motors – MOVIAXIS®

Overview
add-on
encoder
cables forof
asynchrono
us motors
MOVIAXIS® –

11.6 Overview of add-on encoder cables for DRN..motors – MOVIAXIS®

Connection cable Length/installation type Specification
Motor side
Fixed length If the encoder on the motor is ordered
Variable length and delivered without an encoder con-
nection cover, the prefabricated cable
can be fitted with an encoder connection
cover on the encoder end.
Connection with MOVIAXIS®: A 15-pin
plug is available that matches the inter-
face on the inverter.
"Encoder cable with D-sub – encoder
D-Sub (15-pin) Encoder connec- connection cover/terminal" (→ 2 638)
tion cover
Fixed length Connection with MOVIAXIS®: A 15-pin
Variable length plug is available that matches the inter-
face on the inverter.
The motor protection is routed from the
D-sub connector.
"Encoder cable with D-sub – M23 con-
nector/terminal" (→ 2 639)

D-Sub (15-pin) M23 connector

Fixed length The customer is responsible for con-
Variable length necting the terminal strip in the encoder
connection cover.
The cable gland in the encoder connec-
tion cover is included in the encoder de-
livery.
Connection with MOVIAXIS®: A 15-pin
plug is available that matches the inter-
face on the inverter.
D-Sub (15-pin) Open (conductor The motor protection is routed from the
end sleeve and D-sub connector.
ring cable lug) "Encoder cable with D-sub – open/termi-
nal" (→ 2 640)

30590116/EN – 03/2023

630 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Overview of built-in encoder cables for asynchronous motors 11
11.7 Overview of built-in encoder cables for asynchronous motors
The cable types used for fixed and cable carrier installation are listed in chapter
"Cable specifications".
Connection cable Length/installation type Specification
Motor side
Fixed length 4-pin, 8-pin.
Variable length Cable is suitable for E17 encoder.
"EI7. encoder cable with M12 connector
and open end" (→ 2 642)

M12 connector
Fixed length 4-pin, 8-pin.
Variable length Cable is suitable for E17 encoder.
"EI7. encoder extension cable with M12
connector to M12 socket" (→ 2 645)

M12 connector M12 connector

Fixed length 8-pin.
Variable length Cable can also be used for E17-FS en-
coders.
"Detailed information:" (→ 2 645)

M12 M12
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 631

 Prefabricated cables
11 Overview of extensions for add-on encoder cables for asynchronous motors

11.8 Overview of extensions for add-on encoder cables for asynchronous motors
11.8.1 Intermediate sockets and extensions
Intermediate sockets are used whenever part of the wiring is routed in a cable carrier,
or if connecting several cable sections is easier for very long distances. The encoder
cables are available with intermediate sockets for this purpose.
The cable types used for fixed and cable carrier installation are listed in chapter
"Cable specifications".
Connection cable Length/installation Specification
type
Motor side
Fixed length "Encoder extension cable with M23 connector
Variable length – encoder connection cover" (→ 2 650)

M23 connector Connection cover

Fixed length The customer is responsible for connecting
Variable length the terminal strip in the connection cover. The
cable gland in the connection cover is included
in the delivery of the encoder.
"Encoder extension cable with M23 connector
– open" (→ 2 651)

M23 connector Open (conductor

end sleeve and
ring cable lug)
Fixed length Connection to MOVIDRIVE®: A 15-pin plug is
Variable length available that matches the interface on the in-
verter.
"Encoder extension cable with D-sub – M23
connector" (→ 2 653)

D-Sub (15-pin) M23 connector

Extension
Connection cable Length/ Specification
Installation type
Motor side
Fixed length "Encoder extension cable with M23 connector
Variable length – M23 connector" (→ 2 652)

M23 connector M23 connector

30590116/EN – 03/2023

632 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Add-on encoder cables for MOVIDRIVE B 11
Add-on
encoder
cables for
MOVIDRIVE
B

11.9 Add-on encoder cable for MOVIDRIVE® B

11.9.1 Encoder cable with D-sub – encoder connection cover

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder DR..71 – 132S DR..132M – 280
Sin/cos ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
Sin/cos + RS485 AS7W AG7W
Encoder DR..71 – 315
Sin/cos EK8S
TTL EK8R
Sin/cos + RS485 AK8W

Cable drawing and assignment: D-Sub – encoder connection cover

4158198411
Connection MOVIDRIVE® B Motor connection side
Plug connector view Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
X
1 A Red (RD) cos+ A
9 A Blue (BU) cos- A
D-sub
2 B Yellow (YE) sin+ B
1
10 B Green (GN) sin- B
9
3 C Brown (BN) C+ C
11 C White (WH) C C
15 8 4 D Black (BK) Data+ D
12 D Violet (VT) Data- D
15-pin
15 UB Red/blue + gray (RD-BU + GY) UB +UB
8 Gray/pink + pink (GY-PK + PK) DGND GND

Part numbers
Installation type D-sub – connection cover
Fixed installation 13617621
Cable carrier installation 13617648
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 633

 Prefabricated cables
11 Add-on encoder cables for MOVIDRIVE B

11.9.2 Encoder cable with D-sub – open

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder DR..71 – 132S DR..132M – 280
Sin/cos ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
Sin/cos + RS485 AS7W AG7W
Encoder DR..71 – 315
Sin/cos EK8S
TTL EK8R
Sin/cos + RS485 AK8W

Cable drawing and assignment: D-sub – open

4158303499
Connection MOVIDRIVE® B Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
view Y
1 A Red (RD) cos+ A
9 A Blue (BU) cos- A
D-sub 2 B Yellow (YE) sin+ B
10 B Green (GN) sin- B
1 3 C Brown (BN) C+ C
9
11 C White (WH) C- C
4 D Black (BK) Data+ D
15 8
12 D Violet (VT) Data- D

15-pin Red-blue + gray (RD-BU + GY);

15 UB UB +UB
Alternative: Gray (GY)
Gray-pink+pink (GY-PK+PK); Al-
8 GND GND GND
ternative: Pink (PK)

Part numbers
Installation type D-Sub – conductor end sleeve
Fixed installation 13622021
Cable carrier installation 13622048
30590116/EN – 03/2023

634 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Add-on encoder cables for MOVIDRIVE B 11
11.9.3 Encoder cable with 2 × D-sub – connection cover

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder DR..71 – 132S DR..132M – 280 DRN315
M-SSI AS7Y AG7Y AH7Y
Encoder DR..71 – 315
M-SSI AK8Y

Cable drawing and assignment: 2 × D-sub – encoder connection cover

X A

9007203413047819
Connection MOVIDRIVE® B Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
D-sub 3 C Brown (BN) C+ C
View X 8 C White (WH) C- C
1 D Black (BK) Data+ D
1
6 6 D Violet (VT) Data- D
9 UB Red-blue + gray (RD-BU + GY) UB +UB
9 5
5 GND Gray-pink+pink (GY-PK+PK) GND GND

9-pin
D-sub 1 A Red (RD) cos+ A
View Y 9 A Blue (BU) cos- A
2 B Yellow (YE) sin+ B
1
9 10 B Green (GN) sin- B

15 8

15-pin

Part numbers
Installation type 2 × D-Sub – connection cover
Fixed installation 13626299
Cable carrier installation 13626302
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 635

 Prefabricated cables
11 Add-on encoder cables for MOVIDRIVE B

11.9.4 Encoder cable with 2 × D-sub – open

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder DR..71 – 132S DR..132M – 280 DRN315
M-SSI AS7Y AG7Y AH7Y
Encoder DR..71 – 315
M-SSI AK8Y

Cable drawing and assignment: 2 × D-sub – open

4158310795
Connection MOVIDRIVE® B Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
D-sub 1 Data+ Black (BK) Data+ D
View X 6 Data- Violet (VT) Data- D
3 C+ Brown (BN) C+ C
1
6 8 C- White (WH) C- C
5 GND Pink (PK) GND GND
9 5
9 UB Gray (GY) UB +UB

9-pin
D-sub 1 cos+ Red (RD) cos+ A
View Y 9 cos- Blue (BU) cos- A
2 sin+ Yellow (YE) sin+ B
1
9 10 sin- Green (GN) sin- B

15 8

15-pin

Part numbers
Installation type 2 × D-Sub – connection cover
Fixed installation 13602640
Cable carrier installation 13623265
30590116/EN – 03/2023

636 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Add-on encoder cables for MOVIDRIVE B 11
11.9.5 Encoder cable with D-sub – M23 connector

Prefabricated cables for encoders

Encoder types DR..315
SinCos EH7S

Cable drawing and assignment: D-sub – M23 connector

4158314507
Connection MOVIDRIVE® B Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact Plug connector
View Y View X
1 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ 5
9 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- 6
D-sub
2 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 8
1
10 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- 1 9 1
8
9 2
3 C Brown (BN) C+ 3 E
7 12 10 3
11 C White (WH) C 4 6 11
15 5 4
8 4 D - Data+ -
12 D - Data- -
15-pin
15 UB Black+gray (BK+GY) UB 12
8 GND Pink+violet (PK+VT) GND 10

Part numbers
Installation type D-sub15 – M23 connector
Fixed installation 13602659
Cable carrier installation 13623206
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 637

 Prefabricated cables
11 Add-on encoder cables for MOVIAXIS®

Add-on
encoder
cables for
MOVIAXIS®

11.10 Add-on encoder cables for MOVIAXIS®

11.10.1 Encoder cable with D-sub – encoder connection cover/terminal

Prefabricated cables for encoders

Encoder
ES7S, EG7S, ES7R, EG7R, AS7W, AG7W, EK8S, EK8R, AK8W

Cable drawing and assignment: D-sub – encoder connection cover/terminal

l = 500 mm

B
l=x
X
27021600761130507

I = x: Length that can be ordered

MOVIAXIS®connection Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
View X B A
1 A Red (RD) cos+ A
9 A Blue (BU) cos- A
2 B Yellow (YE) sin+ B
10 B Green (GN) sin- B
3 C Brown (BN) C+ C
D-sub
11 C White (WH) C C
4 D Black (BK) Data+ D
1
9 12 D Violet (VT) Data- D
15 UB Gray (GY) UB +UB
15 8 15 UB Red/blue (RD/BU) UB +UB
8 GND Pink (PK) GND GND
15-pin 8 GND Gray/pink (GY/PK) GND GND
14 TF/TH/KTY+ Brown (BN) TF/TH/KTY+ 1 C
6 TF/TH/KTY- White (WH) TF/TH/KTY- 2
Shielding 3

Part numbers
Installation type D-sub 15 – connection cover
Fixed installation 13631632
Cable carrier installation 13631640
30590116/EN – 03/2023

638 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Add-on encoder cables for MOVIAXIS® 11
11.10.2 Encoder cable with D-sub – M23 connector/terminal

Prefabricated cables for encoders

Encoder
ES7S, EG7S, ES7R, EG7R, AS7W, AG7W, EK8S, EK8R, AK8W

Cable drawing and assignment: D-sub – M23 connector/terminal

l = 500 mm

C
A

A
B
l=x
X
18014401506392843

I = x: Length that can be ordered

MOVIAXIS®connection Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
View X B A
1 A Red (RD) A cos+ 3
9 A Blue (BU) A cos- 4
2 B Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5
ASTA 021 FR
10 B Green (GN) B sin- 6
3 C Brown (BN) C+ 1
D-sub 8
9 1
11 C White (WH) C 2 2
E
4 D Black (BK) Data+ 8 7 12 10 3
1 11
6
9 12 D Violet (VT) Data– 7 5 4
15 UB Gray (GY) UB 12
15 8 15 UB Red/blue (RD/BU) UB 12
8 GND Pink (PK) GND 11
15-pin 8 GND Gray/pink (GY/PK) GND 11
14 /TF, /TH, /KTY+ Brown (BN) /TF, /TH, /KTY+ 1 C
6 /TF, /TH, /KTY- White (WH) /TF, /TH, /KTY- 2
Shielding 3

Part numbers
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Cable D-sub15 – M23 connector

Fixed installation 13631691
Cable carrier installation 13631705

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 639

 Prefabricated cables
11 Add-on encoder cables for MOVIAXIS®

11.10.3 Encoder cable with D-sub – open/terminal

Prefabricated cables for encoders

Encoder
E.7., A.7., E.8., A.8.

Cable drawing and assignment: D-sub – open/terminal

l = 500 mm

B
l=x
X
18014401506396555

I = x: Length that can be ordered

®
MOVIAXIS connection Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
View X B A
1 A Red (RD) A cos+ A
9 A Blue (BU) A cos- A
2 B Yellow (YE) B sin+ B
10 B Green (GN) B sin- B
3 C Brown (BN) C+ C
D-sub
11 C White (WH) C C
4 D Black (BK) Data+ D
1
9 12 D Violet (VT) Data– D
15 UB Gray (GY) UB +UB
15 8 15 UB Red/blue (RD/BU) UB +UB
8 GND Pink (PK) GND GND
15-pin 8 GND Gray/pink (GY/PK) GND GND
14 /TF, /TH, /KTY+ Brown (BN) /TF, /TH, /KTY+ 1 C
6 /TF, /TH, /KTY- White (WH) /TF, /TH, /KTY- 2
Shielding 3

Part numbers
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Installation type D-sub15 – open

Fixed installation 13631659
Cable carrier installation 13631667

640 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Add-on encoder cable for MOVITRAC® advanced 11
Add-on
encoder
cable
® for
MOVITRAC
advanced

11.11 Add-on encoder cable for MOVITRAC® advanced

11.11.1 EK8C, EV8C encoder cable with connection cover to open end with conductor end sleeves
at the binary inputs MOVITRAC® advanced

Prefabricated cables

Designation For motor size Encoder Mounting Specification Supply voltage

type type in
in V
periods/revo-
lution
Add-on en-
EK8C DRN 71 – 355 Conical shaft 1024 DC 4.5 – 30
coders
Conical shaft
Add-on en-
EV8C DRN 71 – 280 (flange guard 1024 DC 4.5 – 30
coders
mounting)

Cable designation and assignment: Connection cover – open

To facilitate speed control and positioning, the EK8C high-resolution HTL built-in en-
coder by SEW‑EURODRIVE can be evaluated via each inverter with fieldbus interface
using the X20 digital inputs, with exception of the binary variant.

Designation Part number Installation

Connection cover (10-pin) to open 28162862 Cable carrier installation
end with conductor end sleeves
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2

Motor side Inverter side

Socket Contact
Conductor Open end
Connec- Signal color Inverter contact
tion IEC 60757 Wire length in mm
cover
D -D
-C A A RD X20:4 250
C
-B B B YE X20:5 250
B
-A
C C BN X20:6 250
A 1)
+Ub
D TF+ GYPK X10:TF1 250
1)
/D TF- RDBU X10:GND 250
30590116/EN – 03/2023

UB +Ub GY External2) 500

2)
⍊ GND PK External 500
1) For EK8C/EV8C encoders with connection via the connection cover of the integrated encoder plug connector, the TF must be routed
to the inverter in a separate cable.
2) If the inverter is supported by an external DC 24 V voltage supply via X5, these wires can also be clamped under at terminal X5.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 641

 Prefabricated cables
11 Built-in encoder cables

11.12 Built-in encoder cables

11.12.1 EI7. encoder cable with M12 connector and open end

Prefabricated cables
DR.. motors Encoder DR..63 – 132S
HTL EI7C, EI76, EI72, EI71

Cable drawing and assignment: M12 connector

B A

9735112587

8-pin without /TF

Connection of evalu- Motor connection side
ation unit1) of the en-
coder.
Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
B A
A cos+ Brown (BN) A cos+ 3 1 2
A cos White (WH) A cos 4
B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5 3
B sin Green (GN) B sin 6
n.c. - n.c. 7 6 4
5
n.c. - n.c. 8
UB Gray (GY) UB 1
GND Pink (PK) GND 2
1) Assignment depends on evaluation unit

8-pin with /TF

Connection of eval- Motor connection side
uation unit1)
Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
B A
A cos+ Brown (BN) A cos+ 3 1 2
A cos White (WH) A cos 4 8
B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5 7 3
B sin Green (GN) B sin 6
TF Red (RD) TF 7 6 4
5
TF- Blue (BU) TF- 8
UB Gray (GY) UB 1
GND Pink (PK) GND 2
1) Assignment depends on evaluation unit.

4-pole
Connection of eval- Motor connection side
30590116/EN – 03/2023

uation unit1)
Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
B A
UB Gray (GY) UB 1 1 2
B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 2
GND Pink (PK) GND 3
A cos+ Brown (BN) A cos+ 4
4 3
1) Assignment depends on evaluation unit.

642 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Built-in encoder cables 11
Part numbers
Installation type Number of poles Connection side Connection side motor (A) Part number
evaluation unit (B)
4-pole cut off M12 connector, radial, 4-pin, A-coded 18156746
Fixed installation
8-pin - with TF Conductor end sleeves 13623273
8-pin - without TF cut off 18156754
M12 connector, radial, 8-pin, A-coded
Cable carrier installation cut off 18156770
8-pin - with TF
Conductor end sleeves 13623281
M12 connector, 8-pin, A-coded
Fixed installation 8-pin - with TF Conductor end sleeves 28164881
(M12 right-angle plug connector)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 643

 Prefabricated cables
11 Built-in encoder cables

11.12.2 EI7C and EI8C encoder cables with M12 socket and open end with conductor end sleeves at
the digital inputs of MOVITRAC® advanced

Prefabricated cables for encoders

Designation For motor size Encoder Mount- Specification in Supply voltage

type ing type periods/revolu-
in V
tion
EI7C1) DRN/DR2. 71 – 132S Built-in en- Integrat- 24 DC 9 – 30
coders ed
EI8C1) DRN/DR2. 71 – 132S Built-in en- Integrat- 1024 DC 7 – 30
coders ed
EI8R2) DRN/DR2. 71 – 132S Built-in en- Integrat- 1024 DC 7 – 30
coders ed
1) Supply the encoder with at least DC 24 V for evaluation at the digital inputs of MOVITRAC® advanced.
2) EI8R has a TTL (5 V) output level and can therefore not be evaluated at digital inputs of MOVITRAC® advanced. However, the pre-
fabricated cable can also be used for third-party inverters and controllers that evaluate a signal level of the encoder with TTL (5 V) in-
put.

Cable drawing and assignment: M12 socket – open

To facilitate easy positioning, the EI7C HTL built-in encoder can be evaluated via each
inverter with fieldbus interface using the X20 digital inputs, with exception of the binary
variant.

Designation Part number Installation

M12 socket (8-pin) to open end with 28162846 Cable carrier installation
conductor end sleeves
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2

Motor side Inverter side

Socket Contact Conductor Open end

Signal color Inverter contact
M12 Wire length in mm
IEC 60757
3
2
4
1 +Ub GY External1) 500
1)
2 GND PK External 500
5
1
3 A BN X20:4 250
8
7
6 5 B YE X20:5 250
2) 2)
6 C GN X20:6 250
30590116/EN – 03/2023

7 TF+ RD X10:TF1 250

8 TF- BU X10:GND 250
1) If the inverter is supported by an external DC 24 V voltage supply via X5, these wires can also be clamped under at terminal X5.
2) The C track is only used as an option with EI8C encoders. With the EI7C, this wire remains unused.

644 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Built-in encoder cables 11
11.12.3 EI7. encoder extension cable with M12 connector to M12 socket

Prefabricated cables
DRN.. motors Encoder DR..71 – 132S
HTL EI7C, EI7C FS, EI76, EI72, EI71

Cable drawing and assignment with M12 connector – M12 connector

B

9610008459

Customer end/motor end 8‑pole without /TF (EI7C, EI76, EI72, EI71 and EI7C FS)
Evaluation unit connection Motor connection side
Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
B A
2 1 3 A cos+ Brown (BN) A cos+ 3 1 2
4 A cos White (WH) A cos 4
3 5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5 3
6 B sin Green (GN) B sin 6
4 6 7 n.c. - n.c. 7 6 4
5 5
8 n.c. - n.c. 8
1 UB Gray (GY) UB 1
2 GND Pink (PK) GND 2

Customer end/motor end 8-pole with /TF (EI7C, EI76, EI72, EI71)
Evaluation unit connection Motor connection side
Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
B A
2 1 3 A cos+ Brown (BN) A cos+ 3 1 2
8 4 A cos White (WH) A cos 4 8
3 7 5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5 7 3
6 B sin Green (GN) B sin 6
4 6 6 4
7 TF Red (RD) TF 7
5 5
8 TF- Blue (BU) TF- 8
1 UB Gray (GY) UB 1
2 GND Pink (PK) GND 2

On the customer/motor side 4‑pole without /TF (EI7C, EI76, EI72, EI71)
Evaluation unit connection Motor connection side
Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
B A
2 1 1 UB Gray (GY) UB 1 1 2
2 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 2
3 GND Pink (PK) GND 3
30590116/EN – 03/2023

4 A cos+ Brown (BN) A cos+ 4

3 4 4 3

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 645

 Prefabricated cables
11 Built-in encoder cables

On the customer side 4‑pole/on the motor side 8‑pole without /TF (EI7C, EI76, EI72, EI71)
Evaluation unit connection Motor connection side
Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
B A
2 1 3 A cos+ Brown (BN) A cos+ 3 1 2
4 4 8
5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5 7 3

6 6
3 4 6 4
7 7
5
8 8
1 UB Gray (GY) UB 1
2 GND Pink (PK) GND 2

Part numbers
EI7C, EI76, EI72, EI71 encoders with or without TF
Installation type Number of poles Part number
On the customer/motor side 8-
18156762
pole, with TF
Fixed installation Customer/motor side 4-pin,
without TF, without inverted sig- 18156738
nal tracks
Customer/motor side 4-pin,
Cable carrier installation without TF, without inverted sig- 28111591
nal tracks

EI7. encoder, without TF and EI7C FS safety-rated encoder

Installation type Number of poles Part number
Fixed installation Customer/motor side 8-pin, 18148670
Cable carrier installation without TF 18158013

30590116/EN – 03/2023

646 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Built-in encoder cables 11
11.12.4 EI7C encoder extension cable with M12 socket to M12 connector at the digital inputs of
MOVITRAC® advanced

Cable designation and assignment: M12 socket to M12 connector

To facilitate easy positioning, the EI7C HTL built-in encoder can be evaluated via each
inverter with fieldbus interface using the X20 digital inputs, with exception of the binary
variant.

Designation Part number Installation

M12 socket (8-pin) to M12 connector 18156762 Fixed installation
2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm

Motor side Inverter side

Socket Contact Conductor color Contact Plug con-

Signal Signal nector
M12 IEC 60757 M12
2 1 1 2
3 A BN A 3
8 8
3 7 3
7 4 A WH A 4
6 4
4 6 5 B YE B 5 5
5
6 B GN B 6
7 TF RD TF 7
8 TF- BU TF- 8
1 Ub GY Ub 1
2 GND PK GND 2
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 647

 Prefabricated cables
11 Built-in encoder cables

11.12.5 EI8C EK8C encoder cable with M23 socket to open end with conductor end sleeves at the
digital inputs of MOVITRAC® advanced

Prefabricated cables for encoders

Designation For motor size Encoder Mounting Specification Supply voltage

type type in
in V
periods/revo-
lution
EI8C DRN/DR2. 71 – 132S Built-in en- Integrated 1024 DC 7 – 30
coders
Add-on en-
EK8C DRN 71 – 355 Conical shaft 1024 DC 4.5 – 30
coders
Conical shaft
Add-on en-
EV8C DRN 71 – 280 (flange guard 1024 DC 4.5 – 30
coders
mounting)

Cable designation and assignment: M23 socket – open

To facilitate speed control and positioning, the HTL encoder can be evaluated via
each MOVITRAC® advanced inverter with fieldbus interface using the X20 digital in-
puts, with exception of the binary variant.

Designation Part number Routing

M23 socket (12-pin) to open end with 28162854 Cable carrier installation
conductor end sleeves
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2

Motor side Inverter side

Socket Contact Conductor Open end

Signal color Inverter contact
M23 IEC 60757 Wire length in mm

1 C BN X20:6 250
9 1
8
E 2 3 A RD X20:4 250
7 12 10 3
6 11
5 4
5 B YE X20:5 250
1)
9 TF+ GYPK X10:TF1 250
10 TF-1) RDBU X10:GND 250
2)
11 GND PK External 500
External2)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

12 +Ub GY 500
1) In preparation for EK8C and EV8C: Encoder with M23 at the terminal box.
2) If the inverter is supported by an external DC 24 V voltage supply via X5, these wires can also be clamped under at terminal X5.

648 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Built-in encoder cables 11
11.12.6 EI8C EK8C encoder extension cable with M23 socket M23 connector for the binary inputs
MOVITRAC® advanced

Cable designation and assignment: M23 socket – M23 plug connector

To facilitate speed control and positioning, the HTL encoder can be evaluated via
each MOVITRAC® advanced inverter with fieldbus interface using the X20 digital in-
puts, with exception of the binary variant.

Designation Part number Routing

M23 socket (12-pin) to M23 con- 28111451 Fixed installation
nector
28111478 Cable carrier installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2

Motor side Inverter side

Socket Contact Conductor color Contact Plug con-

Signal Signal nector
M23 IEC 60757 M23
3 A RD A 3
9 1
8
P 2
4 A BU A 4 7 12
E
10 3
6 11
5 4
5 B YE B 5
6 B GN B 6
1 C+ BN C+ 1
2 C- WH C- 2
8 Data+ BK Data+ 8
7 Data- VT Data- 7
12 Ub RD-BU+GY Ub 12
11 GND GY-PK+PK GND 11
9 TF+1) GY-PK TF+1) 9
1) 1)
10 TF- RD-BU TF- 10
1) In preparation for EK8C and EV8C: Encoder with M23 at the terminal box.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 649

 Prefabricated cables
11 Extensions for add-on encoder cables

11.13 Extensions for add-on encoder cables

11.13.1 Encoder extension cable with M23 connector – encoder connection cover

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder 71 – 132S 132M – 280
Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL (VB = DC 9 – 30 V) ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

Cable drawing and assignment: M23 connector – encoder connection cover

4173472011
Inverter connection Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
View X
3 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ A
4 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- A
AKUA 020 5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ B
6 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- B
P 1 C+ Brown (BN) C+ C
2 C- White (WH) C- C
8 Data+ Black (BK) Data+ D
7 Data- Violet (VT) Data- D
12 UB Pink (PK) UB +UB
11 GND Gray (GY) GND GND

Part numbers
Installation type M23 connector – encoder connection cover
Fixed installation 13621963

30590116/EN – 03/2023

650 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Extensions for add-on encoder cables 11
11.13.2 Encoder extension cable with M23 connector – open

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder 71 – 132S 132M – 280
Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL (VB = DC 9 – 30 V) ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

Cable drawing and assignment: M23 connector – open

4173474571
Inverter connection Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact
View Y
3 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ A
4 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- A
AKUA 020 5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ B
6 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- B
P 1 C+ Brown (BN) C+ C
2 C White (WH) C C
8 Data+ Black (BK) Data+ D
7 Data– Violet (VT) Data– D
12 UB Red/blue + gray (RD-BU + GY) UB +UB
11 GND Gray/pink + pink (GY-PK + PK) GND GND

Part numbers
Installation type M23 connector – open
Fixed installation 13623184
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 651

 Prefabricated cables
11 Extensions for add-on encoder cables

11.13.3 Encoder extension cable with M23 connector – M23 connector

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder 71 – 132S 132M – 280
Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL (VB = DC 9 – 30 V) ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

Cable drawing and assignment: M23 connector – M23 connector

B A

Y X

4173478155
Inverter connection Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact Plug connector
View Y View X
3 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ 3
4 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- 4
5 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5 ASTA 021FR
AKUA 020 6 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- 6
1 C+ Brown (BN) C+ 1 9
8 1
P 2 C White (WH) C 2 2
E
7 12 10 3
8 Data+ Black (BK) Data+ 8
6 11
7 Data– Violet (VT) Data– 7 5 4

Red/blue + gray (RD-

12 UB UB 12
BU + GY)
Gray/pink + pink (GY-
11 GND GND 11
PK + PK)

Part numbers
Installation type M23 connector – M23 connector
Fixed installation 13623192
Cable carrier installation 13621971

30590116/EN – 03/2023

652 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Extensions for add-on encoder cables 11
11.13.4 Encoder extension cable with D-sub – M23 connector

Prefabricated cables for encoders

DR.. motors Encoder 71 – 132S 132M – 280
Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL (VB = DC 9 – 30 V) ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

Cable drawing and assignment: D-sub – M23 connector

4173480971
Inverter connection Motor connection side
Plug connector Contact Signal Cable core color Signal Contact Plug connector
View Y View X
1 A cos+ Red (RD) A cos+ 3
9 A cos- Blue (BU) A cos- 4
ASTA 021FR
2 B sin+ Yellow (YE) B sin+ 5
1
10 B sin- Green (GN) B sin- 6
9 9 1
3 C+ Brown (BN) C+ 1 8
E 2
11 C White (WH) C 2 7 12 10 3
15 6 11
8 4 Data+ Black (BK) Data+ 8 5 4
12 Data– Violet (VT) Data– 7
15 UB Red/blue + gray (RD-BU + GY) UB 12
8 GND Gray/pink + pink (GY-PK + PK) GND 11

Part numbers
Installation type D-sub – M23 connector
Fixed installation 13621998
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 653

 Prefabricated cables
11 Cable specification of encoder cables

11.14 Cable specification of encoder cables

11.14.1 Fixed installation

Accessory identification ES7S/EG7S/ES7R/ EH7S/AH7Y EI7C1)

EG7R/ES7C/EG7C/
AS7W/AG7W/AH7Y/
AS7Y/AG7Y/.K8./EI8.
Cable cross section Cable with part num- Cable with part number from
ber from SEW‑EURODRIVE
SEW‑EURODRIVE
13251724 – (5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2)
19065434 – (6 × 2 ×
0.25 mm2)
25633090 – (4 × 2 ×
0.25 + 2 × 0.5 mm2)
13251724 – (5 × 2 ×
0.25 + 2 × 0.5 mm2)
Manufacturer HELUKABEL/Leoni
Manufacturer's designa- Li9YCY / LEHC 005307
tion
Operating voltage U0/
V 230 / 350V VDE / 300V UL
V AC
Temperature range °C Fixed installation -40 to +80
Maximum temperature °C + 80
Minimum bending radius mm 19065434: 6 × D (HELUKABEL), 5 × D (Leoni)
25633090: 3 × D (once), 6 × D
13251724: 5 x D
Outer diameter D mm 7.3 ± 0.2
Core identification DIN 47 100
Coat color Green similar to RAL 6018
Approval(s) DESINA/VDE/UL/CSA/CE
Capacitance core/shield-
pF/m max. 95
ing
Capacitance core/core pF/m max. 65
Halogen-free No
Silicone-free Yes
CFC-free Yes
Insulation internal (core) PP
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Insulation external PVC

(sheath)
Flame-retardant/self-extin- Flame retardant according to VDE0472, Part 802, Test type B, accord-
guishing ing to IEC 60332-1
Conductor material Cu blank
Shielding Braided copper, tinned

654 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Cable specification of encoder cables 11
Accessory identification ES7S/EG7S/ES7R/ EH7S/AH7Y EI7C1)
EG7R/ES7C/EG7C/
AS7W/AG7W/AH7Y/
AS7Y/AG7Y/.K8./EI8.
Cable cross section Cable with part num- Cable with part number from
ber from SEW‑EURODRIVE
SEW‑EURODRIVE
13251724 – (5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2)
19065434 – (6 × 2 ×
0.25 mm2)
25633090 – (4 × 2 ×
0.25 + 2 × 0.5 mm2)
13251724 – (5 × 2 ×
0.25 + 2 × 0.5 mm2)
Manufacturer HELUKABEL/Leoni
Weight (cable) kg/km 19065434: 106
25633090: 93
13251724: 75
1) EI7C encoders require a maximum of 8 cores, additional cores for potential temperature sensors.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 655

 Prefabricated cables
11 Cable specification of encoder cables

11.14.2 Cable carrier installation

Accessory identification ES7S /EG7S/ES7R/EG7R/ EH7S/AH7Y/EI7C EI7C1)

ES7C/EG7C/AS7W AG7W/
AH7Y/AS7Y/AG7Y/.K8./EI8.
Cable cross section Cable with part number Cable with part number from
from SEW‑EURODRIVE SEW‑EURODRIVE
19065442 – (4 × 0.25 + 2 × 13289284 – (4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2)
0.5 mm2)
25633104 –
(4 × 0.25 + 2 × 0.5 mm2)
13289284 – (4 × 2 ×
0.25 mm2)
Manufacturer HELUKABEL/Leoni
Manufacturer's designa- Li9YC11Y-HF, LEHC 005308, TOPGEBER 503 Top encoder 503,
tion (74419) 74419
Operating voltage V0 / V
V 350 V VDE / 300 V UL
AC
Temperature range °C -20 to +60 -20 to +80
Maximum temperature °C +60 (at the conductor) +60 +80
Minimum bending radius mm 19065442: 8 × D
25633104: 8 × D
13289284: 7.5 × D
Outer diameter D mm 19065442: 8.8 ± 0.2 7.1 ± 0.2
25633104: 9.4 ± 0.2
13289284: 7.1 × 0.2
Maximum acceleration m/s2 19065442: 20 50
25633104: 20
13289284: 50
Maximum speed m/min 19065442: 180 300
25633104: 180
13289284: 300
Core identification DIN 47100
Coat color Green similar to RAL 6018
DESINA/VDE/UL/ DESINA/VDE/UL/
Approval(s) DESINA/VDE/UL/CE
CE CSA/CE
Capacitance core/shield- 19065442: max. 100
30590116/EN – 03/2023

ing
pF/m 25633104: max. 95
13289284: max. 110
Capacitance core/core 19065442: max. 65
pF/m 25633104: max. 60 70
13289284: max. 70

656 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Prefabricated cables
Cable specification of encoder cables 11
Accessory identification ES7S /EG7S/ES7R/EG7R/ EH7S/AH7Y/EI7C EI7C1)
ES7C/EG7C/AS7W AG7W/
AH7Y/AS7Y/AG7Y/.K8./EI8.
Cable cross section Cable with part number Cable with part number from
from SEW‑EURODRIVE SEW‑EURODRIVE
19065442 – (4 × 0.25 + 2 × 13289284 – (4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2)
0.5 mm2)
25633104 –
(4 × 0.25 + 2 × 0.5 mm2)
13289284 – (4 × 2 ×
0.25 mm2)
Manufacturer HELUKABEL/Leoni
Halogen-free Yes
Silicone-free Yes
CFC-free Yes
Insulation internal (core) PP
Insulation external PUR
(sheath)
Flame-retardant/self-extin- Flame retardant according to VDE0472, Part 802, Test type B, accord-
guishing ing to IEC 60332-1
Conductor material E-Cu blank
Shielding Braided copper, tinned
Weight kg/km 19065442: 101
25633104: 90
13289284: 68
Minimum bending cycles ≥ 5 million
1) EI7C encoders require a maximum of 8 cores, additional cores potentially for temperature sensors
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 657

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Product description

12 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI

12.1 Product description
Digital motor integration is a component of the MOVI-C® modular automation system.
Digital motor integration means connecting the motor to the inverter via the
MOVILINK® DDI digital interface. Data for auto startup, stocktaking, operation, and di-
agnostics is transferred via MOVILINK® DDI.

32887579403

12.1.1 Digital motor integration

With "digital motor integration", SEW‑EURODRIVE presents solutions for integrating
drive technology into the networked world. The MOVILINK® DDI digital data interface
connects the inverter with the drive and integrates the previously unconnected drive
into the data network.

Features:
• Voltage supply of the MOVILINK® DDI electronics in the drive
• Detection of the drive, its options, and their properties
• Data transmission for identification, startup, operation, and diagnostics, depending
on the design:
– Electronic nameplate
– Encoder data
– Motor temperature
– Brake control
– Data of additionally integrated or external sensors, such as sensors for detect-
ing brake wear

Assistance functions:
• Automatic startup of the drive (motor, gear unit, sensors, actuators)
• Simple startup of the speed controller with adjusted dynamics settings
• Automatic detection of a drive replacement, simple new startup when the drive is
changed
30590116/EN – 03/2023

This makes detection, startup and communication with the drive as simple as with a
USB interface between computer and external device.

658 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Product description 12
12.1.2 MOVILINK® DDI interface
The MOVILINK® DDI interface connects inverters of the MOVI-C® modular automation
system with drives. The MOVILINK® DDI interface uses a coaxial signal cable. Power
supply of the motor electronics and communication with the drive are performed using
the coaxial signal cable.
The inverters can be connected to the drive in different ways depending on the re-
quirements:
• Hybrid cable for single-cable connection (alternatively for fixed installation and for
cable carrier installation) consisting of:
– Motor cables
– Brake control
– PE
– Coaxial signal cable
• Separate coaxial signal cable in addition to the motor cable for dual cable connec-
tion, particularly in the case of large cross sections for control of the motor.
• The motor can be connected via cable glands on the terminal box or on the plug
connector.

12.1.3 Advantages of digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI

• Cost-effective installation of motor cables; one hybrid cable instead of multiple indi-
vidual cables
• Very long motor cable up to 200 m possible
• One cable for everything:
– Reduction of cable part numbers
– Reduction of spare parts inventory
– Simple cable selection
– Reduction of ordering errors
• Quick, easy, and error-free motor startup
• Quick, easy, and error-free motor replacement
• Sensor data of the motor for condition monitoring and predictive maintenance
• Data interpretation and visualization via DriveRadar®
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 659

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Product description

12.1.4 Key features of MOVILINK® DDI

Collect: Motor functions

• MOVILINK® DDI communication unit in the motor, connection of optional sensors
• Integrated data memory for automatic startup of the motor
• Optional sensors detect, for example:
– Motor temperature and motor protection via temperature sensor
– Motor position via different encoders
– Integrated brake control with wear measurement
– Vibration
– Acceleration
– Mounting position
– Humidity
– Air pressure
– Magnetic fields
• Connection to the motor via hybrid connector or cable gland
• Available for asynchronous motors, synchronous motors, linear motors

Transfer: Interface
• Digital interface between motor and inverter
• Transfer of process data
• Transfer of functionally safe data (in preparation)
• Coaxial cable for data transmission with high bandwidth and high interference im-
munity
• Cable length up to 200 m
• Voltage supply with modulated data transmission
• Single-cable technology for controlling motor, brake control, and data transmission

Receive: Inverter functions

• Automatic startup using startup data saved in the motor
• Automatic detection of motor replacement
• Display and processing of motor data
• Provision of the voltage supply for motor electronics
• Transfer of sensor data to the PLC or to a DriveRadar® EdgeProcessingUnit or to
the DriveRadar® SmartDataCollector
30590116/EN – 03/2023

660 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Options and types with MOVILINK® DDI 12
Options
and types
with
MOVILINK®
DDI

12.2 Options and types with MOVILINK® DDI

12.2.1 DRN.. motor nameplate
The following figure shows an example of a nameplate of a gearmotor with
MOVILINK® DDI interface:

[1]

[2]

9007229789274635

1 Type designation
2 MOVILINK® DDI interface identification

12.2.2 Type designation of the MOVILINK® DDI interface

The type designation of the MOVILINK® DDI interface describes the characteristics of
the MOVILINK® DDI communication unit integrated in the motor. It does not describe
the equipment of the motor. This is defined by the motor type code.

DI0E00
DI DI = MOVILINK® DDI
0 0 = Motor-external brake control or MOVIMOT® flexible decentralized
inverter
1 = BS1Z integrated brake control via MOVILINK® DDI
2 = BG1Z integrated brake control via MOVILINK® DDI
E B = Temperature detection, no extended electronic nameplate, no en-
coder function
C = Extended electronic nameplate and temperature detection of the
motor, no encoder function
E = Extended electronic nameplate, temperature detection of the mo-
tor, and encoder function
F = Extended electronic nameplate and encoder function, no motor
temperature detection
30590116/EN – 03/2023

00 Reserved

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 661

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Encoders with MOVILINK® DDI

Encoders
with
MOVILINK®
DDI

12.3 Encoders with MOVILINK® DDI

/EI8Z /EK8Z /AK8Z
Encoder ability class Medium Class High Class High Class
Motor series DRN../DR2S../DR2L..
Motor sizes 71 – 132S 71 – 180
With motor-integrated BG1Z brake control: BE..
Combination of brake/brake control
With motor-external brake control: Brake BE.. and safety brake BE.. (functional safety1))
Combination of motor protection/tem- Motor protection: TF (in development)
perature Motor protection/motor temperature: PI (Pt1000 in stator housing and motor temperature model
with MOVI-C® inverters)
Combination of forced cooling fans Yes
Encoder type Incremental encoder Incremental encoder Multi-turn absolute encoder
Interface MOVILINK® DDI, coaxial
MOVILINK® DDI type designation DI.E..
Electronic nameplate ET2000 (MOVILINK® DDI, integrated)
Voltage supply DC 24 V (MOVILINK® DDI, integrated)
Incremental resolution
12 bit 4096 inc 16 bit 65536 inc –
(Position steps per motor revolution)
Single-turn resolution
(Position resolution per motor revolu- – – 16 bit 65536 inc
tion)
Multi-turn resolution
(max. counter for complete motor re- – – 16 bit 65536 inc
volutions)
Maximum permissible magnetic field Outer contour of the mo- Outer contour of the motor: 25 mT / 20 kA/m,
external to the motor tor: On the encoder housing: 10 mT / 8 kA/m
25 mT / 20 kA/m
Vibration resistance according to
≤ 10 g (f > 18.5 Hz)
EN 60068‑2‑6
Shock resistance according to
≤ 100 g (t = 6 ms, 18 pulses)
EN 60068‑2‑27
Maximum speed 6000 min-1
Degree of protection according to IP66
EN 60529
Corrosion and surface protection KS, OS1 – OS4, OSG
Installation altitude2) ≤ 3866 m
With MOVI-C® control cabinet inverters and MOVIMOT® flexible decentralized inverter:
-20 – +40 °C, (-40 °C – +60 °C1)2))
Ambient temperature of motor2)
With MOVIMOT® advanced decentralized inverters:
See MOVIMOT® advanced operating instructions/manual
Cable length, maximum3) 200 m
KD1: M23 hybrid plug connector, 1.5 – 4.0 mm2 motor connection, 1.0 mm2 brake connection
KDB: M40 hybrid plug connector, 6.0 – 10.0 mm2 motor connection, 1.5 mm2 brake connection
Connection technology KD: Cable gland on the terminal box for hybrid cables with 1.5 – 10 mm2 motor connection and
1 – 1.5 mm2 brake connection
KDD: Motor and brake connection via cable gland, M23 signal plug connector
Explosion protection –
Functional safety – Yes1)
1) In preparation.
2) Observe the restrictions of the ambient temperature and potential derating of the respective motor/inverter or of the brake and en-
coder design when used at an increased ambient temperature and/or depending on the installation altitude.
3) Also dependent on the selected inverter type and configured PWM frequency and/or brake type; see documentation of the respective
30590116/EN – 03/2023

inverters.

662 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Brake controls with MOVILINK® DDI 12
Brake
controls
with
MOVILINK®
DDI

12.4 Brake controls with MOVILINK® DDI

12.4.1 Functional description
Brake controls with an extended functional scope are available in the MOVILINK® DDI
option portfolio. The options of the BG.Z, BS.Z and B series are brake controls which
are integrated in the drive or the inverter. BG.Z and BS.Z are connected in the control
cabinet via the MOVILINK® DDI interface in the MOVI-C® modular automation system,
whereas the HV brake control B is an option of the decentralized inverter from the
MOVI-C® modular automation system.
In addition to the basic function of brake monitoring, these brake controls have imple-
mented functions for condition monitoring of the brake and its wear condition and for
self-monitoring of the brake control as standard.

INFORMATION
At the same time, the BG.Z, BS.Z brake controls and option B are assistance sys-
tems which are intended to simplify maintenance and fault diagnostics. This does not
replace or override standard prescribed maintenance intervals.

With the inverters from the MOVI-C® modular automation system, the brake control
and the brake are permanently supplied from the local supply voltage network. The
brake switching function is implemented via the MOVILINK® DDI interface and the
BG.Z or BS.Z brake controls. In the case of decentralized inverters from the MOVI-C®
modular automation system, the brake is controlled directly from the DC link of the in-
verter via the integrated HV brake control.
BG.Z brake control With their wide voltage input (supply with low voltage according to IEC 60050 in the
specified range), the BG.Z brake controls enable spring-loaded brakes from the BE..
and BZ.. series to be operated in a large supply voltage range. Previously, it was nec-
essary to select a rated brake voltage to adapt to the local AC voltage network. With
these brake controls, the use of a rated brake voltage is possible over the entire sup-
ply voltage range in a completely network-independent way. This provides you with an
advantage in terms of logistics and maintenance, since only one brake type needs to
be used in one rated brake voltage with one brake control. The same type of brakemo-
tor and the same spare parts can be used.
HV brake control B The HV brake control B is an option of the decentralized inverters from the MOVI-C®
modular automation system for inverter-integrated control of spring-loaded brakes. It
combines the network-independent brakemotor version with the advantages of the de-
centralized infrastructure, and it represents a fully integrated solution for brake control
and brake diagnostics that can be implemented without a separate brake supply. With
its wide voltage input (supply with low voltage according to IEC 60050 in the specified
range), the HV brake control B enables spring-loaded brakes from the BE.. and BZ..
series to be operated in a large supply voltage range. Previously, it was necessary to
select a rated brake voltage to adapt to the local AC voltage network. With these
brake controls, the use of a rated brake voltage is possible over the entire supply
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 663

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Brake controls with MOVILINK® DDI

voltage range in a completely network-independent way. This provides you with an ad-
vantage in terms of logistics and maintenance, since only one brake type needs to be
used in one rated brake voltage with one brake control. The same type of brakemotor
and the same spare parts can be used.
24 V
GND
L1
L2
L3
N
MOVI-C®

UVW

Hybrid cable

BG1Z

UVW

41148226187

12.4.2 Technical data of brake controls BG1Z and B

It is not possible to combine a BG1Z (MOVILINK® DDI type designation DI2...) with a
MOVIMOT® flexible decentralized inverter. MOVIMOT® flexible uses the integrated
brake control B (HV brake control). When using a MOVIMOT® flexible, a BG1Z
(MOVILINK® DDI type designation DI0...) must not be integrated.
No motor-external brake controls are permitted to be used when using a BG1Z. If no
BG1Z is integrated (MOVILINK® DDI type designation DI0...), motor-external brake
controls are required.

BG1Z B1)
(HV brake control)
MOVI-C® control cabinet MOVI-C® decentralized
inverters: inverters:
MOVITRAC® advanced MOVIMOT® flexible
Inverter
MOVIDRIVE® modular MOVIMOT® advanced
MOVIDRIVE® technology
30590116/EN – 03/2023

MOVIDRIVE® system
MOVILINK® DDI type
DI2... DI0...
designation
Inside the motor in the
Brake control installation Integrated in the inverter
terminal box

664 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Brake controls with MOVILINK® DDI 12
BG1Z B1)
(HV brake control)

Motors, motor sizes, DRN, DR2. 71 – 180: DRN, DR2. 71-132M:

brake types2) BE03 – BE32 BE03 – BE20
Operating temperature Ambient temperature of -20 – +40 °C
range the motor
Voltage at the input termi-
Supply voltage AC 200 – 500 V ±10% AC 380 – 500 V ±10%
nal of the brake control
Operating current and op- Note the operating currents and operating current factors in chapter "Protection
erating current factor against damage due to overvoltage or short circuit".
Availability with safety No
Functional safety
brakes
Availability for applica-
Explosion protection tions in the explosion-pro- No
tected area
Brake control Supported brake types BE..
Supported braking Depending on brake type/size:
torques2) All standard braking torques
Release,
application (normal exci- Releasing,
Control functions tation), rapid application (rapid
rapid application (rapid excitation)
excitation)
Output stage (hardware and temperature error)
Monitoring functions of Brake monitoring (temperature, short circuit and in-
the brake control and terruption)
brake Startup (initialization)
Computer and memory errors
Brake condition record- Supported brake types BE..3)
ing3) (Condition monitor-
Air gap measurement, brake lining reserve
ing) Condition detection func-
Brake temperature
tions
Relative thermal brake coil utilization
100% brake lining reserve: minimum air gap (no
wear)
Air gap measurement,
brake lining reserve4) (Ra- Counting increments and air gap range depending
tio, % specification, pa- on the brake type and size
rameter 8437.11) 0% brake lining reserve: maximum air gap (maxi-
mum wear)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Brake coil temperature

(temperature in °C, pa- Measuring step 1K
rameter 8437.5)
Thermal brake coil utiliza- 0%: ≤ 20 °C or no measured value available
tion (ratio, specifica-
tion %, parameter 100%: ≥ Maximum temperature of the respective
8437.12) brake coil

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 665

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Brake controls with MOVILINK® DDI

BG1Z B1)
(HV brake control)
Cable length, maximum5) ≤ 200 m ≤ 15 m
1) Brake controls B and BG.Z: Operation takes place with low voltage in accordance with IEC 60050 within the specified supply range.
2) For an overview of the standard braking torques, refer to the catalog "AC motors DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225".
3) Other functions by request.
4) Measured value available after first release procedure.
5) Also dependent on the selected inverter type and configured PWM frequency and/or brake type; see system manuals of the respec-
tive inverters.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

666 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Connection
technology
and cables
for
MOVILINK®
DDI

12.5 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

12.5.1 Cables for MOVILINK® DDI
The MOVILINK® DDI interface requires a coaxial cable for data transmission between
motor and inverter.
If the motor control requires a cross section of up to 10 mm2, the coaxial cable is
routed in a hybrid cable.
With cross sections larger than 10 mm2, the motor and brake control and the coaxial
cable are routed in separate cables.
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers prefabricated cables with M23/M40 plug connectors. If the
connection is made via a cable gland, a FAKRA connector is required on the coaxial
cable.
If hybrid cables with open ends on both sides are used, the coaxial cable is connected
to the motor and inverter with one FAKRA connector each.
SEW‑EURODRIVE also offers hybrid cables that are already equipped with the
FAKRA connector on both sides, or raw cables on a roll, for which the FAKRA con-
nectors must be attached. The FAKRA connectors can be assembled using the
"MOVILINK® DDI Tool Set 1".

Single-cable technology up to 10 mm2

Prefabricated hybrid cables for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface are structured
as follows:
• 1 conductor for the PE connection
• 3 conductors for controlling the motor
• 4 conductors for controlling the brake
• 1 coaxial cable for MOVILINK® DDI
With this universal hybrid cable, all variants of the brake can be controlled.

Multi-cable technology larger than 10 mm2

For cross sections larger than 10 mm2, the coaxial cable is routed separately in a
cable. Individual coaxial cables are available as prefabricated cables.
Six plugging positions are available.
An M23 plug connector is always used for the coaxial cable on the motor side.
The following connection variants are available:
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 667

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Hybrid cable with connector on the motor side, open end on the inverter side
The cable is used for the following inverters:
• MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology
• MOVITRAC® advanced
• MOVIMOT® flexible with cable gland

[1] - [5]

[6] - [10]
DRN../DR2S../DR2L..

[11] - [15] [1] - [5]

CMP../CM3C..

[16] - [20] [6] - [10]

MOVIGEAR® classic

9007228746393611

Hybrid cable with open end on the motor side, open end on the inverter side
The cable is used for the following inverters:
• MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology
• MOVITRAC® advanced
• MOVIMOT® flexible with cable gland

[31 - 35]
[43 - 47]

[36 - 40]
[48 - 52]

DRN../DR2S../DR2L..

[21 - 25] [11 - 15] [1 - 5]

CMP../CM3C..
[26 - 30] [16 - 20] [6 - 10]

MOVIGEAR® classic
30590116/EN – 03/2023

18014428001137035

668 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Hybrid cable with connector on the motor side, connector on the inverter side
The cable is used for the following inverters:
• MOVIMOT® flexible with plug connector

[11] - [12]
[1]

[16] - [17]
DRN../DR2S../DR2L..

[11] - [12] [11] - [12]

[2] [1]
CMP../CM3C..

[16] - [17] [16] - [17]

MOVIGEAR® classic

32297688075

Hybrid cable with open end on the motor side, connector on the inverter side
The cable is used for the following inverters:
• MOVIMOT® flexible

[21 - 22]

[26 - 27]
DRN../DR2S../DR2L..

[21 - 22] [11 - 12]

CMP../CM3C..

[26 - 27] [16 - 17]

MOVIGEAR® classic

32297690507
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 669

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Coaxial cable with connector on the motor side, open end on the inverter side
In the event of a cross section greater than 10 mm², the coaxial cable is required for
motor control conductors and includes the signal cable for the MOVILINK® DDI con-
nection. The cable for controlling the motor and the brake must be routed separately.
The cable is used for the following inverters:
• MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology
• MOVITRAC® advanced

[41]

DRN../DR2S../DR2L..

[42] [41]
CMP../CM3C..

32841043979

30590116/EN – 03/2023

670 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Cable tables
No. Part number Cross section in mm2 Installation type Motor con- Motor side Inverter side
nection
[1] 28123808 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SD1/KD1 M23 Open
[2] 28123816 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SD1/KD1 M23 Open
[3] 28123824 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SD1/KD1 M23 Open
[4] 28123832 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SDB/KDB M40 Open
[5] 28123840 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SDB/KDB M40 Open
[6] 28123743 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SD1/KD1 M23 Open
[7] 28123751 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SD1/KD1 M23 Open
[8] 28123778 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SD1/KD1 M23 Open
[9] 28123786 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SDB/KDB M40 Open
[10] 28123794 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SDB/KDB M40 Open
[11] 28123905 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SD1/KD1 M23 M23
[12] 28123913 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SD1/KD1 M23 M23
[13] 28123921 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SD1/KD1 M23 M23
[14] 28123948 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SDB/KDB M40 M40
[15] 28123956 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation SDB/KDB M40 M40
[16] 28123859 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SD1/KD1 M23 M23
[17] 28123867 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SD1/KD1 M23 M23
[18] 28123875 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SD1/KD1 M23 M23
[19] 28123883 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SDB/KDB M40 M40
[20] 28123891 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation SDB/KDB M40 M40
[21] 28124367 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open M23
[22] 28124375 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open M23
[23] 28124383 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open M23
[24] 28143884 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open M40
[25] 28143892 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open M40
[26] 28124332 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open M23
[27] 28124340 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open M23
[28] 28124359 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open M23
[29] 28143868 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open M40
[30] 28143876 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open M40
[31] 28152395 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[32] 28152409 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[33] 28152417 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[34] 28152425 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[35] 28152433 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[36] 28152441 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[37] 28152468 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[38] 28152476 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[39] 28152484 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[40] 28152492 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
SMCD/SBCD/
[41] 28129431 Coaxial cable Cable carrier installation M23 Open
KDD
SMCD/SBCD/
[42] 28138376 Coaxial cable Cable carrier installation M23 M23
KDD
30590116/EN – 03/2023

The prefabricated cables "open on the motor side" and "open on the inverter
side" (lines 31 – 40) can also be supplied as cable reels in lengths 30 m, 100 m, and
200 m (lines 43 – 52). These cables are not prefabricated.

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 671

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

For more information on assembly, refer to the addendum to the "MOVILINK® DDI
Tool Set 1" operating instructions.
No. Part number Cross section in mm2 Installation type Motor con- Motor side Inverter side
nection
[43] 28123395 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[44] 28123409 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[45] 28123417 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[46] 28123425 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[47] 28123433 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Fixed installation KD Open Open
[48] 28123336 4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[49] 28123344 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[50] 28123352 4 × 4 + 4 × 1 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[51] 28123360 4 × 6 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open
[52] 28123379 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5 + coaxial cable Cable carrier installation KD Open Open

30590116/EN – 03/2023

672 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
12.5.2 Motor cables for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface
The following tables list the cables available for this connection.

Connecting motor cables for motors without brake with MOVILINK® DDI interface
Connecting cables with connectors at the motor side for the following motors:
• DRN../DR2S../DR2L.. asynchronous motors
• CMP../CM3C.. synchronous motors
• MOVIGEAR® classic drive unit
The following table shows the conductor assignment of the cables:

MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology, MOVITRAC® advanced

Motor side Inverter side

Contact Conductor
Conductor Identifica-
M23 M40 Signal color Prefabrication Description
color tion
IEC 60757
U U U Black BK U/L1 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase U
V V V Black BK V/L2 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase V
W W W Black BK W/L3 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase W
A 1 Reserved Yellow YE A Not prefabricated Do not connect
B + Reserved Orange OG B Not prefabricated Do not connect
C N Reserved Pink PK C Not prefabricated Do not connect
D 2 Reserved Violet VT D Not prefabricated Do not connect
PE PE PE Yellow/green YE/GN Not prefabricated Protective earth connection
DDI DDI DDI Violet VT Coaxial connector MOVILINK® DDI

Insulate each unconnected conductor end.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 673

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

MOVIMOT® flexible

Motor side Inverter side

Contact Conductor
Conductor Identifica-
M23 M40 Signal color Prefabrication Description
color tion
IEC 60757
U U U Black BK U/L1 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase U
V V V Black BK V/L2 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase V
W W W Black BK W/L3 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase W
A 1 A Yellow YE A Not prefabricated Connection A
B + B Orange OG B Not prefabricated Connection B
C N C Pink PK C Not prefabricated Connection C
D 2 D Violet VT D Not prefabricated Connection D
PE PE PE Yellow/green YE/GN Not prefabricated Protective earth connection
DDI DDI DDI Violet VT Coaxial connector MOVILINK® DDI

Insulate each unconnected conductor end.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

674 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Connecting motor cables for motors with BE.. or BZ.. brake with MOVILINK® DDI interface
Connecting cables with connectors on the motor side for the following motors:
• DRN../DR2S../DR2L.. asynchronous motors
• CM3C.. synchronous motors
The following table shows the conductor assignment of the cables:

MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology, MOVITRAC® advanced

Motor side Inverter side

Contact Conductor
Conductor Identifica-
M23 M40 Signal color Prefabrication Description
color tion
IEC 60757
U U U Black BK U/L1 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase U
V V V Black BK V/L2 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase V
W W W Black BK W/L3 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase W
A 1 Reserved Yellow YE A Not prefabricated Do not connect
B + 15 Orange OG B Not prefabricated Brake connection 15
C N 13 Pink PK C Not prefabricated Brake connection 13
D 2 14 Violet VT D Not prefabricated Brake connection 14
PE PE PE Yellow/green YE/GN Not prefabricated Protective earth connection
DDI DDI DDI Violet VT Coaxial connector MOVILINK® DDI

Insulate each unconnected conductor end.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 675

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

MOVIMOT® flexible

Motor side Inverter side

Contact Conductor
Conductor Identifica-
M23 M40 Signal color Prefabrication Description
color tion
IEC 60757
U U U Black BK U/L1 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase U
V V V Black BK V/L2 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase V
W W W Black BK W/L3 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase W
A 1 A Yellow YE A Not prefabricated Connection A
B + B Orange OG B Not prefabricated Connection B
C N C Pink PK C Not prefabricated Connection C
D 2 D Violet VT D Not prefabricated Connection D
PE PE PE Yellow/green YE/GN Not prefabricated Protective earth connection
DDI DDI DDI Violet VT Coaxial connector MOVILINK® DDI

Insulate each unconnected conductor end.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

676 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Connection of motor cables for motors with BE.. or BZ.. brake and integrated BG1Z brake control
Connecting cables with connectors on the motor side for the following motors:
• DRN../DR2S../DR2L.. asynchronous motors
• CMP../CM3C.. synchronous motors
The following table shows the conductor assignment of the cables:

MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology, MOVITRAC® advanced

Motor side Inverter side

Contact Conductor
Conductor Identifica-
M23 M40 Signal color Prefabrication Description
color tion
IEC 60757
U U U Black BK U/L1 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase U
V V V Black BK V/L2 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase V
W W W Black BK W/L3 Not prefabricated Motor connection phase W
A 1 Reserved Yellow YE A Not prefabricated Do not connect
Brake connection, neutral con-
B + N (L2) Orange OG B Not prefabricated
ductor N (or phase L2)
C N Reserved Pink PK C Not prefabricated Do not connect
D 2 L1 Violet VT D Not prefabricated Brake connection, phase L1
PE PE PE Yellow/green YE/GN Not prefabricated Protective earth connection
DDI DDI DDI Violet VT Coaxial connector MOVILINK® DDI

Insulate each unconnected conductor end.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 677

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Representation of connections

Motor connection for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface KD1

KD1 without brake

The wiring diagram of the plug connector depicts the contact end of the connections.

Function
Motor connection for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface

Connection type
M23, male, male thread, TE Connectivity – Intercontec products, series 723, SEW-
EURODRIVE insert, SpeedTec equipment, coding ring: without, protected against
contact

Wiring diagram
DDI

D A

C B

V
U
W
PE

Assignment
Contact Signal Description
U U Motor connection, phase U
V V Motor connection, phase V
W W Motor connection, phase W
A Reserved Do not connect
B Reserved Do not connect
C Reserved Do not connect
D Reserved Do not connect
PE PE PE connection
DDI DDI MOVILINK® DDI
30590116/EN – 03/2023

678 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
KD1 with BE.. brake and external brake control
The wiring diagram of the plug connector depicts the contact end of the connections.

Function
Motor connection for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface

Connection type
M23, male, male thread, TE Connectivity – Intercontec products, series 723, SEW-
EURODRIVE insert, SpeedTec equipment, coding ring: without, protected against
contact

Wiring diagram
DDI

D A

C B

V
U
W
PE

Assignment
Contact Signal Description
U U Motor connection, phase U
V V Motor connection, phase V
W W Motor connection, phase W
A Reserved Do not connect
B 15 Brake connection, output 15 brake control
C 13 Brake connection, output 13 brake control
D 14 Brake connection, output 14 brake control
PE PE Protective earth connection
DDI DDI MOVILINK® DDI
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 679

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

KD1 with BE.. brake and integrated BG1Z brake control

The wiring diagram of the plug connector depicts the contact end of the connections.

Function
Motor connection for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface

Connection type
M23, male, male thread, TE Connectivity – Intercontec products, series 723, SEW-
EURODRIVE insert, SpeedTec equipment, coding ring: without, protected against
contact

Wiring diagram
DDI

D A

C B

V
U
W
PE

Assignment
Contact Signal Description
U U Motor connection, phase U
V V Motor connection, phase V
W W Motor connection, phase W
A Reserved Do not connect
Brake control supply system, neutral conductor or
B N (L2)
phase L2
C Reserved Do not connect
D L1 Brake control supply system, phase L1
PE PE Protective earth connection
DDI DDI MOVILINK® DDI
30590116/EN – 03/2023

680 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Motor connection for motors with brake with MOVILINK® DDI interface KDB

KDB without brake

The wiring diagram of the plug connector depicts the contact end of the connections.

Function
Motor connection for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface

Connection type
M40, male, male thread, TE Connectivity – Intercontec products, series 740, SEW-
EURODRIVE insert, SpeedTec equipment, coding ring: without, protected against
contact

Wiring diagram
DDI
1 -
2 +

N W

U V
PE

Assignment
Contact Signal Description
U U Motor connection, phase U
V V Motor connection, phase V
W W Motor connection, phase W
1 Reserved Do not connect
+ Reserved Do not connect
N Reserved Do not connect
2 Reserved Do not connect
PE PE PE connection
DDI DDI MOVILINK® DDI
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 681

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

KDB with BE.. brake and external brake control

The wiring diagram of the plug connector depicts the contact end of the connections.

Function
Motor connection for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface

Connection type
M40, male, male thread, TE Connectivity – Intercontec products, series 740, SEW-
EURODRIVE insert, SpeedTec equipment, coding ring: without, protected against
contact

Wiring diagram
DDI
1 -
2 +

N W

U V
PE

Assignment
Contact Signal Description
U U Motor connection, phase U
V V Motor connection, phase V
W W Motor connection, phase W
1 Reserved Do not connect
+ 15 Brake connection, connection 15 brake control
N 13 Brake connection, connection 13 brake control
2 14 Brake connection, connection 14 brake control
PE PE Protective earth connection
DDI DDI MOVILINK® DDI
30590116/EN – 03/2023

682 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
KDB with BE.. brake and integrated BG1Z brake control
The wiring diagram of the plug connector depicts the contact end of the connections.

Function
Motor connection for motors with MOVILINK® DDI interface

Connection type
M40, male, male thread, TE Connectivity – Intercontec products, series 740, SEW-
EURODRIVE insert, SpeedTec equipment, coding ring: without, protected against
contact

Wiring diagram
DDI
1 -
2 +

N W

U V
PE

Assignment
Contact Signal Description
U U Motor connection, phase U
V V Motor connection, phase V
W W Motor connection, phase W
1 Reserved Do not connect
+ N (L2) Brake control supply system, neutral conductor or
phase L2
N Reserved Do not connect
2 L1 Brake control supply system, phase L1
PE PE Protective earth connection
DDI DDI MOVILINK® DDI
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 683

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Connection of coaxial cables with separate routing of power cable and signal cable
The power cable and signal cable can only be routed together up to a cable cross sec-
tion of 10 mm2. With larger cable cross sections, the power cable is routed separately
from the signal cable.

MOVIDRIVE® modular/system/technology, MOVITRAC® advanced

Motor side Inverter side

Contact Conductor
Conductor Identifica-
M23 Signal color Prefabrication Description
color tion
IEC 60757
DDI DDI Violet VT Coaxial connector MOVILINK® DDI

30590116/EN – 03/2023

684 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
12.5.3 Cable specifications

Cable carrier installation

Type LEHC 005796 LEHC 005770 LEHC 005771 LEHC 005772 LEHC 005773 LEC 005724
Part number of bulk 28123336 28123344 28123352 28123360 28123379 25672568
cable, not prefabricated
Cross section 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 2.5 mm2 4 × 4.0 mm2 4 × 6.0 mm2 4 × 10 mm2 -
Mechanical design

[1]
GE
A [2]
RS VIO
C D
[3] [1]
OR
B
[4] [6]
[3]
GNGE
SW [5] [7]
U/L1

[6]
SW SW
V/L2 W/L3 [7]

29346392715
[1] Coaxial cable Coax Z50 in accordance with RG58
Conductor Stranded copper wire, tinned, 19 × 0.182 mm
Dielectric Polypropylene Ø 2.95
Shielding Braided copper wire, tinned, 0.128 mm
Optical coverage at least 90%,
Sheath TPE
Diameter 4.2 mm
Color Violet
[2] Conductors 2 shielded con- 2 shielded con- 2 shielded con- 2 shielded con- Shielded element -
ductor pairs ductor pairs ductor pairs ductor pairs 4 × 1.5 mm2
2 × 1.0 mm2 2 × 1.0 mm2 2 × 1.0 mm2 2 × 1.5 mm2
Stranded copper wire, bare -
Single wire 0.15 mm -
In accordance with DIN EN 60228 class 6 -
IEC 60228 Class 6 -
Insulation Polypropylene -
Shielding Braided copper Braided copper Braided copper Braided copper Braided copper -
wire 0.10 mm, wire 0.10 mm, wire 0.10 mm, wire 0.10 mm, wire 0.128 mm,
tinned tinned tinned tinned tinned
Optical coverage at least 85% -
Diameter 2.1 mm 2.1 mm 2.1 mm 2.4 mm 2.4 mm -
Colors Yellow with black A label -
Orange with black B label -
Pink with black C label -
Violet with black D label -
[3] Banding - -
[4] Filler - -
30590116/EN – 03/2023

[5] Conductors 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 2.5 mm2 4 × 4.0 mm2 4 × 6.0 mm2 4 × 10 mm2 -
Conductor Stranded copper wire, bare -
Single wire Single wire Single wire Single wire Single wire -
0.15 mm 0.15 mm 0.15 mm 0.2 mm 0.2 mm
In accordance with DIN EN 60228 class 6 -
IEC 60228 Class 6 -
Diameter 3.0 mm 3.6 mm 3.75 mm 4.6 mm 5.8 mm -
Insulation Polypropylene -
Colors Green/yellow, black with label: U/L1; V/L2; W/L3 -

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 685

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Type LEHC 005796 LEHC 005770 LEHC 005771 LEHC 005772 LEHC 005773 LEC 005724
Part number of bulk 28123336 28123344 28123352 28123360 28123379 25672568
cable, not prefabricated
Cross section 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 2.5 mm2 4 × 4.0 mm2 4 × 6.0 mm2 4 × 10 mm2 -
[6] Shield Braided tinned Braided tinned Braided tinned Braided tinned Braided tinned Braided tinned
copper wires, copper wires, copper wires, copper wires, copper wires, copper wires,
0.15 mm 0.15 mm 0.15 mm 0.2 mm 0.2 mm 0.13 mm
Optical coverage at least 85%
[7] Outer cable jacket Polyurethane, flame retardant, halogen-free
Color Matt orange Matt black
Label SEW- SEW- SEW- SEW- SEW- SEW-
EURODRIVE EURODRIVE EURODRIVE EURODRIVE EURODRIVE EURODRIVE
28123336 28123344 28123352 28123360 28123379 25672568
4 × 1.5 + 2 × 2 × 4 × 2.5 + 2 × 2 × 4 × 4.0 + 2 × 2 × 4 × 6.0 + 2 × 2 × 4 × 10 + 2 × 2 × 1 × Z50
1C + 1 × Z50 1C + 1 × Z50 1C + 1 × Z50 1.5C + 1 × Z50 1.5C + 1 × Z50
LEHC005796 LEHC 005770 LEHC 005771 LEHC 005772 LEHC 005773 LEHC 005951
Rev.0 E47543- Rev.0 E47543- Rev.0 E47543- Rev.0 E47543- Rev.0 E47543- Rev.0 E47543-

LIL LIL LIL LIL LIL LIL

AWM STYLE 21223 I/II A/B 80 °C 1000V FT1 Week/year of production AWM STYLE
11892 I/II A/B
80 °C 300V FT1
Week/year of
production
Diameter 15.7 mm 16.7 mm 17.0 mm 19.7 mm 22.1 mm 7.0 mm
Electrical properties
Operating voltage 0.6 kV/1.0 kV 0.3 kV/0.3 kV
conductors V0/V
Operating voltage Max. 1000 V Max. 300 V
according to UL
style 21223
Surge impedance 50 Ω ± 2 Ω
coaxial cable
Mechanical properties
Bending radius Min. 3 × outer diameter for one-time installation Min. 5 × outer di-
Min. 5 × outer diameter for fixed installation ameter for one-
Min. 7.5 × outer diameter for cable carriers time installation
Min. 8 × outer di-
ameter for fixed
installation
Min. 20 × outer
diameter in the
cable carrier
Travel speed Max. 5 m/s 3 m/s
Acceleration Max. 20 m/s2
Bending cycles Min. 5 × 106 Min. 3 × 106
Torsional stability ±180 °/m
Torsional cycles maximum 1 million cycles (at ±180 °/m)
Mass 332 kg/km 392 kg/km 444 kg/km 626 kg/km 827 kg/km 73 kg/km
Thermal characteristics
Operating tempera- Fixed installation: -40 °C to +90 °C
ture Cable carrier installation: -30 °C to +90 °C
Operating tempera- Fixed installation: -40 °C to +80 °C
ture according to Cable carrier installation: -30 °C to +80 °C
cURus
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Chemical characteristics
Oil resistance DIN VDE 0282‑10/HD 22.10 S2 DIN EN
50363-10-2
Flame retardance UL 1581 section 1060 Vertical Flame Test (FT1)
CSA C22.2 No.3-92 Vertical Flame Test (FT1)
IEC 60332‑1 2
Other characteristics

686 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Type LEHC 005796 LEHC 005770 LEHC 005771 LEHC 005772 LEHC 005773 LEC 005724
Part number of bulk 28123336 28123344 28123352 28123360 28123379 25672568
cable, not prefabricated
Cross section 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 2.5 mm2 4 × 4.0 mm2 4 × 6.0 mm2 4 × 10 mm2 -
EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS),
Free of paint-wetting impairment substances,
Halogen-free according to IEC 60754-1,
General fuel resistance,
General resistance to acids, alkalis, and cleaning agents,
General resistance against dusts,
General resistance against microbes and fungi,
Generally hydrolysis-resistant,
General resistance against UV radiation
Approvals
UL Subject 758, Style 21223 UL Subject 758,
CSA - C22.2 No. 210 Style 11892
cURus E47543 CSA - C22.2 No.
UL Style 21223 80 °C 1000V FT1 210
cUL AWM I/II A/B 80 °C 1000V FT1 cURus E47543
UL Style 11892
80 °C 300V FT1
cUL AWM I/II A/
B 80 °C 300V
FT1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 687

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Fixed installation
Type LEHC 005775 LEHC 005776 LEHC 005777 LEHC 005778 LEHC 005779
Part number of bulk 28123395 28123409 28123417 28123425 28123433
cable, not prefabricated
Cross section 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 2.5 mm2 4 × 4.0 mm2 4 × 6.0 mm2 4 × 10 mm2
Mechanical design

[1]
VIO GE
D A
[2]
RS OR [3]
GNGE C B

[6]

SW
[4]
V/L2 SW
U/L1 [5]
SW
W/L3
[7]

29346395147
[1] Coaxial cable Coax Z50 in accordance with RG58
Conductor Stranded copper wire, tinned, 19 × 0.182 mm
Dielectric Polypropylene Ø 2.95
Shielding Braided copper wire, tinned, 0.128 mm
Optical coverage at least 90%
Sheath TPE
Diameter 4.2 mm
Color Violet
[2] Cores Shielded element Shielded element Shielded element Shielded element Shielded element
4 × 1.0 mm2 4 × 1.0 mm2 4 × 1.0 mm2 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 1.5 mm2
Stranded copper wire, bare
Single wire 0.20 mm Single wire 0.20 mm Single wire 0.20 mm Single wire 0.25 mm Single wire 0.25 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60228 class 5
IEC 60228 Class 5
Insulation Polypropylene
Shielding Braided copper wire, 0.128 mm, tinned
optical coverage at least 85%
Diameter 2.1 mm 2.1 mm 2.1 mm 2.35 mm 2.35 mm
Colors Yellow with black label A
Orange with black label B
Pink with black label C
Purple with black label D
[3] Banding - - - - -
[4] Filler - - - - -
[5] Cores 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 2.5 mm2 4 × 4.0 mm2 4 × 6.0 mm2 4 × 10 mm2
Conductor Stranded copper wire, bare
Single wire 0.25 mm Single wire 0.25 mm Single wire Single wire 0.30 mm Single wire 0.40 mm
0.30 mm
30590116/EN – 03/2023

in accordance with DIN EN 60228 class 5

IEC 60228 Class 5
Diameter 3.0 mm 3.6 mm 3.75 mm 4.7 mm 5.8 mm
Insulation Polypropylene
Colors Green/yellow, black with label: U/L1; V/L2; W/L3
[6] Shield Braided tinned cop- Braided tinned cop- Braided tinned copper Braided tinned cop- Braided tinned cop-
per wires, 0.15 mm per wires, 0.15 mm wires, 0.15 mm per wires, 0.20 mm per wires, 0.20 mm
optical coverage at least 85%

688 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Type LEHC 005775 LEHC 005776 LEHC 005777 LEHC 005778 LEHC 005779
Part number of bulk 28123395 28123409 28123417 28123425 28123433
cable, not prefabricated
Cross section 4 × 1.5 mm2 4 × 2.5 mm2 4 × 4.0 mm2 4 × 6.0 mm2 4 × 10 mm2
[7] Outer cable jacket PVC
Color Orange
Label SEW-EURODRIVE SEW-EURODRIVE SEW-EURODRIVE SEW-EURODRIVE SEW-EURODRIVE
28123395 28123409 28123417 28123425 28123433
4 × 1.5 + 4 × 1C + 1 4 × 2.5 + 4 × 1C + 1 4 × 4.0 + 4 × 1C + 1 × 4 × 6.0 + 4 × 1.5C + 4 × 10 + 4 × 1.5C +
× Z50 × Z50 Z50 1 × Z50 1 × Z50
LEHC005775 Rev. 0 LEHC005776 Rev. 0 LEHC 005777 Rev.0 LEHC 005778 Rev.0 LEHC 005779 Rev.0
E47543-LIL E47543-LIL E47543-LIL E47543-LIL E47543-LIL

s
AWM STYLE 2570 I/II A/B 80 °C 1000 V FT1 Week/year of production
Diameter 15.2 mm 16.1 mm 16.4 mm 19.0 mm 21.8 mm
Electrical properties
Operating voltage 0.6 kV/1.0 kV
conductors V0/V
Operating voltage ac- Max. 1000 V
cording to UL style
21223
Surge impedance 50 Ω ± 2 Ω
coaxial cable
Mechanical properties
Bending radius min. 3 × outer diameter for one-time installation
min. 5 × outer diameter for fixed installation
min. 10 × outer diameter if moved occasionally
Mass 312 kg/km 361 kg/km 412 kg/km 576 kg/km 791 kg/km
Thermal properties
Operating tempera- Fixed installation: -40 °C to +90 °C
ture If moved occasionally: -10 °C to +90 °C
Operating tempera- Fixed installation: -40 °C to +80 °C
ture according to If moved occasionally: -10 °C to +80 °C
cURus
Chemical properties
Oil resistance DIN EN 50363-4-1 (test method according to DIN EN 60811-404)
Flame retardant UL 1581 section 1060 Vertical Flame Test (FT1)
CSA C22.2 No.3-92 Vertical Flame Test (FT1)
IEC 60332-1-2
Other features
EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS)
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 689

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

12.5.4 Self-assembly of the DDI cable

SEW-EURODRIVE offers assembled hybrid cables. The cable side with the M23 or
M40 plug connector can only be assembled by SEW-EURODRIVE. The open side can
be assembled by the customer if, for example, a cable needs to be shortened.
When doing this, a special tool set is only required for the coaxial cable; all other con-
ductors are crimped with standard ring lugs or standard cable lugs.
The "MOVILINK® DDI Tool Set 1" contains stripping and crimping pliers to crimp the
coaxial connector according to the FAKRA standard. The tool set contains the material
required for 50 plug-in connections. The coaxial connector on the cable is the same
for the connection to a motor or inverter.
You can assemble the MOVILINK® DDI cables yourself by using the following informa-
tion.

MOVILINK® DDI case with tool set 1

MOVILINK® DDI tool set 1

MOVILINK® DDI tool set 1 contains the tool for crimping the cables. Tool set 1 can be
ordered using part number 28250923.

Quan- Description Type designation/part number

tity
1 Mini systainer
1 Stripping pliers QWZ WEG 01, QWZ WEG 61
1 Crimping pliers QWZ WEG 01, QWZ WEG 62
1 Rotary cutter 1 QWZ WEG 61M1
1 Rotary cutter 2 QWZ WEG 61M2
®
1 MOVILINK DDI crimp parts 1 28250931
1 Spacer A/B QWZ WEG 61DA
1 Spacer C/D QWZ WEG 61DC
1 Spacer E/F QWZ WEG 61DE

30590116/EN – 03/2023

690 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
MOVILINK® DDI crimp parts 1
The "MOVILINK® DDI crimp parts 1" package contains parts for assembling 50 plug
connectors.
This set is part of "MOVILINK® DDI tool set 1" and can be re-ordered separately by
quoting part number 28250931.

Quan- Description
tity
120 Inner conductor contact
50 Outer conductor contact
50 Crimp sleeves
50 Housing
50 Insulating tubing 230 mm
100 Insulating end cap
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 691

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Preparing tools and cables

Preparing the tools

The stripping pliers must be equipped with the spacer QWZ WEG 61DA. The spacer
must be mounted in position B as shown in the following figure:

32420380683

32420386827

Rotary cutter 2 is used for stripping.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

692 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Cutting the coaxial cable to length
Depending on use, the coaxial cable must be cut to length on the motor side or in-
verter side in such a way that it corresponds to the motor or the inverter.
Cut the coaxial cable to length L1 before starting assembly of the plug connector.
YE
Cable open at mo-
OG
tor end
PK
VT

PE
U
V
W
L1

0
32330772875

Motor Size Cable length L1 in mm

DRN.., DR2S.., DR2L.. 71 – 200 150
CMP.. 50 – 112 150
CM3C.. 63 – 100 150
MGF classic 1 1–4 150
YE
Cable open at in-
OG
verter side
PK
VT

PE
U
V
W
0

L1

31208581771

Solo cable open at

inverter side
0

L1

32381018763
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Inverter Cable type Cable length L1 in mm

2
MOVIDRIVE® modular/sys- 1.5 – 6 mm 250
tem/technology 10 mm2 270
®
MOVIMOT flexible Solo cable 300

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 693

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
12 Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI

Crimping and assembling the connector

Assembling the plug connector

The instructions for fitting the plug connector onto the coaxial cable are included in
"MOVILINK® DDI tool set 1".
In addition, you can download a video instruction in German or English that shows the
individual steps for fitting the plug connector onto the coaxial cable. The instruction is
available at the following link:
German: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZD5oiT5hqaI

32445253259

English: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X_gHIkaUA04

32445256203

Using the insulating tubing

If the coaxial cable is installed in the terminal box of DRN..., DR2S... or DR2L... mo-
tors, the coaxial cable must additionally be protected mechanically and electrically with
the insulating tubing.
The insulating tubing is included in the "MOVILINK® DDI crimp parts 1" package.
After crimping the connector and before fitting the connector housing, push the insu-
lating tubing over the coaxial cable.
30590116/EN – 03/2023

32420415499

Cut the insulating tubing to the appropriate length. The insulating tubing must cover
the coaxial cable completely.

694 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Digital motor integration with MOVILINK® DDI
Connection technology and cables for MOVILINK® DDI 12
Unconnected wires
All wires that are not connected, such as brake wires, must be individually insulated
and mechanically fixed in the terminal box, control cabinet or wiring space of
MOVIMOT® flexible. The enclosed insulating caps can be used for insulation.

32420418571

It is not permitted to connect the unused wires to PE or GND.

30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 695

 Address Directory
13
13 Address Directory
Germany
Headquarters Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Production plant Ernst-Blickle-Strasse 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1970
Sales 76646 Bruchsal, Germany http://www.seweurodrive.com
P.O. box address [email protected]
Postfach 3023 • D-76642 Bruchsal, Germany
Production Plant / In- Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
dustrial Gear Units Christian-Pähr-Str.10 Fax +49 7251 75-2970
76646 Bruchsal, Germany
Production plant Graben SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Ernst-Blickle-Strasse 1 Fax +49 7251 75-2970
76676 Graben-Neudorf, Germany
P.O. box address
Postfach 1220 • 76671 Graben-Neudorf, Ger-
many
Östringen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG, Oestringen Tel. +49 7253 9254-0
Plant Fax +49 7253 9254-90
Franz-Gurk-Strasse 2 oestringen@sew‑eurodrive.de
76684 Oestringen, Germany
Service Competence Mechanical/ SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1710
Centers Mechatronic Ernst-Blickle-Strasse 1 Fax +49 7251 75-1711
Components 76676 Graben-Neudorf, Germany sc-mitte@sew‑eurodrive.de
Electronics SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1780
Ernst-Blickle-Strasse 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1769
76646 Bruchsal, Germany [email protected]
Drive Technology North SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 5137 8798-30
Center Alte Ricklinger Strasse 40-42 Fax +49 5137 8798-55
30823 Garbsen (near Hanover) [email protected]
East SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
Daenkritzer Weg 1 Fax +49 3764 7606-30
08393 Meerane (near Zwickau) sc-ost@sew‑eurodrive.de
South SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 89 909552-10
Domagkstrasse 5 Fax +49 89 909552-50
85551 Kirchheim (near Munich) sc-sued@sew‑eurodrive.de
West SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 2173 8507-30
Siemensstrasse 1 Fax +49 2173 8507-55
40764 Langenfeld (near Düsseldorf) sc-west@sew‑eurodrive.de
Drive Service Hotline/24-hour availability +49 800 SEWHELP
+49 800 7394357
Technical offices Augsburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 821 22779-10
August-Wessels-Strasse 27 Fax +49 821 22779-50
86156 Augsburg, Germany tb-augsburg@sew‑eurodrive.de
Berlin SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 306331131-30
Lilienthalstrasse 3a Fax +49 306331131-36
12529 Schoenefeld, Germany tb-berlin@sew‑eurodrive.de
Lake Constance SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7544 96590-90
Dornierstraße 4 Fax +49 7544 96590-99
88677 Markdorf, Germany tb-bodensee@sew‑eurodrive.de
Bremen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 421 33918-10
Bornstr.19 ... 22 Fax +49 421 33918-22
28195 Bremen, Germany tb-bremen@sew‑eurodrive.de
Dortmund SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 231 229028-10
Hildastraße 8 Fax +49 231 229028-20
44145 Dortmund, Germany tb-dortmund@sew‑eurodrive.de
Dresden SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 351 26338-0
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Hauptstrasse 32 Fax +49 351 26338-38

01445 Radebeul, Germany tb-dresden@sew‑eurodrive.de
Erfurt SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 361 21709-70
Dubliner Strasse 12 Fax +49 361 21709-79
99091 Erfurt, Germany tb-erfurt@sew‑eurodrive.de
Guestrow SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 3843 8557-80
Glasewitzer Chaussee 33 B Fax +49 3843 8557-88
18273 Guestrow, Germany tb-guestrow@sew‑eurodrive.de
P.O. box address
Postfach 1216 • 18262 Güstrow, Germany

696 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
Germany
Hamburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 40 298109-60
Bramfelder Strasse 119 Fax +49 40 298109-70
22305 Hamburg, Germany tb-hamburg@sew‑eurodrive.de
Hanover/Garbsen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 5137 8798-10
Alte Ricklinger Str.40-42 Fax +49 5137 8798-50
30823 Garbsen, Germany tb-hannover@sew‑eurodrive.de
P.O. box address
Postfach 1104 53 • 30804 Garbsen, Germany
Heilbronn SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7143 8738-0
Zeppelinstrasse 7 Fax +49 7143 8738-25
74357 Boennigheim, Germany tb-heilbronn@sew‑eurodrive.de
Herford SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 5221 9141-0
Göbenstraße 3 – 7 Fax +49 5221 9141-20
32052 Herford tb-herford@sew‑eurodrive.de
Karlsruhe SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7245 9190-10
Ettlinger Weg 2 Fax +49 7245 9190-20
76467 Bietigheim, Germany tb-karlsruhe@sew‑eurodrive.de
P.O. box address
Postfach 43 • 76463 Bietigheim, Germany
Kassel SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 561 95144-80
Lange Strasse 14 Fax +49 561 95144-90
34253 Lohfelden, Germany tb-kassel@sew‑eurodrive.de
Koblenz SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 2652 9713-30
Bahnstrasse 17a Fax +49 2652 9713-40
56743 Mendig, Germany tb-koblenz@sew‑eurodrive.de
Lahr SEWEURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7821 90999-60
Europastrasse 3/1 Fax +49 7821 90999-79
77933 Lahr/Schwarzwald, Germany tb-lahr@sew‑eurodrive.de
Langenfeld SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 2173 8507-10
Siemensstrasse 1 Fax +49 2173 8507-50
40764 Langenfeld, Germany tb-langenfeld@sew‑eurodrive.de
Magdeburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 39203 7577-1
Breiteweg 53 Fax +49 39203 7577-9
39179 Barleben, Germany tb-magdeburg@sew‑eurodrive.de
Mannheim SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 621 71683-10
Besselstrasse 26 Fax +49 621 71683-22
68219 Mannheim, Germany tb-mannheim@sew‑eurodrive.de
Munich SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 89 90955-110
Domagkstrasse 5 Fax +49 89 90955-150
85551 Kirchheim, Germany tb-muenchen@sew‑eurodrive.de
Muenster SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 251 41475-11
Hafenplatz 4 Fax +49 251 41475-50
48155 Muenster, Germany tb-muenster@sew‑eurodrive.de
Nuremberg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 911 98884-50
Plattenaeckerweg 6 Fax +49 911 98884-60
90455 Nuremberg, Germany tb-nuernberg@sew‑eurodrive.de
Regensburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 941 46668-68
Im Gewerbepark A15 Fax +49 941 46668-66
93059 Regensburg, Germany tb-regensburg@sew‑eurodrive.de
Rhine-Main SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 6172 9617-0
Niederstedter Weg 5 Fax +49 6172 9617-50
61348 Bad Homburg, Germany tb-rheinmain@sew‑eurodrive.de
Stuttgart SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 711 16072-0
Friedrich-List-Strasse 46 Fax +49 711 16072-72
70771 Leinfelden-Echterdingen, Germany tb-stuttgart@sew‑eurodrive.de
Ulm SEWEURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7348 9885-0
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Dieselstrasse 14 Fax +49 7348 9885-90

89160 Dornstadt, Germany tb-ulm@sew‑eurodrive.de
Drive Center SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 931 27886-60
Wuerzburg Nuernbergerstrasse 118 Fax +49 931 27886-66
97076 Wuerzburg-Lengfeld, Germany tb-wuerzburg@sew‑eurodrive.de
Zwickau / Meer- SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
ane Dänkritzer Weg 1 Fax +49 3764 7606-20
08393 Meerane, Germany tb-zwickau@sew‑eurodrive.de

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 697

 Address Directory
13
France
Production plant Haguenau SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 73 67 00
Sales 48-54 route de Soufflenheim Fax +33 3 88 73 66 00
Service B. P. 20185 http://www.usocome.com
67506 Haguenau Cedex, France [email protected]
Production plant Forbach SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 87 29 38 00
Zone industrielle
Technopôle Forbach Sud
B. P. 30269
57604 Forbach Cedex, France
Assembly plant Bordeaux SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 5 57 26 39 00
Sales Parc d'activités de Magellan Fax +33 5 57 26 39 09
Service 62 avenue de Magellan - B. P. 182
33607 Pessac Cedex, France
Lyon SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 00
Parc d'affaires Roosevelt Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
Rue Jacques Tati
69120 Vaulx en Velin, France
Nantes SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 40 78 42 00
Parc d’activités de la forêt Fax +33 2 40 78 42 20
4 rue des Fontenelles
44140 Le Bignon, France
Paris SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 64 42 40 80
Zone industrielle Fax +33 1 64 42 40 88
2 rue Denis Papin
77390 Verneuil I'Etang, France
Technical offices Alsace SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 89 74 51 62
1 rue Auguste Gasser Fax +33 3 89 76 58 71
68360 Soultz, France
Aquitaine/Char- SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 5 57 26 39 08
ente Parc d'activités de Magellan Fax +33 5 57 26 39 09
62 avenue de Magellan - B.P.182
33607 Pessac Cedex, France
Auvergne/Lim- SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 5 55 20 12 10
ousin Farges Fax +33 5 55 20 12 11
19600 Chasteaux, France
Lower Normandy SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 31 37 92 86
5 rue de la Limare Fax +33 2 31 74 68 15
14250 Brouay, France
Burgundy SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 85 49 92 18
10 rue de la poste Fax +33 3 85 49 92 19
71350 Saint Loup Géanges, France
Brittany SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 40 78 42 04
Parc d’activités de la forêt Fax +33 2 40 78 42 20
4 rue des Fontenelles
44140 Le Bignon, France
Centre/Poitou SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 40 78 42 11
Parc d’activités de la forêt Fax +33 2 40 78 42 20
4 rue des Fontenelles
44140 Le Bignon, France
Champagne-Ar- SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 25 79 63 24
denne 25 bis rue Victor Hugo Fax +33 3 25 79 63 25
Appartement 7
10120 Saint André les Vergers, France
Franche-Comté SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 81 60 20 47
24 avenue Charles Boby Fax +33 3 81 87 75 93
70000 Quincey, France
Île-de-France SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 23 62 81 24
30590116/EN – 03/2023

East/Aisne 20 rue Félix Faure Fax +33 3 23 62 81 44

02100 Saint Quentin, France
Île-de-France SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 41 05 92 74
North/Picardy 25bis rue Kléber Fax +33 1 41 05 92 75
92300 Levallois Perret, France
Île-de-France SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 60 81 10 56
South 6 chemin des bergers Fax +33 1 60 81 10 57
Lieu-dit Marchais
91410 Roinville sous Dourdan, France

698 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
France
Lothringen/North- SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 83 96 28 04
ern Alsace 1 rue de la forêt Fax +33 3 83 96 28 07
54250 Champigneulles, France
Midi-Pyrénées/ SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 5 61 08 15 85
Roussillon 179 route de Grazac Fax +33 5 61 08 16 44
31190 Caujac, France
Nord-Pas-de-Cal- SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 21 10 86 86
ais 209, route d’Hesdigneul Fax +33 3 21 10 86 87
62360 Hesdin l’Abbé, France
Paris/Île-de- SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 30 90 89 86
France West 42 avenue Jean Jaurès Fax +33 1 30 90 93 15
78580 Maule, France
Pays de la Loire SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 40 78 42 03
Parc d’activités de la forêt Fax +33 2 40 78 42 20
4 rue des Fontenelles
44140 Le Bignon, France
Provence-Alpes- SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 91 18 00 11
Côte d’Azur Le Clos Montolivet Fax +33 4 91 18 00 12
9 impasse Bounin – Bât. A
13012 Marseille, France
Rhône-Alpes East SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 75 05 65 95
Montée de la Garenne Fax +33 4 75 05 65 96
26750 Génissieux, France
Rhône-Alpes SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 03
North Parc d'affaires Roosevelt Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
Rue Jacques Tati
69120 Vaulx en Velin, France
Rhône-Alpes SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 04
West Parc d'affaires Roosevelt Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
Rue Jacques Tati
69120 Vaulx en Velin, France
Algeria
Sales Algiers REDUCOM Sarl Tel. +213 21 8214-91
16, rue des Frères Zaghnoune Fax +213 21 8222-84
Bellevue [email protected]
16200 El Harrach Alger http://www.reducom-dz.com
Argentina
Assembly plant Buenos Aires SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 3327 4572-84
Sales Ruta Panamericana Km 37.5, Lote 35 Fax +54 3327 4572-21
(B1619IEA) Centro Industrial Garín sewar@sew‑eurodrive.com.ar
Prov. de Buenos Aires http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Córdoba SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 351-490-0010
Ruta Nacional 19, Manzana 97, Lote 5 [email protected]
(X5125) Malvinas Argentinas http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Prov. de Córdoba
Santa Fe SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 341-317-7277
Ruta Prov. 21 Km 7, Lote 41 [email protected]
Parque Industrial Alvear http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
(2126) Gral. Alvear
Prov. de Santa Fe
Service Mendoza SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 261-430-0060
[email protected]
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Technical offices Tucumán SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 381-400-4569
Balcarce 609 [email protected]
(T4000IAM) S.M. de Tucumán http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Prov. de Tucumán
Bahía Blanca SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 291-451-7345
O'Higgins 95, 1er Piso A [email protected]
(B8000IVA) Bahía Blanca http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Prov. de Buenos Aires
Comahue SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 299-478-1290
Puerto Rico 1885 [email protected]
(R8324IOE) Cipolletti http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Prov. de Río Negro

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 699

 Address Directory
13
Argentina
Mining Mendoza SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 261-430-0060
[email protected]
http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Australia
Assembly plants Melbourne SEW‑EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 3 9933-1000
Sales 27 Beverage Drive Fax +61 3 9933-1003
Service Tullamarine, Victoria 3043, Australia http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.au
enquires@sew‑eurodrive.com.au
Sydney SEW‑EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 2 9725-9900
9, Sleigh Place, Wetherill Park Fax +61 2 9725-9905
New South Wales, 2164, Australia enquires@sew‑eurodrive.com.au
Sales Adelaide SEW‑EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 8 8161 4000
Service 9C Park Way Fax +61 8 8161 4002
Mawson Lakes, SA 5095, Australia enquires@sew‑eurodrive.com.au
Brisbane SEW‑EURODRIVE PTY.LTD. Tel. +61 7 3276 5100
1 /34 Collinsvale St Fax +61 7 3276 5102
Rocklea, Queensland, 4106, Australia enquires@sew‑eurodrive.com.au
Perth SEW‑EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 8 9251-4900
10 Colin Jamieson Drive Fax +61 8 9251-4903
Welshpool, WA 6106, Australia enquires@sew‑eurodrive.com.au
Sales Townsville SEW‑EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 7 4779 4333
12 Leyland Street Fax +61 7 4779 5333
Garbutt, QLD 4814, Australia enquires@sew‑eurodrive.com.au
Austria
Assembly plant Vienna SEW‑EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 1 617 55 00-0
Sales Richard-Strauss-Strasse 24 Fax +43 1 617 55 00-30
Service 1230 Wien, Austria http://www.sew-eurodrive.at
sew@sew‑eurodrive.at
Technical offices Linz SEW‑EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 732 655 109-0
Reuchlinstr. 6/3 Fax +43 732 655 109-20
4020 Linz, Austria tb-linz@sew‑eurodrive.at
Graz SEW‑EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 316 685 756-0
Grabenstraße 231 Fax +43 316 685 755
8045 Graz, Austria tb-graz@sew‑eurodrive.at
Dornbirn SEW‑EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 5572 3725 99-0
Lustenauerstraße 27/1 Fax +43 5572 3725 99-20
6850 Dornbirn, Austria tb-dornbirn@sew‑eurodrive.at
Bangladesh
Sales Bangladesh SEW‑EURODRIVE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Mobile +88 01729 097309
345 DIT Road salesdhaka@seweurodrive-
East Rampura bangladesh.com
Dhaka-1219, Bangladesh
Belarus
Sales Minsk SEW‑EURODRIVE BY Tel. +375 17 298 47 56 / 298 47 58
RybalkoStr. 26 Fax +375 17 298 47 54
220033 Minsk, Belarus http://www.sew.by
[email protected]
Belgium
Assembly plant Brussels SEW‑EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 16 386-311
Sales Researchpark Haasrode 1060 Fax +32 16 386-336
Service Evenementenlaan 7 http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
BE-3001 Leuven info@sew‑eurodrive.be
Service Competence Industrial gear SEW‑EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 84 219-878
Centers units Rue de Parc Industriel, 31 Fax +32 84 219-879
6900 Marche-en-Famenne, Belgium http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
30590116/EN – 03/2023

service-wallonie@sew‑eurodrive.be
Brazil
Production plant São Paulo SEW‑EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 11 2489-9133
Sales Avenida Amâncio Gaiolli, 152 - Rodovia Presid- Fax +55 11 2480-3328
Service ente Dutra Km 208 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.br
Guarulhos - 07251-250 - SP, Brazil [email protected]
SAT - SEW ATENDE - 0800 7700496

700 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
Brazil
Assembly plants Rio Claro SEW‑EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3522-3100
Sales Rodovia Washington Luiz, Km 172 Fax +55 19 3524-6653
Service Condomínio Industrial Conpark [email protected]
Caixa Postal: 327
13501-600 – Rio Claro / SP
Joinville SEW‑EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 47 3027-6886
Rua Dona Francisca, 12.346 – Pirabeiraba Fax +55 47 3027-6888
89239-270 – Joinville / SC [email protected]
Indaiatuba SEW‑EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3835-8000
Estrada Municipal Jose Rubim, 205 [email protected]
Rodovia Santos Dumont Km 49
13347-510 – Indaiatuba / SP
Bulgaria
Sales Sofia BEVER-DRIVE GmbH Tel. +359 2 9151160
Bogdanovetz Str.1 Fax +359 2 9151166
1606 Sofia, Bulgaria [email protected]
Cameroon
Sales Douala, Electro-Services Tel. +237 33 431137
Cameroon Rue Drouot Akwa Fax +237 33 431137
B.P. 2024 [email protected]
Douala, Cameroon
Canada
Assembly plants Toronto SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 905 791-1553
Sales 210 Walker Drive Fax +1 905 791-2999
Service Bramalea, ON L6T 3W1 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ca
l.watson@sew‑eurodrive.ca
Vancouver SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 604 946-5535
Tilbury Industrial Park Fax +1 604 946-2513
7188 Honeyman Street b.wake@sew‑eurodrive.ca
Delta, BC V4G 1G1
Montreal SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 514 367-1124
2555 Rue Leger Fax +1 514 367-3677
Lasalle, PQ H8N 2V9 a.peluso@sew‑eurodrive.ca
Please contact us for more addresses of service centers in Canada.
Chile
Assembly plant Santiago de Chile SEW‑EURODRIVE CHILE LTDA. Tel. +56 2 75770-00
Sales Las Encinas 1295 Fax +56 2 75770-01
Service Parque Industrial Valle Grande http://www.sew-eurodrive.cl
LAMPA ventas@sew‑eurodrive.cl
RCH-Santiago de Chile
P.O. box address
Casilla 23 Correo Quilicura - Santiago - Chile
China
Production plant Tianjin SEW‑EURODRIVE (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 22 25322612
Assembly plant No. 46, 7th Avenue, TEDA Fax +86 22 25323273
Sales Tianjin 300457 info@sew‑eurodrive.cn
Service http://www.sew-eurodrive.cn
Assembly plant Suzhou SEW‑EURODRIVE (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 51262581781
Sales 333, Suhong Middle Road Fax +86 512 62581783
Service Suzhou Industrial Park suzhou@sew‑eurodrive.cn
Jiangsu Province, 215021
Guangzhou SEW‑EURODRIVE (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 20 82267890
No. 9, JunDa Road Fax +86 20 82267922
East Section of GETDD guangzhou@sew‑eurodrive.cn
Guangzhou 510530, China
Shenyang SEW‑EURODRIVE (Shenyang) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 24 25382538
30590116/EN – 03/2023

10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 24 25382580

Shenyang Economic Technological Develop- shenyang@sew‑eurodrive.cn
ment Area
Shenyang, 110141, China
Wuhan SEW‑EURODRIVE (Wuhan) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 27 84478388
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 27 84478389
No. 59, the 4th Quanli Road, WEDA wuhan@sew‑eurodrive.cn
430056 Wuhan, China

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 701

 Address Directory
13
China
Xi'An SEW‑EURODRIVE (Xi'An) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 29 68686262
No. 12 Jinye 2nd Road Fax +86 29 68686311
Xi'An High-Technology Industrial Development xian@sew‑eurodrive.cn
Zone
Xi'An 710065
Colombia
Assembly plant Bogota SEW‑EURODRIVE COLOMBIA LTDA. Tel. +57 1 54750-50
Sales Calle 22 No. 132-60 Fax +57 1 54750-44
Service Bodega 6, Manzana B http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.co
Santafé de Bogotá, Colombia [email protected]
Côte d'Ivoire
Sales Abidjan SICA Tel. +225 21 25 79 44
Société Industrielle & Commerciale pour l'Afrique Fax +225 21 25 88 28
165, Boulevard de Marseille [email protected]
26 BP 1173 Abidjan 26
Croatia
Sales Zagreb KOMPEKS d. o. o. Tel. +385 1 4613-158
Service Zeleni dol 10 Fax +385 1 4613-158
10 000 Zagreb, Croatia [email protected]
Czech Republic
Sales Hostivice SEW‑EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 255 709 601
Assembly plant Floriánova 2459 Fax +420 235 350 613
Service 253 01 Hostivice http://www.sew-eurodrive.cz
sew@sew‑eurodrive.cz
Drive Service Hot- HOTLINE: +420 800 739 739 (800 SEW SEW) Service:
line/24-hour avail- Tel. +420 255 709 632
ability Fax +420 235 358 218
servis@sew‑eurodrive.cz
Assembly plant Plzeň SEW‑EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 378 775 320
Service Areal KRPA a.s. Fax +420 377 970 710
Zahradni 173/2 sew@sew‑eurodrive.cz
326 00 Plzeň
Technical offices Brno SEW‑EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 543 254 174
Křenová 52 Fax +420 543 256 845
60200 Brno [email protected]
Hradec Králové SEW‑EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 495 510 141
Čechova 498 Fax +420 495 521 313
50202 Hradec Králové [email protected]
Ostrava SEW‑EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 597 329 044
Studentská 6202/17 [email protected]
708 00 Ostrava-Poruba
Klatovy SEW‑EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 376 331 634
Vídeňská 841 Fax +420 376 331 634
33901 Klatovy [email protected]
Service Horní Moštěnice SEW‑EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 581 224 374
Nám.Dr.M.Tyrše 14/64 Fax +420 581 224 374
751 17 Horní Moštěnice servis@sew‑eurodrive.cz
Denmark
Assembly plant Copenhagen SEW‑EURODRIVE A/S Tel. +45 43 9585-00
Sales Geminivej 28-30 Fax +45 43 9585-09
Service 2670 Greve, Denmark http://www.sew-eurodrive.dk
sew@sew‑eurodrive.dk
Egypt
Sales Cairo Copam Egypt Tel. +20 2 22566-299 +1 23143088
Service for Engineering & Agencies Fax +20 2 22594-757
30590116/EN – 03/2023

33 EI Hegaz ST, Heliopolis, Cairo, Egypt http://www.copam-egypt.com/

[email protected]
Estonia
Sales Tallinn ALAS-KUUL AS Tel. +372 6593230
Reti tee 4 Fax +372 6593231
EE-75301 Peetri küla, Rae vald, Harjumaa, Esto- [email protected]
nia

702 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
Finland
Assembly plant Hollola SEW‑EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Sales Vesimäentie 4 Fax +358 3 780-6211
Service 15860 Hollola 2, Finland http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Service Hollola SEW‑EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Keskikankaantie 21 Fax +358 3 780-6211
FIN-15860 Hollola http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Technical offices Helsinki SEW‑EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Luutnantintie 5 [email protected]
00410 Helsinki, Finland
Vaasa SEW‑EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Asemakatu 7 [email protected]
65100 Vaasa, Finland
Kuopio SEW‑EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Viestikatu 3 [email protected]
70600 Kuopio, Finland
Production plant Karkkila SEW Industrial Gears Oy Tel. +358 201 589-300
Assembly plant Valurinkatu 6, PL 8 Fax +358 201 589-310
FI-03600 Karkkila, 03601 Karkkila [email protected]
http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
Gabon
Sales Libreville, Gabon ESG Electro Services Gabun Tel. +241 741059
Feu Rouge Lalala Fax +241 741059
1889 Libreville [email protected]
Gabon
Greece
Sales Athens Christ. Boznos & Son S.A. Tel. +30 2 1042 251-34
12, K. Mavromichali Street Fax +30 2 1042 251-59
P.O. Box 80136 http://www.boznos.gr
GR-18545 Piraeus [email protected]
Technical office Thessaloniki Christ. Boznos & Son S.A. Tel. +30 2 310 7054-00
Asklipiou 26 Fax +30 2 310 7055-15
562 24 Evosmos, Thessaloniki, Greece [email protected]
Great Britain
Assembly plant Normanton SEW‑EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. +44 1924 893-855
Sales DeVilliers Way Fax +44 1924 893-702
Service Trident Park http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.uk
Normanton info@sew‑eurodrive.co.uk
West Yorkshire
WF6 1GX
Drive Service Hotline/24-hour availability Tel. +44 1924 896911
Service Competence Southern England SEW‑EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. +44 1189 701-699
Centers Unit 41 Fax +44 1189 701-021
Easter Park
Benyon Road
Silchester
Reading
Berkshire
RG7 2PQ
Technical offices Midlands SEW‑EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. +44 1527 877-319
5 Sugar Brook Court Fax +44 1527 575-245
Aston Road
Bromsgrove
Worcs.
B60 3EX
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Scotland SEW‑EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. +44 17 8647-8730

No 37 Enterprise House Fax +44 17 8645-0223
Springkerse Business Park
Stirling
FK7 7UF

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 703

 Address Directory
13
Hong Kong
Assembly plant Hong Kong SEW‑EURODRIVE LTD. Tel. +852 36902200
Sales Unit No. 801-806, 8th Floor Fax +852 36902211
Service Hong Leong Industrial Complex contact@sew‑eurodrive.hk
No. 4, Wang Kwong Road
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Hungary
Sales Budapest SEW‑EURODRIVE Kft. Tel. +36 1 437 06-58
Service 1037 Budapest, Hungary Fax +36 1 437 06-50
Kunigunda u. 18 http://www.sew-eurodrive.hu
[email protected]
India
Company office Vadodara SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 265 3045200, +91 265 2831086
Assembly plant Plot No. 4, GIDC Fax +91 265 3045300, +91 265 2831087
Sales POR Ramangamdi • Vadodara - 391 243, India http://www.seweurodriveindia.com
Service Gujarat [email protected]
Assembly plant Chennai SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 44 37188888
Sales Plot No. K3/1, Sipcot Industrial Park Phase II Fax +91 44 37188811
Service Mambakkam Village [email protected]
Sriperumbudur - 602105
Kancheepuram Dist, Tamil Nadu
Technical offices Ahmedabad SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 79 40072067/68
306, Shaan office complex, Behind Sakar-IV, Fax +91 79 40072069
Ellisebridge, Ashram Road salesahmedabad@seweurodrivein-
Ahmedabad – Gujarat, India dia.com
Aurangabad SEW‑EURODRIVE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Tel. +91 86000 12333
salesaurangabad@seweurodrivein-
dia.com
Bangalore SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 80 22266565
Sy.no:41-P3, Peenya1, Phase 1A, Peenya Vil- Fax +91 80 22266569
lage, Yeswanthapura Hobli, Bangalore North [email protected]
Taluk,
Bangalore Dist, Karnataka
SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 80 28522662 / 28522663
# C-104, 3rd Block, KSSIDC Complex, Electronic [email protected]
City.
Bangalore – 560100, Karnataka
Bangladesh SEW‑EURODRIVE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Mobile +88 01729 097309
Genetic Udayanchal, salesdhaka@seweurodrive-
House-96 (6th Floor), Road-23/A, bangladesh.com
Block-B, Banani, Dhaka-1213, Bangladesh
Bellary SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 77609 88668
Door no-56/279 Ward No-16, Sindhigi com- [email protected]
pound, Near Raghavendra talkies,
Bellary-583101
Karnataka
Chandigarh SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 81462 67606
# 72, Type- 4, Power Colony, saleschandigarh@seweurodrivein-
Chandigarh - Rupnagar Highway dia.com
Rupnagar- 140001, Punjab
Chennai SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 44 42849813
2nd Floor, Josmans Complex, Fax +91 44 42849816
No. 5, McNichols Road, [email protected]
Chetpet
Chennai - 600031 - Tamil Nadu, India
Kochi SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 98951 30375
CF7-(2), Block No 1, Vasanth Nagar, [email protected]
Opposite Jawahar Lal Nehru Stadium,
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Palarivattom – Cochin 682025

Coimbatore SEW‑EURODRIVE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Tel. +91 422 2322420
687/2, SRI SAKTHIVEL TOWERS (NEAR Fax +91 422 2323988
DEEPAM HOSPITAL) salescoimbatore@seweurodrivein-
TRICHY ROAD, RAMANATHAPURAM dia.com
COIMBATORE - 641 045.Tamilnadu, India

704 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
India
Cuttack SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 9937446333
Plot No. 1764, [email protected]
Nuasahi, Nayapalli
Bhubaneswar-12
Orissa
Gandhidham SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 81282 36850
TCX-S-28, FF, Ward 12/A, salesgandhidham@seweurodrivein-
Gandhidham - Kutch - 370201 dia.com
Hyderabad SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 40 23414698
408, 4th Floor, Meridian Place Fax +91 40 23413884
Green Park Road [email protected]
Amerpeet
Hyderabad - 500016 - Andhra Pradesh, India
Jamshedpur SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 9934123671
Flat no.: S1 " Kashi Kunj",h. No. 60, New Rani salesjamshedpur@seweurodrivein-
Kudar Road No - 3 dia.com
P.o. + P.s. - Kadma
Jamshedpur - Pin - 831005 Jharkhand
Kolhapur SEW EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 86000 20846
[email protected]
Kolkata SEW EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 33 22827457
2nd floor, Room No. 35 Fax +91 33 22894204
Chowringhee Court [email protected]
55, Chowringhee Road
Kolkata - 700 071 - West Bengal, India
Lucknow SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 9793627333
69, Shiv Vihar Colony [email protected]
Vikas Nagar-5
Lucknow 226022 - Uttar Pradesh
Mumbai SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 22 28348440
312 A, 3rd Floor, Acme Plaza, J.B. Nagar, Fax +91 22 28217858
Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri (E) [email protected]
Mumbai - 400059 - Maharashtra, India
Nagpur SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 95610 89525
Plot No 49, New Kailash Nager, Samta colony, [email protected]
Nagpur-440027
Nashik SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 9665752978
107, "YOG" Bunglow, [email protected]
Mahatama Nagar, Trimbak Road,
Nashik, Maharashtra – 422 007
New Delhi SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 11 25544111
1008, 10th Floor, 12th Level Fax +91 11 25544113
"Westend Mall" [email protected]
Tower Plot, District Centre
Adjacent Hotel Hilton
Janak Puri, New Delhi – 110058
Pune SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 20-65118890 / 91
Jai Tulajabhavani Complex. Fax +91 20 25380721
Office No: 15 First Floor, [email protected]
Opp. Century Enka Company,
MIDC Bhosari, Pune 411 026
SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 20 25380730/735
LUNAWAT PRISM Fax +91 20 25380721
4th Floor, S.No. 148 [email protected]
Opposite Wanaz Company, Besides Mega Mart [email protected]
At Neena Co-Operative Housing Society, Paud
Road,
Pune 411038 - Maharashtra, India
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Raipur SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 771 4090765

A-42, Ashoka Millenium Complex, Fax +91 771 4090765
Ring Road-1, [email protected]
Raipur 492 001 - Chhattisgarh, India
Ranchi SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 8294630772
Flat No.: A - 101, [email protected]
Krishna Shree Apartment,
Anantpur, P.O. Doranda – Ranchi 834002

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 705

 Address Directory
13
India
Tiruchirappalli SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Mobile +91 95009 88081
A-106,Trichy Towers, [email protected]
Chandrasekarapuram,
Salai Road,
Trichy – 620018.
Vadodara SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 265 2325258
Unit No. 301, Savorite Bldg, Fax +91 265 2325259
Plot No. 143, Vinayak Society, [email protected]
off old Padra Road,
Vadodara - 390 007. Gujarat
Vijayawada SEW‑EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 99895 01748
Door No:40-5/3-10A, Syam Nagar, NGO's Fax +91 8662475157
Colony, Mobile +91 9989501748
Tikkle Road, Vijayawada-520010 salesvijayawada@seweurodrivein-
dia.com
Indonesia
Sales Jakarta PT. Cahaya Sukses Abadi Tel. +62 21 65310599
Komplek Rukan Puri Mutiara Blok A no 99, Fax +62 21 65310600
Sunter [email protected]
Jakarta 14350, Indonesia
PT. Agrindo Putra Lestari Tel. +62 21 63855588
Jl.Prof.DR.Latumenten no27/A Fax +62 21 63853789
Jakarta 11330 [email protected]
Medan PT. Serumpun Indah Lestari Tel. +62 61 687 1221
Pulau Solor no. 8, Kawasan Industri Medan II Fax +62 61 6871429 / +62 61 6871458 /
Medan 20252 +62 61 30008041
[email protected]
[email protected]
Surabaya PT. TRIAGRI JAYA ABADI Tel. +62 31 5990128
Jl. Sukosemolo No. 63, Galaxi Bumi Permai G6 Fax +62 31 5962666
No. 11 [email protected]
Surabaya 60122
CV. Multi Mas Tel. +62 31 5458589 / +62 31 5317224
Jl. Raden Saleh 43A Kav. 18 Fax +62 31 5317220 / +62 31 5994629
Surabaya 60174 [email protected]
Ireland
Sales Dublin Alperton Engineering Ltd. Tel. +353 1 830-6277
Service 48 Moyle Road Fax +353 1 830-6458
Dublin Industrial Estate [email protected]
Glasnevin, Dublin 11, Ireland http://www.alperton.ie
Iceland
Sales Reykjavik VARMA & VELAVERK EHF Tel. +354 585 1070
Dalshrauni 5 Fax +354 585 1071
IS-220 Hafnarjördur [email protected]
http://www.varmaverk.is
Israel
Sales Tel Aviv Liraz Handasa Ltd. Tel. +972 3 5599511
Ahofer Str 34B / 228 Fax +972 3 5599512
58858 Holon, Israel http://www.liraz-handasa.co.il
[email protected]
Italy
Assembly plant Solaro SEW‑EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 02 96 9801
Sales Via Bernini,14 Fax +39 02 96 980 999
Service I-20020 Solaro (Milano), Italy http://www.sew-eurodrive.it
sewit@sew‑eurodrive.it
Technical offices Bologna SEW‑EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 051 65-23-801
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Via della Grafica, 47 Fax +39 02 96 980 499

40064 Ozzano dell'Emilia (Bo), Italy
Caserta SEW‑EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 0823 219011
Viale Carlo III Km. 23,300 Fax +39 02 96 980 599
81020 S. Nicola la Strada (Caserta), Italy
Milan SEW‑EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 02 96 980229
Via Bernini,14 Fax +39 02 96 980 999
I-20020 Solaro (Milano), Italy

706 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
Italy
Pescara SEW‑EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 085 41-59-427
Viale Europa,132 Fax +39 02 96 980 699
I-65010 Villa Raspa di Spoltore (PE)
Turin SEW‑EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 011 3473780
Filiale Torino Fax +39 02 96 980 799
c.so Unione Sovietica 612/15 - int. C
10135 Torino, Italy
Verona SEW‑EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 045 89-239-11
Via Antonio Meucci 5, Fax +39 02 96 980 814
I-37042 - Caldiero ( VR )
Japan
Assembly plant Iwata SEW‑EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD Tel. +81 538 373811
Sales 250-1, Shimoman-no, Fax +81 538 373855
Service Iwata http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.jp
Shizuoka 438-0818 sewjapan@sew‑eurodrive.co.jp
Technical offices Fukuoka SEW‑EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD. Tel. +81 92 713-6955
C-go, 5th-floor, Yakuin-Hiruzu-Bldg. Fax +81 92 713-6860
1-5-11, Yakuin, Chuo-ku [email protected]
Fukuoka, 810-0022, Japan
Osaka SEW‑EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD. Tel. +81 6 6444--8330
Higobashi Shimizu Bldg. 10th floor Fax +81 6 6444--8338
1-3-7 Tosabori, Nishi-ku [email protected]
Osaka, 550-0001, Japan
Tokyo SEW‑EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD. Tel. +81 3 3239-0469
Omarimon Yusen Bldg. 13th floor Fax +81 3 3239-0943
3-23-5 Nishinbashi, Minato-ku [email protected]
Tokyo 105-0003, Japan
Kazakhstan
Sales Almaty ТОО "СЕВ-ЕВРОДРАЙВ" Тел. +7 (727) 334 1880
пр.Райымбека, 348 Факс +7 (727) 334 1881
050061 г. Алматы http://www.sew-eurodrive.kz
Республика Казахстан sew@sew‑eurodrive.kz
Kenya
Sales Nairobi Barico Maintenances Ltd Tel. +254 20 6537094/5
Kamutaga Place Fax +254 20 6537096
Commercial Street [email protected]
Industrial Area
P.O.BOX 52217 - 00200
Nairobi
Latvia
Sales Riga SIA Alas-Kuul Tel. +371 6 7139253
Katlakalna 11C Fax +371 6 7139386
1073 Riga, Latvia http://www.alas-kuul.com
[email protected]
Lebanon
Sales Lebanon Beirut Gabriel Acar & Fils sarl Tel. +961 1 510 532
B. P. 80484 Fax +961 1 494 971
Bourj Hammoud, Beirut, Lebanon [email protected]
After Sales Service [email protected]
Sales Jordan / Beirut Middle East Drives S.A.L. (offshore) Tel. +961 1 494 786
Kuwait / Saudi Ara- Sin El Fil. Fax +961 1 494 971
bia / Syria B. P. 55-378 [email protected]
Beirut http://www.medrives.com
After Sales Service [email protected]
Lithuania
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Sales Alytus UAB Irseva Tel. +370 315 79204

Statybininku 106C Fax +370 315 56175
LT-63431 Alytus [email protected]
http://www.sew-eurodrive.lt
Luxembourg
Assembly plant Brussels SEW‑EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 16 386-311
Sales Researchpark Haasrode 1060 Fax +32 16 386-336
Service Evenementenlaan 7 http://www.sew-eurodrive.lu
BE-3001 Leuven info@sew‑eurodrive.be

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 707

 Address Directory
13
Madagascar
Sales Antananarivo Ocean Trade Tel. +261 20 2330303
BP21bis. Andraharo Fax +261 20 2330330
Antananarivo. [email protected]
101 Madagascar
Malaysia
Assembly plant Johor SEW‑EURODRIVE SDN BHD Tel. +60 7 3549409
Sales No. 95, Jalan Seroja 39, Taman Johor Jaya Fax +60 7 3541404
Service 81000 Johor Bahru, Johor sales@sew‑eurodrive.com.my
West Malaysia
Technical offices Kuala Lumpur SEW‑EURODRIVE Sdn. Bhd. Tel. +60 3 51229633
No. 2, Jalan Anggerik Mokara 31/46 Fax +60 3 51229622
Kota Kemuning Seksyen 31 [email protected]
40460 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan
Kuching SEW‑EURODRIVE Sdn. Bhd. Tel. +60 82 232380
Lot 268, Section 9 KTLD Fax +60 82 242380
Lorong 9, Jalan Satok
93400 Kuching, Sarawak
East Malaysia
Penang SEW‑EURODRIVE Sdn. Bhd. Tel. +60 4 3999349
No. 38, Jalan Bawal Fax +60 4 3999348
Kimsar Garden [email protected]
13700 Prai, Penang
Morocco
Sales Mohammedia SEW‑EURODRIVE SARL Tel. +212 523 32 27 80/81
Service 2 bis, Rue Al Jahid Fax +212 523 32 27 89
28810 Mohammedia sew@sew‑eurodrive.ma
http://www.sew-eurodrive.ma
Mauritania
Sales Zouérat AFRICOM - SARL Tel. +222 45 44 50 19
En Face Marché Dumez Fax +222 45 44 03 14
P.B. 88 [email protected]
Zouérate
Macedonia
Sales Skopje Boznos DOOEL Tel. +389 23256553
Dime Anicin 2A/7A Fax +389 23256554
1000 Skopje http://www.boznos.mk
Mexico
Assembly plant Quéretaro SEW‑EURODRIVE MEXICO SA DE CV Tel. +52 442 1030-300
Sales SEM-981118-M93 Fax +52 442 1030-301
Service Tequisquiapan No. 102 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.mx
Parque Industrial Quéretaro [email protected]
C.P. 76220
Quéretaro, Mexico
Mongolia
Sales Ulan Bator SEW-EURODRIVE Representative Office Mon- Tel. +976-70009997
golia Fax +976-70009997
Olympic street 8, http://www.sew-eurodrive.mn
2nd floor Juulchin corp bldg., [email protected]
Sukhbaatar district,
Ulaanbaatar 14253
Namibia
Sales Swakopmund DB Mining & Industrial Services Tel. +264 64 462 738
Einstein Street Fax +264 64 462 734
Strauss Industrial Park [email protected]
Unit1
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Swakopmund
New Zealand
Assembly plants Auckland SEW‑EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 9 2745627
Sales P.O. Box 58-428 Fax +64 9 2740165
Service 82 Greenmount Drive http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.nz
East Tamaki Auckland, New Zealand sales@sew‑eurodrive.co.nz
Christchurch, SEW‑EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 3 384-6251
New Zealand 10 Settlers Crescent, Ferrymead Fax +64 3 384-6455
Christchurch, New Zealand sales@sew‑eurodrive.co.nz

708 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
New Zealand
Technical offices Palmerston North SEW‑EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 6 355-2165
C/-Grant Shearman, RD 5, Aronui Road Fax +64 6 355-2316
Palmerston North sales@sew‑eurodrive.co.nz
Netherlands
Assembly plant Rotterdam SEW‑EURODRIVE B.V. Tel. +31 10 4463-700
Sales Industrieweg 175 Fax +31 10 4155-552
Service 3044 AS Rotterdam, Netherlands Service: 0800-SEWHELP
Postbus 10085 http://www.sew-eurodrive.nl
3004 AB Rotterdam, Netherlands info@sew‑eurodrive.nl
Nigeria
Sales Lagos EISNL Engineering Solutions and Drives Ltd Tel. +234 1 217 4332
Plot 9, Block A, Ikeja Industrial Estate (Ogba [email protected]
Scheme) http://www.eisnl.com
Adeniyi Jones St. End
Off ACME Road, Ogba, Ikeja, Lagos
Nigeria
Norway
Assembly plant Moss SEW‑EURODRIVE A/S Tel. +47 69 24 10 20
Sales Solgaard skog 71 Fax +47 69 24 10 40
Service 1599 Moss, Norway http://www.sew-eurodrive.no
sew@sew‑eurodrive.no
Pakistan
Sales Karatschi Industrial Power Drives Tel. +92 21 452 9369
Al-Fatah Chamber A/3, 1st Floor Central Com- Fax +92-21-454 7365
mercial Area, [email protected]
Sultan Ahmed Shah Road, Block 7/8,
Karachi
Paraguay
Sales Fernando de la SEW-EURODRIVE PARAGUAY S.R.L Tel. +595 991 519695
Mora De la Victoria 112, Esquina nueva Asunción Fax +595 21 3285539
Departamento Central [email protected]
Fernando de la Mora, Barrio Bernardino
Peru
Assembly plant Lima SEW DEL PERU MOTORES REDUCTORES Tel. +51 1 3495280
Sales S.A.C. Fax +51 1 3493002
Service Los Calderos, 120-124 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.pe
Urbanizacion Industrial Vulcano, ATE, Lima, sewperu@sew‑eurodrive.com.pe
Peru
Philippines
Sales Luzon Totaltech Corporation Tel. +63 2 551-9265 / +63 2 551-9271 /
5081-B C&L Mansion Filmore Ave. Cor. Fahren- +63 2 551-9378
heit St. Fax +63 2 551-9273
1235 Makati City [email protected]
All Areas P.T. Cerna Corporation Tel. +63 2 519 6214
4137 Ponte St., Brgy. Santa Cruz, Makati City Fax +63 2 890 2802
1205 [email protected]
Poland
Assembly plant Łódź SEW‑EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 42 676 53 00
Sales ul. Techniczna 5 Fax +48 42 676 53 49
Service 92-518 Łódź, Poland http://www.sew-eurodrive.pl
sew@sew‑eurodrive.pl
Service Tel. +48 42 6765332 / 42 6765343 Linia serwisowa 24 hour hotline
Fax +48 42 6765346 Tel. +48 602 739 739
(+48 602 SEW SEW)
serwis@sew‑eurodrive.pl
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Technical office Tychy SEW‑EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 32 32 32 610

ul. Strzelecka 66 Fax +48 32 32 32 648
PL-43-109 Tychy
Bydgoszcz SEW‑EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 52 3606590
ul. Fordońska 246 Fax +48 52 3606591
PL-85-959 Bydgoszcz
Gdansk SEW‑EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 58 762 70 00
ul. Galaktyczna 30A Fax +48 58 762 70 09
PL-80-299 Gdańsk

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 709

 Address Directory
13
Poland
Poznan SEW‑EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 61 6465500
ul. Romana Maya 1 Fax +48 61 6465519
61-371 Poznań, Poland
Radom SEW‑EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 48 365 40 50
ul. Słowackiego 84 Fax +48 48 365 40 52
26-600 Radom, Poland
Portugal
Assembly plant Coimbra SEW‑EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. +351 231 20 9670
Sales Apartado 15 Fax +351 231 20 3685
Service 3050-901 Mealhada, Portugal http://www.sew-eurodrive.pt
infosew@sew‑eurodrive.pt
Service Competence Lisbon SEW‑EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. +351 21 958-0198
Centers Núcleo Empresarial I de São Julião do Tojal Fax +351 21 958-0245
Rua de Entremuros, 54 esc.lisboa@sew‑eurodrive.pt
Fracção I
2660-533 São Julião do Tojal, Portugal
Technical office Porto SEW‑EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. +351 229 350 383
Av. 25 de Abril, 68 Fax +351 229 350 384
4440-502 Valongo, Portugal Tel. +351 9 32559110
esc.porto@sew‑eurodrive.pt
Romania
Sales Bucharest Sialco Trading SRL Tel. +40 21 230-1328
Service str. Brazilia nr. 36 Fax +40 21 230-7170
011783 Bucuresti, Romania [email protected]
Russia
Assembly plant St. Petersburg ZAO SEW‑EURODRIVE Tel. +7 812 3332522 +7 812 5357142
Sales P.O. Box 36 Fax +7 812 3332523
Service RUS-195220 St. Petersburg http://www.sew-eurodrive.ru
sew@sew‑eurodrive.ru
Technical office Ekaterinburg ZAO SEW‑EURODRIVE Tel. +7 343 310 3977
Kominterna Str. 16 Fax +7 343 310 3978
Office 614 eso@sew‑eurodrive.ru
620078 Ekaterinburg, Russia
Irkutsk ZAO SEW‑EURODRIVE Tel. +7 3952 25 5880
5-Armii Str., 31 Fax +7 3952 25 5881
664011 Irkutsk, Russia iso@sew‑eurodrive.ru
Moscow ZAO SEW‑EURODRIVE Tel. +7 495 9337090
Malaja Semjonowskaja Str. Fax +7 495 9337094
д. 9, корпус 2 mso@sew‑eurodrive.ru
107023 Moscow
Novosibirsk ZAO SEW‑EURODRIVE Tel. +7 383 3350200
pr. K Marksa 30 Fax +7 383 3462544
630087 Novosibirsk, Russia nso@sew‑eurodrive.ru
Perm ZAO SEW‑EURODRIVE Tel. +7 342 2219494
Stakhanovskaya str., 45 Office 512 Fax +7 342 2219444
RUS-614066 Perm [email protected]
Togliatti ZAO SEW‑EURODRIVE Tel. +7 8482 710529
Sportivnaya Str. 4B, office 2 Fax +7 8482 810590
Samarskaya obl.
445057 Togliatti, Russia
Senegal
Sales Dakar SENEMECA Tel. +221 338 494 770
Mécanique Générale Fax +221 338 494 771
Km 8, Route de Rufisque [email protected]
B.P. 3251, Dakar http://www.senemeca.com
Serbia
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Sales Belgrade DIPAR d.o.o. Tel. +381 11 347 3244 / +381 11 288
Ustanicka 128a 0393
PC Košum, IV sprat Fax +381 11 347 1337
SRB-11000 Beograd, Serbia [email protected]
Singapore
Assembly plant Singapore SEW‑EURODRIVE PTE. LTD. Tel. +65 68621701
Sales No 9, Tuas Drive 2 Fax +65 68612827
Service Jurong Industrial Estate http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.sg
Singapore 638644 sewsingapore@sew‑eurodrive.com

710 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
Slovakia
Sales Bratislava SEW‑EURODRIVE SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 2 33595 202
Rybničná 40 Fax +421 2 33595 200
831 06 Bratislava, Slovakia sew@sew‑eurodrive.sk
http://www.sew-eurodrive.sk
Žilina SEW‑EURODRIVE SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 41 700 2513
Industry Park - PChZ Fax +421 41 700 2514
ulica M.R.Štefánika 71 sew@sew‑eurodrive.sk
010 01 Žilina, Slovakia
Banska Bystrica SEW‑EURODRIVE SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 48 414 6564
Rudlovská cesta 85 Fax +421 48 414 6566
974 11 Banská Bystrica, Slovakia sew@sew‑eurodrive.sk
Košice SEW‑EURODRIVE SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 55 671 2245
Slovenská ulica 26 Fax +421 55 671 2254
040 01 Košice, Slovakia sew@sew‑eurodrive.sk
Slovenia
Sales Celje Pakman - Pogonska Tehnika d.o.o. Tel. +386 3 490 83-20
Service UI. XIV. divizije 14 Fax +386 3 490 83-21
3000 Celje, Slovenia [email protected]
Spain
Assembly plant Bilbao SEW‑EURODRIVE ESPAÑA, S.L. Tel. +34 94 43184-70
Sales Parque Tecnológico, Edificio, 302 Fax +34 94 43184-71
Service 48170 Zamudio (Vizcaya), Spain http://www.sew-eurodrive.es
sew.spain@sew‑eurodrive.es
Technical offices Barcelona Delegación Barcelona Tel. +34 93 7162200
Avda. Francesc Macià, 60 – Planta 16, porta 1 Fax +34 93 7233007
Eix Macià – "Torre Milenium"
08208 Sabadell (Barcelona), Spain
Madrid Delegación Madrid Tel. +34 91 6342250
Gran Via. 48-2° A-D Fax +34 91 6340899
28220 Majadahonda (Madrid), Spain
Sevilla MEB Tel. +34 954 356 361
Pólogono Calonge, C/A Nave 2 - C Fax +34 954 356 274
E-41.077 Sevilla, Spain [email protected]
Valencia MEB Tel. +34 961 565 493
Músico Andreu i Piqueres, 4 Fax +34 961 566 688
E-46.900 Torrente (Valencia) [email protected]
Sri Lanka
Sales Colombo SM International (Pte) Ltd Tel. +94 1 2584887
254, Galle Raod Fax +94 1 2582981
Colombo 4, Sri Lanka
South Africa
Assembly plants Johannesburg SEW‑EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 11 248-7000
Sales Eurodrive House Fax +27 11 494-3104
Service Cnr. Adcock Ingram and Aerodrome Roads http://www.sew.co.za
Aeroton Ext. 2 [email protected]
Johannesburg 2013, South Africa
P.O.Box 90004
Bertsham 2013, South Africa
Cape Town SEW‑EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 21 552-9820
Rainbow Park Fax +27 21 552-9830
Cnr. Racecourse & Omuramba Road Telex 576 062
Montague Gardens [email protected]
Cape Town, South Africa
P.O. Box 36556
Chempet 7442
Cape Town, South Africa
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Durban, South SEW‑EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 31 902 3815

Africa 48 Prospecton Road Fax +27 31 902 3826
Isipingo [email protected]
Durban, South Africa
P.O. Box 10433, Ashwood 3605, South Africa
Nelspruit SEW‑EURODRIVE (PTY) LTD. Tel. +27 13 752-8007
7 Christie Crescent Fax +27 13 752-8008
Vintonia [email protected]
P.O. Box 1942
Nelspruit 1200

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 711

 Address Directory
13
South Africa
Technical offices Port Elizabeth SEW‑EURODRIVE PTY LTD. Tel. +27 41 3722246
8 Ruan Access Park Fax +27 41 3722247
Old Cape Road [email protected]
Greenbushes
6000 Port Elizabeth
South Korea
Assembly plant Ansan SEW‑EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 31 492-8051
Sales B 601-4, Banweol Industrial Estate Fax +82 31 492-8056
Service #1048-4, Shingil-Dong, Danwon-Gu, http://www.sew-korea.co.kr
Ansan-City, Kyunggi-Do Zip 425-839 master.korea@sew‑eurodrive.com
Busan SEW‑EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd. Tel. +82 51 832-0204
No. 1720 - 11, Songjeong - dong Fax +82 51 832-0230
Gangseo-ku [email protected]
Busan 618-270, Korea
Technical offices Daegu SEW‑EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd. Tel. +82 53 650-7111
No.1108 Sungan officetel Fax +82 53 650-7112
87-36, Duryu 2-dong, Dalseo-ku
Daegu 704-712
Daejeon SEW‑EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd. Tel. +82 42 828-6461
No. 1502, Hongin officetel Fax +82 42 828-6463
536-9, Bongmyung-dong, Yusung-ku
Daejeon 305-301
Gwangju SEW‑EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd. Tel. +82 62 511-9172
4fl., Dae-Myeong B/D Fax +82 62 511-9174
96-16 Unam-dong, Buk-ku
Kwangju 500-170
Seoul SEW‑EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd. Tel. +82 2 862-8051
No.504 Sunkyung officetel Fax +82 2 862-8199
106-4 Kuro 6-dong, Kuro-ku
Seoul 152-054, Korea
Swaziland
Sales Manzini C G Trading Co. (Pty) Ltd Tel. +268 2 518 6343
PO Box 2960 Fax +268 2 518 5033
Manzini M200 [email protected]
Sweden
Assembly plant Jönköping SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 36 3442 00
Sales Gnejsvägen 6-8 Fax +46 36 3442 80
Service 55303 Jönköping, Sweden http://www.sew-eurodrive.se
Box 3100 S-55003 Jönköping [email protected]
Sales Göteborg SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 31 70968 80
Gustaf Werners gata 8 Fax +46 31 70968 93
42132 Västra Frölunda, Sweden [email protected]
Stockholm SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 8 44986 80
Björkholmsvägen 10 Fax +46 8 44986 93
14146 Huddinge, Sweden [email protected]
Malmö SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 40 68064 80
Borrgatan 5 Fax +46 40 68064 93
21124 Malmö, Sweden [email protected]
Skellefteå SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 910 7153 80
Trädgårdsgatan 8 Fax +46 910 7153 93
93131 Skellefteå, Sweden [email protected]
Switzerland
Assembly plant Basel Alfred lmhof A.G. Tel. +41 61 417 1717
Sales Jurastrasse 10 Fax +41 61 417 1700
Service CH-4142 Münchenstein bei Basel http://www.imhof-sew.ch
[email protected]
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Technical offices Romandy André Gerber Tel. +41 24 445 3850

Es Perreyres Fax +41 24 445 4887
1436 Chamblon, Switzerland
Bern / Solothurn Rudolf Bühler Tel. +41 32 652 2339
Muntersweg 5 Fax +41 32 652 2331
2540 Grenchen, Switzerland
Central Switzer- Armin Pfister Tel. +41 62 962 54 55
land, Aargau Stierenweid Fax +41 62 962 54 56
4950 Huttwill, BE, Switzerland

712 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
Switzerland
Zurich, Tessin Gian-Michele Muletta Tel. +41 44 994 81 15
Fischerstrasse 61 Fax +41 44 994 81 16
8132 Egg bei Zürich, Switzerland
Lake Constance Markus Künzle Tel. +41 71 845 2808
and Eastern Eichweg 4 Fax +41 71 845 2809
Switzerland 9403 Goldach, Switzerland
Taiwan (R.O.C.)
Sales Nan Tou Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 49 255353
No. 55 Kung Yeh N. Road Fax +886 49 257878
Industrial District
Nan Tou 540
Taipei Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 2 27383535
6F-3, No. 267, Sec. 2 Fax +886 2 27368268
Tung Hwa South Road, Taipei, Taiwan Telex 27 245
[email protected]
Tanzania
Sales Dar es Salaam SEW-EURODRIVE PTY LIMITED TANZANIA Tel. +255 0 22 277 5780
Plot 52, Regent Estate Fax +255 0 22 277 5788
PO Box 106274 [email protected]
Dar Es Salaam
Thailand
Assembly plant Chonburi SEW‑EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 38 454281
Sales 700/456, Moo.7, Donhuaroh Fax +66 38 454288
Service Muang sewthailand@sew‑eurodrive.com
Chonburi 20000, Thailand
Technical offices Bangkok SEW‑EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 2 7178149
6th floor, TPS Building Fax +66 2 7178152
1023, Phattanakarn Road sewthailand@sew‑eurodrive.com
Suanluang
Bangkok,10250
Hat Yai SEW‑EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 74 359441
Hadyai Country Home Condominium Fax +66 74 359442
59/101 Soi.17/1 sewthailand@sew‑eurodrive.com
Rachas-Utid Road.
Hadyai, Songkhla 90110, Thailand
Khon Kaen SEW‑EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 43 225745
4th Floor, Kaow-U-HA MOTOR Bldg, Fax +66 43 324871
359/2, Mitraphab Road. sew-thailand@sew‑eurodrive.com
Muang District
Khonkaen 40000, Thailand
Tunisia
Sales Tunis T. M.S. Technic Marketing Service Tel. +216 79 40 88 77
Zone Industrielle Mghira 2 Fax +216 79 40 88 66
Lot No. 39 http://www.tms.com.tn
2082 Fouchana [email protected]
Turkey
Assembly plant Kocaeli-Gebze SEW-EURODRİVE Tel. +90-262-9991000-04
Sales Sistemleri San. Ve TIC. Ltd. Sti Fax +90-262-9991009
Service Gebze Organize Sanayi Böl. 400 Sok No. 401 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.tr
41480 Gebze Kocaeli sew@sew‑eurodrive.com.tr
Technical offices Adana SEW-EURODRİVE Tel. +90 322 359 94 15
Cevat Yurdakul Cad.No:52 Fax +90 322 359 94 16
Akdoğan İş Merkezi K:5 D.18
Seyhan / Adana
Ankara SEW-EURODRİVE Tel. +90 312 385 33 90
1368.Cadde Eminel İşmerkezi Fax +90 312 385 32 58
30590116/EN – 03/2023

No: 18/68
İvogsan / Ankara
Bursa SEW-EURODRİVE Tel. +90 224 443 45 60
Üçevler Mah. Bayraktepe Sok. Fax +90 224 443 45 58
Akay İş Merkezi Kat:3 No: 7/6
Nilüfer / Bursa
Istanbul SEW-EURODRİVE Tel. +90-262-9991000-04
Tekstilkent Ticaret Merkezi Fax +90-262-9991009
B-13 Blok No:70
Esenler / İstanbul

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 713

 Address Directory
13
Turkey
Izmir SEW-EURODRİVE Tel. +90 232 469 62 64
1203/11 Sok. No. 4/614 Fax +90 232 433 61 05
Kara Hasan Atlı İş Merkezi Kat :6
Yenişehir / İzmir
Ukraine
Assembly plant Dnipropetrowsk ООО «СЕВ-Евродрайв» Тел. +380 56 370 3211
Sales ул.Рабочая, 23-B, офис 409 Факс. +380 56 372 2078
Service 49008 Днепропетровск http://www.sew-eurodrive.ua
sew@sew‑eurodrive.ua
Sales Kiev ООО «СЕВ-Евродрайв» Тел. +380 44 503 95 77
ул.С.Олейника, 21 Факс. +380 44 503 95 78
02068 Киев kso@sew‑eurodrive.ua
Donetsk ООО «СЕВ-Евродрайв» Тел. +380 62 38 80 545
ул.25-летия РККА, 1-B, оф. 805 Факс. +380 62 38 80 533
83000 Донецк dso@sew‑eurodrive.ua
Ivano-Frankivsk ООО «СЕВ-Евродрайв» Тел. +380 342 725 190
ул.Независимости, 4, оф.303 Факс. +380 342 725 191
83000 Ивано-Франковск [email protected]
Uruguay
Assembly plant Montevideo SEW‑EURODRIVE Uruguay, S. A. Tel. +598 2 21181-89
Sales Jose Serrato 3569 Esqina Corumbe Fax +598 2 21181-89
CP 12000 Montevideo sewuy@sew‑eurodrive.com.uy
USA
Production plant Southeast Region SEW‑EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 864 439-7537
Assembly plant 1295 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Sales +1 864 439-7830
Sales P.O. Box 518 Fax Manufacturing +1 864 439-9948
Service Lyman, S.C. 29365 Fax Assembly +1 864 439-0566
Fax Confidential/HR +1 864 949-5557
http://www.seweurodrive.com
[email protected]
Assembly plants Northeast Region SEW‑EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 856 467-2277
Sales Pureland Ind. Complex Fax +1 856 845-3179
Service 2107 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481 [email protected]
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014, USA
Midwest Region SEW‑EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 937 335-0036
2001 West Main Street Fax +1 937 332-0038
Troy, Ohio 45373, USA [email protected]
Southwest SEW‑EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 214 330-4824
Region 3950 Platinum Way Fax +1 214 330-4724
Dallas, Texas 75237, USA [email protected]
Western Region SEW‑EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 510 487-3560
30599 San Antonio St. Fax +1 510 487-6433
Hayward, CA 94544, USA [email protected]
Please contact us for other service center addresses in the USA.
Venezuela
Assembly plant Valencia SEW‑EURODRIVE Venezuela S.A. Tel. +58 241 832-9804
Sales Av. Norte Sur No. 3, Galpon 84-319 Fax +58 241 838-6275
Service Zona Industrial Municipal Norte http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ve
Valencia, Estado Carabobo, Venezuela ventas@sew‑eurodrive.com.ve
[email protected]
United Arab Emirates
Sales Sharjah Copam Middle East (FZC) Tel. +971 6 5578-488
Service Sharjah Airport International Free Zone Fax +971 6 5578-499
P.O. Box 120709 [email protected]
Sharjah
Vietnam
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Sales Ho-Chi-Minh- All sectors except for ports and offshore: Tel. +84 8 8301026
Stadt Nam Trung Co., Ltd Fax +84 8 8392223
250 Binh Duong Avenue, Thu Dau Mot Town, [email protected]
Binh Duong Province [email protected]
HCM office: 91 Tran Minh Quyen Street [email protected]
District 10, Ho Chi Minh City

714 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Address Directory
13
Vietnam
Ports and offshore: Tel. +84 8 62969 609
DUC VIET INT LTD Fax +84 8 62938 842
Industrial Trading and Engineering Services [email protected]
A75/6B/12 Bach Dang Street, Ward 02,
Tan Binh District, 70000 Ho Chi Minh City
Hanoi Nam Trung Co., Ltd Tel. +84 4 37730342
R.205B Tung Duc Building Fax +84 4 37762445
22 Lang ha Street [email protected]
Dong Da District, Hanoi City
Zambia
Sales Kitwe EC Mining Limited Tel. +260 212 210 642
Plots No. 5293 & 5294,Tangaanyika Road, Off Fax +260 212 210 645
Mutentemuko Road, [email protected]
Heavy Industrial Park, http://www.ecmining.com
P.O.BOX 2337
Kitwe
30590116/EN – 03/2023

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 715

Inquiry/order
Customer data:
Company: Customer no.:
Department:
Name: Phone:
Street/P.O. box: Fax:
Email:
Zip code/city:
Contact at SEW:
Name: Phone:
Technical office: Fax:
Technical data:
Quantity: Desired delivery date:
Catalog designation:
Gear unit type:
Parallel-shaft ®
Helical gear units helical gear units Helical-bevel gear unit Helical-worm gear unit Spiroplan gear units
Double gear units Servo gear units Variable-speed gear unit Electrified monorail system Miscellaneous: _____
Power: kW Output speed: rpm Output torque: Nm
Cycles/hour: c/h Cyclic duration factor: S / % cdf
1-shift operation 2-shift operation 3-shift operation
Regular Irregular Very irregular
Mounting position: 1) Housing form:
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 Pivoted Foot-mounted Flange (bore) Flange (thread)
Torque arm Miscellaneous:
Shaft design:
Solid shaft with key Shrink disk Shaft/hollow shaft Ø : mm
Hollow shaft with key TorqLOC® Flange Ø : mm
Shaft position (for right-angle gear units): Terminal box position: Cable entry:
A B AB 0°(R) 90°(B) 180°(L) 270°(T) X 1 2 3
Degree of protection: Thermal class: Surface/corrosion protection:
IP54 IP55 IP56 IP65 IP66 IP69K 130(B) 155(F) 180(H) KS OS1 OS2 OS3 OS4

Line voltage: V Connection type: Energy efficiency class:

Line frequency: 50Hz 60Hz Y YY Y/Y IE1 IE2 IE3 IE4
For inverter operation: Max. frequency: Hz Control range:
Required options: Further options:
Brake: Voltage V Braking torque: Nm
Manual brake release: HR or HF
Forced cooling fan: Forced cooling fan voltage: V
Motor protection: TF or TH
Encoder:
Plug connector connection:
Inverter:
RAL 7031 or RAL
Special ambient conditions: Installation altitude
Temperature: from °C to °C Operation outdoors >1000m above NN
Further environmental conditions:

Miscellaneous:
1) see back

Place, date Signature:

SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG / P.O. Box 30 23 / D-76642 Bruchsal / Tel. +49 7251 75-0 / Fax +49 7251 75-1970
www.sew-eurodrive.com / [email protected]
 Index

Index
A Short response times at switch-off ............... 383
Short response times at switch-on ............... 381
AC motors
Varistor overvoltage protection with direct DC
Mounting position designations ...................... 78 voltage supply .............................................. 413
Additional documentation .................................... 12 Brake control block diagrams
Add-on encoder cables ..................... 633, 638, 641 BG brake control .......................................... 428
Alternative connections BGE brake control ........................................ 429
Cage clamp terminals................................... 593 BME brake control........................................ 434
IS integrated plug connector ........................ 583 BMH brake control........................................ 437
AS-Interface ...................................................... 500 BMK brake control........................................ 438
MLK30A slave .............................................. 501 BMP 3.1 brake control (control cabinet) ....... 436
MLK31A double slave .................................. 501 BMP brake control system ........................... 435
MLK32A........................................................ 501 BMP3.1 brake control (motor) ...................... 436
Assignment BMS brake control........................................ 433
SD1 .............................................................. 678 BMV brake control........................................ 439
SDB .............................................................. 681 BS brake control........................................... 430
B BSG brake control ........................................ 430
BSR brake control ........................................ 431
Block diagrams of the brake control
BUR brake control ........................................ 432
Wiring diagrams ........................................... 427
Brake selection
Brake ................................................................. 369
Procedure..................................................... 400
Actuating force for manual brake release..... 391
Brakes
Bake control wiring diagram ......................... 427
BMP3.1......................................................... 445
Basic structure.............................................. 376
Dimension drawings SR10, SR11, SR15, UR11,
Brake voltage supply via terminal board ...... 379 UR15 ............................................................ 444
Braking torque graduations .......................... 374 Dimension drawings SR19 ........................... 444
BSR current relay ......................................... 404 Built-in encoder cables ...................................... 642
Connection type ........................................... 410
Description ................................................... 369
C
Dimension drawings BMS, BME, BMH, BMP, Cable
BMK, BMV.................................................... 445 EI7. encoder cable with M12 connector and
Dimensioning and routing of the cable ......... 410 open end ...................................................... 642
Function........................................................ 376 Encoder cable with conductor end sleeves and 2
Installation in the wiring space of the motor with × D-sub......................................................... 636
additional switching relay BSR, BUR ........... 403 Encoder cable with conductor end sleeves and
Installation of brake control in control cabinet D-sub.................................................... 634, 640
..................................................................... 406 Encoder cable with connection cover and 2 × D-
Installing brake control in terminal box ......... 402 sub................................................................ 635
Motor circuit breaker..................................... 415 Encoder cable with connection cover and D-sub
............................................................. 633, 638
30590116/EN – 03/23

Motor/brake assignment............................... 373

Encoder cable with M23 and D-sub ............. 637
Operating currents BE.. brake...................... 421
Encoder cable with M23/terminal and D-sub 639
Selecting the brake control system .............. 401
Encoder cable with one M12 ........................ 645
Selecting the brake voltage .......................... 401
Encoder cables with M23 and D-sub............ 624
Selecting the braking contactor .................... 411
Encoder extension cable with conductor end
Selection criteria........................................... 401
sleeves and M23 .......................................... 651

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 717

 Index

Encoder extension cable with connection cover DR2L.. asynchronous servomotors ..................... 61
and M23 ....................................................... 650
E
Encoder extension cable with two M23 ........ 652
Project planning for cable cross section....... 615 Electrical properties of the motors ..................... 195
Cable dimensioning to EN 60204 ...................... 616 Frequencies and voltages ............................ 195
Cable specification of encoder cables ............... 654 Standard rated voltages ............................... 196
Cables Encoder ....................................................... 71, 448
Encoder cables with conductor end sleeves and Add-on encoders .......................................... 460
D-sub............................................................ 623 Alternative connections ................................ 483
Encoder cables with connection cover and D- Built-in encoders........................................... 453
sub................................................................ 622
Encoder connection...................................... 482
Encoder extension cable with M23 and D-sub
Encoder mounting adapter ........................... 473
..................................................................... 653
Type designation .......................................... 451
Encoder extension cables with conductor end
sleeves and M23 .......................................... 626 Encoder cables for DR.. motors ........................ 618
Encoder extension cables with connection cover Encoders
and M23 ....................................................... 625 Encoders ...................................................... 482
Encoder extension cables with M23 and D-sub General information on project planning ...... 482
..................................................................... 628 Extension cable ................................................. 650
Encoder extension cables with two M23 ...... 627
F
Characteristic safety values .............................. 425
Characteristic values ......................................... 425 Fan
Characteristics of DR2L.. motors ........................ 61 Additional flywheel mass .............................. 606
Dynamics........................................................ 62 Aluminum fan ............................................... 605
Inverter combinations ..................................... 62 Metal fan....................................................... 605
Rated speeds ................................................. 62 Foot-mounted motor .......................................... 209
Startup............................................................ 62 Forced cooling fan ............................................. 601
Condensation drain hole ................................... 582 Functional safety
Connection technology MOVIMOT® ................................................... 505
MOVIMOT® ........................................... 503, 547 I
MOVIMOT® with integrated AS-interface ..... 504
Integrated plug connector.................................. 583
MOVI‑SWITCH® 1E...................................... 547
Inverter operation .............................................. 162
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S.............................. 548, 549
Copyright notice .................................................. 12 K
Corrosion protection .......................................... 612
KCC, KC1 .......................................................... 593
D KD1 assignment ................................................ 678
KDB assignment................................................ 681
Decimal separator ............................................... 13
Degrees of protection to EN 60034 ................... 230 M
Dimension sheets
Manual brake release HR/HT option ................. 390
MOVIMOT® AC motors................................. 506
MLK30A............................................................. 501
30590116/EN – 03/23

Dimension sheets for motors/brakemotors........ 234

MLK31A............................................................. 501
DRN.., DR2S.. .............................................. 237
MLK32A
DRN.., DR2S.. with backstop ....................... 354
Description ................................................... 501
DRN.., DR2S.. with cage clamp terminal ..... 351
Motor assignment
DRN.., DR2S.. with gray cast iron terminal box
MOVIMOT®, mounting close to the motor .... 494
..................................................................... 358

718 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

 Index

Motor design Terminal box................................................. 579

Foot-mounted motor..................................... 209 Overhung loads and axial loads
Motor designation ................................................ 65 Permitted axial load...................................... 217
Motor designs ...................................................... 66 Overview of types ................................................ 65
Motor nameplate ............................................... 543 P
Motor operating temperatures ............................. 81
Motor protection Prefabricated cables
Motor circuit breaker trigger temperatures ... 573 Encoder cables for DR.. motors ................... 618
Motor protection switch trigger temperatures 575 Intermediate sockets .................................... 632
Thermal motor information with Pt100 ......... 577 Product description.............................................. 14
Thermal motor protection with bimetallic switch Asynchronous servomotors............................ 61
NC contact.................................................... 575 Mounting positions ......................................... 78
Thermal motor protection with PTC resistor. 573 Product names .................................................... 12
Motor requirements Project planning................................................. 158
MOVIMOT®, mounting close to the motor .... 536 Tolerances.................................................... 198
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S, mounted close to the motor Project planning for AC motors
..................................................................... 556 Rated data...................................................... 19
Mounting (close to) the motor Project planning for cable cross section ............ 615
Type designation .......................................... 492 Project planning notes
Mounting close to the motor .............................. 544 50 Hz motor on 60 Hz supply system........... 197
MOVIMOT® ........................................................ 485 60 Hz motors ................................................ 195
MOVIMOT® AC motors Brake voltage ............................................... 379
Dimension sheets......................................... 506 Center of gravity of motors ........................... 212
MOVI‑SWITCH® ................................................ 538 Degrees of protection acc. to EN 60034‑5 ... 230
MOVISWITCH® 1E ............................................ 542 DR2L.. asynchronous servomotors .............. 192
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S ........................................... 542 Drive selection – non-controlled operation ... 160
N Inverter suitability ......................................... 162
Motors on third-party inverters ..................... 173
Nameplate
No-load starting frequency ........................... 201
Inverter ......................................................... 491
Permitted switching frequencies of the motor
motor ............................................................ 490 ..................................................................... 202
Mounting close to the motor ......................... 492 Power reduction ........................................... 200
Nomenclature Product characteristics of inverters .............. 169
MOVI-SWITCH®, mounted close to the motor Project planning procedure – controlled....... 162
..................................................................... 544
Reinforced insulation for inverter operation
O > AC 500 V ................................................... 172
Switching frequency ..................................... 201
Oil seals............................................................... 66
Thermal classes ........................................... 200
Options and variants
Vibration class .............................................. 232
Bearing options ............................................ 568
Project planning notes DR2L..
Cage clamp terminals................................... 593
30590116/EN – 03/23

Absolute encoder ......................................... 193

Condensation drain hole .............................. 582
Dynamics package D1 or D2........................ 192
Forced cooling fan........................................ 601
Forced cooling fan........................................ 193
Integrated plug connector............................. 583
Inverter configuration.................................... 194
Motor protection ........................................... 573
Sine encoder ................................................ 193

Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225 719

 Index

Project planning notes for connection alternatives Operating currents BE.. brake...................... 421
Contact rating depending on the temperature Technical data for BE brake
............................................................. 585, 592 Actuating force for manual brake release..... 391
R Bake control wiring diagram ......................... 427
Technical data of the BE.. brake
Rated data ........................................................... 19
Dimension sheets brake controls ................. 444
S Technical data of the motors ............................... 81
Safety brake Temperature range, operating temperatures ...... 81
Description ................................................... 387 Temperature sensor
Safety, functional /PK........................................................ 577, 578
MOVIMOT® ................................................... 505 Terminal box...................................................... 579
SafetyDRIVE designs Terminal strip with cage clamp .......................... 593
MOVIMOT® ................................................... 505 Thermal classes according to IEC 60034.......... 200
Selection tables Thermal motor monitoring ................................. 573
MOVIMOT®, mounting close to the motor .... 493 Trademarks ......................................................... 12
MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S, mounted close to the motor Type designation ................................... 65, 77, 661
..................................................................... 545 /FI ................................................................. 209
Serial number ...................................................... 76 Inverter ......................................................... 491
Speed classes Mounting close to the motor ......................... 492
Speed classes .............................................. 192 MOVI‑SWITCH® 2S...................................... 543
Storage .............................................................. 568 MOVI-SWITCH®, mounted close to the motor
Surface protection ............................................. 612 ..................................................................... 544
Type designation DR..
T Condition monitoring ...................................... 67
Technical data Encoder .......................................................... 71
DRL.. servomotors, 4-pole, 50 Hz, 400 V..... 156 Storage........................................................... 66
EI7C FS........................................................ 478 Ventilation....................................................... 69
MOVIMOT® ........................................... 496, 498 Types of AC motors............................................. 78
Technical data BE.. brake X
Braking torque graduations .......................... 374
Motor/brake assignment............................... 373 X2101
Connection cables, available........................ 673 30590116/EN – 03/23

720 Catalog – DRN63 – 315, DR2S56 – 225, DR2L71 – 225

SEW-EURODRIVE—Driving the world

SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG

Ernst-Blickle-Str. 42
76646 BRUCHSAL
GERMANY
Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Fax +49 7251 75-1970
[email protected]
www.sew-eurodrive.com